Table of Contents

As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on November 1, 2010
Registration No. 333-168686
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-11
FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
 
 
 
 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in governing instruments)
 
 
 
 
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
(605) 361-9566
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Daniel P. Hansen
President and Chief Executive Officer
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
(605) 361-9566
(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
David C. Wright, Esq.
Edward W. Elmore, Jr., Esq.
Hunton & Williams LLP
Riverfront Plaza, East Tower
951 E. Byrd Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219-4074
Tel: (804) 788-8200
Fax: (804) 788-8218
  James E. Showen, Esq.
Kevin L. Vold, Esq.
Hogan Lovells US LLP
Columbia Square
555 13 th
Street NW
Washington, DC 20004
Tel: (202) 637-5600
Fax: (202) 637-5910
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion
 
PROSPECTUS
 
(SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES LOGO)
 
Shares of Common Stock
 
 
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. is selling all of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $      and $      per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “INN.”
 
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for federal income tax purposes. The common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on ownership and transfer that are intended to, among other purposes, assist us in qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a REIT. Our charter generally limits beneficial and constructive ownership to no more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus for a description of various risks you should consider in evaluating an investment in the shares.
 
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
 
Public offering price
  $             $          
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
 
 
The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock from us on the same terms set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Baird
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2010.


Table of Contents

 
LOGO
 
 
LOGO
 
 
LOGO
 


 

 
Table of Contents
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    18  
    40  
    41  
    42  
    43  
    45  
    48  
    51  
    67  
    68  
    71  
    90  
    94  
    113  
    116  
    117  
    119  
    123  
    125  
    130  
    136  
    161  
    162  
    166  
    166  
    166  
    F-1  
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is current as of the date such information is presented. Our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospectus may have changed since those dates.
 
Through and including          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
This prospectus contains registered trademarks that are the exclusive property of their respective owners, which are companies other than us, including Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide, InterContinental Hotels Group, Hyatt Hotels and Resorts, Choice Hotels International, Inc., Carlson Hotels and Starwood Hotels and Resorts Worldwide, Inc. None of the owners of the trademarks appearing in this prospectus, their parents, subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders, owners, agents or employees, which we refer to collectively as the


i


Table of Contents

“trademark owners,” is an issuer or underwriter of the shares being offered hereby, plays (or will play) any role in the offer or sale of our shares or has any responsibility for the creation or contents of this prospectus. In addition, none of the trademark owners has or will have any liability or responsibility whatsoever arising out of or related to the sale or offer of the shares being offered hereby, including any liability or responsibility for any financial statements, projections or other financial information or other information contained in this prospectus or otherwise disseminated in connection with the offer or sale of the shares offered by this prospectus. You must understand that, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, your sole recourse for any alleged or actual impropriety relating to the offer and sale of the common stock and the operation of our business will be against us (and/or, as may be applicable, the seller of such shares) and in no event may you seek to impose liability arising from or related to such activity, directly or indirectly, upon any of the trademark owners.
 
We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, including data from publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers’ experience in the industry and there can be no assurance that any of the projections will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information.


ii


Table of Contents

 
Summary
 
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding our company and an investment in our common stock, including the information under the caption “Risk Factors” and the historical and pro forma financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, references in this prospectus to our “predecessor” refer to Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC, or Summit of Scottsdale. Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” and “the company” refer to Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “operating partnership,” Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that will become the general partner of our operating partnership, and Summit Hotel TRS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Summit TRS.” We refer to Summit TRS and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Summit TRS that will lease our hotels from our operating partnership as our “TRS lessees.”
 
In addition, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, the information set forth in this prospectus assumes that: (i) the formation transactions described elsewhere in this prospectus have been completed; (ii) the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised; (iii) the common stock to be sold in the offering is sold at $      per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus; and (iv) the value of each unit of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, which we refer to as an “OP unit,” issued in the formation transactions is equivalent to the initial public offering price of one share of our common stock.
 
Overview
 
We are a self-managed hotel investment company that was recently organized to continue and expand the existing hotel investment business of our predecessor, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a leading U.S. hotel owner. We will focus exclusively on acquiring and owning premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial portfolio consists of what we consider both “seasoned” and “unseasoned” hotels that are located in markets in which we have extensive experience and that exhibit multiple demand generators, such as business and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports and tourist attractions. Based on total number of rooms, 48% of our portfolio is positioned in the top 50 metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, and 68% is located within the top 100 MSAs.
 
Entities controlled by our Executive Chairman, Kerry W. Boekelheide, have been in the business of acquiring, developing, financing, operating and selling hotels since 1991, have acquired a total of 93 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $606.8 million, and have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of a total of 27 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $104.6 million.
 
The majority of our hotels operate under premium franchise brands owned by Marriott International, Inc. (Courtyard by Marriott, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Fairfield Inn and TownePlace Suites), Hilton Worldwide (Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites and Hilton Garden Inn), InterContinental Hotels Group (Holiday Inn Express and Staybridge Suites) and an affiliate of Hyatt Hotels Corporation (Hyatt Place).
 
Since January 1, 2007, we have made approximately $305.4 million of capital investments through strategic acquisitions and upgrades and improvements to our hotels to be well-positioned for improving general lodging fundamentals. Further, we expect to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to make additional capital improvements to hotels in our portfolio. We believe the U.S. economy has begun to recover from the recent economic recession and, as a result, lodging industry fundamentals will strengthen over the near-term. As a result, we believe our portfolio is well-positioned for significant internal growth in hotel operating revenues in this environment based on our mix of seasoned hotels and unseasoned hotels.
 
We intend to identify and acquire undermanaged and underperforming hotels and use our expertise to renovate, rebrand and reposition the hotels to improve cash flows and long-term value. We believe we will be able to source a significant volume of acquisition opportunities, particularly due to the relative size of our target lodging industry segments, lack of available debt


1


Table of Contents

financing in the capital markets and the weakness experienced since mid-2008 in the lodging industry. We also believe that, while other public REITs and well-capitalized institutional owners seek to acquire assets that fit our investment criteria, we will be the only publicly traded REIT focused solely on these segments on a national basis.
 
We were organized as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010 and intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. See “Structure of Our Company.”
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
High-Quality Portfolio of Hotels.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 65 hotels located in 19 states with an average age of ten years. No single hotel accounted for more than 3.6% of our predecessor’s hotel operating revenues for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2010. We believe all of our hotels are located in markets where there will be limited growth in lodging supply over the next several years. Additionally, in many of our markets, we own two or more hotels in close proximity to each other, which we believe allows our hotel managers to maintain rate integrity and maximize occupancy by referring travelers to our other hotels. Similarly, franchise areas of protection, which prohibit the opening of hotels with the same brand as one of our hotels within certain proximities of our hotels, provide barriers to entry in suburban markets where many of our hotels are located.
 
Seasoned Portfolio and Significant Upside Potential.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 46 seasoned hotels with established track records and strong positions within their markets. We classify our other 19 hotels, which were either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008, as unseasoned. We believe that the market penetration of our unseasoned hotels is significantly less than that of our seasoned hotels due to the dramatic economic slowdown over the past two years that delayed these hotels from achieving anticipated growth rates and revenues. However, most of our unseasoned hotels operate under premium brands and are newer, larger and are located in larger markets than our seasoned hotels. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels can experience significant growth in room revenue per available room, or RevPAR, and profitability as the economy and industry fundamentals improve.
 
Experienced Executive Management Team With a Proven Track Record.  Our management team, led by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, has extensive experience acquiring, developing, owning, operating, renovating, rebranding and financing hotel properties. Through this experience, our management team has developed strong execution capabilities as well as an extensive network of industry, corporate and institutional relationships, including relationships with the leading lodging franchisors in our targeted markets. We believe these relationships will provide insight and access to attractive investment opportunities and allow us to react to local market conditions by seeking the optimal franchise brand for the market in which each of our hotels is located.
 
Aggressive Asset Management and Experienced Asset Management Team.  We will maintain a dedicated asset management team led by our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Craig J. Aniszewski, to analyze our portfolio as a whole and oversee our independent hotel managers. Our asset management team has managed hotel assets in every industry segment through multiple hotel business cycles. Our entire asset management team has worked together at The Summit Group, Inc., or The Summit Group, the manager of our predecessor and its hotels, for the last ten years, which provides us expertise, operational stability and in-depth knowledge of our portfolio. We will work proactively with our hotel managers to continue to drive operational performance by identifying and implementing strategies to optimize hotel profitability through revenue management strategies, budgeting, analyzing cost structure, market positioning, evaluating and making capital improvements and continually reviewing and refining our overall business strategy. Among other techniques, we initially will employ three full-time asset managers who will assist our hotel management companies to structure room rate plans and develop occupancy strategies to achieve optimum revenues.
 
Strategic Focus on Largest Segments of Lodging Industry.  We believe we will be the only publicly traded REIT that focuses exclusively on upscale hotels and midscale without food and beverage hotels on a national basis. By number of rooms, 81% of our hotels operate under brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt, which are generally regarded as the premium global franchises in our segments. We believe that business and leisure travelers prefer the consistent service and quality associated with these premium brands, and that brand serves as a significant driver of demand for hotel rooms. As reported by Smith Travel Research in 2010, of the approximately 29,735 branded hotels in the


2


Table of Contents

United States, 13,066 hotels, or 43.9%, are within our target segments (upscale: 3,536 hotels; midscale without food and beverage: 9,530 hotels). The size of this market represents a potential acquisition pool significantly larger than the upper upscale (1,669 hotels, or 5.6%, of total branded hotels) or luxury (341 hotels, or 1.2%, of total branded hotels) segments. We believe the fragmented ownership of premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, the size of the segments, our longstanding relationships with franchisors, the lack of well-capitalized competitors and our extensive experience and expertise provide us a distinct competitive advantage and a significant opportunity to profitably grow our company.
 
Growth-Oriented Capital Structure.  Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to employ a prudent leverage structure that will provide us the ability to make strategic acquisitions as industry fundamentals and the lending environment improves. Upon completion of this offering and application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have approximately $199.4 million in outstanding indebtedness and 33 hotels unencumbered by indebtedness, including 25 hotels with 2,330 rooms operating under premium brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt available to secure future loans. We believe our capital structure positions us well to capitalize on what we expect to be significant acquisition opportunities.
 
Summary Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the matters discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus before you decide whether to invest in our common stock. Some of the risks include the following:
 
  §    Our business strategy depends significantly on achieving revenue and net income growth from anticipated increases in demand for hotel rooms—any delay or a weaker than anticipated economic recovery will adversely affect our future results of operations and our growth prospects.
 
  §    Our unseasoned hotels have limited operating history and may not achieve the operating performance we anticipate, and as a result, our overall returns may not improve as we expect or may decline.
 
  §    We have no operating history as a publicly traded REIT and may not be successful in operating as a publicly traded REIT, which may adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
  §    Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.
 
  §    We may be unable to complete acquisitions that would grow our business, and even if they are completed, we may fail to successfully integrate and operate such acquired hotels.
 
  §    Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, the management of all of the hotels in our portfolio will be concentrated in one hotel management company, Interstate Management Company, LLC, or Interstate, and termination of our hotel management agreement with that company may cause us to pay substantial termination fees or experience significant disruptions at our hotels.
 
  §    Funds spent to maintain franchisor operating standards, the loss of a franchise license or a decline in the value of a franchise brand may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
  §    We will rely on external sources of capital to fund future capital needs, and if we encounter difficulty in obtaining such capital we may not be able to make future acquisitions necessary to grow our business or meet maturing obligations.
 
  §    We have a significant amount of debt, and our organizational documents have no limitation on the amount of additional indebtedness that we may incur in the future. As a result, we may become highly leveraged in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
 
  §    The agreements governing our indebtedness place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, reducing operational flexibility and creating default risks.
 
  §    We may not be able to obtain a credit facility.


3


Table of Contents

 
  §    Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and other members of our management team exercised significant influence with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including transactions in which they determined the compensation they would receive.
 
  §    Competition from other upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
  §    Our operating results and ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the markets in which we operate and risks inherent to the ownership of hotels.
 
  §    Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of hotels in which we may invest or to adjust our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions, and, therefore, may harm our financial condition.
 
  §    We may change the distribution policy with respect to our common stock in the future.
 
  §    The cash available for distribution may not be sufficient to make distributions at expected levels, and we cannot assure you of our ability to make distributions in the future. We may use borrowed funds or funds from other sources to make distributions, which may adversely impact our operations.
 
  §    We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions to our stockholders, if necessary to permit us to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT and eliminate federal income and excise taxes that otherwise would be imposed on us, which would, among other things, reduce our cash available for investing.
 
  §    If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution.
 
  §    Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our Growth Strategies and Investment Criteria
 
Our strategy focuses on maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio through focused asset management, targeted capital investment and opportunistic acquisitions. Our primary objective is to enhance stockholder value over time by generating strong risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following strategies.
 
Internal Growth from Strengthening Lodging Industry Fundamentals.  Since January 1, 2007, we have made approximately $305.4 million of capital investments through strategic acquisitions and upgrades and improvements to our hotels to be well-positioned for improving general lodging fundamentals. We believe our hotels will experience significant revenue growth as lodging industry fundamentals recover from the economic recession which caused industry-wide RevPAR to suffer a combined 18.4% decline in 2008 and 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Industry conditions have shown improvement during the first eight months of 2010, with RevPAR growth across all segments of 4.0% as compared to the same period of 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts significant compound annual growth in RevPAR from 2010 to 2014 of 7.0% for the upscale segment and 8.5% for the midscale without food and beverage segment, the best forecast for any segment in the industry.
 
Disciplined Acquisition of Hotels.  We intend to grow through acquisitions of existing hotels using a disciplined and targeted approach while maintaining a prudent capital structure. We employ a proactive and continuous assessment of our hotels, markets and brands in order to quickly and efficiently upgrade our hotels as market conditions warrant. We intend to target upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels that meet one or more of the following acquisition criteria:
 
  §    have potential for strong risk-adjusted returns located in the top 50 MSAs, with a secondary focus on the next 100 markets;
 
  §    operate under leading franchise brands, which may include but are not limited to Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental and Hyatt;
 
  §    are located in close proximity to multiple demand generators, including businesses and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports, medical facilities, tourist attractions and convention centers, with a diverse source of potential guests, including corporate, government and leisure travelers;
 
  §    are located in markets exhibiting barriers to entry due to strong franchise areas of protection or other factors;


4


Table of Contents

 
  §    can be acquired at a discount to replacement cost; and
 
  §    provide an opportunity to add value through operating efficiencies, repositioning, renovating or rebranding.
 
Selective Hotel Development.  We believe there will be attractive opportunities to partner on a selective basis with experienced hotel developers to acquire upon completion newly constructed hotels that meet our investment criteria.
 
Strategic Hotel Sales.  Our strategy is to acquire and own hotels. However, consistent with our strategy of maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio and our return on invested capital, we periodically review our hotels to determine if any significant changes to area markets or our hotels have occurred or are anticipated to occur that would warrant the sale of a particular hotel.
 
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
 
We focus on hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the lodging industry.
 
We believe that our focus on these segments provides us the opportunity to achieve stronger risk-adjusted returns across multiple lodging cycles than if we owned hotels in other segments of the lodging industry for several reasons, including:
 
  •  RevPAR Growth.  Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts that our two market segments will experience among the largest amount of RevPAR growth of any segment in the industry.
 
  •  Consistently Strong and Growing Demand.  Over the last twenty years, our market segments have demonstrated the strongest compounded growth in demand of all segments of the lodging industry, and strong demand growth is expected to continue.
 
  •  More Stable Cash Flow Potential.  Our hotels can be operated with fewer employees than full-service hotels that offer more expansive food and beverage options, which we believe enables us to generate more consistent cash flows with less volatility resulting from reductions in RevPAR and less dependence on group travel.
 
  •  Broad Customer Base.  Our target brands deliver consistently high-quality hotel accommodations with value-oriented pricing that we believe appeals to a wider range of customers, including both business and leisure travelers, than more expensive full-service hotels. We believe that our hotels are particularly popular with frequent business travelers who seek to stay in hotels operating under Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt or InterContinental brands, which offer strong loyalty rewards program points that can be redeemed for family travel.
 
  •  Enhanced Diversification.  Premium-branded limited-service and select-service assets generally cost significantly less, on a per-key basis, than hotels in the midscale with food and beverage, upper upscale and luxury segments of the industry. As a result, we can diversify our ownership into a larger number of hotels than we could in other segments.
 
Lodging Industry Fundamentals.  Beginning in August 2008, the U.S. lodging industry experienced 19 consecutive months of RevPAR declines, as measured against the same month in the prior year, driven by a combination of deterioration in room-night demand and increasing supply. Although the lodging industry has historically lagged broader economic recoveries, economic fundamentals are beginning to improve from the recent declines resulting from the recessionary environment. In September 2010, the U.S. unemployment rate continued to show improvement from its high in late 2009. After continuing declines for almost two years prior, September 2010 marked the U.S. lodging industry’s seventh consecutive month of positive year-over-year RevPAR growth with an 8.8% increase.
 
According to Smith Travel Research, RevPAR increased 4.3% and 2.2% in our target upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, respectively, for the first eight months of 2010 as compared to the same period of 2009, and we expect RevPAR growth to continue as the U.S. economy continues to strengthen. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research currently projects RevPAR growth of upscale hotels to be 4.2% in 2011, 11.1% in 2012 and 9.5% in 2013 and RevPAR growth of midscale without food and beverage hotels to be 5.9% in 2011, 12.2% in 2012 and 10.9% in 2013, among the highest in any industry segment. We expect that our hotels, and particularly our unseasoned hotels, will realize significant RevPAR gains as the economy and lodging industry improve.
 
Demand Overview.  Room-night demand in the U.S. lodging industry is directly correlated to macroeconomic trends. Key drivers of demand include growth in gross domestic product, or GDP, corporate profits, capital investments and employment. Following periods of recession, recovery in room-night demand for lodging historically has lagged improvements in the overall economy.


5


Table of Contents

 
Supply Overview.  Growth in lodging supply typically lags growth in room-night demand. Key drivers of lodging supply include the availability and cost of capital, construction costs, local real estate market conditions and availability and pricing of existing properties. As a result of scarcity of financing, severe recession and declining operating fundamentals during 2008 and 2009, many planned hotel developments have been cancelled or postponed, and the number of rooms under construction and in planning has declined significantly. According to Lodging Econometrics, during the second quarter of 2010, approximately 68,000 new hotel rooms were under construction in the U.S., as compared to approximately 242,000 rooms under construction in the second quarter of 2008, a decline of 72%. New hotel construction is expected to remain below historical averages through 2014 according to Colliers PKF Hospitality Research.
 
Attractive Transaction Landscape.  We believe that the significant decline in lodging fundamentals and subsequent declines in cash flows has created a difficult environment for hotel owners lacking ready access to financing or suffering from reduced cash flows due to declining industry fundamentals since 2008. As a result, we believe that the significant number of hotel properties experiencing substantial declines in operating cash flow, coupled with tight credit markets, near-term debt maturities and, in some instances, covenant defaults relating to outstanding indebtedness, will present attractive investment opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices significantly below replacement cost, with substantial appreciation potential as the U.S. economy recovers from the current recession.
 
Our Formation Transactions
 
Historically, the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio were owned or controlled by our predecessor and were managed by The Summit Group, which is wholly owned and controlled by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide. We will engage in the transactions described below, which we refer to as our formation transactions, in order to consolidate the business of our predecessor into a publicly traded REIT.
 
  §    We will sell           shares of our common stock in this offering.
 
  §    We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units. We will continue to be, through a wholly owned subsidiary, the sole general partner of our operating partnership and will own an approximate     % (     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership upon completion of the formation transactions and this offering.
 
  §    Our predecessor will merge with and into our operating partnership, which will be the survivor of the merger. Pursuant to the merger, our predecessor’s members, including two of our executive officers and their affiliates as described below, will receive an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering, or IPO, price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The total number of OP units to be issued to our predecessor’s members in the merger reflects our predecessor’s 100% ownership of 63 of our initial hotels prior to the merger and its ownership of a 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale, the owner of two Scottsdale, Arizona hotels prior to the merger. Of the 9,993,992 OP units to be issued in the merger, (1) our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, will receive an aggregate of 1,517,879 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus and (2) our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units having an aggregate value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering. In addition to the OP units issued in the merger, our operating partnership will issue 106,008 OP units pursuant to the Summit of Scottsdale transaction described below.
 
  §    The Summit Group will contribute its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 74,829 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. An unaffiliated third-party investor will contribute its 15% Class C membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 31,179 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The contributions of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale are subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering.
 
Our predecessor owns a 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale, which our operating partnership will acquire in the merger. As a result of these contributions and the merger, our operating


6


Table of Contents

partnership will assume approximately $13.8 million of existing mortgage debt secured by the Courtyard by Marriott and the SpringHill Suites by Marriott, both located in Scottsdale, Arizona, or the Scottsdale hotels, and will become the sole owner of the two Scottsdale hotels.
 
  §    Upon completion of the merger and the contributions described above, our operating partnership will become the sole owner of our 65 initial hotels and will enter into new lease agreements with our TRS lessees with respect to the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio.
 
  §    The Summit Group will assign all of the hotel management agreements pursuant to which it managed the hotels owned by our predecessor to Interstate for consideration payable to The Summit Group of $12,750,000, and our TRS lessees will enter into a hotel management agreement with Interstate pursuant to which those hotels will be operated. Interstate has advised us that it expects to offer continued employment to nearly all of the employees of The Summit Group responsible for the day-to-day operations of our hotels prior to the formation transactions.
 
  §    Our operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (1) approximately $225.2 million to repay or extinguish existing indebtedness that we will assume following completion of the formation transactions, including estimated costs related to debt repayment totaling approximately $3.8 million; (2) approximately $10.0 million to fund capital improvements at our initial hotels; and (3) the balance for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future acquisitions of hotels.


7


Table of Contents

 
Our Structure
 
The following diagram depicts our ownership structure immediately following completion of this offering and the formation transactions:
 
(CHART)
 
Material Benefits to Related Parties
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, certain of our executive officers and directors will receive, either directly or indirectly, the financial and other benefits summarized below. For a more detailed discussion of these benefits see “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”


8


Table of Contents

Formation Transactions.  In connection with the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide, our Executive Chairman, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, which is wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Boekelheide, and Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, will receive the following benefits:
 
     
Name
 
Benefits Received
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide,
Executive Chairman and Director
  In the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and The Summit Group will receive an aggregate of 1,200,993 OP units, including: (1) 17,000 OP units to be issued to a revocable trust, the trustee and sole beneficiary of which is Mr. Boekelheide, in exchange for the trust’s Class A membership interests in our predecessor; (2) 1,109,164 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in the merger; and (3) 74,829 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in exchange for its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale. These OP units will represent approximately     % of our combined common stock and OP units outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and have an aggregate value of $     million based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
    In addition, entities affiliated with Mr. Boekelheide other than The Summit Group will receive an aggregate of 316,886 OP units. Mr. Boekelheide will share voting and investment power over these OP units with individuals who are not affiliated with us. These OP units will represent approximately     % of our combined common stock and OP units outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and have a combined aggregate value of $     million based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
    In consideration for assigning to them the existing hotel management agreements with our predecessor, The Summit Group will receive a cash payment from Interstate in the amount of $12,750,000.
Craig J. Aniszewski,
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
  In the merger, Mr. Aniszewski will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units in exchange for his Class B membership interests in our predecessor. These OP units represent approximately     % of our combined common stock and OP units outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and have an aggregate value of $     based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
In addition to the OP units and other material benefits described above to be received in connection with the formation transactions, our executive officers will also benefit from the following:
 
  §    employment agreements that will provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including severance benefits in the event of a termination of employment in certain circumstances (see “Management—Employment Agreements”);
 
  §    options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price of the shares in this offering that will be granted to our named executive officers upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (see “Management—Executive Compensation”);
 
  §    agreements providing for indemnification by us for certain liabilities and expenses incurred as a result of actions brought, or threatened to be brought, against them as an officer and/or director of our company (see “Management—Indemnification Agreements” and “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws”); and
 
  §    redemption and registration rights under our operating partnership’s partnership agreement with respect to OP units to be issued in the formation transactions (see “Description of the Partnership Agreement”).
 
Furthermore, in connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group. See “Formation Transactions—Tax Protection Agreements.”


9


Table of Contents

 
Our Financing Strategy
 
We expect to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated net indebtedness to not more than 5.5x of our earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, for the 12-month period preceding the incurrence of such debt. Over time, we intend to finance our long-term growth with common and preferred equity issuances and debt financing having staggered maturities. Our debt may include mortgage debt secured by hotels and unsecured debt.
 
Following completion of this offering, we anticipate entering into a credit facility to fund future acquisitions, as well as for property redevelopments, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. We cannot predict the size of the credit facility if we are able to obtain one.
 
When purchasing hotel properties, we may issue OP units as full or partial consideration to sellers who may desire to take advantage of tax deferral on the sale of a hotel or participate in the potential appreciation in value of our common stock.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, there will be conflicts of interest between the holders of OP units, including certain of our executive officers and directors, and our stockholders with respect to certain transactions. In addition to their ownership of OP units, these executive officers and directors may have conflicting duties because, in their capacities as our executive officers and directors, they have a duty to us and our stockholders, while at the same time, we, through our wholly owned subsidiary that serves as the general partner of our operating partnership, have a fiduciary duty to the limited partners. Conflicts may arise when the interests of our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership diverge, particularly in circumstances in which there may be an adverse tax consequence to the limited partners. For example, the sale of any of the hotels in our portfolio or the repayment of indebtedness may have different tax consequences to holders of OP units as compared to our stockholders. The amended and restated limited partnership agreement of our operating partnership contains a provision that in the event of a conflict of interest between our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership, as general partner we will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners of our operating partnership, and, if we, in our sole discretion as general partner of our operating partnership, determine that a conflict cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership, the conflict will be resolved in favor of our stockholders.
 
Both we and our predecessor have sought to structure the formation transactions so as to minimize potential conflicts of interest, including by appointing a special committee of our predecessor’s independent managers to review the terms of the proposed merger of our predecessor into our operating partnership. However, we did not conduct arm’s-length negotiations with our predecessor’s members or the members of Summit of Scottsdale with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including the merger. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, have substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In addition, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has a pre-existing ownership interest in our predecessor. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the board of managers of our predecessor that approved the terms of the formation transactions. In the course of structuring the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits they will receive from us. Although our predecessor’s special committee received a fairness opinion from an independent third-party financial advisor that is not one of the underwriters of this offering with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to the former members of our predecessor, assuming that the value of the OP units issued as the merger consideration was between $140 million and $160 million, we did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the fairness of the merger consideration to us and we did not obtain recent third-party appraisals for all of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration to be paid by us to the members of our predecessor in the merger for our predecessor’s 63 hotels and its 49% ownership interest in the two Scottsdale hotels may exceed the fair market value of the hotels and other assets being acquired by us in the formation transactions or the price that would have been paid in an arm’s-length transaction.
 
Our Tax Status
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Our qualification as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code, relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of


10


Table of Contents

our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares of capital stock. We believe that we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and that our intended manner of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and continuing thereafter.
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests required for REIT qualification, we cannot directly operate any of our hotel properties. Instead, we must lease our hotel properties. Accordingly, we will lease each of our hotel properties to one of our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rent to us that can qualify as “rents from real property,” provided that the TRS lessees engage “eligible independent contractors” to manage our hotels. A TRS is a corporate subsidiary of a REIT that jointly elects with the REIT to be treated as a TRS of the REIT and that pays federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income. We expect that all of the hotels in our portfolio will be leased to one of our TRS lessees, which will be able to pay us rent out of the revenue of the hotels. Our TRS lessees will engage Interstate to manage the hotels in our initial portfolio. We believe Interstate will qualify as an eligible independent contractor.
 
As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our REIT taxable income that we distribute currently to our stockholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at least 90% of their taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, our income for that year will be taxed at regular corporate rates, and we will be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by our TRS lessees will be fully subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax.
 
Distribution Policy
 
To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute annually to our stockholders an amount at least equal to 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. We will be subject to income tax on our taxable income that is not distributed and to an excise tax to the extent that certain percentages of our taxable income are not distributed by specified dates. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Income as computed for purposes of the foregoing tax rules will not necessarily correspond to our income as determined for financial reporting purposes. Our cash available for distribution may be less than the amount required to meet the distribution requirements for REITs under the Code, and we may be required to borrow money, sell assets or issue capital stock to satisfy the distribution requirements. Additionally, we may pay future distributions from the proceeds from this offering or other securities offerings.
 
We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions to our stockholders, as more fully described below. We expect to pay our initial distribution with respect to the period commencing upon completion of this offering and ending March 31, 2011, based on a rate of $      per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would equal approximately $      per share, or an estimated initial annual dividend rate of approximately     % based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. We do not intend to reduce the expected dividend per share if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised.
 
The timing and frequency of distributions will be authorized by our board of directors and declared by us based upon a variety of factors deemed relevant by our directors, including restrictions under applicable law and our loan agreements, capital requirements of our company and the REIT requirements of the Code. Distributions to stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income, although a portion of such distributions may be designated by us as long-term capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their federal income tax status. For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of our distributions, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Restrictions on Ownership of Our Capital Stock
 
In order to assist us in qualifying as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, restricts the amount of shares of our capital stock that a person may beneficially or constructively own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions,


11


Table of Contents

no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our charter also prohibits any person from:
 
  §    beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year);
 
  §    transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code);
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code; or
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such beneficial or constructive ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management companies failing to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules.
 
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of these limits and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
We were formed as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010 and intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Our corporate offices are located at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105. Our telephone number is (605) 361-9566. Our website is www.shpreit.com . The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.


12


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
Common stock offered by us            shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the formation transactions            shares (1)
 
Common stock and OP units to be outstanding after this offering and the formation transactions            shares and           OP units (2)
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering           of approximately $      million, or approximately $      million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (1) approximately $      million to repay or extinguish existing indebtedness that we will assume upon completion of the formation transactions, including estimated related costs totaling approximately $      million; (2) approximately $10.0 million to fund capital improvements at our hotels; and (3) the balance for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future hotel acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
 
Ownership and transfer restrictions In order to assist us in qualifying as a REIT, our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our common stock and places certain other restrictions on ownership of our stock.
 
Proposed NYSE symbol “INN”
 
(1) Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will have a total of 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. We sold these shares to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with our formation and initial capitalization for total consideration of $1,000. At the closing of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the repurchase of these shares and the closing of this offering includes: (i)           shares of common stock to be sold in this offering and (ii) an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to be issued to our independent director nominees pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering excludes: (i) up to          shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; (ii) an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that we will grant to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Daniel P. Hansen, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Stuart J. Becker, and our Vice President of Acquisitions, Ryan A. Bertucci, pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering; (iii) 904,217 additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan; and (iv) up to 10,100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued by our operating partnership in the formation transactions.
(2) Includes all of the shares of common stock identified in the third sentence of footnote (1) above, and 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions to our predecessor’s former members and the former Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale in exchange for their membership interests in those entities. Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of our operating partnership, limited partners, other than us, will have redemption rights which will enable them to cause our operating partnership to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events described under “Description of the Partnership Agreement—Redemption Rights.”


13


Table of Contents

Summary Pro Forma Financial Information
 
You should read the following summary pro forma financial and operating data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The following unaudited summary pro forma financial information is presented to reflect:
 
  §    the initial public offering of           shares of our common stock in this offering at $      per share, the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, for approximately $260.2 million of estimated net proceeds, after the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment by us of approximately $3.6 million of expenses related to this offering and the formation transactions;
 
  §    the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, with our predecessor as the acquirer for accounting purposes, and the issuance by our operating partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of our predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in our predecessor;
 
  §    the contribution to our operating partnership of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale held by The Summit Group and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 OP units;
 
  §    the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units that represent an approximate     % partnership interest in our operating partnership, including the sole general partnership interest;
 
  §    the repayment or extinguishment of approximately $225.2 million of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3.8 million in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness; and
 
  §    the grant upon completion of this offering of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of our common stock to our independent director nominees and options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of our predecessor will become our historical consolidated financial statements, and our assets and liabilities will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data appearing below assumes that each of these transactions occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assume that each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009.
 
In the opinion of our management, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on June 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations and other operating data are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what our actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor do they purport to represent our future results of operations.


14


Table of Contents

The following table presents summary unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):
 
         
    Pro Forma
 
    as of June 30, 2010  
    (unaudited)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 34,287  
Property and equipment, net
  $ 460,632  
Total assets
  $ 534,284  
Mortgages and notes payable
  $ 199,440  
Total liabilities
  $ 211,417  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 256,015  
Noncontrolling interest
  $ 66,852  
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 534,284  
 
The following table presents summary unaudited pro forma statement of operations and other data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands, except per-share data):
 
                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
    (unaudited)   (unaudited)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
               
Revenue
               
Room revenues
  $ 65,939     $ 118,960  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273       2,240  
                 
Total Revenue
    67,212       121,200  
                 
Expenses (1)
               
Hotel operating expenses:
               
Rooms
    20,048       36,720  
Other direct
    8,287       18,048  
Other indirect
    18,303       33,499  
Other
    302       681  
                 
Total hotel operating expenses
    46,940       88,948  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,288       23,088  
Corporate general and administrative:
               
Salaries and other compensation
    1,683       3,564  
Equity-based compensation
           
Other
    916       1,633  
Hotel property acquisition costs
    56       1,389  
Loss on impairment of assets
          7,506  
                 
Total expenses
    62,883       126,128  
                 
Income (loss) from operations
    4,329       (4,928 )
                 
Other Income (expense):
               
Interest income
    24       50  
Interest expense
    (5,199 )     (9,052 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )     (4 )
                 
Total other expense
    (5,215 )     (9,006 )
                 
Loss from continuing operations
    (886 )     (13,934 )
Net loss before income taxes
    (886 )     (13,934 )
Income tax expense
    (500 )     (840 )
                 
Net loss
  $ (1,386 )   $ (14,774 )


15


Table of Contents

                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
    (unaudited)   (unaudited)
 
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
  $ (485 )   $ (5,171 )
Net loss attributable to common shareholders
    (901 )     (9,603 )
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share:
               
Basic
               
Diluted
               
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
               
Basic
               
Diluted
               
Other Data:
               
FFO (2)
  $ 11,902     $ 8,314  
EBITDA (3)
  $ 17,577     $ 15,482  
 
(1) Historically, our predecessor segregated its operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) from its other operating expenses, such as depreciation and amortization and impairment losses. Following completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify our operating expenses into categories of hotel operating expenses (room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses) and reclassify our predecessor’s historical items of hotel operating expense to increase the comparability of our hotel operating expenses and our hotel operating results with those of other publicly traded hospitality REITs. Accordingly, historical balances included in our predecessor’s:
  §    direct hotel operations expense related to (1) wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast will be reclassified to rooms expense in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expense in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    other hotel operating expenses related to (1) utilities and telephone will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) real and personal property taxes, insurance and cable will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    general, selling and administrative expenses related to (1) office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (2) credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (3) hotel development and startup costs will be reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs in our consolidated statements of operations and (4) ground rent and other miscellaneous expenses will be reclassified to other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations; and
  §    repairs and maintenance will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
On a pro forma basis, the reclassification reduces total hotel operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) by $56,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which were reclassified to hotel operating costs. The reclassification does not impact amounts reported by our predecessor as total expenses (total hotel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and loss on impairment of assets), income from operations, total other income, income (loss) from continuing operations, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net income (loss) before income taxes or net income (loss). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.
(2) As defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, funds from operations, or FFO, represents net income or loss (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of property, plus real estate depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs). We present FFO because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operational performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of REITs, many of which present FFO when reporting their results. FFO is intended to exclude GAAP historical cost depreciation and amortization of real estate and related assets, which assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes ratably over time. Historically, however, real estate values have risen or fallen with market conditions. Because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization unique to real estate, gains and losses from property dispositions and extraordinary items, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, reflects the impact to operations from trends in occupancy rates, room rates, operating costs, development activities and interest costs, providing perspective not immediately apparent from net income. We compute FFO in accordance with standards established by the Board of Governors of NAREIT in its March 1995 White Paper (as amended in November 1999 and April 2002), which may differ from the methodology for calculating FFO utilized by other equity REITs and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs. Further, FFO does not represent amounts available for management’s discretionary use because of needed capital replacement or expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and uncertainties. FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) (computed in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends or make distributions.
We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of FFO may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, since not all companies calculate this non-GAAP measure in the same manner. FFO should not be considered as an alternative measure of our net income (loss) or operating performance. FFO may include funds that may not be available for our discretionary use due to functional requirements to conserve funds for capital expenditures and property acquisitions and other commitments and uncertainties. Although we believe that FFO can enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations, this non-GAAP financial measure is not necessarily a better indicator of any trend as compared to a comparable GAAP measure such as net income (loss). Below, we include a quantitative

16


Table of Contents

reconciliation of pro forma FFO to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is pro forma net income (loss) (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
 
Net loss
  $ (1,386 )   $ (14,774 )
Depreciation and amortization
    13,288       23,088  
                 
FFO
  $ 11,902     $ 8,314  
                 
 
(3) EBITDA represents net income or loss, excluding: (i) interest, (ii) income tax expense and (iii) depreciation and amortization. We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it provides investors with an indication of our ability to incur and service debt, to satisfy general operating expenses, to make capital expenditures and to fund other cash needs or reinvest cash into our business. We also believe it helps investors meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) from our operating results. Our management also uses EBITDA as one measure in determining the value of acquisitions and dispositions.
We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, since not all companies calculate this non-GAAP measure in the same manner. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative measure of our net income (loss) or operating performance. EBITDA may include funds that may not be available for our discretionary use due to functional requirements to conserve funds for capital expenditures and property acquisitions and other commitments and uncertainties. Although we believe that EBITDA can enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations, this non-GAAP financial measure is not necessarily a better indicator of any trend as compared to a comparable GAAP measure such as net income (loss). Below, we include a quantitative reconciliation of pro forma EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is pro forma net income (loss) (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
    Six Months Ended
  Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009
 
Net loss
  $ (1,386 )   $ (14,774 )
Interest income
    (24 )     (50 )
Interest expense
    5,199       9,052  
Income tax expense
    500       840  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,288       23,088  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 17,577     $ 18,156  
                 


17


Table of Contents

 
Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common stock involves risks. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, which address the material risks concerning our business and an investment in our common stock, together with the other information contained in this prospectus. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus were to occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operation and our ability to service our debt and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected, the market price per share of our common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our business strategy depends significantly on achieving revenue and net income growth from anticipated increases in demand for hotel rooms—any delay or a weaker than anticipated economic recovery will adversely affect our future results of operations and our growth prospects.
 
Our hotel properties experienced declining operating performance across various U.S. markets during the recent economic recession. Our business strategy depends significantly on achieving revenue and net income growth from anticipated improvement in demand for hotel rooms as part of a future economic recovery. We, however, cannot provide any assurances that demand for hotel rooms will increase from current levels. If demand does not increase in the near future, or if demand weakens further, our operating results and growth prospects could be adversely affected. In particular, we already have reduced our operating expenses significantly in response to the recent economic recession and our ability to reduce operating expenses further to improve our operating performance is limited. As a result, any delay or a weaker than anticipated economic recovery will adversely affect our future results of operations and our growth prospects.
 
Our unseasoned hotels have limited, if any, operating history and may not achieve the operating performance we anticipate, and as a result, our overall returns may not improve as we expect or may decline.
 
Our unseasoned hotels have experienced extended stabilization periods as a result of the significant decline in general economic conditions. Consequently, many of these hotels continue to generate negative cash flow beyond our original expectations for them. Significant increases in anticipated hotel room supply or decreases in hotel room demand in the markets where any one or more of our unseasoned hotels are located could cause the operating performance of those hotels to be below our original plans for them. If macroeconomic conditions or conditions specific to their markets do not improve significantly or our anticipated improved results for these hotels do not otherwise materialize, our overall returns may not improve as we expect or may decline.
 
We have no operating history as a publicly traded REIT and may not be successful in operating as a publicly traded REIT, which may adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We have no operating history as a publicly traded REIT. The REIT rules and regulations are highly technical and complex. We cannot assure you that our management team’s past experience will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a publicly traded REIT, implement appropriate operating and investment policies and comply with Code or Treasury Regulations that are applicable to us. Failure to comply with the income, asset, and other requirements imposed by the REIT rules and regulations could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT, and could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties which may adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.
 
We depend on the efforts and expertise of our management team to manage our day-to-day operations and strategic business direction. The loss of services from any of the members of our management team, particularly our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Daniel P. Hansen, and our inability to find suitable replacements on a timely basis could have an adverse effect on our operations.


18


Table of Contents

We may be unable to complete acquisitions that would grow our business.
 
Our growth strategy includes the disciplined acquisition of hotels as opportunities arise. Our ability to acquire hotels on satisfactory terms or at all is subject to the following significant risks:
 
  §    we may be unable to acquire or may be forced to acquire at significantly higher prices desired hotels because of competition from other real estate investors with more capital, including other real estate operating companies, REITs and investment funds;
 
  §    we may be unable to obtain the necessary debt or equity financing to consummate an acquisition or, if obtainable, financing may not be on satisfactory terms; and
 
  §    agreements for the acquisition of hotels are typically subject to customary conditions to closing, including satisfactory completion of due diligence investigations, and we may spend significant time and money on potential acquisitions that we do not consummate.
 
If we cannot complete hotel acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We may not be able to acquire the hotel we have under a letter of intent.
 
We have not entered into a definitive purchase agreement for the 216-room hotel located in downtown Minneapolis, Minnesota that we have under a letter of intent. The letter of intent is non-binding and we cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into a definitive purchase agreement on favorable terms, or at all, or, if we enter into a definitive agreement, that we will complete this acquisition. Any definitive purchase agreement would be subject to a number of conditions to completion.
 
We may fail to successfully integrate and operate newly acquired hotels.
 
Our ability to successfully integrate and operate newly acquired hotels is subject to the following risks:
 
  §    we may not possess the same level of familiarity with the dynamics and market conditions of any new markets that we may enter, which could result in us paying too much for hotels in new markets;
 
  §    market conditions may result in lower than expected occupancy rates and lower than expected room rates;
 
  §    we may acquire hotels without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, for liabilities, whether known or unknown, such as clean-up of environmental contamination, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons against the former owners of the hotels and claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the hotels.
 
  §    we may need to spend more than budgeted amounts to make necessary improvements or renovations to our newly acquired hotels; and
 
  §    we may be unable to quickly and efficiently integrate new acquisitions, particularly acquisitions of portfolios of hotels, into our existing operations.
 
If we cannot operate acquired hotels to meet our goals or expectations, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We may not succeed in managing our growth, in which case our financial results could be adversely affected.
 
Our ability to grow our business depends upon our management team’s business contacts and their ability to successfully hire, train, supervise and manage additional personnel. We may not be able to hire and train sufficient personnel or develop management, information and operating systems suitable for our expected growth. If we are unable to manage any future growth effectively, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, the management of all of the hotels in our initial portfolio will be concentrated in one hotel management company.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, all of the hotels in our initial portfolio will be operated by Interstate. This significant concentration of credit and operational risk in one hotel management company makes us more vulnerable economically than if we entered into hotel management agreements with several hotel management


19


Table of Contents

companies. Any adverse developments in Interstate’s business and affairs, financial strength or ability to operate our hotels efficiently and effectively could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We cannot assure you that Interstate will have sufficient assets, income and access to financing and insurance coverage to enable it to satisfy its obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate our initial hotel properties. The failure or inability of Interstate to satisfy its obligations to us or effectively and efficiently operate our initial hotel properties would materially reduce our revenues and net income, which could in turn reduce the amount of our distributable cash and cause the market price per share of our common stock to decline.
 
Termination of our hotel management agreement with Interstate may cause us to pay substantial termination fees or to experience significant disruptions at the affected hotels.
 
If we replace Interstate as the hotel manager of any of our hotels, we may be required to pay a substantial termination fee and we may experience significant disruptions at the affected hotel. If we experience disruptions at the affected hotel, our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Restrictive covenants in hotel management and franchise agreements could preclude us from taking actions with respect to the sale or refinancing of a hotel that would otherwise be in our best interest.
 
Hotel management and franchise agreements typically contain restrictive covenants that do not provide us with flexibility to sell or refinance a hotel without the consent of a manager or franchisor. For example, the terms of some of these agreements may restrict our ability to sell a hotel unless the purchaser is not a competitor of the hotel management company, assumes the related agreement and meets specified other conditions. We could be forced to pay consent or possibly termination fees to hotel managers or franchisors under these agreements. As a result of these types of restrictive covenants, we may be precluded from taking actions that would otherwise be in our best interest or could cause us to incur substantial expense.
 
We may not be able to cause our hotel management companies to operate any of our hotels in a manner satisfactory to us, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we cannot operate our hotels. We will lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which will, in turn, enter into hotel management agreements with hotel management companies, such as Interstate, that qualify as “eligible independent contractors” to operate our hotels. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to stockholders are dependent on the ability of Interstate and any other hotel management companies that we may retain in the future to operate our hotels successfully. Any failure by our hotel management companies to provide quality services and amenities or maintain a quality brand name and reputation could have a negative impact on their ability to operate our hotels and could have a material and adverse affect our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We cannot and will not control the hotel management companies that operate and are responsible for maintenance and other day-to-day management of our hotels, including, but not limited to, the implementation of significant operating decisions. We cannot assure you that our hotel management companies will manage our properties in a manner that is consistent with their obligations under the management agreement or our obligations under our hotel franchise agreements, that our hotel management companies will not be negligent in their performance or engage in other criminal or fraudulent activity, or that they will not otherwise default on their management obligations to us. If any of the foregoing occurs, our relationships with the franchisors may be damaged and we may then be in breach of the franchise agreements, and we could incur liabilities resulting from loss or injury to our property or to persons at our properties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition, as well as our ability to pay dividends to stockholders.
 
Even if we believe a hotel is being operated inefficiently or in a manner that does not result in satisfactory operating results, we will have limited ability to require the hotel management company to change its method of operation. We generally will attempt to resolve issues with our hotel management companies through discussions and negotiations. However, if we are unable to reach satisfactory results through discussions and negotiations, we may choose to litigate the dispute or submit the matter to third-party dispute resolution or arbitration. We would only be able to seek redress if a hotel management company violates the terms of the applicable hotel management agreement, and then only to the extent of the remedies provided for under the terms of the hotel management agreement. Our hotel managers or their affiliates


20


Table of Contents

manage, and in some cases own, have invested in, or provided credit support or operating guarantees to hotels that compete with our hotels, all of which may result in conflicts of interest. As a result, our hotel managers may in the future make decisions regarding competing lodging facilities that are not or would not be in our best interest.
 
Funds spent to maintain franchisor operating standards, the loss of a franchise license or a decline in the value of a franchise brand may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
Our hotels operate under franchise agreements, and the maintenance of franchise licenses for our hotels is subject to our franchisors’ operating standards and other terms and conditions. We expect that franchisors will periodically inspect our hotels to ensure that we, our TRS lessees and our hotel management companies maintain our franchisors’ standards. Failure by us, our TRS lessees or any of our hotel management companies to maintain these standards or other terms and conditions could result in a franchise license being canceled. If a franchise license terminates due to our failure to make required improvements or to otherwise comply with its terms, we could also be liable to the franchisor for a termination payment, which varies by franchisor and by hotel. As a condition of our continued holding of a franchise license, a franchisor could also require us to make capital improvements to our hotels, even if we do not believe the improvements are necessary or desirable or would result in an acceptable return on our investment. Nonetheless, we may risk losing a franchise license if we do not make franchisor-required capital improvements.
 
If a franchisor terminated a franchise license, we could try either to obtain a suitable replacement franchise or to operate the hotel without a franchise license. The loss of a franchise license could materially and adversely affect the operations or the underlying value of the hotel because of the loss of associated name recognition, marketing support and centralized reservation systems provided by the franchisor. A loss of a franchise license for one or more hotels, particularly if our hotels become concentrated in a limited number of franchise brands in the future, could materially and adversely affect our revenues. This loss of revenues could, therefore, also adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and ability to service debt and make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Negative publicity related to one of the franchise brands or the general decline of a brand also may adversely affect the underlying value of our hotels or result in a reduction in business.
 
We will rely on external sources of capital to fund future capital needs, and if we encounter difficulty in obtaining such capital, we may not be able to make future acquisitions necessary to grow our business or meet maturing obligations.
 
In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, we will be required, among other things, to distribute each year to our stockholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. Because of this distribution requirement, we may not be able to fund, from cash retained from operations, all of our future capital needs, including capital needed to make investments and to satisfy or refinance maturing obligations.
 
We expect to rely on external sources of capital, including debt and equity financing, to fund future capital needs. Part of our strategy involves the use of additional debt financing to supplement our equity capital. Our ability to effectively implement and accomplish our business strategy will be affected by our ability to obtain and utilize additional leverage in sufficient amounts and on favorable terms. However, the recent U.S. and global economic slowdown has resulted in a capital environment characterized by limited availability of both debt and equity financing, increasing costs, stringent credit terms and significant volatility. If we are unable to obtain needed capital on satisfactory terms or at all, we may not be able to make the investments needed to expand our business, or to meet our obligations and commitments as they mature. Our access to capital will depend upon a number of factors over which we have little or no control, including general market conditions, the market’s perception of our current and potential future earnings and cash distributions and the market price of the shares of our common stock. We may not be in a position to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities for growth if we are unable to access the capital markets on a timely basis on favorable terms.
 
We have a significant amount of debt, and our organizational documents have no limitation on the amount of additional indebtedness that we may incur in the future. As a result, we may become highly leveraged in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
 
As of June 30, 2010, after giving pro forma effect to this offering and the formation transactions, we would have had total outstanding indebtedness of approximately $199.4 million, all of which would have been secured indebtedness. In the future, we may incur additional indebtedness to finance future hotel acquisitions and development activities and other corporate purposes. In addition, there are no restrictions in our charter or bylaws that limit the amount or percentage of


21


Table of Contents

indebtedness that we may incur nor restrict the form in which our indebtedness will be incurred (including recourse or non-recourse debt or cross-collateralized debt).
 
A substantial level of indebtedness could have adverse consequences for our business, results of operations and financial condition because it could, among other things:
 
  §    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including to pay dividends on our common stock as currently contemplated or necessary to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT;
 
  §    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;
 
  §    limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance indebtedness on favorable terms or at all to expand our business or ease liquidity constraints; and
 
  §    place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to competitors that have less indebtedness.
 
The agreements governing our indebtedness place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, reducing operational flexibility and creating default risks.
 
The agreements governing our indebtedness that will remain outstanding following completion of this offering and the formation transactions contain covenants that place restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. These covenants may restrict, among other activities, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
  §    merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets;
 
  §    sell, transfer, pledge or encumber our stock or the ownership interests of our subsidiaries;
 
  §    incur additional debt or issue preferred stock;
 
  §    enter into, terminate or modify leases for our hotels and hotel management and franchise agreements;
 
  §    make certain expenditures, including capital expenditures;
 
  §    pay dividends on or repurchase our capital stock; and
 
  §    enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
 
These covenants could impair our ability to grow our business, take advantage of attractive business opportunities or successfully compete. Our ability to comply with financial and other covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. A breach of any of these covenants or covenants under any other agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default. Cross-default provisions in our debt agreements could cause an event of default under one debt agreement to trigger an event of default under our other debt agreements. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of our debt agreements, the lenders could elect to declare all outstanding debt under such agreements to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay or refinance the accelerated debt, the lenders could proceed against any assets pledged to secure that debt, including foreclosing on or requiring the sale of our hotels, and the proceeds from the sale of these hotels may not be sufficient to repay such debt in full.
 
Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in any hotel subject to mortgage debt.
 
Incurring mortgage and other secured debt obligations increases our risk of property losses because defaults on secured indebtedness may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the hotels securing any loans for which we are in default. If we are in default under a cross-defaulted mortgage loan, we could lose multiple hotels to foreclosure. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our hotels would be treated as a sale of the hotel for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the hotel, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. As we execute our business plan, we may assume or incur new mortgage indebtedness on the hotels in our portfolio or hotels that we acquire in the future. Any default under any one of our mortgage debt obligations may increase the risk of our default on our other indebtedness.


22


Table of Contents

An increase in interest rates would increase our interest costs on our variable rate debt and could adversely impact our ability to refinance existing debt or sell assets.
 
An increase in interest rates would increase our interest payments and reduce our cash flow available for other corporate purposes, including capital improvements to our hotels or acquisitions of additional hotels. In addition, rising interest rates could limit our ability to refinance existing debt when it matures and increase interest costs on any debt that is refinanced. Further, an increase in interest rates could increase the cost of financing, thereby decreasing the amount third parties are willing to pay for our hotels, which would limit our ability to dispose of hotels when necessary or desired. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Qualitative and Quantitative Effects of Market Risk.”
 
Although we have not entered into any hedging arrangements, we may, from time to time, enter into agreements such as interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate hedging contracts. However, these agreements reduce, but do not eliminate, the impact of rising interest rates, and they also expose us to the risk that other parties to the agreements will not perform or that the agreements will be unenforceable.
 
We may not be able to obtain a credit facility.
 
We intend to enter into a credit facility following completion of this offering. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. We cannot predict the size or terms of the credit facility if we are able to obtain it. Our failure to obtain a credit facility could adversely affect our ability to grow our business and meet our obligations as they come due.
 
Joint venture investments could be adversely affected by a lack of sole decision-making authority with respect to such investments.
 
In the future we may enter into strategic joint ventures with unaffiliated investors to acquire, develop, improve or dispose of hotels, thereby reducing the amount of capital required by us to make investments and diversifying our capital sources for growth. We may not have sole decision-making authority with respect to these investments, which may:
 
  §    prevent us from taking actions that are opposed by our joint venture partners;
 
  §    create impasses on major decisions, such as acquisitions or sales;
 
  §    prevent us from selling our interests in the joint venture without the consent of our joint venture partners; or
 
  §    subject us to liability for the actions of our joint venture partners.
 
Joint venture investments could subject us to risks related to the financial condition of joint venture partners.
 
If a joint venture partner becomes bankrupt or otherwise defaults on its obligations under a joint venture agreement, we and any other remaining joint venture partners would generally remain liable for the joint venture liabilities. Furthermore, if a joint venture partner becomes bankrupt or otherwise defaults on its obligations under a joint venture agreement, we may be unable to continue the joint venture other than by purchasing such joint venture partner’s interests or the underlying assets at a premium to the market price. If any of the above risks are realized, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
We may have disputes with joint venture partners.
 
Disputes between us and our joint venture partners may result in litigation or arbitration which could increase our expenses and prevent our officers and directors from focusing their time and effort on our business and could result in subjecting the hotels owned by the applicable joint venture to additional risks.
 
Our tax protection agreements may require our operating partnership to maintain certain debt levels that otherwise would not be required to operate our business, which may impair our ability to generate cash available for distribution and otherwise not be in your best interests.
 
We anticipate that the Class C member of our predecessor, The Summit Group, and certain Class B members of our predecessor may recognize a taxable deemed cash distribution in connection with the formation transactions unless affirmative measures are taken to cause special allocations of liabilities of our operating partnership to those members. Under the tax protection agreements, our operating partnership will provide those members with the opportunity to guarantee debt or enter into a deficit restoration obligation, both of which are intended to cause a special allocation of liabilities to those members to prevent them from recognizing a taxable deemed cash distribution. If our operating partnership fails to make those opportunities available, our operating partnership will be required to deliver to each such


23


Table of Contents

member a cash payment intended to approximate that member’s tax liability resulting from our operating partnership’s failure to make such opportunities available to them. See “Formation Transactions—Tax Protection Agreements.” Our operating partnership agreed to these provisions in order to assist those members in avoiding a taxable deemed cash distribution that may otherwise occur in connection with the formation transactions. These obligations may require our operating partnership to maintain more or different indebtedness than would otherwise have been required for our business, which could result in higher interest expense than we would prefer to incur, reducing cash available for distribution to stockholders.
 
Risks Related to the Lodging Industry
 
Recent economic conditions may continue to adversely affect the lodging industry.
 
The performance of the lodging industry has historically been closely linked to the performance of the general economy and, specifically, growth in U.S. gross domestic product, or GDP. The lodging industry is also sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Declines in corporate budgets and consumer demand due to adverse general economic conditions, risks affecting or reducing travel patterns, lower consumer confidence or adverse political conditions can lower the revenues and profitability of our assets and therefore the net operating profits of our investments. The recent economic downturn has led to a significant decline in demand for products and services provided by the lodging industry.
 
We anticipate that any recovery of demand for lodging services will lag an improvement in economic conditions. We cannot predict how severe or prolonged the global economic downturn will be or how severe or prolonged the downturn in the lodging industry will be. A further extended period of economic weakness could have an adverse impact on our revenues and negatively affect our profitability.
 
Competition from other upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
The lodging industry is highly competitive. Our hotels compete with other hotels for guests in each market in which our hotels operate based on a number of factors, including location, convenience, brand affiliation, room rates, range of services and guest amenities or accommodations offered and quality of customer service. Competition will often be specific to the individual markets in which our hotels are located and includes competition from existing and new hotels. Our competitors may have an operating model that enables them to offer rooms at lower rates than we can, which, particularly in the current economic recession, could result in our competitors increasing their occupancy at our expense. Competition could adversely affect our occupancy, average daily rates, or ADRs, and RevPAR, and may require us to provide additional amenities or make capital improvements that we otherwise would not have to make, which could reduce our profitability and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Our investment opportunities and growth prospects may be affected by competition for investment opportunities.
 
We compete for investment opportunities with other entities, some of which have substantially greater financial resources than we do. This competition may generally limit the number of suitable investment opportunities offered to us, which may limit our ability to grow. This competition may also increase the bargaining power of the owners of assets seeking to sell to us, making it more difficult for us to acquire new hotels on attractive terms or at all.
 
Our operating results and ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the markets in which we operate.
 
Our hotels will be subject to various operating risks within the markets in which we will operate. These risks include:
 
  §    over-building of hotels in our markets, which could adversely affect occupancy and revenues at the hotels we acquire;
 
  §    adverse effects of international, national, regional and local economic and market conditions; and
 
  §    changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances.
 
Our operating results and ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected by the risks inherent to the ownership of hotels.
 
Hotels have different economic characteristics than many other real estate assets. A typical office property owner, for example, has long-term leases with third-party tenants, which provide a relatively stable long-term stream of revenue. By


24


Table of Contents

contrast, our hotels will be subject to various operating risks common to the lodging industry, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:
 
  §    dependence on business and commercial travelers and tourism;
 
  §    increases in energy costs and other expenses affecting travel, which may affect travel patterns and reduce the number of business and commercial travelers and tourists;
 
  §    increases in operating costs due to inflation and other factors that may not be offset by increased room rates;
 
  §    events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks, travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as H1N1 influenza (swine flu), avian bird flu and severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel-related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural disasters such as hurricanes and environmental disasters such as the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico;
 
  §    potential increases in labor costs at our hotels, including as a result of unionization of the labor force; and
 
  §    adverse effects of a downturn in the lodging industry.
 
We will have significant ongoing needs to make capital expenditures in our hotels, which will require us to devote funds to these purposes and could pose related risks that might impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our hotels will have an ongoing need for renovations and other capital improvements, including replacements, from time to time, of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Our franchisors also require periodic capital improvements as a condition of keeping the franchise licenses. In addition, lenders may require that we set aside annual amounts for capital improvements to our assets. These capital improvements and replacements may give rise to the following risks:
 
  §    possible environmental problems;
 
  §    construction cost overruns and delays;
 
  §    a possible shortage of available cash to fund capital improvements and replacements and, the related possibility that financing for these capital improvements may not be available to us on affordable terms;
 
  §    these capital improvements and replacements may not prove to be accretive to FFO; and
 
  §    uncertainties as to market demand or a loss of market demand after capital improvements and replacements have begun.
 
If any of the above risks were to be realized, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Hotel development is subject to timing, budgeting and other risks. To the extent we develop hotels or acquire hotels that are under development, these risks may adversely affect our operating results and liquidity position.
 
We may develop hotels or acquire hotels that are under development from time to time as suitable opportunities arise, taking into consideration general economic conditions. Hotel development involves a number of risks, including the following:
 
  §    possible environmental problems;
 
  §    construction delays or cost overruns that may increase project costs;
 
  §    receipt of zoning, occupancy and other required governmental permits and authorizations;
 
  §    development costs incurred for projects that are not pursued to completion;
 
  §    acts of God such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods or fires that could adversely impact a project;
 
  §    inability to raise capital; and
 
  §    governmental restrictions on the nature or size of a project.
 
To the extent we develop hotels or acquire hotels under development, we cannot assure you that any development project will be completed on time or within budget. Our inability to complete a project on time or within budget may adversely affect our projected operating results and our liquidity position.
 
The increasing use of Internet travel intermediaries by consumers may adversely affect our profitability.
 
Our hotel rooms are likely to be booked through Internet travel intermediaries, including, but not limited to, Travelocity.com, Expedia.com and Priceline.com. As these Internet bookings increase, these intermediaries may be able to


25


Table of Contents

obtain higher commissions, reduced room rates or other significant contract concessions from us and our management companies. Moreover, some of these Internet travel intermediaries are attempting to offer hotel rooms as a commodity, by increasing the importance of price and general indicators of quality (such as “three-star downtown hotel”) at the expense of brand identification. These agencies hope that consumers will eventually develop brand loyalties to their reservations system rather than to the brands under which our hotels are franchised. If the amount of sales made through Internet intermediaries increases significantly, room revenues may flatten or decrease and our profitability may be adversely affected.
 
Uninsured and underinsured losses could adversely affect our operating results.
 
We intend to maintain comprehensive insurance on our hotels, including liability, fire and extended coverage, of the type and amount we believe are customarily obtained for or by owners of hotels similar to our hotels. Various types of catastrophic losses, like earthquakes and floods, may not be insurable or may not be economically insurable. In the event of a substantial loss, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the full current market value or replacement cost of our lost investment. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose all or a portion of the capital we have invested in a hotel, as well as the anticipated future revenue from the hotel. In that event, we might nevertheless remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the asset. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors might also keep us from using insurance proceeds to replace or renovate an asset after it has been damaged or destroyed. Under those circumstances, the insurance proceeds we receive might be inadequate to restore our economic position on the damaged or destroyed hotels.
 
Risks Related to the Real Estate Industry and Real Estate-Related Investments
 
Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of hotels in which we may invest or to adjust our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions, and, therefore, may harm our financial condition.
 
In the future, we may decide to sell hotels. Real estate investments are relatively illiquid. Our ability to promptly sell one or more hotels in our portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions may be limited. We cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any hotels for the price or on the terms set by us, or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would be acceptable to us. We also cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of an asset. The real estate market is affected by many factors that are beyond our control, including:
 
  §    adverse changes in international, national, regional and local economic and market conditions;
 
  §    changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and terms of debt financing;
 
  §    changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
 
  §    the ongoing need for capital improvements, particularly in older structures, that may require us to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before an asset can be sold;
 
  §    changes in operating expenses; and
 
  §    civil unrest, acts of God, including earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters, which may result in uninsured losses, and acts of war or terrorism, including the consequences of the terrorist acts such as those that occurred on September 11, 2001.
 
Increases in our property taxes would adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our hotels are subject to real and personal property taxes. These taxes may increase as tax rates change and as our hotels are assessed or reassessed by taxing authorities. If property taxes increase, our operating results and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be adversely affected.
 
We could incur significant costs related to government regulation and litigation over environmental, health and safety matters.
 
Our hotels and development parcels are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws that impose liability for contamination. Under these laws, governmental entities have the authority to require us, as the current owner of


26


Table of Contents

the property, to perform or pay for the clean up of contamination (including hazardous substances, waste or petroleum products) at, on, under or emanating from the property and to pay for natural resource damages arising from contamination. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator or other responsible party knew of, or caused the contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. Because these laws also impose liability on persons who owned a property at the time it became contaminated, we could incur cleanup costs or other environmental liabilities even after we sell properties. Contamination at, on, under or emanating from our properties also may expose us to liability to private parties for costs of remediation, personal injury and death and/or property damage. In addition, environmental liens may be created on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address contamination. If contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Moreover, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the property as collateral or to sell the property on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, persons who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, may be liable for costs associated with cleanup of that facility.
 
In addition, our hotels (including our real property, operations and equipment) are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety regulatory requirements that address a wide variety of issues, including, but not limited to, the registration, maintenance and operation of our boilers and storage tanks, the supply of potable water to our guests, air emissions from emergency generators, storm water and wastewater discharges, protection of natural resources, asbestos, lead-based paint, mold and mildew, and waste management. Some of our hotels also routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations, which are subject to regulation (for example, swimming pool chemicals or biological waste). Our hotels incur costs to comply with these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and if these regulatory requirements are not met or unforeseen events result in the discharge of dangerous or toxic substances at our hotels, we could be subject to fines and penalties for non-compliance with applicable laws and material liability from third parties for harm to the environment, damage to real property or personal injury and death. We are aware of no past or present environmental liability for non-compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations.
 
Certain hotels we currently own or those we acquire in the future contain, may contain, or may have contained, asbestos-containing material, or ACM. Environmental, health and safety laws require that ACM be properly managed and maintained, and include requirements to undertake special precautions, such as removal or abatement, if ACM would be disturbed during maintenance, renovation, or demolition of a building. These laws regarding ACM may impose fines and penalties on building owners, employers and operators for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability.
 
Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediating the problem.
 
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to material liability from third parties if property damage or personal injury occurs.
 
Compliance with the laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our hotels, including permit, license and zoning requirements, may adversely affect our ability to make future acquisitions or renovations, result in significant costs or delays and adversely affect our growth strategy.
 
Our hotels are subject to various covenants and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers may restrict our use of our hotels and may require us to obtain approval from local


27


Table of Contents

officials or community standards organizations at any time with respect to our hotels, including prior to acquiring a hotel or when undertaking any renovations of any of our hotels. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic, asbestos-cleanup or hazardous material abatement requirements. We cannot assure you that existing regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that would increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be materially and adversely affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning approvals. Our failure to obtain such permits, licenses and zoning approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, federal and state laws and regulations, including laws such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, impose further restrictions on our operations. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Some of our hotels may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. If one or more of the hotels in our portfolio is not in compliance with the ADA or any other regulatory requirements, we may be required to incur additional costs to bring the hotel into compliance and we might incur damages or governmental fines. In addition, existing requirements may change and future requirements may require us to make significant unanticipated expenditures that would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
If we default on ground leases for land on which four of our hotels are located, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Four of the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio are subject to ground leases. If we default under the terms of these ground leases and are unable to cure the default in a timely manner, we may be liable for damages and could lose our leasehold interest in the applicable property and interest in the hotel on the applicable property. If any of the events of default were to occur and are not timely cured, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to The Formation Transactions and Conflicts of Interest
 
Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and other members of our management team exercised significant influence with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including transactions in which they determined the compensation they would receive.
 
The number of OP units issuable by our operating partnership in the formation transactions was determined by our management team based on its valuation of our predecessor and the hotels owned by our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In each case, the assumed value per OP unit is equal to the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range of our common stock shown on the cover of this prospectus. Our management team determined the value of our predecessor and these hotels by considering various valuation factors and methodologies, including an analysis of available third-party valuations on some of the hotels, market sales comparables, market capitalization rates and general market conditions for similar hotels. The numbers of OP units issuable in the formation transactions are fixed. As a result, if the IPO price for our common stock is higher or lower than the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the value of the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will increase or decrease accordingly.
 
Both we and our predecessor have sought to structure the formation transactions so as to minimize potential conflicts of interest, including by appointing a special committee of our predecessor’s independent managers to review the terms of the proposed merger of our predecessor into our operating partnership. However, we did not conduct arm’s-length negotiations with our predecessor’s members or the members of Summit of Scottsdale with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including the merger. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, have substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In addition, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has a pre-existing ownership interest in our predecessor. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the board of managers of our predecessor that approved the terms of the formation transactions. In the course of structuring the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits they will receive from us. In addition, although our predecessor’s special committee received a fairness opinion from an independent third-party investment bank that is not one of the underwriters of this offering with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to the former members of our predecessor, assuming that the value of the OP units issued as the merger consideration was between $140 million and $160 million, we did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the fairness of the merger consideration to us and we did


28


Table of Contents

not obtain recent third-party appraisals for all of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration to be paid by us to the members of our predecessor in the merger for our predecessor’s 63 hotels and its 49% ownership interest in the two Scottsdale hotels may exceed the fair market value of the hotels and other assets being acquired by us in the formation transactions or the price that would have been paid in an arm’s-length transaction.
 
The value of the aggregate consideration to be issued in the formation transactions is based on the IPO price of our common stock, which will be determined in consultation with the underwriters and does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration being paid by us in exchange for the membership interests in our predecessor may exceed the aggregate fair market value of those assets.
 
We are assuming liabilities in connection with the formation transactions, including unknown liabilities, which, if significant, could adversely affect our business.
 
As part of the formation transactions, we will assume existing liabilities of our predecessor and its affiliates, including, but not limited to, liabilities in connection with our hotels, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable at the time this offering is completed. Unknown liabilities might include liabilities for cleanup or remediation of undisclosed environmental conditions, claims of hotel guests, vendors or other persons dealing with our predecessor, The Summit Group, and their affiliates prior to this offering, tax liabilities, employment-related issues and accrued but unpaid liabilities whether incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. If the magnitude of such unknown liabilities is high, they could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, the market price per share of our common stock and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to make distributions.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates may be able to exercise significant influence over us and our affairs and any matter presented to our stockholders and our operating partnership’s limited partners, and their interests may differ from the interests of the other limited partners of our operating partnership, including us, and our stockholders.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, will beneficially own an aggregate of 1,443,050 OP units in our operating partnership, which if redeemed for shares of our common stock in accordance with our operating partnership’s agreement, would represent approximately     % of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering on a fully diluted basis.
 
As a result, Mr. Boekelheide and his affiliates may be able to exercise significant influence over us and our operating partnership and any matter presented to our stockholders and the limited partners of our operating partnership for their consideration and approval. The interests of Mr. Boekelheide and his affiliates may differ from or conflict with the interests of our stockholders and the other limited partners of our operating partnership.
 
Tax consequences to holders of OP units upon a sale or refinancing of our hotels may cause the interests of holders of OP units, including certain of our executive officers and directors, to differ from the interests of our other stockholders.
 
As a result of the unrealized built-in gain that may be attributable to one or more of our hotels, holders of OP units, including certain of our executive officers and directors, may experience more onerous tax consequences than holders of our common stock upon the sale or refinancing of these hotels, including disproportionately greater allocations of items of taxable income and gain upon the occurrence of such an event. The tax protection agreements that we will offer to enter into with certain former members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group, which is wholly owned by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, will not provide protection from those more onerous tax consequences. A holder of OP units that receives a disproportionately greater allocation of taxable income and gain will not receive a correspondingly greater distribution of cash proceeds with which to pay the income taxes on such income. Accordingly, they may have different objectives regarding the appropriate pricing, timing and other material terms of any sale or refinancing of such hotels and could exercise their influence over our affairs by attempting to delay, defer or prevent a transaction that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.


29


Table of Contents

Our tax protection agreements may require us to maintain certain debt levels that otherwise would not be required to operate our business, which may impair our ability to generate cash available for distribution and otherwise not be in your best interests.
 
Our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group, to protect those members from recognizing taxable gain in connection with the formation transactions. Under the tax protection agreements, our operating partnership will provide those former members of our predecessor with the opportunity to guarantee debt or enter into a deficit restoration obligation, both of which are intended to prevent the former members of our predecessor from recognizing a taxable deemed cash distribution. If our operating partnership fails to make those opportunities available, it will be required to deliver to each such former member a cash payment intended to approximate the former member’s tax liability resulting from its failure to make such opportunities available to them. These obligations may require us to maintain more or different indebtedness than would otherwise have been required for our business, which could result in higher interest expense than we would prefer to incur, reducing cash available for distribution to shareholders.
 
Our fiduciary duties as the general partner of our operating partnership could create conflicts of interest.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we, as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties to our operating partnership’s limited partners, the discharge of which may conflict with the interests of our stockholders. The limited partners of our operating partnership have agreed that, in the event of a conflict between the duties owed by our directors to our company and the duties that we owe, in our capacity as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, to the limited partners, our directors are under no obligation to give priority to the interests of the limited partners. In addition, those persons holding OP units will have the right to vote on certain amendments to the limited partnership agreement (which require approval by a majority in interest of the limited partners, including us) and individually to approve certain amendments that would adversely affect their rights, as well as the right to vote on mergers and consolidations of the general partner or us in certain limited circumstances. These voting rights may be exercised in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our stockholders. For example, we cannot adversely affect the limited partners’ rights to receive distributions, as set forth in the limited partnership agreement, without their consent, even though modifying such rights might be in the best interest of our stockholders generally.
 
Certain key members of our senior management team will continue to be involved in other businesses, which may interfere with their ability to devote time and attention to our business and affairs.
 
We will rely on our senior management team, including Mr. Boekelheide, for the day-to-day operations of our business. Following completion of this offering, Mr. Boekelheide and other key members of our senior management team, including Messrs. Hansen and Aniszewski, will continue to serve as executive officers and directors of The Summit Group. The Summit Group will continue to manage one hotel that is not owned by us, a Comfort Suites located in Tucson, Arizona. Our employment agreement with Mr. Boekelheide requires him to devote a substantial portion of his business time and attention to our business and our employment agreements with our other executive officers require our executives to devote substantially all of their business time and attention to our business. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide, as well as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Becker, and our Vice President of Acquisitions, Mr. Bertucci, will continue to serve as officers of Summit Green Tiger Investments, LLC, or Summit Green Tiger. Summit Green Tiger co-manages two private investment funds, which own a total of six multi-family properties. We will not compete with these funds for investment opportunities. These outside business interests may reduce the amount of time that Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci are able to devote to our business. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Outside Business Interests.”
 
Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure
 
Provisions of our charter may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us by authorizing our board of directors to issue additional securities.
 
Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of our shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have the authority to issue and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock, and set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of directors may authorize the issuance of additional shares or establish a series of common or preferred stock that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, including transactions at a premium over the market price of our shares, even if stockholders believe that a


30


Table of Contents

change in control is in their interest. These provisions, along with the restrictions on ownership and transfer contained in our charter and certain provisions of Maryland law described below, could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of us, which could adversely affect the market price of our securities. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”
 
Provisions of Maryland law may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us by requiring our board of directors or stockholders to approve proposals to acquire our company or effect a change in control.
 
Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, applicable to Maryland corporations may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our common stockholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:
 
  §    “business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate or associate of us who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding stock) or an affiliate of any interested stockholder for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter imposes two super-majority stockholder voting requirements on these combinations, unless, among other conditions, our common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined in the MGCL, for their stock and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares; and
 
  §    “control share” provisions that provide that our “control shares” (defined as voting shares of stock which, when aggregated with all other shares of stock controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquirer, by our officers or by our employees who are also directors of our company.
 
By resolution of our board of directors, we have opted out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL and provided that any business combination between us and any other person is exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). In addition, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, we have opted out of the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to opt in to the business combination provisions of the MGCL and we may, by amendment to our bylaws, opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL in the future.
 
Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited, which could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your best interests.
 
Under Maryland law, generally, a director will not be liable if he or she performs his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In addition, our charter limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:
 
  §    actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or
 
  §    active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action adjudicated.
 
Our charter authorizes us to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. Our bylaws require us to indemnify each director and officer, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service to us. In addition, we may be obligated to advance the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our charter and bylaws or that might exist with other companies.


31


Table of Contents

Our charter contains provisions that make removal of our directors difficult, which could make it difficult for our stockholders to effect changes to our management.
 
Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and then only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. Our charter also provides that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum. These requirements prevent stockholders from removing directors except for cause and with a substantial affirmative vote and from replacing directors with their own nominees and may prevent a change in control of our company that is in the best interests of our stockholders.
 
The ability of our board of directors to change our major policies without the consent of stockholders may not be in your interest.
 
Our board of directors determines our major policies, including policies and guidelines relating to our acquisitions, leverage, financing, growth, operations and distributions to stockholders. Our board may amend or revise these and other policies and guidelines from time to time without the vote or consent of our stockholders. Accordingly, our stockholders will have limited control over changes in our policies and those changes could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
The ability of our board of directors to revoke our REIT qualification without shareholder approval may cause adverse consequences to our shareholders.
 
Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT. If we cease to be a REIT, we would become subject to federal income tax on our taxable income and would no longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to our stockholders, which may have adverse consequences on the total return to our stockholders.
 
We are a holding company with no direct operations. As a result, we will rely on funds received from our operating partnership to pay liabilities and dividends, our stockholders’ claims will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our operating partnership and our stockholders will not have any voting rights with respect to our operating partnership activities, including the issuance of additional OP units.
 
We are a holding company and will conduct all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from our ownership of our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on shares of our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet any of our obligations, including tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from our operating partnership (which might make distributions to us that do not equal to the tax on such allocated taxable income).
 
In addition, because we are a holding company, stockholders’ claims will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations (whether or not for borrowed money) of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, claims of our stockholders will be satisfied only after all of our and our operating partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.
 
After giving effect to this offering, we will own approximately     % of the partnership interests in our operating partnership, or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, our operating partnership may issue additional OP units in the future. Such issuances could reduce our ownership percentage in our operating partnership. Because our common stockholders will not directly own any OP units, they will not have any voting rights with respect to any such issuances or other partnership level activities of our operating partnership.
 
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering
 
There is currently no market for our common stock and a market for our common stock may not develop, which could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our common stock.
 
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a regular trading market for the common stock offered hereby will develop or, if developed, that any such market will be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, an investor may be unable to liquidate an investment in our common stock. The IPO price has been determined by us and the underwriters. We cannot assure you that the price at which the


32


Table of Contents

common stock will sell in the public market after the closing of the offering will not be lower than the price at which it is sold by the underwriters.
 
The NYSE or another nationally recognized exchange may not continue to list our securities, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
 
We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INN.” If we are approved for listing on the NYSE, in order to remain listed we will be required to meet the continued listing requirements of the NYSE or, in the alternative, any other nationally recognized exchange to which we apply. We may be unable to satisfy those listing requirements, and there is no guarantee our securities will remain listed on a nationally recognized exchange. If our securities are delisted from the NYSE or another nationally recognized exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
 
  §    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
 
  §    reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
 
  §    a determination that our common stock is “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for the common stock;
 
  §    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
 
  §    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
 
The cash available for distribution may not be sufficient to make distributions at expected levels, and we cannot assure you of our ability to make distributions in the future. We may use borrowed funds or funds from other sources to make distributions, which may adversely impact our operations.
 
We intend to make distributions to our common stockholders and holders of OP units. Distributions declared by us will be authorized by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for distribution and will depend upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and the capital requirements of our company. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, the requirements for qualification as a REIT and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We may be required to fund distributions from working capital, borrowings under the credit facility we anticipate obtaining following completion of this offering, proceeds of this offering or a sale of assets to the extent distributions exceed earnings or cash flows from operations. Funding distributions from working capital would restrict our operations. If we borrow from the credit facility we anticipate obtaining following completion of this offering in order to pay distributions, we would be more limited in our ability to execute our strategy of using that credit facility to fund acquisitions. Finally, selling assets may require us to dispose of assets at a time or in a manner that is not consistent with our disposition strategy. If we borrow to fund distributions, our leverage ratios and future interest costs would increase, thereby reducing our earnings and cash available for distribution from what they otherwise would have been. We may not be able to make distributions in the future. In addition, some of our distributions may be considered a return of capital for income tax purposes. If we decide to make distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would generally be considered a return of capital for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the holder’s adjusted tax basis in their shares. A return of capital is not taxable, but it has the effect of reducing the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its investment. If distributions exceed the adjusted tax basis of a holder’s shares, they will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.
 
We may change the distribution policy for our common stock in the future.
 
The decision to declare and make distributions on our common stock in the future, as well as the timing, amount and composition of any such future distributions, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, funds from operations, liquidity, financial condition, capital requirements or contractual prohibitions, the annual distribution requirements under the REIT provisions of the Code, state law and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. While the statements under “Distribution Policy” reflect our current intentions, the actual distribution payable will be determined by our board of directors based upon the circumstances at the time of declaration and the actual distribution payable may vary from such expected amounts. Any change in our distribution policy could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.


33


Table of Contents

We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions to our stockholders, if necessary to permit us to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT and eliminate federal income and excise taxes that otherwise would be imposed on us, which would, among other things, reduce our cash available for investing.
 
We may fund our distributions to our stockholders, if necessary to permit us to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT and eliminate federal income and excise taxes that otherwise would be imposed on us, out of the net proceeds of this offering, which would reduce the amount of cash we have available for investing and other purposes. The use of the net proceeds to fund distributions could be dilutive to our financial results. In addition, funding distributions from the net proceeds may constitute a return of capital to our investors, which would have the effect of reducing each stockholder’s basis in its shares of our common stock.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile due to numerous circumstances beyond our control.
 
The trading prices of equity securities issued by REITs and other real estate companies historically have been affected by changes in market interest rates. One of the factors that may influence the price of our common stock is the annual yield from distributions on our common stock as compared to yields on other financial instruments. An increase in market interest rates, or a decrease in our distributions to stockholders, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to demand a higher annual yield, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
Other factors that could affect the market price of our common stock include the following:
 
  §    actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
 
  §    changes in market valuations of companies in the lodging industry;
 
  §    changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
 
  §    fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
 
  §    our issuances of common stock or other securities in the future;
 
  §    the inclusion of our common stock in equity indices, which could induce additional purchases;
 
  §    the addition or departure of key personnel;
 
  §    announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances; and
 
  §    unforeseen events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks, travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as H1N1 influenza (swine flu), avian bird flu and SARS, political instability, regional hostilities, increases in fuel prices, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities and travel-related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural disasters such as hurricanes.
 
The market’s perception of our growth potential and our current and potential future cash distributions, whether from operations, sales or refinancings, as well as the real estate market value of the underlying assets, may cause our common stock to trade at prices that differ from our net asset value per share. If we retain operating cash flow for investment purposes, working capital reserves or other purposes, these retained funds, while increasing the value of our underlying assets, may not correspondingly increase the market price of our common stock. Our failure to meet the market’s expectations with regard to future earnings and distributions likely would adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, the price of our common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose attention in the market, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
 
The offering price per share of common stock offered under this prospectus may not accurately reflect the value of your investment.
 
Prior to this offering there has been no market for our common stock. The offering price of the common stock offered by this prospectus was negotiated between us and the representatives. Factors considered in determining the prices of our common stock include:
 
  §    the history of, and prospects for, us and the industry in which we compete;
 
  §    an assessment of our management;


34


Table of Contents

 
  §    the prospects for our future earnings;
 
  §    the prevailing conditions of the applicable United States securities market at the time of this offering;
 
  §    market valuations of publicly traded companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us; and
 
  §    other factors as were deemed relevant.
 
The offering price may not accurately reflect the value of the common stock and may not be realized upon any subsequent disposition of the shares.
 
If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution.
 
We expect the IPO price of our common stock to be higher than the book value per share of our outstanding common stock following completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution. This means that the investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering will likely pay a price per share that exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. See “Dilution.”
 
The number of shares of our common stock available for future sale could adversely affect the market price per share of our common stock, and future sales by us of shares of our common stock or issuances by our operating partnership of OP units may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or upon exchange of OP units or exercise of any equity awards, or the perception that such sales might occur could adversely affect the market price per share of our common stock. The exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, the exchange of OP units for common stock, the vesting of any equity-based awards granted to certain directors, executive officers and other employees under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the issuance of our common stock or OP units in connection with hotel, portfolio or business acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock or OP units could have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our common stock.
 
Holders of OP units, which are redeemable for cash or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, have registration rights with respect to a substantial amount of our common stock. These registration rights, which require us to prepare, file and have declared effective a resale registration statement permitting the public resale of any shares issued upon redemption of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions, could result in a significant amount of sales of our common stock in a short period of time or the perception that a substantial amount of sales may occur, either or both of which could depress the market price per share of our common stock. The existence of these OP units, as well as additional OP units that may be issued in the future, and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any related resales may adversely affect the market price per share of our common stock and the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional capital through the sale of equity securities. In addition, future sales by us of shares of our common stock may be dilutive to existing stockholders.
 
Future borrowings, offerings of debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, and/or issuances of equity securities (including OP units), which may be dilutive to our existing stockholders and be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation, may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In the future we may borrow money from lenders, offer debt securities and/or issue equity securities, including OP units or preferred shares that may be senior to our common stock and OP units for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation. We are also in discussions to obtain commitments from a lending syndicate for a revolving credit facility that we anticipate will be in place at or following completion of this offering. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and our preferred shares and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock and OP units. Holders of our common stock and OP units are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against us borrowing money in the future or offering senior debt or equity securities. Therefore, additional common share issuances, directly or through convertible or exchangeable securities (including OP units), warrants or options, will dilute the holdings of our existing common stockholders and OP unit holders and such issuances or the perception of such issuances may reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, our preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions and a preference on dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay a dividend or make another distribution to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to borrow money or issue securities in


35


Table of Contents

any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest in us.
 
The consolidated financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements may not be indicative of our future results or an investment in our common stock.
 
The consolidated financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements that are included in this prospectus do not necessarily reflect what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows would have been had we been an independent entity during the periods presented. Furthermore, this financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows will be in the future. It is impossible for us to accurately estimate all adjustments reflecting all the significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of our being a publicly traded REIT. For additional information, see “Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements of our predecessor and our unaudited pro forma financial statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT
 
Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.
 
We believe that our organization and proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. However, we cannot assure you that we will qualify and remain qualified as a REIT. In connection with this offering, we will receive an opinion from Hunton & Williams LLP that, commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and subsequent taxable years. Investors should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or any court and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements.
 
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will face serious tax consequences that will substantially reduce the funds available for distributions to our stockholders because:
 
  §    we would not be allowed a deduction for dividends paid to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;
 
  §    we could be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes; and
 
  §    unless we are entitled to relief under certain federal income tax laws, we could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year after the year in which we failed to qualify as a REIT.
 
In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will no longer be required to make distributions. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and it would adversely affect the value of our common stock. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a discussion of material federal income tax consequences relating to us and our common stock.
 
Even if we qualify as a REIT, we may face other tax liabilities that reduce our cash flows.
 
Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain federal, state and local taxes on our income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, tax on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure, and state or local income, property and transfer taxes. In addition, our TRSs will be subject to regular corporate federal, state and local taxes. Any of these taxes would decrease cash available for distributions to stockholders.


36


Table of Contents

Failure to make required distributions would subject us to federal corporate income tax.
 
We intend to operate in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify as a REIT, we generally are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain, each year to our stockholders. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we pay out to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the Code.
 
REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our liquidity and may force us to borrow funds or sell assets during unfavorable market conditions.
 
In order to satisfy our qualification as a REIT and to meet the REIT distribution requirements, we may need to borrow funds on a short-term basis or sell assets, even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings or sales. Our cash flows from operations may be insufficient to fund required distributions as a result of differences in timing between the actual receipt of income and the recognition of income for federal income tax purposes, or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt service or amortization payments. For example, we may be required to accrue income from mortgage loans and other types of debt instruments that we may acquire before we receive any payments of interest or principal on such assets. We may also acquire distressed debt investments that are subsequently modified or foreclosed upon, which could result in significant taxable income without any corresponding cash payment. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.” The insufficiency of our cash flows to cover our distribution requirements could have an adverse impact on our ability to raise short- and long-term debt or sell equity securities in order to fund distributions required to maintain our qualification as a REIT. Also, although the IRS has issued Revenue Procedure 2010-12 sanctioning certain issuances of taxable stock dividends by REITs under certain circumstances for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011, no assurance can be given that the IRS will extend this treatment or that we will otherwise be able to pay taxable stock dividends to meet our REIT distribution requirements.
 
The formation of our TRSs and TRS lessees increases our overall tax liability.
 
Summit TRS and any other of our domestic TRSs will be subject to federal, state and local income tax on their taxable income, which will consist of the revenues from the hotels leased by our TRS lessees, net of the operating expenses for such hotels and rent payments to us. Accordingly, although our ownership of our TRS lessees will allow us to participate in the operating income from our hotels in addition to receiving rent, that operating income will be fully subject to income tax. The after-tax net income of our TRS lessees is available for distribution to us. If we have any non-U.S. TRSs, then they may be subject to tax in jurisdictions where they operate.
 
Our TRS lessee structure subjects us to the risk of increased hotel operating expenses that could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to stockholders.
 
Our leases with our TRS lessees will require our TRS lessees to pay us rent based in part on revenues from our hotels. Our operating risks include decreases in hotel revenues and increases in hotel operating expenses, including but not limited to the increases in wage and benefit costs, repair and maintenance expenses, energy costs, property taxes, insurance costs and other operating expenses, which would adversely affect our TRS lessees’ ability to pay us rent due under the leases.
 
Increases in these operating expenses can have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
 
Our ownership of our TRSs will be subject to limitations and our transactions with our TRSs will cause us to be subject to a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if those transactions are not conducted on arm’s-length terms.
 
Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs. In addition, the Code limits the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. The Code also imposes a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. The 100% tax would apply, for example, to the extent that we were found to have charged our TRS lessees rent in excess of an arm’s-length


37


Table of Contents

rent. Furthermore, we will monitor the value of our respective investments in our TRSs for the purpose of ensuring compliance with TRS ownership limitations and will structure our transactions with our TRSs on terms that we believe are arm’s length to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% TRS limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax.
 
If the leases of our hotels to the TRS lessees are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we will fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we must annually satisfy two gross income tests, under which specified percentages of our gross income must be derived from certain sources, such as “rents from real property.” Rents paid to our operating partnership by TRS lessees pursuant to the leases of our hotels will constitute substantially all of our gross income. In order for such rent to qualify as “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests, the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not be treated as service contracts, financing arrangements, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. If our leases are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we will fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
If our operating partnership is treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we will cease to qualify as a REIT.
 
Although Hunton & Williams LLP, our tax counsel, is of the opinion that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not successfully challenge that position. If the IRS were to successfully contend that our operating partnership should be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, we would fail to meet the 75% gross income test and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, unless we qualified for certain statutory relief provisions, we would cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, our operating partnership would become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to us.
 
If Interstate or any other hotel management companies that we may engage in the future do not qualify as “eligible independent contractors,” or if our hotels are not “qualified lodging facilities,” we will fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
Rent paid by a lessee that is a “related party tenant” of ours will not be qualifying income for purposes of the two gross income tests applicable to REITs. An exception is provided, however, for leases of “qualified lodging facilities” to a TRS so long as the hotels are managed by an “eligible independent contractor” and certain other requirements are satisfied. We expect to lease all or substantially all of our hotels to TRS lessees and to engage Interstate and, in the future, other hotel management companies that are intended to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor.” Among other requirements, in order to qualify as an eligible independent contractor, the hotel manager must not own, directly or through its stockholders, more than 35% of our outstanding shares, and no person or group of persons can own more than 35% of our outstanding shares and the shares (or ownership interest) of the hotel manager, taking into account certain ownership attribution rules. The ownership attribution rules that apply for purposes of these 35% thresholds are complex, and monitoring actual and constructive ownership of our shares by our hotel managers and their owners may not be practical. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that these ownership levels will not be exceeded.
 
In addition, for a hotel management company to qualify as an eligible independent contractor, such company or a related person must be actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” (as defined below) for one or more persons not related to the REIT or its TRSs at each time that such company enters into a hotel management contract with a TRS or its TRS lessee. As of the date hereof, we believe Interstate operates qualified lodging facilities for certain persons who are not related to us or our TRS. However, no assurances can be provided that Interstate or any other hotel managers that we may engage in the future will in fact comply with this requirement. Failure to comply with this requirement would require us to find other managers for future contracts, and, if we hired a management company without knowledge of the failure, it could jeopardize our status as a REIT.
 
Finally, each property with respect to which our TRS lessees pay rent must be a “qualified lodging facility.” A “qualified lodging facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, including customary amenities and facilities, provided that no wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. As of the date hereof, we believe that the properties that will be leased to our TRS lessees will be qualified lodging facilities. Although we intend to monitor future acquisitions and


38


Table of Contents

improvements of properties, REIT provisions of the Code provide only limited guidance for making determinations under the requirements for qualified lodging facilities, and there can be no assurance that these requirements will be satisfied.
 
We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
At any time, the federal income tax laws governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws may be amended. We cannot predict when or if any new federal income tax law, regulation, or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective and any such law, regulation, or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We and our stockholders could be adversely affected by any such change in, or any new, federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation.
 
You may be restricted from acquiring or transferring certain amounts of our common stock.
 
The stock ownership restrictions of the Code for REITs and the 9.8% stock ownership limit in our charter may inhibit market activity in our capital stock and restrict our business combination opportunities.
 
In order to qualify as a REIT for each taxable year after 2010, five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code, may not own, beneficially or constructively, more than 50% in value of our issued and outstanding stock at any time during the last half of a taxable year. Attribution rules in the Code determine if any individual or entity beneficially or constructively owns our capital stock under this requirement. Additionally, at least 100 persons must beneficially own our capital stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year for each taxable year after 2010. To help insure that we meet these tests, our charter restricts the acquisition and ownership of shares of our capital stock.
 
Our charter, with certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. Unless exempted by our board of directors, our charter prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption from these restrictions to any proposed transferee whose ownership in excess of 9.8% of the value of our outstanding shares would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. These restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply, however, if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.
 
Under recently issued IRS guidance, we may pay taxable dividends of our common stock and cash, in which case stockholders may sell shares of our common stock to pay tax on such dividends, placing downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.
 
Under recently issued IRS guidance, we may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and common stock at the election of each stockholder. Under Revenue Procedure 2010-12, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend paid with respect to our 2010 and 2011 taxable years could be payable in shares of our common stock. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for federal income tax purposes. As a result, stockholders may be required to pay income tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the common stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our common stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold federal income tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in common stock. If we utilize Revenue Procedure 2010-12 and a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. We do not currently intend to utilize Revenue Procedure 2010-12.


39


Table of Contents

 
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, cash flow and plans and objectives. When we use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” “intend,” “should,” “may” or similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:
 
  §    use of the proceeds of this offering;
 
  §    the state of the U.S. economy generally or in specific geographic regions in which we operate, and the effect of general economic conditions on the lodging industry in particular;
 
  §    market trends in our industry, interest rates, real estate values and the capital markets;
 
  §    our business and investment strategy and, particularly, our ability to identify and complete hotel acquisitions;
 
  §    our projected operating results;
 
  §    actions and initiatives of the U.S. government and changes to U.S. government policies and the execution and impact of these actions, initiatives and policies;
 
  §    our ability to manage our relationships with Interstate and other management companies, as well as franchisors;
 
  §    our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements;
 
  §    changes in the value of our properties;
 
  §    impact of and changes in governmental regulations, tax law and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters;
 
  §    our ability to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code;
 
  §    availability of qualified personnel;
 
  §    estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our stockholders in the future;
 
  §    general volatility of the market price of our common stock; and
 
  §    degree and nature of our competition.
 
The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements are not predictions of future events. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. Some of these factors are described in this prospectus under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Our Business and Properties.” If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


40


Table of Contents

 
Use of Proceeds
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale by us of           shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $      million, or $      million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $      million. A $0.50 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us from this offering by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus remains the same. Any additional proceeds to us resulting from an increase in the public offering price or the number of shares offered pursuant to this prospectus will be used by us as described below. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (1) approximately $225.2 million to repay or extinguish existing indebtedness that we will assume upon completion of the formation transactions, including the payment of accrued interest and exit fees related to our repayment of the Fortress Credit Corp. indebtedness described below and the payment of an extinguishment premium and other transaction costs related to the extinguishment of the Lehman Brothers Bank indebtedness described below; (2) approximately $10.0 million to fund capital improvements at our hotels; and (3) the balance for general corporate and working capital purposes, including possible future hotel acquisitions.
 
Pending the use of the net proceeds, we intend to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, short-term investment-grade securities, money-market accounts or other investments that are consistent with our intention to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT.
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we expect to use the additional net proceeds to us, which will be approximately $      million in the aggregate, for general working capital purposes, including potential future acquisitions.
 
The following table sets forth information, as of June 30, 2010, with respect to the indebtedness that we intend to repay in full with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering:
 
                     
    Outstanding Principal
           
    Balance as of
           
Indebtedness to be Repaid
  June 30, 2010     Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date  
 
Fortress Credit Corp. 
  $ 85,419,143 (2)   30-day LIBOR + 8.75% (3)     March 5, 2011  
Lehman Brothers Bank
    77,913,380 (4)   5.40%     January 11, 2012  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
    21,420,178     30-day LIBOR + 3.90%     December 31, 2010  
First National Bank of Omaha
    20,400,000     90-day LIBOR + 4.00% (5)     July 31, 2011  
First National Bank of Omaha
    20,002,943 (6)   90-day LIBOR + 4.00% (5)     July 31, 2011  
                     
Total
  $ 225,155,644 (7)            
                     
 
(1) As of June 30, 2010, the 30-day LIBOR rate was 0.35% and the 90-day LIBOR rate was 0.53%.
(2) We will be required to pay an exit fee equal to 1.0% of the outstanding principal balance of the Fortress Credit Corp. indebtedness being repaid. We estimate that the exit fee will be approximately $0.9 million. After December 31, 2010, the exit fee increases to 1.5% of the outstanding principal balance. From September 8, 2009 to September 20, 2010, we borrowed an aggregate of approximately $3.8 million of this indebtedness from Fortress to pay accrued interest under the Fortress loans.
(3) Interest is paid monthly at the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 5.75%, and additional interest accrues at the annual rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 3.00% and is deferred until the maturity date. As a result, the outstanding principal balance will increase prior to the date of repayment.
(4) We will be required to pay a extinguishment premium and other transaction costs in an amount estimated to be approximately $2.9 million in connection with the extinguishment of the Lehman Brothers Bank indebtedness.
(5) Subject to a minimum interest rate of 5.5%.
(6) On December 31, 2009, we borrowed approximately $12.9 million of this indebtedness from First National Bank of Omaha to fund construction costs of our Aloft hotel in Jacksonville, Florida.
(7) Excludes approximately $3.8 million of prepayment and related fees as described in footnotes (2) and (4) above to be paid with the net proceeds of this offering.


41


Table of Contents

 
Capitalization
 
The following table presents:
 
  §    our predecessor’s historical capitalization as of June 30, 2010; and
 
  §    our capitalization as of June 30, 2010 on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the formation transactions, including this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if each of them had occurred on June 30, 2010.
 
You should read the following capitalization table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the more detailed information contained in our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    As of June 30, 2010
    Historical
   
    Summit Hotel
  Pro Forma
    Properties, LLC
  Summit Hotel
    (our predecessor)   Properties, Inc. (1)
        (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
 
Mortgages and notes payable, including current portion
  $ 424,596     $  
                 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, historical; 500,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
             
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, historical; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
           
Additional paid-in capital
             
Members’ equity
    76,759        
Noncontrolling interest of our predecessor’s consolidated subsidiaries
    (1,624 )      
Noncontrolling interest in our operating partnership
             
                 
Total members’ equity/stockholders’ equity
    75,135          
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 499,731     $        
                 
 
(1) Includes: (i)          shares of common stock to be sold in this offering; and (ii) an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to be issued to our independent director nominees pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering. Excludes: (i) up to           shares of common stock issuable by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; (ii) an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that we will grant to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering; (iii) 904,217 additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan; and (iv) up to 10,100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued by our operating partnership in the formation transactions.


42


Table of Contents

 
Dilution
 
At June 30, 2010, our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the formation transactions, but before this offering, was approximately $      million, or $      per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value (tangible assets less liabilities) by the pro forma total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of the formation transactions, assuming all the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.
 
After giving effect to the sale by us of           shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed IPO price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price per share shown on the cover of this prospectus, the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment of the estimated expenses of this offering and the formation transactions, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 would have been $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $      per share to the members of our predecessor and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale receiving OP units in the formation transactions and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
         
Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $    
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions, but before this offering (1)
       
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
  $  
         
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the formation transactions, this offering (2)
       
         
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (3)
  $             
         
 
(1) Represents pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions, but before this offering, of approximately $      million, divided by the sum of (i) 10,100,000 shares of our common stock, which assumes the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions to the members of our predecessor and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, and (ii) 1,000 shares of common stock purchased by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with our initial capitalization for $1,000, all of which will be repurchased for $1,000 prior to completion of this offering.
(2) Represents pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions, this offering, the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment of estimated expenses related to this offering and the formation transactions, of approximately $      million, divided by the sum of (i)            shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, (ii) 10,100,000 shares of our common stock, which assumes the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued in the formation transactions to the members of our predecessor and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) an aggregate of 4,000 shares of our common stock to be granted to our non-employee directors upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The pro forma total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the formation transactions and this offering excludes: (i) up to           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and (ii) an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options to be granted to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering.
(3) Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the formation transactions and this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock.
 
The table below summarizes, as of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the formation transactions and this offering, the differences between:
 
  §    the number of OP units to be received by our predecessor’s members and the Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale, or the continuing investors, in the formation transactions and the number of shares of common stock to be received by the new investors purchasing shares in this offering; and
 
  §    the total consideration paid and the average price per OP unit paid by the continuing investors (based on the net tangible book value of the assets being acquired by our operating partnership in the formation transactions) and the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
 


43


Table of Contents

                                         
                Net Tangible
       
                Book Value of
    Average
 
    OP Units/ Shares Issued     Contribution/Cash     Price per
 
    Number     Percentage (1)     Amount     Percentage     Share/OP Unit  
 
Continuing investors
               (2)                           (3)                            
New investors
                            (4)                
                                         
Total
                                       
                                         
 
 
(1) Represents the percentage of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transaction and assumes all of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued to the continuing investors in the formation transactions are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.
(2) Includes: (i) 10,100,000 shares of common stock, assuming all of the 10,100,000 OP units to be issued to the continuing investors in the formation transactions are redeemed for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis and (ii) an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to be issued to our independent director nominees upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Excludes 940,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options to be granted to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion this offering.
(3) Represents pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 of the assets being acquired by our operating partnership in the formation transactions.
(4) Represents the aggregate offering price of the shares offered hereby.

44


Table of Contents

 
Distribution Policy
 
We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions to our stockholders, as more fully described below. To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute annually to our stockholders an amount at least equal to 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. We will be subject to income tax on our taxable income that is not distributed and to an excise tax to the extent that certain percentages of our taxable income are not distributed by specified dates. See “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Income as computed for purposes of the foregoing tax rules will not necessarily correspond to our income as determined for financial reporting purposes.
 
The amount, timing and frequency of distributions will be authorized by our board of directors based upon a variety of factors, including:
 
  §    actual results of operations;
 
  §    our level of retained cash flows;
 
  §    the timing of the investment of the net proceeds of this offering;
 
  §    any debt service requirements;
 
  §    capital expenditure requirements for our properties;
 
  §    our taxable income;
 
  §    the annual distribution requirements under the REIT provisions of the Code; and
 
  §    other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
 
Distributions to stockholders generally will be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary income, although a portion of such distributions may be designated by us as long-term capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their federal income tax status. For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of our distributions, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions to our stockholders. We expect to pay our initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the date of completion of this offering and ending March 31, 2011, based on a rate of $       per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would equal approximately $      per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately      % based on an assumed IPO price of $      , the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We estimate that our initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately 100% of estimated cash available for distribution for the 12-month period ending June 30, 2011. This initial distribution rate is based upon an estimate of cash available for distribution after this offering and completion of the formation transactions, which is calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 as described below. We have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining our initial distribution amount.
 
Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not include the effect of any changes in our working capital resulting from changes in our working capital accounts or attempt to project the effect on our results of operations of any changes in the U.S. economy, the lodging industry generally or the market segments in which we operate, in particular. Our estimate also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities, such as acquisitions, other than a provision for recurring capital expenditures. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for financing activities. Any acquisitions or other investing activities and financing activities may have a material effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions set forth above in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations or our liquidity, and have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining our initial annual distribution rate. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP) or as an indicator of our liquidity or our ability to make distributions. In addition, the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described below is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions.
 
Distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including maintaining our status as a REIT, restrictions under applicable law and our loan agreements and other factors described below. We believe that our


45


Table of Contents

estimate of cash available for distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial distribution rate as most of the hotel properties in our initial portfolio have been in operation for a significant period of time, and is conservative in that it does not give effect to the internal growth we expect to generate, particularly in our unseasoned portfolio, if the lodging industry continues to recover. However, we cannot assure you that the estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be significantly different from the expected distributions. Actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors may differ materially from the assumptions used in the estimate. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenue received from our hotels, performance of our property manager, our operating expenses, interest expense (including the effect of variable rate debt), and unanticipated capital expenditures. We may, from time to time, be required, or elect, to borrow funds under our anticipated credit facility or otherwise, sell assets or issue capital stock to pay distributions. Additionally, we may pay future distributions from the proceeds from this offering or other securities offerings.
 
We anticipate that, at least initially, our distributions will exceed our then-current and then-accumulated earnings and profits as determined for federal income tax purposes due to the write-off of prepayment fees that we expect to pay in respect of the debt we will be retiring from the net proceeds of this offering and non-cash expenses, primarily depreciation and amortization charges that we expect to incur. Therefore, a portion of these distributions may represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a stockholder under current federal income tax law to the extent those distributions do not exceed the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock. Instead, these distributions will reduce the adjusted tax basis of the common stock. In that case, the gain (or loss) recognized on the sale of that common stock or upon our liquidation will be increased (or decreased) accordingly. To the extent those distributions exceed a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock, they will be treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of the stock. We expect to pay our first distribution in April 2011, which will include a payment with respect to the period commencing on the date of completion of this offering and ending March 31, 2011. We expect that approximately 0%-25% of our estimated initial distribution will represent a return of capital for the tax period ending December 31, 2011. The percentage of our stockholder distributions (if any) that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits may vary substantially from year to year. For a more complete discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common stock, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
We currently expect to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering and the formation transactions. However, our board of directors will monitor and adjust this rate as it deems appropriate to reflect our actual results of operations, economic conditions, capital expenditure requirements, debt service requirements, including limits on distributions that may be contained in our financing agreements, including those of our anticipated revolving credit facility, from time to time, and other factors that could cause actual distributions to differ materially from our current expectations. Even if lodging industry fundamentals and our results of operations continue to improve, we do not expect to pay in the near term quarterly dividends at a rate in excess of approximately $  per share, reflecting an annual distribution rate of approximately 4% based on an assumed IPO price of $  , the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenue we receive from our properties, our operating expenses, interest expense and unanticipated expenditures. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially adversely affect our actual results of operations, please see “Risk Factors.” To the extent that our cash available for distribution is less than the amount required to be distributed under the REIT provisions of the Code, we may consider various funding sources to cover any shortfall, including borrowing under our credit facility, selling certain of our assets or using a portion of the net proceeds we receive in this offering or future offerings. In addition, our charter allows us to issue preferred stock that could have a preference over our common stock as to distributions. We currently have no intention to issue any preferred stock, but if we do, the distribution preference on the preferred stock could limit our ability to make distributions to the holders of our common stock. We also may elect to pay all or a portion of any distribution in the form of a taxable distribution of our common stock or distribution of debt securities.
 
The following table sets forth calculations relating to the intended initial distribution based on our pro forma financial data, and we cannot assure you that the intended initial distribution will be made or sustained. The calculations are being made solely for the purpose of illustrating the initial distribution and are not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future distributions. The calculations include the following material assumptions:
 
  §    income and cash flows from operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 is substantially the same for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010, with the exception of increases in contractual ground rent;


46


Table of Contents

 
  §    cash flows used in investing activities will be the contractually committed and planned amounts for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011; and
 
  §    cash flows used in financing activities will be the contractually committed amounts for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011.
 
These calculations do not assume any changes to our operations or any acquisitions or dispositions, which would affect our operating results and cash flows, or changes in our outstanding common stock. We cannot assure you that our actual results will be as indicated in the calculations below. All dollar amounts, other than per-share amounts, are in thousands.
 
         
Pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2009
  $ (14,774 )
Less: Pro forma net income for the six months ended June 30, 2009
    1,533  
Add: Pro forma net income for the six months ended June 30, 2010
    (1,386 )
         
Pro forma net income for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010
    (14,627 )
Add: Pro forma depreciation and amortization for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010
    25,440  
Add: Pro forma non-cash straight line ground rent expense for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (1)
    119  
Add: Pro forma amortization of deferred financing costs for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (2)
     
Add: Pro forma loss on impairment of assets (3)
    7,506  
Add: Pro forma loss (gain) on disposal of assets (4)
    69  
Add: Pro forma hotel property acquisition costs (5)
    630  
Less: Pro forma increase in contractual ground rent expense for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (6)
     
Add: Pro forma non-cash amortization of stock and option awards for the twelve months ended June 30, 2010 (7)
        
         
Estimated cash flows from operating activities for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011
    19,137  
Estimated cash flows used in investing activities—required capital expenditure reserve contributions (8)
    (5,744 )
Estimated cash flows used in financing activities—scheduled principal payments on debt payable (9)
    (6,090 )
         
Estimated cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011
  $ 7,303  
Our share of cash available for distribution
       
Noncontrolling interests’ share of cash available for distribution
       
         
Total estimated initial annual distribution
  $ 7,303  
         
Estimated initial annual distribution per share (10)
  $    
Payout ratio based on cash available for distribution
    100 %
         
 
(1) Represents non-cash item recorded as an operating expense.
(2) Represents non-cash item recorded as interest expense.
(3) Represents non-cash item recorded as loss on impairment of assets.
(4) Represents non-cash item recorded on the disposal of assets.
(5) Represents hotel property acquisition costs funded with loan or equity proceeds.
(6) Represents estimated higher ground rent expense pursuant to existing ground lease agreement.
(7) Represents non-cash compensation recorded as an administrative and general corporate expense.
(8) Estimated amount based on the amount of reserves required pursuant to management, franchise and loan agreements, at 4% of the revenues of each hotel.
(9) Estimated amount based on pro forma indebtedness to be outstanding following completion of this offering.
(10) Represents the aggregate amount of the estimated intended annual distribution divided by the shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. The number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of this offering excludes shares of common stock that may be issued by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option or upon exercise of options or redemption of OP units.


47


Table of Contents

 
Selected Financial and Operating Data
 
You should read the following selected historical and pro forma financial and operating data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
We have not presented historical financial information for Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company and because we believe that a presentation of the results of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful.
 
We consider Summit Hotel Properties, LLC our predecessor for accounting purposes. Our predecessor’s historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and our predecessor’s historical consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our predecessor’s historical audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our predecessor’s historical consolidated balance sheet information as of June 30, 2010 and our predecessor’s historical consolidated statements of operations information for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, respectively, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited interim financial information includes the adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the unaudited interim financial information. Our predecessor’s historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and our predecessor’s historical consolidated statements of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our predecessor’s historical audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Our selected unaudited pro forma balance sheet data and statements of operation and other operating data is presented to reflect: (1) the sale of           shares of our common stock in this offering at $      per share, the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, for approximately $260.2 million of estimated net proceeds, after the deduction of the underwriting discount and the payment by us of approximately $3.6 million of expenses related to this offering and the formation transactions; (2) the contribution to our operating partnership of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale held by The Summit Group and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 OP units; (3) the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, with our predecessor as the acquirer for accounting purposes, and the issuance by our operating partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of our predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in our predecessor; (4) the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units that represent an approximate     % partnership interest in our operating partnership, including the sole general partnership interest; (5) the repayment or extinguishment of approximately $225.2 million of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3.8 million in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness; and (6) the grant upon completion of this offering of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to our independent directors and options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of our predecessor will become our historical consolidated financial statements, and our assets and liabilities will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data appearing below assumes that each of these transactions occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assume that each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009.
 
In the opinion of our management, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on June 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations data and operating data are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what


48


Table of Contents

our actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent our future results of operations.
 
                                                                         
    Pro Forma*     Historical     Pro Forma*     Historical  
    Six
                   
    Months
          Year
       
    Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Ended
       
    June 30,     June 30,     December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)           (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (restated)                          
    (dollars in thousands, except statistical data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                                       
Revenue
                                                                       
Room revenues
  $ 65,939     $ 65,939     $ 59,476     $ 118,960     $ 118,960     $ 132,797     $ 112,044     $ 99,009     $ 71,025  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273       1,273       1,118       2,240       2,240       2,310       1,845       1,653       1,301  
                                                                         
Total revenue
    67,212       67,212       60,594       121,200       121,200       135,107       113,889       100,662       72,326  
                                                                         
Expenses
                                                                       
Direct hotel operations
          23,026       20,473             42,071       42,381       35,021       31,036       22,143  
Other hotel operating expenses
          9,177       8,151             16,987       15,186       11,980       10,589       7,982  
General, selling and administrative
          12,097       11,971             24,017       25,993       22,009       18,038       12,786  
Repairs and maintenance
          2,074       3,638             6,152       8,009       10,405       8,157       3,741  
Rooms
    20,048                   36,720                                
Other direct
    8,287                   18,048                                
Other indirect
    18,303                   33,499                                
Other
    302                   681                                
                                                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    46,940       46,374       44,233       88,948                                
Depreciation and amortization
    13,288       13,522       11,383       23,088       23,971       22,307       16,136       13,649       9,891  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                                                       
Salaries and other compensation
    1,683                   3,564                                
Equity-based compensation
                                                     
Other
    916                   1,633                                
Hotel property acquisition costs
    56                   1,389                                
Loss on impairment of assets
                      7,506       7,506                          
                                                                         
Total expenses
    62,883       59,896       55,616       126,128       120,704       113,876       95,551       81,469       56,543  
                                                                         
Income from operations
    4,329       7,316       4,978       (4,928 )     496       21,231       18,338       19,193       15,783  
                                                                         
Other Income (expense):
                                                                       
Interest income
    24       24       18       50       50       195       446       605       278  
Interest expense
    (5,199 )     (12,701 )     (8,338 )     (9,052 )     (18,321 )     (17,025 )     (14,214 )     (11,135 )     (7,934 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )     (40 )     25       (4 )     (4 )     (390 )     (652 )     (749 )     (155 )
                                                                         
Total other expense
    (5,215 )     (12,717 )     (8,295 )     (9,006 )     (18,275 )     (17,220 )     (14,420 )     (11,279 )     (7,811 )
                                                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (886 )     (5,401 )     (3,317 )     (13,934 )     (17,779 )     4,011       3,918       7,914       7,972  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
                1,801             1,465       10,278       11,587       2,728       (3,118 )
                                                                         
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    (886 )     (5,401 )     (1,516 )     (13,934 )     (16,314 )     14,289       15,505       10,642       4,854  
Income tax expense
    (500 )     (228 )           (840 )           (826 )     (715 )     (539 )     (827 )
                                                                         
Net income (loss)
    (1,386 )     (5,629 )     (1,516 )     (14,774 )     (16,314 )     13,463       14,790       10,103       4,027  
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (485 )           (186 )     (5,171 )           384       778       661       352  
Net income (loss) attributable to Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
  $ (901 )   $ (5,629 )   $ (1,330 )   $ (9,603 )   $ (16,314 )   $ 13,079     $ 14,012     $ 9,442     $ 3,675  
                                                                         
Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):
                                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 34,287     $ 11,326     $ 11,151             $ 8,239     $ 18,153     $ 7,776     $ 7,999     $ 7,340  
Property and equipment, net
  $ 460,632     $ 460,632     $ 497,841             $ 482,767     $ 461,894     $ 426,494     $ 331,707     $ 288,486  
Other assets
  $ 39,365     $ 32,873     $ 16,952                                                  
Total assets
  $ 534,284     $ 511,708     $ 525,944             $ 518,246     $ 494,755     $ 447,990     $ 355,959     $ 317,278  
Mortgages and notes payable
  $ 199,440     $ 424,596     $ 411,624             $ 426,182     $ 390,094     $ 336,659     $ 237,074     $ 196,162  
Total liabilities
  $ 211,417     $ 436,573     $ 433,588             $ 436,947     $ 406,994     $ 352,298     $ 249,248     $ 207,009  
Members’/stockholders’ equity
  $ 256,015     $ 76,759     $ 94,166             $ 82,923     $ 89,385     $ 97,395     $ 108,222     $ 111,472  
Noncontrolling interest
  $ 66,852     $ (1,624 )   $ (1,810 )           $ (1,624 )   $ (1,624 )   $ (1,703 )   $ (1,511 )   $ (1,203 )
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 534,284     $ 511,708     $ 525,944             $ 518,246     $ 494,755     $ 447,990     $ 355,959     $ 317,278  
Other Data (unaudited):
                                                                       
FFO (1)
  $ 11,902     $ 7,893     $ 9,960     $ 8,314     $ 6,514     $ 27,886     $ 23,297     $ 25,511     $ 17,023  
EBITDA (2)
  $ 17,577     $ 20,798     $ 18,280     $ 18,156     $ 26,082     $ 54,147     $ 48,160     $ 37,820     $ 25,506  
Statistical Data (unaudited):
                                                                       
Average room count
            6,533       5,877               6,079       5,725       5,647       5,426       4,570  
Ending number of hotels
            65       61               65       62       64       60       60  
Occupancy
            63.9 %     63.6 %             61.9 %     66.2 %     66.9 %     69.7 %     68.9 %
ADR
          $ 87.26     $ 89.07             $ 87.40     $ 100.95     $ 96.20     $ 88.57     $ 80.62  
RevPAR
          $ 55.76     $ 56.62             $ 54.12     $ 66.78     $ 64.37     $ 61.77     $ 55.53  


49


Table of Contents

* Historically, our predecessor segregated its operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) from its other operating expenses, such as depreciation and amortization and impairment losses. Following completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify our operating expenses into categories of hotel operating expenses (room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses) and reclassify our predecessor’s historical items of hotel operating expense to increase the comparability of our hotel operating expenses and our hotel operating results with other publicly traded hospitality REITs. Accordingly, historical balances included in our predecessor’s:
  §    direct hotel operations expense related to (1) wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast will be reclassified to rooms expense in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expense in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    other hotel operating expenses related to (1) utilities and telephone will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) real and personal property taxes, insurance and cable will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations;
  §    general, selling and administrative expenses related to (1) office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (2) credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (3) hotel development and startup costs will be reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs in our consolidated statements of operations and (4) ground rent and other miscellaneous expenses will be reclassified to other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations; and
  §    repairs and maintenance will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
On a pro forma basis, the reclassification reduces total hotel operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) by $56,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which were reclassified to hotel operating costs. The reclassification does not impact amounts reported by our predecessor as total expenses (total hotel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and loss on impairment of assets), income from operations, total other income, income (loss) from continuing operations, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net income (loss) before income taxes or net income (loss). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
(1) Below, we include a quantitative reconciliation of historical FFO to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss) (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                         
    Pro Forma     Historical     Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six Months
                                                 
    Ended
                Year Ended
                               
    June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,     December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
                            (restated)                          
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,386 )   $ (5,629 )   $ (1,516 )   $ (14,774 )   $ (16,314 )   $ 13,463     $ 14,790     $ 10,103     $ 4,027  
(Gain) on disposition of assets
                            (1,297 )     (8,605 )     (10,380 )     (1,240 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    13,288       13,522       11,476       23,088       24,125       23,028       18,887       16,648       12,996  
                                                                         
FFO
  $ 11,902     $ 7,893     $ 9,960     $ 8,314     $ 6,514     $ 27,886     $ 23,297     $ 25,511     $ 17,023  
                                                                         
 
(2) Below, we include a quantitative reconciliation of EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss).
 
                                                                         
    Pro Forma     Historical     Pro Forma     Historical  
    Six
    Six
                                     
    Months
    Months
    Year
                               
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
                               
    June 30,     June 30,     December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
                            (restated)                          
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,386 )   $ (5,629 )   $ (1,516 )   $ (14,774 )   $ (16,314 )   $ 13,463     $ 14,790     $ 10,103     $ 4,027  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,288       13,522       11,476       23,088       24,125       23,028       18,887       16,648       12,996  
Interest expense
    5,199       12,701       8,338       9,052       18,321       17,025       14,214       11,135       7,934  
Interest income
    (24 )     (24 )     (18 )     (50 )     (50 )     (195 )     (446 )     (605 )     (278 )
Income taxes
    500       228             840             826       715       539       827  
                                                                         
EBITDA
  $ 17,577     $ 20,798     $ 18,280     $ 18,156     $ 26,082     $ 54,147     $ 48,160     $ 37,820     $ 25,506  
                                                                         


50


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial and Operating Data,” our predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, our predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), and related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Where appropriate, the following discussion includes analysis of the effects of the formation transactions and this offering. These effects are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a self-managed hotel investment company that was incorporated in June 2010 to continue our predecessor’s business of acquiring and owning limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry. As a newly formed company with no business activity to date, we have no operating history and only nominal assets. We will commence operations upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions described in this prospectus. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial hotels, with the exception of one independent hotel, will be operated under nationally recognized brands, including the Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental Hotels and Hyatt families of brands, among others.
 
Substantially all of our assets will be held by, and all of our operations will be conducted through, our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP. Our operating partnership is a recently formed Delaware limited partnership. Through a wholly owned subsidiary, we are the sole general partner of our operating partnership. Through the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, our operating partnership will succeed to the business and assets of our predecessor. Although our operating partnership will be the surviving entity in the merger, our predecessor is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes and the following discussion is based on our accounting predecessor’s historical operating results. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will own an approximate     % (          % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership, including general and limited partnership interests. The other limited partners of our operating partnership, the former members of our predecessor and The Summit Group, the former Class B member of Summit of Scottsdale and the former Class C member of Summit of Scottsdale, will own the remaining     % limited partnership interest in our operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our operating partnership, including the ability to cause our operating partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions and refinancings, make distributions to partners and to cause changes in our operating partnership’s business activities.
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. To qualify as a REIT, we cannot operate or manage our hotels. Instead, we will lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will engage one or more third-party hotel management companies to operate and manage our hotels pursuant to hotel management agreements. In connection with completion of this offering, our TRS lessees will enter into a hotel management agreement with Interstate, pursuant to which our initial hotels will be operated by Interstate. Our TRS lessees may also employ other hotel managers in the future. We expect Interstate will qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” for federal income tax purposes. We will have no ownership or economic interest in any of the hotel management companies engaged by our TRS lessees. Our TRS lessees will be disregarded as separate from Summit TRS for federal income tax purposes and their operations will be consolidated into our financial statements for accounting purposes. Summit TRS will be taxed as a “C” corporation, and, unlike our predecessor, Summit TRS’s and our TRS lessees’ income will be subject to federal, state and local income tax, which will reduce our funds from operations and the cash otherwise available for distribution to our stockholders.
 
Our revenue is derived from hotel operations and consists of room revenues and other hotel operations revenues. As a result of our focus on limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry, substantially all of our revenue is room revenue generated from sales of hotel


51


Table of Contents

rooms. We also generate other hotel operations revenues, which consists of ancillary revenue related to meeting rooms, entertainment and other guest services provided at our hotels.
 
Our hotel operating expenses consist primarily of expenses incurred in the day-to-day operation of our hotels. Many of our expenses are fixed, such as essential hotel staff, real estate taxes, insurance, depreciation and certain types of franchise fees, and these expenses do not decrease even if the revenues at our hotels decrease. Our hotel operating expenses consist of room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses. Room expenses include wages, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast. Other direct expenses include office supplies, utilities, telephone, advertising and bad debts. Other indirect expenses include real and personal property taxes, insurance, travel agent and credit card commissions, management expenses and franchise fees. Other expenses include ground rent and other items of miscellaneous expense.
 
Historically, our predecessor segregated its operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) from its other operating expenses, such as depreciation and amortization and impairment losses. Following completion of this offering, we intend to reclassify our operating expenses into categories of hotel operating expenses (room expenses, other direct expenses, other indirect expenses and other expenses) to increase the comparability of our hotel operating expenses and our hotel operating results with other publicly traded hospitality REITs. Accordingly, historical balances included in our predecessor’s:
 
  §    direct hotel operations expense related to (1) wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast will be reclassified to rooms expense in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expense in our consolidated statements of operations;
 
  §    other hotel operating expenses related to (1) utilities and telephone will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and (2) real and personal property taxes, insurance and cable will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations;
 
  §    general, selling and administrative expenses related to (1) office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (2) credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees will be reclassified to other indirect expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, (3) hotel development and startup costs will be reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs in our consolidated statements of operations and (4) ground rent and other miscellaneous expenses will be reclassified to other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations; and
 
  §    repairs and maintenance will be reclassified to other direct expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
On a pro forma basis, the reclassification reduces total hotel operating expenses (direct hotel operations expense, other hotel operating expense, general, selling and administrative expense and repairs and maintenance) by $56,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which were reclassified to hotel property acquisition costs. The reclassification does not impact amounts reported by our predecessor as total expenses (total hotel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization and loss on impairment of assets), income from operations, total other income, income (loss) from continuing operations, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net income (loss) before income taxes or net income (loss). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
 
Reflecting the changes in the management agreements effective upon transfer of the management agreements for our initial 65 hotels from The Summit Group to Interstate, on a pro forma basis, management expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 would have increased from $3.0 million to $3.6 million. Also, we expect that our accounting expenses, on a pro forma basis, would have increased from $589,000 to $1.1 million. Additionally, we expect that our management expenses and accounting expenses, on a pro forma basis, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 would have increased from $1.6 million to $2.0 million and $329,000 to $546,000, respectively. We increased the corporate general and administrative expenses in our pro forma financial statements compared to our predecessor’s historical financial statements by $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This adjustment is due to expenses we will incur related to changes in our management structure,


52


Table of Contents

including compensating our executives and other employees directly rather than indirectly through profits distributed by our predecessor to The Summit Group.
 
Industry Trends and Outlook
 
In mid-2008, U.S. lodging demand started to decline as a result of the economic recession which caused industry-wide RevPAR to decline for the year, as reported by Smith Travel Research. Throughout 2009, the decrease in lodging demand accelerated, with RevPAR down 16.7% for the year according to Smith Travel Research. In the first quarter of 2010, we saw trends of improved fundamentals in the U.S. lodging industry with demand for rooms showing signs of stabilization, and even growth in many of the major markets, as general economic indicators have begun to experience positive improvement. With supply of available rooms expected to rise at a significantly slower pace over the next several years than during 2006-2008 and demand for rooms expected to increase as the U.S. economy rebounds, we expect meaningful growth in RevPAR to start in 2011 and to continue for several years thereafter.
 
While we believe the trends in room demand and supply growth will result in improvement in lodging industry fundamentals, we can provide no assurances that the U.S. economy will strengthen at projected levels and within the expected time periods. If the economy does not improve or if any improvements do not continue for any number of reasons, including, among others, an economic slowdown and other events outside of our control, such as terrorism, lodging industry fundamentals may not improve as expected. In the past, similar events have adversely affected the lodging industry and if these events recur, they may adversely affect the lodging industry in the future.
 
Key Operating Metrics
 
We use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the financial condition and operating performance of our business. These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as other financial information that is not prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, we use other information that may not be financial in nature, including statistical information and comparative data. We use this information to measure the performance of individual hotels, groups of hotels and/or our business as a whole. We periodically compare historical information to our internal budgets as well as industry-wide information. These key indicators include:
 
  §    Occupancy percentage;
 
  §    Average Daily Rate (or ADR); and
 
  §    Room Revenue per Available Room (or RevPAR).
 
Occupancy, ADR and RevPAR are commonly used measures within the hotel industry to evaluate operating performance. RevPAR, which is calculated as the product of ADR and occupancy percentage, is an important statistic for monitoring operating performance at the individual hotel level and across our business as a whole. We evaluate individual hotel RevPAR performance on an absolute basis with comparisons to budget and prior periods, as well as on a company-wide and regional basis. ADR and RevPAR include only room revenue. Room revenue depends on demand, as measured by occupancy percentage, pricing, as measured by ADR, and our available supply of hotel rooms. Our ADR, occupancy percentage and RevPAR performance may be impacted by macroeconomic factors such as regional and local employment growth, personal income and corporate earnings, office vacancy rates and business relocation decisions, airport and other business and leisure travel, new hotel construction and the pricing strategies of competitors. In addition, our ADR, occupancy percentage and RevPAR performance is dependent on the continued success of our franchisors and their brands.
 
In addition to occupancy, ADR and RevPAR, we use FFO and EBITDA, non-GAAP financial measures, to assess our financial condition and operating performance. These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance in accordance with GAAP. FFO and EBITDA are supplemental financial measures and are not defined by GAAP. FFO and EBITDA, as calculated by us, may not be comparable to FFO and EBITDA reported by other companies that do not define FFO and EBITDA exactly as we define those terms. FFO and EBITDA do not represent cash generated from operating activities determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to operating income or net income determined in accordance with GAAP, as indicators of performance or as alternatives to cash flows from operating activities as indicators of liquidity.


53


Table of Contents

 
See “Summary—Summary Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Selected Financial and Operating Data” for further discussion of our use of FFO and EBITDA and reconciliations of those non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, net income (loss).
 
Our Portfolio
 
Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial hotels, with the exception of one independent hotel, will be operated under nationally recognized brands as shown below:
 
                 
Franchisor/Brand
  No. of Hotels   No. of Rooms
 
Marriott
               
Courtyard by Marriott
    6       715  
Residence Inn
    4       411  
Fairfield Inn
    9       787  
Fairfield Inn & Suites
    1       80  
SpringHill Suites
    7       671  
TownePlace Suites
    1       90  
                 
      28       2,754  
                 
Hilton
               
Hampton Inn
    8       821  
Hampton Inn & Suites
    3       390  
Hilton Garden Inn
    1       120  
                 
      12       1,331  
                 
InterContinental
               
Holiday Inn Express
    2       182  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
    4       365  
Staybridge Suites
    1       92  
                 
      7       639  
                 
Hyatt
               
Hyatt Place
    4       556  
Choice
               
Cambria Suites
    4       485  
Comfort Inn
    3       201  
Comfort Inn & Suites
    1       111  
Comfort Suites
    3       199  
                 
      11       996  
                 
Starwood
               
Aloft
    1       136  
Carlson
               
Country Inn & Suites
    1       64  
Independent
               
Aspen Hotel & Suites
    1       57  
                 
Total
    65       6,533  
                 
 
Our initial portfolio consists of what we consider “seasoned” and “unseasoned” hotels. We view 46 of our hotels as seasoned based on their construction date. We consider 19 of our hotels to be unseasoned. Our unseasoned hotels were


54


Table of Contents

either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008. We believe our unseasoned hotels are in the early stages of stabilizing since their construction or brand conversion occurred during a dramatic economic slowdown. Most of our unseasoned hotels are newer, larger and are located in larger markets than those of our seasoned hotels and operate under premium franchise brands. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels are particularly well-positioned to generate RevPAR growth for our portfolio as economic conditions improve.
 
Our unseasoned hotels that experienced a brand conversion have undergone approximately $12.3 million of renovations and other capital improvements since January 1, 2008.
 
The following table sets forth various statistical and operating information related to our seasoned hotel portfolio (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
Number of hotels at end of period
    46       46       46       45       45  
Average number of rooms
    4,179       4,174       4,173       4,093       4,012  
Undepreciated (gross) book value at end of period
  $ 284,235     $ 283,678     $ 283,985     $ 276,148     $ 268,974  
Revenues
  $ 43,708     $ 45,471     $ 87,542     $ 105,542     $ 103,871  
Occupancy
    65.1 %     66.3 %     64.8 %     69.5 %     70.0 %
ADR
  $ 87.70     $ 89.49     $ 87.42     $ 100.29     $ 99.78  
RevPAR
  $ 57.08     $ 59.31     $ 56.63     $ 69.70     $ 69.80  
 
The following table sets forth various statistical and operating information related to our unseasoned hotel portfolio (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                         
    Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
Number of hotels at end of period
    19       14       19       14       11  
Average number of rooms
    2,360       1,620       2,360       1,324       625  
Undepreciated (gross) book value at end of period
  $ 266,021     $ 169,892     $ 265,333     $ 163,232     $ 125,529  
Revenues
  $ 23,504     $ 15,123     $ 33,658     $ 29,565     $ 10,018  
Occupancy
    61.8 %     56.5 %     55.3 %     55.3 %     49.2 %
ADR
  $ 86.44     $ 88.56     $ 87.58     $ 107.37     $ 87.58  
RevPAR
  $ 53.43     $ 50.01     $ 48.47     $ 59.33     $ 43.09  
 
Results of Operations of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
We have not presented historical financial information for Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., because it has not had any corporate activity since its formation other than the issuance of 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman in connection with its formation and initial capitalization and activity in connection with this offering and the formation transactions and, as a result, we believe that a discussion of the results of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful. We have set forth below a discussion of the consolidated historical results of operations and financial position of our predecessor, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, which is merging with and into our operating partnership upon completion of this offering. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our predecessor’s historical consolidated financial statements will become our consolidated financial statements as our predecessor will be considered the acquirer in the merger for accounting purposes.


55


Table of Contents

Results of Operations of Our Predecessor
 
Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
Income from Operations.  Income from operations increased by $2.3 million, or 46%, to $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was primarily due to the increased revenue from six new hotels opened in late 2009.
 
Revenues.  The following table sets forth key operating metrics for our total portfolio, our seasoned hotel portfolio, our unseasoned hotel portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                                                                 
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2010     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
    Total
    Total
                      Total
    Total
                   
    Revenues     Expenses     Occupancy     ADR     RevPAR     Revenues     Expenses     Occupancy     ADR     RevPAR  
 
Total (65 and 61 hotels, respectively) (1)
  $ 67,212     $ 59,896       63.9 %   $ 87.26     $ 55.76     $ 61,561     $ 55,616       63.6 %   $ 89.07     $ 56.62  
Seasoned (46 hotels) (2)
  $ 43,708     $ 34,499       65.1 %   $ 87.70     $ 57.08     $ 45,471     $ 37,277       66.3 %   $ 89.49     $ 59.31  
Unseasoned (19 and 14 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 23,504     $ 25,397       61.8 %   $ 86.44     $ 53.43     $ 15,123     $ 18,339       56.5 %   $ 88.56     $ 50.01  
Same-store (60 hotels) (3)
  $ 61,053     $ 52,198       64.7 %   $ 88.00     $ 56.89     $ 60,594     $ 54,965       63.5 %   $ 89.26     $ 56.71  
 
(1) Includes revenues from discontinued operations.
(2) Excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
(3) Includes seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned during both periods presented for the full periods presented, but excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
 
On a total portfolio basis, revenues increased by $5.6 million, or 9.1%, from $61.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 to $67.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the opening of six new hotels during the third and fourth quarters of 2009. As a result, we do not believe that a comparison of our total portfolio revenue for the periods presented is meaningful.
 
Seasoned hotel revenues decreased by $1.8 million, or 4.1%, to $43.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $45.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in seasoned hotel revenue was primarily caused by a 3.8% decrease in seasoned hotel RevPAR. Seasoned hotel RevPAR decreased to $57.08 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $59.31 for the prior period as a result of adverse economic conditions, which caused lower occupancy and also caused us to lower room rates at our hotels in order to remain competitive in our markets.
 
Unseasoned hotel revenues increased by $8.4 million, or 55.6%, to $23.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in unseasoned hotel revenue was primarily due to revenues from the six new hotels opened during the third and fourth quarters of 2009.
 
In order to compare operating results of our total portfolio on a period-to-period basis, we also view our results on a same-store basis. Our same-store hotels include seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned throughout the comparable periods, but exclude hotels that were classified to discontinued operations during either period. We believe our same-store analysis enhances our understanding of our results by eliminating the effects of purchases and sales of hotels during comparable periods and focusing on the operating results of our core hotels. On a same-store basis, revenues increased by $0.4 million, or 0.6%, to $61.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $60.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses from continuing operations, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $2.2 million, or 5.0%, to $46.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $44.2 million for the prior period as a result of operating expenses for the six new hotels opened in the third and fourth quarters of 2009. Of this increase, direct hotel operations expense increased by 12.2% to $23.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $20.5 million for the prior period. The increased operating expenses were in direct relationship to the $5.6 million dollar increase in revenues from the six new hotels opened during the third and fourth quarters of 2009. Hotel renovations during early 2009 caused repairs and maintenance for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 to be $1.6 million higher than repairs and maintenance in the first half of 2010.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Total depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations increased by $2.1 million, or 18.4%, from $11.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 to $13.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. This increase was primarily due to the six new hotels opened during the third and fourth quarters of 2009.


56


Table of Contents

The following table details our hotel expenses for our seasoned hotel portfolio, our unseasoned hotel portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Six Months Ended
  Six Months Ended
    June 30, 2010   June 30, 2009
 
Seasoned Hotel Expenses (46 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 14,579     $ 14,847  
Other hotel operating expenses
    5,552       5,516  
General, selling and administrative
    7,733       8,158  
Repairs and maintenance
    1,379       2,404  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,256       6,352  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 34,499     $ 37,277  
                 
Unseasoned Hotel Expenses (19 and 14 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 8,447     $ 5,626  
Other hotel operating expenses
    3,625       2,635  
General, selling and administrative
    4,364       3,813  
Repairs and maintenance
    695       1,234  
Depreciation and amortization
    8,266       5,031  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 25,397     $ 18,339  
                 
Same-Store Portfolio Expenses (60 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 20,756     $ 20,615  
Other hotel operating expenses
    8,284       8,152  
General, selling and administrative
    10,914       11,177  
Repairs and maintenance
    1,930       3,638  
Depreciation and amortization
    10,314       11,383  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 52,198     $ 54,965  
                 
 
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2009 to the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Income from Operations.  Income from operations decreased by $20.7 million, or 98%, to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily the result of a $13.9 million decrease in revenues as well as an impairment loss of $7.5 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Revenues.  The following table sets forth key operating metrics for our total portfolio, our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009   Year Ended December 31, 2008
    Total
  Total
              Total
  Total
           
    Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR   Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR
 
Total (65 and 62 hotels, respectively) (1)
  $ 122,333     $ 120,704       61.9 %   $ 87.40     $ 54.12     $ 141,933     $ 113,876       66.2 %   $ 100.95     $ 66.78  
Seasoned (46 and 45 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 87,542     $ 73,553       64.8 %   $ 87.42     $ 56.63     $ 105,542     $ 79,540       69.5 %   $ 100.29     $ 69.70  
Unseasoned (19 and 14 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 33,657     $ 47,151       55.3 %   $ 87.58     $ 48.47     $ 29,565     $ 34,336       55.3 %   $ 107.37     $ 59.33  
Same-store (57 hotels) (3)
  $ 112,129     $ 99,020       63.7 %   $ 88.13     $ 56.13     $ 134,934     $ 110,898       66.3 %   $ 101.82     $ 67.47  
 
 
(1) Includes revenues from discontinued operations.
(2) Excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
(3) Includes seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned during both periods presented for the full periods presented, but excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
 
Total revenues decreased by $19.6 million, or 13.8%, to $122.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to continuing unfavorable economic


57


Table of Contents

conditions affecting our markets and included a $5.7 million decrease in revenues as a result of the sale of seven hotels (discontinued operations) during 2008 and 2009 offset by increases in revenues from nine new hotels opened during 2008 and 2009.
 
Seasoned hotel revenues decreased by $18.0 million, or 17.1%, to $87.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $105.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in seasoned hotel revenue was primarily caused by a 18.8% decrease in seasoned hotel RevPAR. Seasoned hotel RevPAR decreased to $56.63 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $69.70 for the prior year as a result of adverse economic conditions, which caused lower occupancy and also caused us to lower room rates at our hotels in order to remain competitive in our markets.
 
Unseasoned hotel revenues increased by $4.1 million, or 13.8%, to $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in unseasoned hotel revenue was primarily due to revenues from nine new hotels opened during 2008 and 2009.
 
On a same-store basis, revenues decreased by $22.8 million, or 16.9%, to $112.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $134.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in same-store revenue was primarily caused by a 16.8% decrease in same-store RevPAR. Same-store RevPAR decreased to $56.13 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $67.47 for the prior period as a result of adverse economic conditions, which caused lower occupancy and also caused us to lower room rates at our hotels in order to remain competitive in our markets.
 
Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses from continuing operations, excluding depreciation and amortization and impairment losses, decreased $2.3 million, or 2.5%, to $89.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $91.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Repairs and maintenance expenses decreased $1.8 million, or 23.2%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to fewer renovations being performed during 2009 than in 2008 at our hotels. The decrease in total expenses of 2.6% was not as significant as the decrease in total revenues of 13.8% due to the increased operating expenses related to opening of new hotels. Typically, operating profit margin is not significant for newly opened hotels until they become established in the market.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  On a total portfolio basis, depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations increased by $1.7 million, or 7.6%, to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the nine hotels opened in 2008 and 2009.
 
Impairment Losses.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, our predecessor determined that six parcels of undeveloped land were impaired due to the fact that their aggregate historical carrying value exceeded their aggregate fair value. As a result, our predecessor recorded a $6.3 million non-cash impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our predecessor also determined that the Courtyard by Marriott located in Memphis, Tennessee was impaired due to the fact that its historical carrying value was higher than the hotel’s fair value. This determination was made based on recent economic distress on this particular hotel and market. Accordingly, our predecessor recorded a $1.2 million non-cash impairment charge in 2009. Our predecessor did not record any impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table details our hotel expenses for our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
 
Seasoned Hotel Expenses (46 and 45 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 29,272     $ 32,182  
Other hotel operating expenses
    11,205       11,002  
General, selling and administrative
    15,870       19,091  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,083       4,342  
Depreciation and amortization
    11,950       12,923  
Loss on impairment of assets
    1,173        
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 73,553     $ 79,540  
                 


58


Table of Contents

                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
 
Unseasoned Hotel Expenses (19 and 14 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 12,799     $ 10,199  
Other hotel operating expenses
    5,782       4,184  
General, selling and administrative
    8,147       6,902  
Repairs and maintenance
    2,069       3,667  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,021       9,384  
Loss on impairment of assets
    6,333        
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 47,151     $ 34,336  
                 
Same-Store Portfolio Expenses (57 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 37,867     $ 42,136  
Other hotel operating expenses
    15,359       15,132  
General, selling and administrative
    20,414       24,328  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,849       7,970  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,358       21,332  
Loss on impairment of assets
    1,173        
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 99,020     $ 110,898  
                 
 
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2008 to the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Income from Operations.  Our predecessor’s income from operations increased by $2.9 million, or 15.8%, to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to a 5% increase in ADR from $96.20 for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $100.95 for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Revenues.  The following table sets forth key operating metrics for our total portfolio, our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR):
 
                                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008   Year Ended December 31, 2007
    Total
  Total
              Total
  Total
           
    Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR   Revenues   Expenses   Occupancy   ADR   RevPAR
 
Total (62 and 64 hotels, respectively) (1)
  $ 141,933     $ 113,876       66.2 %   $ 100.95     $ 66.78     $ 134,748     $ 95,551       66.9 %   $ 96.20     $ 64.37  
Seasoned (45 hotels) (2)
  $ 105,542     $ 79,540       69.5 %   $ 100.29     $ 69.70     $ 103,871     $ 80,049       70.0 %   $ 99.78     $ 69.80  
Unseasoned (14 and 11 hotels, respectively) (2)
  $ 29,565     $ 34,336       55.3 %   $ 107.37     $ 59.33     $ 10,018     $ 15,502       49.2 %   $ 87.58     $ 43.09  
Same-store (47 hotels) (3)
  $ 107,840     $ 81,889       68.7 %   $ 100.69     $ 69.20     $ 107,819     $ 86,105       69.8 %   $ 99.08     $ 69.18  
 
(1) Includes revenues from discontinued operations.
(2) Excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
(3) Includes seasoned and unseasoned hotels that were owned during both periods presented for the full periods presented, but excludes hotels that were reclassified to discontinued operations during either period.
 
Total revenues increased by $7.2 million, or 5.3%, to $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $134.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, reflecting the addition of 13 new hotels opened in 2007 and 2008 which more than offset the decline in revenues from the sale of 11 hotels in 2007 and 2008. The increase also reflected a 5% increase in ADR from $96.20 in 2007 to $100.95 in 2008 and the addition of 13 new hotels in 2007 and 2008.
 
Seasoned hotel revenues increased by $1.7 million, or 1.6%, to $105.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $103.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in seasoned hotel revenue was primarily caused by a 0.5% increase in seasoned hotel ADR. Seasoned hotel ADR increased to $100.29 for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $99.78 for the prior period.

59


Table of Contents

Unseasoned hotel revenues increased by $19.5 million, or 195%, to $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in unseasoned hotel revenue was primarily due to 13 new hotels opened during 2007 and 2008.
 
On a same-store basis, revenues remained steady at $107.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses from continuing operations, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $12.2 million, or 15.4%, to $91.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $79.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to increased franchise fees and direct hotel operations expense, including room expenses. Direct hotel operations expense increased by $7.4 million, or 21.1%, to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to 13 additional hotels opened in 2007 and 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our predecessor made $8.0 million of capital improvements compared to $10.4 million in the prior year. Total expenses, excluding depreciation and repairs and maintenance, remained relatively flat as a percentage of revenue at 61.8% for 2008 and 60.6% for 2007.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations increased by $6.2 million, or 38.2%, to $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily due to 13 new hotels opened in 2007 and 2008.
 
The following table details our hotel expenses for our seasoned portfolio, our unseasoned portfolio and our same-store portfolio for years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
 
Seasoned Hotel Expenses (45 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 32,182     $ 30,655  
Other hotel operating expenses
    11,002       10,159  
General, selling and administrative
    19,091       18,389  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,342       7,978  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,923       12,868  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 79,540     $ 80,049  
                 
Unseasoned Hotel Expenses (14 and 11 hotels, respectively):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 10,199     $ 4,366  
Other hotel operating expenses
    4,184       1,821  
General, selling and administrative
    6,902       3,620  
Repairs and maintenance
    3,667       2,427  
Depreciation and amortization
    9,384       3,268  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 34,336     $ 15,502  
                 


60


Table of Contents

                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    December 31, 2008   December 31, 2007
 
Same-Store Portfolio Expenses (47 hotels):
               
Direct hotel operations
  $ 33,066     $ 32,120  
Other hotel operating expenses
    11,327       10,701  
General, selling and administrative
    19,597       19,059  
Repairs and maintenance
    4,654       9,814  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,245       14,411  
Loss on impairment of assets
           
                 
Total Expenses
  $ 81,889     $ 86,105  
                 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our short-term liquidity requirements will consist primarily of operating expenses and other expenditures directly associated with our hotel properties, including recurring maintenance and capital expenditures necessary to maintain our hotel properties in accordance with brand standards, capital expenditures to improve our hotel properties, interest expense and scheduled principal payments on outstanding indebtedness and distributions to our stockholders.
 
In connection with the formation transactions, our predecessor entered into a merger agreement with our operating partnership that requires our predecessor to, among other things, pay accrued and unpaid priority returns on its Class A and Class A-1 membership interests through August 31, 2010 and through the closing date of this offering, subject to the availability of cash and certain other limitations. Through August 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid priority returns on our predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 membership interests was approximately $8.3 million. Based on our current estimates of future cash flows, our predecessor may not have available cash to pay priority returns that accrue after August 31, 2010. Payment of these returns will reduce our predecessor’s available cash upon completion of this offering.
 
We expect to satisfy these short-term liquidity requirements through working capital, cash provided by operations and short-term borrowings under a credit facility that we intend to enter into following completion of this offering. After giving effect to the formation transactions and the use of proceeds of this offering, we believe that our working capital and cash provided by operations will be sufficient to meet our ongoing short-term liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months.
 
Our long-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of the costs of acquiring additional hotel properties, renovations, and other non-recurring capital expenditures that need to be made periodically with respect to our hotel properties and scheduled debt payments. We will seek to satisfy these long-term liquidity requirements through various sources of capital, including working capital, cash provided by operations, long-term hotel mortgage indebtedness and other borrowings, including borrowings under a credit facility that we intend to enter into following completion of this offering. In addition, we may seek to raise capital through public or private offerings of our equity or debt securities. However, certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our ability to access these capital sources, including our degree of leverage, the value of our unencumbered hotel properties and borrowing restrictions imposed by lenders. We will continue to analyze which source of capital is most advantageous to us at any particular point in time, but financing may not be consistently available to us on terms that are attractive, or at all.
 
To satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT, we must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. Therefore, once the total net proceeds of this offering have been invested, we will need to raise additional capital in order to grow our business and invest in additional hotel properties. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to borrow funds or raise additional equity capital on terms acceptable to us, if at all. We anticipate that any debt we incur in the future will include restrictions (including lockbox and cash management provisions) that under certain circumstances will limit or prohibit our operating partnership and its subsidiaries from making distributions or paying dividends, repaying loans or transferring assets. For additional information regarding our distribution policies and requirements, see “Distribution Policy.”

61


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Indebtedness
 
Upon completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have approximately $199.4 million in outstanding indebtedness and 33 hotels unencumbered by mortgage debt, including 25 hotels with 2,330 rooms operating under brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental or Hyatt, available as collateral for potential future loans. We intend to enter into a credit facility to fund future acquisitions, as well as for property redevelopments and working capital requirements. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all and we cannot predict the size or terms of the credit facility if we are able to obtain it. Our failure to obtain a credit facility could adversely affect our ability to grow our business and meet our obligations as they come due.
 
On a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2010, after application of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we expect to have approximately $199.4 million of outstanding mortgage indebtedness. The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2010, our pro forma mortgage debt obligations that will remain outstanding following the application of the net proceeds from this offering:
 
                                 
        Outstanding
           
        Principal
  Interest Rate
       
        Balance as of
  as of
  Amortization
  Maturity
Lender
  Collateral   June 30, 2010  
June 30, 2010 (1)
  (years)   Date
 
Bank of the Cascades
  Residence Inn, Portland, OR   $ 12,623,347     Prime rate, subject to
a floor of 6.00%
    25       09/30/11  
ING Investment Management (2)
  Fairfield Inn & Suites, Germantown, TN Residence Inn, Germantown, TN Holiday Inn Express, Boise, ID Courtyard by Marriott, Memphis, TN Hampton Inn & Suites, El Paso, TX Hampton Inn, Ft. Smith, AR     29,503,380     5.60%     20       07/01/25  
MetaBank
  Cambria Suites, Boise, ID
SpringHill Suites, Lithia Springs, GA
    7,394,601     Prime rate, subject to
a floor of 5.00%
    20       03/01/12  
Chambers Bank
  Aspen Hotel & Suites, Ft. Smith, AR     1,635,562     6.50%     20       06/24/12  
Bank of the Ozarks (3)
  Hyatt Place, Portland, OR     6,444,447     90-day LIBOR +
4.00%, subject to a
floor of 6.75%
    25       06/29/12  
ING Investment Management (4)(10)
  Hilton Garden Inn, Ft. Collins, CO     8,011,330     6.34%     20       07/01/12  
ING Investment Management (4)(11)
  Comfort Inn, Ft. Smith, AR
Holiday Inn Express, Sandy, UT
Fairfield Inn, Lewisville, TX
Hampton Inn, Denver, CO
Holiday Inn Express, Vernon Hills, IL
Hampton Inn, Fort Wayne, IN
Courtyard by Marriott, Missoula, MT
Comfort Inn, Missoula, MT
    29,877,346     6.10%     20       07/01/12  
BNC National Bank (13)
  Hampton Inn & Suites, Ft. Worth, TX     5,816,226     5.01%     20       11/01/13  
First National Bank of Omaha (5)
  Courtyard by Marriott, Germantown, TN Courtyard by Marriott, Jackson, MS Hyatt Place, Atlanta, GA     24,475,345     90-day LIBOR +
4.00%, subject to a
floor of 5.25%
    20       07/01/13  
ING Investment Management (6)(12)
  Residence Inn, Jackson, MS     6,325,705     6.61%     20       11/01/28  
General Electric Capital Corp. (7)(14)
  Cambria Suites, San Antonio, TX     11,345,055     90-day LIBOR
+ 2.55%
    25       04/01/14  
National Western Life Insurance (8)
  Courtyard by Marriott, Scottsdale, AZ SpringHill Suites, Scottsdale, AZ     13,835,711     8.00%     17       01/01/15  
BNC National Bank (13)
  Holiday Inn Express & Suites,
  Twin Falls, ID
    5,814,136     Prime rate – 0.25%     20       04/01/16  
Compass Bank
  Courtyard by Marriott, Flagstaff, AZ     16,225,346     Prime rate -- 0.25%,
subject to a
floor of 4.50%
    20       05/17/18  
General Electric Capital Corp. (14)
  SpringHill Suites, Denver, CO     8,903,246     90-day LIBOR + 1.75%     20       04/01/18  
General Electric Capital Corp. (9)(14)
  Cambria Suites, Baton Rouge, LA     11,209,795     90-day LIBOR + 1.80%     25       03/01/19  
                                 
Total
      $ 199,440,578                      
                                 
 
(1) As of June 30, 2010, the Prime rate was 3.25% and the 90-day LIBOR rate was 0.53%.


62


Table of Contents

(2) The lender has the right to call the loan, which is secured by multiple hotel properties, at January 1, 2012, January 1, 2017 and January 1, 2022. At January 1, 2012, the loan begins to amortize according to a 19.5 year amortization schedule. If this loan is repaid prior to maturity, there is a prepayment penalty equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the principal being repaid and the (ii) the yield maintenance premium. There is no prepayment penalty if the loan is prepaid 60 days prior to any call date.
(3) The maturity date may be extended to June 20, 2014 based on the exercise of two, one-year extension options, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. If this loan is repaid prior to June 29, 2011, there is a prepayment penalty equal to 1% of the principal being repaid.
(4) If this loan is repaid prior to maturity, there is a prepayment penalty equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the principal being repaid and the (ii) the yield maintenance premium.
(5) Evidenced by three promissory notes, the loan secured by the Hyatt Place located in Atlanta, Georgia has a maturity date of February 1, 2014. The three promissory notes are cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized.
(6) The lender has the right to call the loan at November 1, 2013, 2018 and 2023. If this loan is repaid prior to maturity, there is a prepayment penalty equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the principal being repaid and the (ii) the yield maintenance premium. There is no prepayment penalty if the loan is prepaid 60 days prior to any call date.
(7) If this loan is repaid prior to April 1, 2011, there is a prepayment penalty equal to 0.75% of the principal being repaid. After this date, there is no prepayment penalty. A portion of the loan can be prepaid without penalty at any time to bring the loan-to-value ratio to no less than 65%.
(8) On December 8, 2009, we entered into two cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted mortgage loans with National Western Life Insurance in the amounts of $8,650,000 and $5,350,000 to refinance the JP Morgan debt on the two Scottsdale, AZ hotels. Prior to February 1, 2011, these loans cannot be prepaid. If these loans are prepaid, there is a prepayment penalty ranging from 5% to 1% of the principal being prepaid. A one-time, ten-year extension of the maturity date is permitted, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.
(9) If this loan is repaid prior to February 27, 2011, there is a prepayment penalty equal to 0.75% of the principal being repaid. After this date, and until July 1, 2011, there is no prepayment penalty. A portion of the loan can be prepaid without penalty at any time to bring the loan-to-value ratio to no less than 65%.
(10) This loan is cross-collateralized with the ING Investment Management loan secured by the following hotel properties: Comfort Inn, Ft. Smith, AR; Holiday Inn Express, Sandy, UT; Fairfield Inn, Lewisville, TX; Hampton Inn, Denver, CO; Holiday Inn Express, Vernon Hills, IL; Hampton Inn, Fort Wayne, IN; Courtyard by Marriott, Missoula, MT; Comfort Inn, Missoula, MT.
(11) This loan is secured by multiple hotel properties.
(12) This loan is cross-collateralized with the ING Investment Management loan secured by the following hotel properties: Fairfield Inn & Suites, Germantown, TN; Residence Inn, Germantown, TN; Holiday Inn Express, Boise, ID; Courtyard by Marriott, Memphis, TN; Hampton Inn & Suites, El Paso, TX; Hampton Inn, Ft. Smith, AR.
(13) The two BNC loans are cross-defaulted.
(14) The three General Electric Capital Corp. loans are cross-defaulted. Effective July 1, 2011, the interest rate on all three loans will increase to 90-day LIBOR + 4.00%. Effective August 1, 2011, all three loans will be subject to a prepayment penalty equal to 2% of the principal repaid prior to August 1, 2012, 1% of the principal repaid prior to August 1, 2013, and 0% thereafter.
 
The yield maintenance premium under each of the ING Investment Management loans described in the table above is calculated as follows: (A) if the entire amount of the loan is being prepaid, the yield maintenance premium is equal to the sum of (i) the present value of the scheduled monthly installments from the date of prepayment to the maturity date, and (ii) the present value of the amount of principal and interest due on the maturity date (assuming all scheduled monthly installments due prior to the maturity date were made when due), less (iii) the outstanding principal balance as of the date of prepayment; and (B) if only a portion of the loan is being prepaid, the yield maintenance premium is equal to the sum of (i) the present value of the scheduled monthly installments on the pro rata portion of the loan being prepaid, or the release price, from the date of prepayment to the maturity date, and (ii) the present value of the pro rata amount of principal and interest due on the release price due on the maturity date (assuming all scheduled monthly installments due prior to the maturity date were made when due), less (iii) the outstanding amortized principal allocation, as defined in the loan agreement, as of the date of prepayment.
 
We believe that we will have adequate liquidity to meet requirements for scheduled maturities. However, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due and, if refinanced, whether such refinancing will be available on favorable terms.
 
Capital Expenditures and Reserve Funds
 
We have budgeted approximately $30.0 million for capital improvements to be made to the hotels in our initial portfolio in 2011. Of this amount, approximately $10.0 million is expected to be funded from the net proceeds of this offering, with the remaining approximately $20.0 million expected to be funded from operating cash flows or from other potential sources of capital, including our anticipated credit facility.


63


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table outlines the timing of payment requirements related to our long-term debt obligations and other contractual obligations as of June 30, 2010 (dollars in millions).
 
                                         
    Payments Due By Periods
        Less than
  One to Three
  Four to Five
  More than
    Total   One Year   Years   Years   Five Years
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 432.4     $ 138.8     $ 236.4     $ 20.7     $ 36.5  
Operating lease obligations
    8.2       0.2       0.5       0.5       7.0  
                                         
Total
  $ 440.6     $ 139.0     $ 236.90     $ 21.2     $ 43.5  
                                         
 
(1) The amounts shown include amortization of principal on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations, debt maturities on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations and estimated interest payments of our fixed-rate obligations. Interest payments have been included based on the weighted-average interest rate.
 
The following table outlines the timing of payment requirements related to our long-term debt obligations and other contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009 on a pro forma basis, after application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” (dollars in millions).
 
                                         
    Pro Forma
    Payments Due By Periods
        Less than
  One to Three
  Four to Five
  More than
    Total   One Year   Years   Years   Five Years
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
  $ 227.1     $ 9.2     $ 140.2     $ 35.6     $ 42.1  
Operating lease obligations
    8.2       0.2       0.5       0.5       7.0  
                                         
Total
  $ 235.3     $ 9.4     $ 140.7     $ 36.1     $ 49.1  
                                         
 
(1) The amounts shown include amortization of principal on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations, debt maturities on our fixed-rate and variable-rate obligations and estimated interest payments of our fixed-rate obligations. Interest payments have been included based on the weighted-average interest rate.
 
Qualitative and Quantitative Effects of Market Risk
 
Market risk includes risks that arise from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market sensitive instruments. In pursuing our business strategies, the primary market risk to which we are currently exposed, and to which we expect to be exposed in the future, is interest rate risk. Our primary interest rate exposures are to the 30-day LIBOR rate, the 90-day LIBOR rate and the Prime rate. We primarily use fixed interest rate financing to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. We do not use any hedge or other instruments to manage interest rate risk.
 
As of June 30, 2010, approximately 47.6% of our pro forma debt carried fixed interest rates and 52.4% carried variable interest rates. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed interest rate pro forma debt totaled $95.0 million. Our variable interest rate pro forma debt totaled $104.4 million as of June 30, 2010. Assuming no increase in the amount of our variable rate pro forma debt, if the interest rates on our variable rate pro forma debt were to increase by 1.0%, our cash flow would decrease by approximately $1.0 million per year.
 
Inflation
 
Operators of hotels, in general, possess the ability to adjust room rates daily to reflect the effects of inflation. However, competitive pressures may limit the ability of our management companies to raise room rates.


64


Table of Contents

Seasonality
 
Due to our portfolio’s geographic diversification, our revenues do not experience significant seasonality. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our predecessor received 24.2% of its total revenues in the first quarter, 25.8% in the second quarter, 26.6% in the third quarter and 23.4% in the fourth quarter. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our predecessor received 24.0% of its total revenues in the first quarter, 26.3% in the second quarter, 28.1% in the third quarter and 21.6% in the fourth quarter.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While we do not believe the reported amounts would be materially different, application of these policies involves the exercise of judgment and the use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. We evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to the impairment of long-lived assets, on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. All of our predecessor’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in the notes to its consolidated financial statements. The following represent certain critical accounting policies that will require our management to exercise their business judgment or make significant estimates:
 
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.  Our consolidated financial statements will include our accounts, the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries or subsidiaries for which we have a controlling interest, the accounts of variable interest entities in which we are the primary beneficiary, and the accounts of other subsidiaries over which we have a controlling interest. All material inter-company transactions, balances and profits will be eliminated in consolidation. The determination of whether we are the primary beneficiary is based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors which require management in some cases to estimate future cash flows or likely courses of action.
 
Hotels—Acquisitions.  Upon acquisition, we allocate the purchase price based on the fair value of the acquired land, building, furniture, fixtures and equipment, goodwill, other assets and assumed liabilities. We determine the acquisition-date fair values of all assets and assumed liabilities using methods similar to those used by independent appraisers, for example, using a discounted cash flow analysis, and that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. Changes in estimates and judgments related to the allocation of the purchase price could result in adjustments to real estate or intangible assets, which can impact depreciation and/or amortization expense and our results of operations.
 
Depreciation and Amortization of Hotels.  Hotels are carried at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 27 to 40 years for buildings and two to 15 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. We are required to make subjective assessments as to the useful lives and classification of our properties for purposes of determining the amount of depreciation expense to reflect each year with respect to the assets. While management believes its estimates are reasonable, a change in the estimated useful lives could affect the results of operations.
 
Impairment of Hotels.  We monitor events and changes in circumstances for indicators that the carrying value of a hotel and related assets may be impaired. Factors that could trigger an impairment analysis include, among others: (1) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results, (2) significant changes in the manner of use of a hotel or the strategy of our overall business, (3) a significant increase in competition, (4) a significant adverse change in legal factors or regulations or (5) significant negative industry or economic trends. When such factors are identified, we will prepare an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows, without interest charges, of the specific hotel and determine if the investment in such hotel is recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows. If impairment is indicated, an adjustment is made to the carrying value of the hotel to reflect the hotel at fair value. These assessments may impact the results of our operations.
 
Revenue Recognition.  Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and services have been rendered. These revenue sources are affected by conditions impacting the travel and hospitality industry as well as competition from other hotels and businesses in similar markets.


65


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation.   We have adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing. Equity-based compensation will be recognized as an expense in the financial statements over the vesting period and measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The amount of the expense may be subject to adjustment in future periods depending on the specific characteristics of the equity-based award and the application of accounting guidance.
 
Income Taxes.  We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code and intend to operate as such beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gains, which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax (other than taxes paid by our TRSs) to the extent we currently distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless we satisfy certain relief provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect our net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, we intend to be organized and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.
 
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities.  We will account for federal and state income taxes with respect to our TRSs using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statements’ carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and respective tax bases and operating losses and tax-credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In the event that these assumptions change, the deferred taxes may change.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an update (ASU No. 2010-06) to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , to improve disclosure requirements regarding transfers, classes of assets and liabilities, and inputs and valuation techniques. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. Our predecessor adopted this ASC update on January 1, 2010, and it had no material impact on our predecessor’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2010, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2010-09) to ASC 855, Subsequent Events , by removing the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which that filer had evaluated subsequent events. Our predecessor has adopted this change and therefore has removed the related disclosure from the “Basis of Presentation.”
 
Certain provisions of ASU No. 2010-06 to ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , related to separate line items for all purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of financial instruments valued using Level 3 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. We do not believe that this adoption will have a material impact on our financial statements or disclosures.


66


Table of Contents

 
Structure of Our Company
 
We were formed as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010. We will conduct our business through an umbrella partnership structure, in which our hotel properties are owned by our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, and limited partnerships, limited liability companies or other subsidiaries of our operating partnership. Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. is the sole general partner of our operating partnership. Through a wholly owned subsidiary that serves as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we have the exclusive power to manage and conduct our operating partnership’s business, subject to the limitations described in the partnership agreement. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for additional OP units.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions and the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership, we will own an approximate     % (     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership, including general and limited partnership interests. The remaining interests in our operating partnership will be owned by limited partners, including certain of our executive officers, directors and their affiliates, who received OP units in the formation transactions.
 
Beginning one year after completion of the formation transactions, limited partners (other than us) may, subject to certain restrictions, elect to redeem their OP units for a per-OP unit cash amount based on the then-current market price of our common stock or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and similar events. Holders of OP units generally will receive distributions per OP unit equivalent to the per share distributions we make to holders of our common stock. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement.”
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests applicable to a REIT, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotels. Instead, we must lease our hotels. Accordingly, we will lease each of our initial hotel properties to our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rents to us that will be treated as “rents from real property,” provided that the hotel management companies engaged by our TRS lessees to manage our hotels are “eligible independent contractors” and certain other requirements are met. Concurrently with completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our TRS lessees will engage Interstate to manage our hotels pursuant to management agreements.


67


Table of Contents

 
Formation Transactions
 
Overview
 
Historically, the 65 hotels in our portfolio were owned by our predecessor and were operated by The Summit Group, which is wholly owned and controlled by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide. In connection with completion of this offering, we will engage in the transactions described below, which we refer to as our formation transactions, in order to consolidate the business and properties of our predecessor into a publicly traded REIT with improved access to capital and increased flexibility to execute our growth strategy. The formation transactions are subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining required third-party consents and approvals and the closing of this offering.
 
The significant elements of the formation transactions include:
 
  §    the formation of our company, our operating partnership and Summit TRS;
 
  §    the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering;
 
  §    the contribution of the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units;
 
  §    the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership, with our predecessor’s members receiving OP units;
 
  §    the contribution of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units and our assumption of mortgage debt secured by the two Scottsdale hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale;
 
  §    the lease of the 65 hotels in our portfolio to our TRS lessees; and
 
  §    assignment by The Summit Group of all of the hotel management agreements pursuant to which it managed the hotels owned by our predecessor to Interstate for consideration consisting of $12,750,000 and the entry into a new hotel management agreement with Interstate, an independent hotel management company, pursuant to which Interstate will operate the 65 hotels in our portfolio.
 
Formation of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., Our Operating Partnership and Summit TRS
 
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. was incorporated on June 30, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. We intend to elect and qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. Our operating partnership, Summit Hotel OP, LP, was organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2010. Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. is our operating partnership’s sole general partner.
 
We incorporated Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. on August 11, 2010 under the laws of the State of Delaware. Summit TRS, the parent company of our TRS lessees, is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We will lease all of our initial hotel properties to our TRS lessees. Summit TRS is taxed as a regular corporation and its income therefore will be subject to federal, state and local income tax. We may form additional TRSs in the future in order to engage in certain activities that otherwise might jeopardize our qualification as a REIT. Any income earned by our TRSs will not be included for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement discussed under “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations—Annual Distribution Requirements,” unless that income is actually distributed to us. For a further discussion of TRSs, see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company.”
 
Merger of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC into Our Operating Partnership
 
Currently, our predecessor owns or controls 65 hotels, including the two Scottsdale hotels currently held by Summit of Scottsdale. In connection with completion of this offering, our predecessor will merge with and into our operating partnership, with our operating partnership continuing as the surviving entity. Pursuant to the merger, the members of our predecessor, including certain of our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, will receive OP units in exchange for their membership interests in our predecessor. The aggregate merger consideration will consist of 9,993,992 OP units (having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus). Upon completion of the merger, our operating partnership will become the owner of the 63


68


Table of Contents

hotels currently held by our predecessor and the two Scottsdale hotels and assume approximately $424.6 million of indebtedness, approximately $225.2 million of which we expect to repay with the net proceeds of this offering. In the merger, (1) our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, will receive an aggregate of 1,517,879 OP units for membership interests in our predecessor having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus and (2) our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units for membership interests in our predecessor having an aggregate value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering.
 
Contribution of Class B and Class C Membership Interests in Summit of Scottsdale
 
In connection with completion of this offering, The Summit Group will contribute its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 74,829 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. An unaffiliated third-party investor will contribute its 15% Class C membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to our operating partnership in exchange for 31,179 OP units having an aggregate assumed value of $      based on the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus. The contributions of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale are subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining all required third-party consents and approvals and completion of this offering. Our predecessor owns a 49% Class A membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale, which our operating partnership is acquiring in the merger. As a result of these contributions and the merger described above, our operating partnership will assume approximately $13.8 million of existing mortgage debt secured by the two Scottsdale hotels and will become the sole owner of those hotels.
 
Lease of the Hotels in Our Portfolio to Our TRS Lessees
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests required for REIT qualification, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotels. Instead, we must lease our hotels. Accordingly, in connection with completion of this offering, we will enter into lease agreements pursuant to which we will lease the 65 hotels in our portfolio to our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rent to us that we intend to treat as “rents from real property,” provided that Interstate and any other hotel management companies engaged by our TRS lessees qualifies as an “eligible independent contractor” and certain other requirements are met. See “Our Hotel Operating Agreements—Hotel Management Agreement.”
 
Hotel Management Agreement
 
Prior to this offering and completion of the formation transactions, the hotels owned by our predecessor, including the two Scottsdale, Arizona hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale, were managed by The Summit Group. In connection with completion of this offering, these hotel management agreements will be terminated and our TRS lessees will enter into a new hotel management agreement with Interstate, pursuant to which Interstate will operate and manage the 65 hotels in our portfolio on the anticipated terms described below. In consideration for terminating the existing hotel management agreements with our predecessor, The Summit Group, the current hotel management company, which is wholly owned by Mr. Boekelheide, will receive a total cash payment from Interstate in the amount of $12,750,000. See “Our Hotel Operating Agreements—Hotel Management Agreement.”
 
Tax Protection Agreements
 
Our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group. Under the Code, any reduction in a partner’s share of partnership liabilities that exceeds the partner’s adjusted tax basis in the partnership would result in taxable gain to the partner. The tax protection agreements are intended to protect those members of our predecessor from recognizing such a taxable gain as a result of a reduction in their share of liabilities of our operating partnership as compared to their share of liabilities of our predecessor that is attributable to our repayment of liabilities with the proceeds of this offering. The tax protection agreements will provide that our operating partnership will offer those members the opportunity to guarantee debt, or,


69


Table of Contents

alternatively, to enter into a deficit restoration obligation in a manner intended to provide an allocation of our operating partnership’s liabilities to those members for federal income tax purposes. We anticipate that those members will guarantee approximately $6.5 million of our operating partnership’s liabilities, including approximately $6 million of our operating partnership’s liabilities that will be guaranteed by The Summit Group. If our operating partnership fails to offer those members the opportunity to guarantee debt or to enter into a deficit restoration obligation, our operating partnership will be required to deliver to each member who was not offered the opportunity to guarantee debt or enter into a deficit restoration obligation a cash payment intended to approximately compensate for the tax liability resulting from our operating partnership’s failure to make these opportunities available. Although our operating partnership’s liability under the tax protection agreements will depend on certain factors, including without limitation the applicable maximum federal, state and local tax rates, we anticipate that the maximum amount our operating partnership may have to indemnify under the tax protection agreements is approximately $3.25 million. The tax protection agreements will apply to a particular member of our predecessor until the earlier of (i) the date the member (or its successor) has disposed of 100% of the OP units received in the formation transactions or (ii) ten years from the anniversary of the closing of this offering. The tax protection agreements are expected to benefit those members by assisting them in continuing to defer federal income taxes that would otherwise be recognized in connection with the formation transactions. The tax protection agreements do not obligate our operating partnership to provide new opportunities or indemnities to those members if a future reduction of the liabilities of our operating partnership after the repayment of operating partnership liabilities with the proceeds of this offering causes those members to recognize a taxable deemed cash distribution.
 
Valuation of Interests Being Acquired in the Formation Transactions
 
The number of OP units issuable by our operating partnership in the formation transactions was determined by our management team based on its valuation of our predecessor and the hotels owned by Summit of Scottsdale. In each case, the assumed value per OP unit is equal to the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range of our common stock shown on the cover of this prospectus. Our management team determined the value of our predecessor and the Scottsdale hotels by considering various valuation factors and methodologies, including an analysis of available third-party valuations on some of the hotels, market sales comparables, market capitalization rates and general market conditions for similar hotel companies and publicly traded REITs. The numbers of OP units issuable in the formation transactions are fixed. As a result, if the initial public offering price for our common stock is higher or lower than the mid-point of the anticipated initial public offering price range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the value of the OP units to be issued in the formation transactions will increase or decrease accordingly.
 
Both we and our predecessor have sought to structure the formation transactions so as to minimize potential conflicts of interest, including by appointing a special committee of our predecessor’s independent managers to review the terms of the proposed merger of our predecessor into our operating partnership. However, we did not conduct arm’s-length negotiations with our predecessor’s members or the members of Summit of Scottsdale with respect to the terms of the formation transactions, including the merger. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, have substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in our predecessor and Summit of Scottsdale. In addition, Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, has a pre-existing ownership interest in our predecessor. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the board of managers of our predecessor that approved the terms of the formation transactions. In the course of structuring the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits they will receive from us. Although our predecessor’s special committee received a fairness opinion from an independent third-party financial advisor that is not one of the underwriters of this offering with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to the former members of our predecessor, assuming that the value of the OP units issued as the merger consideration was between $140 million and $160 million, we did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the fairness of the merger consideration to us and we did not obtain recent third-party appraisals for all of the hotels to be acquired by us in the formation transactions. As a result, the consideration to be paid by us to the members of our predecessor in the merger for our predecessor’s 63 hotels and its 49% ownership interest in the two Scottsdale hotels may exceed the fair market value of the hotels and other assets being acquired by us in the formation transactions or the price that would have been paid in an arm’s-length transaction.


70


Table of Contents

 
Our Business and Properties
 
Overview
 
We are a self-managed hotel investment company that was recently organized to continue and expand the existing hotel investment business of our predecessor, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a leading U.S. hotel owner. We will focus exclusively on acquiring, owning, renovating, repositioning and aggressively asset-managing and selling premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry. Our strategy focuses on maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio through focused asset management, targeted capital investment and opportunistic acquisitions. Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of 65 hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our initial portfolio consists of what we consider both “seasoned” and “unseasoned” hotels that are located in markets in which we have extensive experience and that exhibit multiple demand generators, such as business and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports and tourist attractions. Based on total number of rooms, 48% of our portfolio is positioned in the top 50 MSAs and 68% is located within the top 100 MSAs.
 
Entities controlled by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, have been in the business of acquiring, developing, financing, operating and selling hotels since 1991, have acquired a total of 93 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $606.8 million, and have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of a total of 27 hotels in transactions having an aggregate value of approximately $104.6 million.
 
The majority of our hotels operate under premium franchise brands owned by Marriott International, Inc. (Courtyard by Marriott, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Fairfield Inn and TownePlace Suites), Hilton Worldwide (Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites and Hilton Garden Inn), InterContinental Hotels Group (Holiday Inn Express and Staybridge Suites) and an affiliate of Hyatt Hotels Corporation (Hyatt Place). Our franchise mix, by total number of rooms, consists of Marriott (2,754 rooms, or 42%), Hilton Worldwide (1,331 rooms, or 20%), InterContinental Hotels Group (639 rooms, or 10%), Hyatt Hotels and Resorts (556 rooms, or 9%) and others (1,253 rooms, or 19%). Smith Travel Research classifies 28 of our hotels within the “upscale” segment and 36 of our hotels within the “midscale without food and beverage” segment. We classify our one independent hotel as midscale without food and beverage.
 
We view 46 of our hotels as seasoned based on their construction date. We consider 19 of our hotels to be unseasoned. Our unseasoned hotels were either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008. We believe our unseasoned hotels are in the early stages of stabilizing since their construction or brand conversion occurred during a dramatic economic slowdown. Most of our unseasoned hotels are newer , larger and are located in larger markets than those of our seasoned portfolio and operate under leading premium franchise brands. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels are particularly well-positioned to generate RevPAR growth for our portfolio as economic conditions improve. The tables under “—Our Portfolio” below provide information regarding our initial portfolio according to our classification of seasoned and unseasoned.
 
Since January 1, 2007, we have made approximately $305.4 million of capital investments through strategic acquisitions and upgrades and improvements to our hotels to be well-positioned for improving general lodging fundamentals. Further, we expect to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to make additional capital improvements to hotels in our portfolio. We believe the U.S. economy has begun to recover from the recent economic recession and, as a result, lodging industry fundamentals will strengthen over the near-term. As a result, we believe our portfolio is well-positioned for significant internal growth in hotel operating revenues in this environment based on our mix of seasoned hotels and unseasoned hotels.
 
We intend to generate external growth through disciplined acquisitions of hotels. We believe we will be able to source a significant volume of opportunities through our management team’s extensive network of industry, corporate and institutional relationships, particularly due to the lack of available debt financing in the capital markets and the weakness experienced since mid-2008 in the lodging industry. Similarly, we believe some hotel owners will be unable or unwilling to make capital improvements required by franchisors and will ultimately sell their hotels. The total number of hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, taken together, is more than six times larger than the total number of hotels in the luxury and upper upscale segments, providing a broad potential acquisition pool. We also believe that while other public REITs and well-capitalized institutional owners seek to acquire assets that fit our investment criteria, we will be the only publicly traded REIT focused solely on these segments on a national basis. A key aspect of


71


Table of Contents

our strategy is to identify and acquire undermanaged and underperforming hotels and use our expertise to renovate, rebrand and reposition the hotels to improve cash flows and long-term value. Going forward, we plan to focus on acquiring premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the lodging industry in both urban and suburban markets.
 
We have entered into a non-binding letter of intent to purchase a 216-room hotel located in downtown Minneapolis, Minnesota for a purchase price of $10.5 million. If we complete this acquisition, we expect to convert the brand of the hotel after completing significant capital improvements. We expect to complete the purchase in the first quarter of 2011. We have not entered into a definitive purchase agreement for acquisition of this hotel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into a purchase agreement on favorable terms, or at all, or, if we enter into a definitive agreement, that we will complete this acquisition.
 
We were organized as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 2010 and intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership. See “Structure of Our Company.”
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
  §    High-Quality Portfolio of Hotels.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 65 hotels with characteristics that we believe will provide a solid platform on which to deliver strong risk-adjusted returns to our stockholders. Our hotels are located in 19 states and have an average age of ten years. No single hotel accounted for more than 3.6% of our predecessor’s hotel operating revenues for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2010, which we believe positions our portfolio to experience more consistent risk-adjusted returns and lower volatility compared to owners with properties more highly concentrated in particular geographic regions. We believe all of our hotels are located in markets where there will be limited growth in lodging supply over the next several years. Additionally, in many of our markets, we own two or more hotels in close proximity to each other, which we believe allows our hotel managers to maintain rate integrity and maximize occupancy by referring travelers to our other hotels. Similarly, franchise areas of protection, which prohibit the opening of hotels with the same brand as one of our hotels within certain proximities of our hotels, provide barriers to entry in suburban markets where many of our hotels are located.
 
  §    Seasoned Portfolio and Significant Upside Potential.  Our initial portfolio is composed of 46 seasoned hotels with established track records and strong positions within their markets. We classify our other 19 hotels, which were either built after January 1, 2007 or experienced a brand conversion since January 1, 2008, as unseasoned. We believe that the market penetration of our unseasoned hotels is significantly less than that of our seasoned hotels due to the dramatic economic slowdown over the past two years that delayed these hotels from achieving anticipated growth rates and revenues. However, most of our unseasoned hotels operate under premium brands and are newer, larger and are located in larger markets than our seasoned hotels. As a result, we believe our unseasoned hotels can experience significant growth in RevPAR and profitability as the economy and industry fundamentals improve.
 
  §    Experienced Executive Management Team With a Proven Track Record.  Our management team, led by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, has extensive experience acquiring, developing, owning, operating, renovating, rebranding and financing hotel properties. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hansen, and our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, have extensive experience in the hotel business and have worked together as a team for the last seven years on behalf of our predecessor. Through this experience, our management team has developed strong execution capabilities as well as an extensive network of industry, corporate and institutional relationships, including relationships with the leading lodging franchisors in our targeted markets. We believe these relationships will provide insight and access to attractive investment opportunities and allow us to react to local market conditions by seeking the optimal franchise brand for the market in which each of our hotels is located.
 
  §    Aggressive Asset Management and Experienced Asset Management Team.  We will maintain a dedicated asset management team led by our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Aniszewski, to analyze our portfolio as a whole and oversee our independent hotel managers. Our asset management team has managed hotel assets in every industry segment through multiple hotel business cycles. Our entire asset management team has worked together at The Summit Group for the last ten years, providing us expertise, operational stability and in-depth knowledge of our portfolio. Although we will not manage our hotels directly following this offering, we intend to


72


Table of Contents

  structure our hotel management agreements to allow us to closely monitor the performance of our hotels. We will work proactively with our hotel managers to continue to drive operational performance by identifying and implementing strategies to optimize hotel profitability through revenue management strategies, budgeting, analyzing cost structure, market positioning, evaluating and making capital improvements and continually reviewing and refining our overall business strategy. We believe that by working with our hotel managers to implement sophisticated revenue management techniques we have the opportunity to enhance revenue performance for our hotels. Among other techniques, we initially will employ three full-time asset managers who will assist our hotel management companies to structure room rate plans and develop occupancy strategies to achieve optimum revenues.
 
  §    Strategic Focus on Largest Segments of Lodging Industry.  We believe we will be the only publicly traded REIT that focuses exclusively on upscale hotels and midscale without food and beverage hotels on a national basis. According to Smith Travel Research, representative brands in these segments include Courtyard by Marriott, Hilton Garden Inn, Hyatt Place, Homewood Suites, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Staybridge Suites, Fairfield Inn, Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn & Suites, Holiday Inn Express and TownePlace Suites. By number of rooms, 81% of our hotels operate under brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt. These brands are generally regarded as the premium global franchises in our segments. We believe that business and leisure travelers prefer the consistent service and quality associated with these premium brands, and that brand serves as a significant driver of demand for hotel rooms. As reported by Smith Travel Research in 2010, of the approximately 29,735 branded hotels in the United States, 13,066 hotels, or 43.9%, are within our target segments (upscale: 3,536 hotels; midscale without food and beverage: 9,530 hotels). The size of this market represents a potential acquisition pool significantly larger than the upper upscale (1,669 hotels, or 5.6%, of total branded hotels) or luxury (341 hotels, or 1.2%, of total branded hotels) segments. We believe the fragmented ownership of premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, the size of the segments, our longstanding relationships with franchisors, the lack of well-capitalized competitors and our extensive experience and expertise provide us a distinct competitive advantage and a significant opportunity to profitably grow our company.
 
(BAR CHART)
 
  §    Growth-Oriented Capital Structure.  Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to employ a prudent leverage structure that will provide us the ability to make strategic acquisitions as industry fundamentals and the lending environment improves. Upon completion of this offering and application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have approximately $199.4 million in outstanding indebtedness and 33 hotels unencumbered by indebtedness, including 25 hotels with 2,330 rooms operating under premium brands owned by Marriott, Hilton, Intercontinental or Hyatt available to secure future loans. We believe our capital structure positions us well to capitalize on what we expect to be significant acquisition opportunities.


73


Table of Contents

Our Portfolio
 
Following completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will own 65 hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in 19 states. Our hotels operate under leading brands owned by Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide, InterContinental Hotels Group and Hyatt Hotels and Resorts. Except as described in the footnotes to the following table, we will own our hotels in fee simple. All financial and room information is for the 12-month period ended June 30, 2010. The following table provides certain operating information for each of the 65 hotels comprising our initial portfolio:
 
                                                 
        Year of
                             
        Opening
          Twelve Months Ended
     
        or Brand
    Number of
    June 30, 2010      
Franchise/Brand
  Location   Conversion     Rooms     Occupancy (1)     ADR (2)     RevPAR (3)     Segment
 
Marriott
                                               
Courtyard by Marriott*
  Flagstaff, AZ     2009       164       52.3 %   $ 83.48     $ 43.69     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Germantown, TN     2005       93       66.4       92.98       61.71     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Jackson, MS     2005       117       67.2       93.69       62.94     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Memphis, TN     2005       96       64.3       72.67       46.71     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Missoula, MT     2005       92       62.5       101.98       63.71     Upscale
Courtyard by Marriott
  Scottsdale, AZ     2003       153       60.5       97.91       59.22     Upscale
Fairfield Inn
  Baton Rouge, LA     2004       79       59.3       82.08       48.65     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Bellevue, WA     1997       144       59.7       100.50       60.01     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Boise, ID     1995       63       58.2       69.76       40.59     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Denver, CO     1997       161       68.6       84.73       58.13     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Emporia, KS     1994       57       63.1       76.11       48.02     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Lakewood, CO     1995       63       64.7       85.35       55.19     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Lewisville, TX     2000       71       47.5       76.30       36.25     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Salina, KS     1994       63       66.4       69.77       46.36     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn
  Spokane, WA     1995       86       68.5       105.10       72.03     Midscale w/o F&B
Fairfield Inn & Suites
  Germantown, TN     2005       80       55.1       74.62       41.14     Midscale w/o F&B
Residence Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     2006       109       66.6       94.36       62.84     Upscale
Residence Inn
  Germantown, TN     2005       78       64.0       96.58       61.84     Upscale
Residence Inn* (4)
  Portland, OR     2009       124       64.4       95.46       61.52     Upscale
Residence Inn*
  Ridgeland, MS     2007       100       77.5       96.78       75.03     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     2004       78       56.7       88.29       50.07     Upscale
SpringHill Suites*
  Denver, CO     2007       124       63.9       93.81       59.95     Upscale
SpringHill Suites*
  Flagstaff, AZ     2008       112       59.3       82.63       49.03     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Lithia Springs, GA     2004       78       50.9       76.86       39.14     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Little Rock, AR     2004       78       61.5       90.66       55.77     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Nashville, TN     2004       78       67.0       96.38       64.60     Upscale
SpringHill Suites
  Scottsdale, AZ     2003       123       56.3       91.08       51.29     Upscale
TownePlace Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     2004       90       70.9       76.94       54.57     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    2,754       62.3 %   $ 88.59     $ 55.40      
                                     


74


Table of Contents

                                                 
        Year of
                             
        Opening
          Twelve Months Ended
     
        or Brand
    Number of
    June 30, 2010      
Franchise/Brand
  Location   Conversion     Rooms     Occupancy (1)     ADR (2)     RevPAR (3)     Segment
 
Hilton
                                               
Hampton Inn
  Denver, CO     2003       149       44.4 %   $ 83.33     $ 37.04     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Fort Collins, CO     1996       75       58.6       82.00       48.01     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn (4)
  Fort Smith, AR     2005       178       59.9       97.20       58.27     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     2006       119       61.6       89.00       54.86     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Medford, OR     2001       75       68.8       100.53       69.19     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Twin Falls, ID     2004       75       62.0       81.53       50.52     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Provo, UT     1996       87       72.4       84.77       61.38     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn
  Boise, ID     1995       63       65.6       85.79       56.27     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn & Suites*
  Bloomington, MN     2007       146       73.2       110.72       81.06     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn & Suites
  El Paso, TX     2005       139       84.2       108.00       90.97     Midscale w/o F&B
Hampton Inn & Suites*
  Fort Worth, TX     2007       105       67.1       111.07       74.51     Midscale w/o F&B
Hilton Garden Inn*
  Fort Collins, CO     2007       120       48.1       90.16       43.36     Upscale
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    1,331       63.5 %   $ 95.08     $ 61.15      
                                     
InterContinental
                                               
Holiday Inn Express
  Boise, ID     2005       63       69.5 %   $ 77.85     $ 54.11     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express*
  Vernon Hills, IL     2008       119       51.6       80.30       41.47     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Emporia, KS     2000       58       77.5       86.75       67.21     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites*
  Las Colinas, TX     2007       128       40.6       76.98       31.26     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Sandy, UT     1998       88       70.9       87.58       62.09     Midscale w/o F&B
Holiday Inn Express & Suites*
  Twin Falls, ID     2009       91       55.2       86.11       47.51     Midscale w/o F&B
Staybridge Suites
  Jackson, MS     2007       92       66.1       85.34       56.40     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    639       58.8 %   $ 82.53     $ 48.86      
                                     
Hyatt
                                               
Hyatt Place
  Atlanta, GA     2006       150       82.6 %   $ 71.51     $ 59.07     Upscale
Hyatt Place*
  Fort Myers, FL     2009       148       35.3       77.70       27.41     Upscale
Hyatt Place*
  Las Colinas, TX     2007       122       58.8       86.66       50.95     Upscale
Hyatt Place *(4)
  Portland, OR     2009       136       49.3       82.89       40.87     Upscale
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    556       56.6 %   $ 79.27     $ 44.41      
                                     
Choice
                                               
Cambria Suites*
  Baton Rouge, LA     2008       127       64.4 %   $ 83.28     $ 53.64     Upscale
Cambria Suites*
  Bloomington, MN     2007       113       67.4       82.31       55.48     Upscale
Cambria Suites*
  Boise, ID     2007       119       62.5       71.29       44.59     Upscale
Cambria Suites*
  San Antonio, TX     2008       126       62.9       78.06       49.08     Upscale
Comfort Inn(4)
  Fort Smith, AR     1995       89       56.0       70.96       39.71     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Inn
  Missoula, MT     1996       52       64.1       86.00       55.11     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Inn
  Salina, KS     1992       60       63.1       69.38       43.77     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Inn & Suites
  Twin Falls, ID     1992       111       64.9       68.60       44.50     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Suites
  Charleston, WV     2001       67       73.0       93.51       68.29     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Suites
  Fort Worth, TX     1999       70       47.4       84.95       40.23     Midscale w/o F&B
Comfort Suites
  Lakewood, CO     1995       62       64.5       81.38       52.46     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Subtotal/Weighted Average
    996       62.9 %   $ 78.33     $ 49.38      
                                     

75


Table of Contents

                                                 
        Year of
                             
        Opening
          Twelve Months Ended
     
        or Brand
    Number of
    June 30, 2010      
Franchise/Brand
  Location   Conversion     Rooms     Occupancy (1)     ADR (2)     RevPAR (3)     Segment
 
Starwood
                                               
Aloft*
  Jacksonville. FL     2009       136       47.6 %   $ 65.06     $ 31.00     Upscale
Carlson
                                               
Country Inn & Suites
  Charleston, WV     2001       64       74.3       96.13       71.41     Midscale w/o F&B
Independent
                                               
Aspen Hotel & Suites
  Fort Smith, AR     2003       57       51.5       64.69       33.33     Midscale w/o F&B
                                                 
Total/Weighted Average
    6,533       61.5 %   $ 86.34     $ 53.53      
                                     
 
Unseasoned hotel.
(1) Occupancy represents the percentage of available rooms that were sold during a specified period of time and is calculated by dividing the number of rooms sold by the total number of rooms available, expressed as a percentage.
(2) ADR represents the average rate paid for rooms sold, calculated by dividing room revenue (i.e., excluding food and beverage revenues or other hotel operations revenues such as telephone, parking and other guest services) by rooms sold.
(3) RevPAR is the product of ADR and average daily occupancy. RevPAR does not include food and beverage revenues or other hotel operations revenues such as telephone, parking and other guest services.
(4) These hotels are subject to ground leases. See “Our Hotel Operating Agreements—Ground Lease Agreements.”
 
RevPAR Penetration Index
 
We assess the market share of each of our hotels by analyzing the RevPAR penetration index of each hotel and changes in this number for each hotel over time. A hotel’s RevPAR penetration index is its RevPAR divided by the weighted-average RevPAR of the hotels that our management has determined to be in that hotel’s competitive set. A RevPAR penetration index of 100 would indicate that a hotel’s RevPAR, and hence its market share, is, on average, the same as its competitors’. A RevPAR penetration index exceeding 100 would indicate that a hotel maintains a RevPAR premium in relation to its competitive set, while a RevPAR penetration index below 100 would be an indicator that a hotel is underperforming as compared to its competitive set.
 
One critical component of the RevPAR penetration index calculation, which Smith Travel Research performs based on data that it collects from us and from other hotel owners, is the hotel’s competitive set. We determine the competitive set of each of our hotels and submit the relevant hotels to Smith Travel Research for purposes of calculating each hotel’s RevPAR penetration index. Smith Travel Research established the following guidelines for determining competitive sets:
 
  §    the competitive set must include a minimum of three hotels (other than our own hotel) that have provided data to Smith Travel Research for any of the three months preceding a report, or participating hotels;
 
  §    no single company (other than us) can exceed 60% of the total room supply of the participating hotels of the competitive set;
 
  §    no single hotel (excluding our hotel) or brand can represent more than 40% of the total room supply of the competitive set; and
 
  §    the competitive set must include at least two brands other than that of our hotel.
 
We determine our competitive sets in accordance with the Smith Travel Research guidelines. Within these guidelines, the factors that we consider in determining a hotel’s competitive set include hotel segment and geographic proximity based on franchise area of protection. For example, for an upscale property in a suburban market, we generally would include in that hotel’s competitive set each upscale property within a five-mile radius of our hotel. Our methodology for determining a hotel’s competitive set may differ materially from that used by other owners or managers.
 
The following tables set forth the RevPAR penetration index for each of the hotels in our seasoned and unseasoned portfolios for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2010.

76


Table of Contents

RevPAR Penetration Index—Seasoned Portfolio
For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
             
        RevPAR
Hotel
  Location   Penetration Index
 
Marriott
           
Courtyard by Marriott
  Germantown, TN     106.0 %
Courtyard by Marriott
  Jackson, MS     110.3  
Courtyard by Marriott
  Memphis, TN     97.4  
Courtyard by Marriott
  Missoula, MT     115.8  
Courtyard by Marriott
  Scottsdale, AZ     122.8  
Fairfield Inn
  Baton Rouge, LA     129.6  
Fairfield Inn
  Bellevue, WA     118.1  
Fairfield Inn
  Boise, ID     141.7  
Fairfield Inn
  Denver, CO     114.0  
Fairfield Inn
  Emporia, KS     125.1  
Fairfield Inn
  Lakewood, CO     123.9  
Fairfield Inn
  Lewisville, TX     87.4  
Fairfield Inn
  Salina, KS     120.5  
Fairfield Inn
  Spokane, WA     132.2  
Fairfield Inn & Suites
  Germantown, TN     111.1  
Residence Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     111.7  
Residence Inn
  Germantown, TN     109.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     91.1  
SpringHill Suites
  Lithia Springs, GA     97.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Little Rock, AR     102.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Nashville, TN     133.3  
SpringHill Suites
  Scottsdale, AZ     111.4  
TownePlace Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     159.7  
Hilton
           
Hampton Inn
  Denver, CO     80.1  
Hampton Inn
  Fort Collins, CO     119.5  
Hampton Inn
  Fort Smith, AR     137.1  
Hampton Inn
  Fort Wayne, IN     109.8  
Hampton Inn
  Medford, OR     125.2  
Hampton Inn
  Twin Falls, ID     136.3  
Hampton Inn
  Provo, UT     120.9  
Hampton Inn
  Boise, ID     125.6  
Hampton Inn & Suites
  El Paso, TX     139.2  
InterContinental
           
Holiday Inn Express
  Boise, ID     147.4  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Emporia, KS     187.7  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Sandy, UT     134.8  
Staybridge
  Jackson, MS     115.5  
Hyatt
           
Hyatt Place
  Atlanta, GA     103.3  
Choice
           
Comfort Inn
  Fort Smith, AR     89.5  
Comfort Inn
  Missoula, MT     135.6  
Comfort Inn
  Salina, KS     152.8  
Comfort Inn & Suites
  Twin Falls, ID     130.1  
Comfort Suites
  Charleston, WV     107.8  
Comfort Suites
  Fort Worth, TX     98.6  
Comfort Suites
  Lakewood, CO     125.0  


77


Table of Contents

             
        RevPAR
Hotel
  Location   Penetration Index
 
Carlson
           
Country Inn & Suites
  Charleston, WV     112.4 %
Independent
           
Aspen Hotel & Suites
  Fort Smith, AR     79.9  
Weighted average (based on number of rooms)
    118.1 %
 
RevPAR Penetration Index—Unseasoned Portfolio
For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
             
        RevPAR
Hotel
  Location   Penetration Index
 
Marriott
           
Courtyard by Marriott
  Flagstaff, AZ     69.7 %
Residence Inn
  Portland, OR     102.3  
Residence Inn
  Ridgeland, MS     122.5  
SpringHill Suites
  Denver, CO     90.0  
SpringHill Suites
  Flagstaff, AZ     80.3  
Hilton
           
Hampton Inn & Suites
  Bloomington, MN     116.6  
Hampton Inn & Suites
  Fort Worth, TX     115.2  
Hilton Garden Inn
  Fort Collins, CO     90.8  
InterContinental
           
Holiday Inn Express
  Vernon Hills, IL     88.6  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Las Colinas, TX     66.7  
Holiday Inn Express & Suites
  Twin Falls, ID     127.9  
Hyatt
           
Hyatt Place
  Fort Myers, FL     56.7  
Hyatt Place
  Las Colinas, TX     88.7  
Hyatt Place
  Portland, OR     64.8  
Choice
           
Cambria Suites
  Baton Rouge, LA     85.7  
Cambria Suites
  Bloomington, MN     80.4  
Cambria Suites
  Boise, ID     94.4  
Cambria Suites
  San Antonio, TX     77.5  
Starwood
           
Aloft
  Jacksonville, FL     56.6  
Weighted average (based on number of rooms)
    86.4 %

78


Table of Contents

In addition to these hotel properties, our predecessor owns the following parcels of vacant land that we believe are suitable for the development of new hotels, the possible expansion of existing hotels or the development of restaurants in proximity to certain of our predecessor’s hotels:
 
             
Location
  Potential Use   Acres  
 
Flagstaff, Arizona
  Development of one restaurant pad     2.0  
Jacksonville, Florida
  Development of one hotel     3.3  
Ft. Myers, Florida
  Development of one or two restaurant pads     3.1  
Boise, Idaho
  Development of one hotel     3.1  
Boise, Idaho
  Possible expansion of existing hotel     2.3  
Boise, Idaho
  Possible expansion of existing hotel     1.0  
Twin Falls, Idaho
  Development of one hotel     2.5  
Missoula, Montana
  Development of one hotel     2.2  
El Paso, Texas
  Development of two hotels     5.0  
Houston, Texas
  Development of one hotel     2.8  
San Antonio, Texas
  Development of one hotel     2.6  
San Antonio, Texas
  Development of two hotels     6.0  
San Antonio, Texas
  Development of two restaurant pads     3.0  
Spokane, Washington
  Development of two hotels     4.6  
 
We have no current intention of developing new hotels or restaurants or expanding any of our existing hotels at these parcels. We may in the future sell these parcels when market conditions warrant. To reduce the risk of incurring a prohibited transaction tax on any sales, we may transfer some or all of those parcels of undeveloped land to Summit TRS or another TRS.
 
Our Growth Strategies and Investment Criteria
 
Our primary objective is to enhance stockholder value over time by generating strong risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following strategies.
 
  §    Internal Growth from Strengthening Lodging Industry Fundamentals.  Since January 1, 2007, we have made approximately $305.4 million of capital investments through strategic acquisitions and upgrades and improvements to our hotels to be well-positioned for improving general lodging fundamentals. We believe our hotels will experience significant revenue growth as lodging industry fundamentals recover from the economic recession which caused industry-wide RevPAR to suffer a combined 18.4% decline in 2008 and 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Industry conditions have shown improvement during the eight months of 2010, with RevPAR growth across all segments of 4.0% as compared to the same period of 2009, according to Smith Travel Research. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts significant compound annual growth in RevPAR from 2010 to 2014 of 7.0% for the upscale segment and 8.5% for the midscale without food and beverage segment, the best forecast for any segment in the industry. We believe both our seasoned and unseasoned hotels will benefit from these improving fundamentals. In particular, we expect our unseasoned hotels to contribute significantly to cash flow as the hotels continue to stabilize. In addition, we believe the significant recent capital investments in our hotels will position our hotels to outperform their competitors during this recovery period.
 
  §    Disciplined Acquisition of Hotels.  We intend to grow through acquisitions of existing hotels using a disciplined and targeted approach while maintaining a prudent capital structure. Our expectation is that the current lodging cycle will present us with many favorable acquisition opportunities, as hotel owners seek to exit distressed investments or minimize refinancing risks through hotel sales. We also believe that franchisors may be interested in focusing their capital on hotel management as opposed to ownership, which could enable us to leverage our relationships with our brand partners to acquire hotels directly from them in off-market transactions. In this favorable acquisition environment, we will actively screen investment opportunities changing business demand dynamics, consumer habits and the landscape of city development. In addition, we employ a proactive and continuous assessment of our hotels, markets and brands in order to quickly and efficiently upgrade our hotels


79


Table of Contents

  as market conditions warrant. We intend to target upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels that meet one or more of the following acquisition criteria including:
 
  –   have potential for strong risk-adjusted returns located in the top 50 MSAs, with a secondary focus on the next 100 markets;
 
  –   operate under leading franchise brands, which may include but are not limited to Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental and Hyatt;
 
  –   are located in close proximity to multiple demand generators, including businesses and corporate headquarters, retail centers, airports, medical facilities, tourist attractions, and convention centers, with a diverse source of potential guests, including corporate, government and leisure travelers;
 
  –   are located in markets exhibiting barriers to entry due to strong franchise areas of protection or other factors;
 
  –   can be acquired at a discount to replacement cost; and
 
  –   provide an opportunity to add value through operating efficiencies, repositioning, renovating or rebranding.
 
  §    Selective Hotel Development.  We believe there will be attractive opportunities to partner on a selective basis with experienced hotel developers to acquire upon completion newly constructed hotels that meet our investment criteria. In reviewing these opportunities, we target markets exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics:
 
  –   no suitable and appropriately priced existing hotel in the market that is available for purchase;
 
  –   demonstrated demand in the market for upscale hotels or midscale without food and beverage hotels;
 
  –   barriers to entry of additional new hotels from franchise areas of protection;
 
  –   availability of a high-quality franchise appropriate for the market; and
 
  –   availability of a high-quality franchise near one of our existing hotels that could otherwise compete with us.
 
  §    Strategic Hotel Sales.  Our strategy is to acquire and own hotels. However, consistent with our strategy of maximizing the cash flow of our portfolio and our return an invested capital, we periodically review our hotels to determine if any significant changes to area markets or our hotels have occurred or are anticipated to occur that would warrant the sale of a particular hotel. We also consistently evaluate the best way to optimize our portfolio and return on invested capital. The factors we use in evaluating whether to sell a hotel include, among others:
 
  –   quality of brand;
 
  –   new hotel supply;
 
  –   age of the hotel;
 
  –   cost of renovation;
 
  –   major infrastructure expansion;
 
  –   changes to major area employers;
 
  –   changes to hotel demand generators;
 
  –   ability to profitably invest the proceeds of a sale; and
 
  –   tax consequences of a sale.
 
In addition, we may sell older hotels in markets where we own a single hotel, or where we own only one hotel franchised with a particular franchisor.
 
Our Financing Strategy
 
We expect to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit the sum of the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated net indebtedness to not more than 5.5x of our EBITDA for the 12-month period preceding the incurrence


80


Table of Contents

of such debt. Over time, we intend to finance our long-term growth with common and preferred equity issuances and debt financing having staggered maturities. Our debt may include mortgage debt secured by hotels and unsecured debt.
 
Over time, as market conditions permit, we intend to finance our growth with issuances of common equity, preferred equity and secured and unsecured debt having staggered maturities. Following completion of this offering, we anticipate entering into a credit facility to fund future acquisitions, as well as for property redevelopments and working capital requirements. We may not succeed in obtaining a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. We cannot predict the size or terms of the credit facility if we are able to obtain one.
 
When purchasing hotel properties, we may issue OP units as full or partial consideration to sellers who may desire to take advantage of tax deferral on the sale of a hotel or participate in the potential appreciation in value of our common stock.
 
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
 
Following the global economic recession in recent years, the U.S. economy is showing signs of stabilization, and lodging industry experts are projecting a strong recovery in fundamentals over the next several years.
 
Focus on Premium Brands and Segments
 
We focus on hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the lodging industry. Within these segments, we target hotels operating under premium franchise brands such as Courtyard by Marriott, Hilton Garden Inn, Hyatt Place, Homewood Suites, Residence Inn, SpringHill Suites, Staybridge Suites, Fairfield Inn, Hampton Inn, Hampton Inn and Suites, Holiday Inn Express and TownePlace Suites.
 
We believe that our focus on these segments provides us the opportunity to achieve stronger risk-adjusted returns across multiple lodging cycles than if we owned hotels in other segments of the lodging industry for several reasons, including:
 
  •  RevPAR Growth. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research forecasts that our two market segments will experience among the largest amount of RevPAR growth of any segment in the industry, as shown in the following chart.
 
(BAR CHART)
 
  •  Consistently Strong and Growing Demand. As shown in the chart below, over the last twenty years, our market segments have demonstrated the strongest compounded growth in demand of all segments of the lodging industry, and strong demand growth is expected to continue.


81


Table of Contents

 
Historical vs. Forecast Compound Average Annual Demand Change
 
(BAR CHART)
 
  •  More Stable Cash Flow Potential. Our hotels can be operated with fewer employees than full-service hotels that offer more expansive food and beverage options, which we believe enables us to generate more consistent cash flows with less volatility resulting from reductions in RevPAR and less dependence on group travel.
 
  •  Broad Customer Base. Our target brands deliver consistently high-quality hotel accommodations with value-oriented pricing that we believe appeals to a wider range of customers, including both business and leisure travelers, than more expensive full-service hotels. We believe that our hotels are particularly popular with frequent business travelers who seek to stay in hotels operating under Marriott, Hilton, Hyatt or InterContinental brands, which offer strong loyalty rewards program points that can be redeemed for family travel.
 
  •  Enhanced Diversification. Premium-branded limited-service and select-service assets generally cost significantly less, on a per-key basis, than hotels in the midscale with food and beverage, upper upscale and luxury segments of the industry. As a result, we can diversify our ownership into a larger number of hotels than we could in other segments.
 
Lodging Industry Fundamentals
 
Beginning in August 2008, the U.S. lodging industry experienced 19 consecutive months of RevPAR declines, as measured against the same month in the prior year, driven by a combination of deterioration in room-night demand and increasing supply. According to Smith Travel Research, hotel room-night demand decreased 2.3% and 6.0% in 2008 and 2009, respectively, marking the greatest decline in the past 22 years. Conversely, room supply growth of 2.5% and 3.0% in 2008 and 2009, respectively, exceeded the historical average of 2.2%, as construction initiated prior to the economic downturn was completed. For the year ended December 31, 2009, average annual hotel occupancy in the United States was 54.7%, representing the lowest annual level in the past 22 years and well below the industry average of 62.2% for that period. Deteriorating demand and increasing supply led to a combined 18.4% decline in RevPAR in 2008 and 2009.
 
Although the lodging industry has historically lagged broader economic recoveries, economic fundamentals are beginning to improve from the recent declines resulting from the recessionary environment. In September 2010, the U.S. unemployment rate continued to show improvement from its high in late 2009. After continuing declines for almost two years prior, September 2010 marked the U.S. lodging industry’s seventh consecutive month of positive year-over-year RevPAR growth with an 8.8% increase.
 
We believe that, until lodging industry fundamentals and credit terms return to more attractive levels, proposed new hotel development will not generate the returns necessary to justify the construction of new hotels. According to Smith Travel Research, RevPAR increased 4.3% and 2.2% in our target upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments, respectively, for the first eight months of 2010 as compared to the same period of 2009, and we expect RevPAR growth to continue as the U.S. economy continues to strengthen. Colliers PKF Hospitality Research currently projects RevPAR growth of upscale hotels to be 4.2% in 2011, 11.1% in 2012 and 9.5% in 2013 and RevPAR growth of midscale without food and beverage hotels to be 5.9% in 2011, 12.2% in 2012 and 10.9% in 2013, among the highest in any industry segment. We expect that our hotels, and particularly our unseasoned hotels, will realize significant RevPAR gains as the economy and lodging industry improve.


82


Table of Contents

Demand Overview
 
Room-night demand in the U.S. lodging industry is directly correlated to macroeconomic trends. Key drivers of demand include growth in GDP, corporate profits, capital investments and employment. Following periods of recession, recovery in room-night demand for lodging historically has lagged improvements in the overall economy.
 
According to the International Monetary Fund, or the IMF, U.S. GDP increased 0.4% in 2008 and decreased 2.4% in 2009 during which periods room-night demand declined 2.3% and 6.0% respectively, as measured by Smith Travel Research. The IMF is forecasting GDP growth of 2.6% and 2.3% in 2010 and 2011 respectively, and Colliers PKF Hospitality Research expects that room-night demand will grow at similar rates over those years as the U.S. economy improves. The following chart illustrates the correlation between U.S. GDP and demand for hotel rooms.
 
Annual Percentage Change in U.S. Hotel Room Demand vs. U.S. GDP Growth
 
(CHART)
 
With expected growth in room-night demand and limited new supply, occupancy is projected to increase from industry lows experienced in 2009.
 
U.S. Hotel Industry Annual Occupancy Rate
 
(CHART)


83


Table of Contents

Supply Overview
 
Growth in lodging supply typically lags growth in room-night demand. Key drivers of lodging supply in a given market include the availability and cost of capital, construction costs, local real estate market conditions and availability and pricing of existing properties. Given the decline in room-night demand and inefficiencies in the financing market nationally, new hotel construction is expected to remain below historical averages through 2014 according to Colliers PKF Hospitality Research. The charts appearing below outline the relationship between supply and demand of hotel rooms in the upscale and midscale without food and leverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry over the last 22 years.
 
As a result of scarcity of financing, severe recession and declining operating fundamentals during 2008 and 2009, many planned hotel developments have been cancelled or postponed, and the number of rooms under construction and in planning has declined significantly. According to Lodging Econometrics, during the second quarter of 2010, approximately 68,000 new hotel rooms were under construction in the U.S., as compared to approximately 242,000 rooms under construction in the second quarter of 2008, a decline of 72%. Accordingly, Colliers PKF Hospitality Research has projected room supply to increase 1.1% in 2011, increase 0.8% in 2012 and increase 1.2% and 2.3% in 2013 and 2014, respectively. The projected 1.5% average annual growth in supply from 2010 to 2014 is significantly below the 2.2% annual average from 1988 to 2009. We believe this below-average projected supply growth is due to scarcity of financing for hotel properties and operating fundamentals that do not generate adequate returns relative to the cost of new hotel construction. The lodging industry is influenced significantly by the cyclical relationship between the supply of and demand for hotels and, as a result, we believe minimal new room supply growth will create an environment favorable for sustainable increases in hotel occupancy, ADR and RevPAR. The following charts show annual historical and projected change in RevPAR, room demand and room supply:
 
(CHART)
 


84


Table of Contents

(CHART)
 
Attractive Transaction Landscape
 
We believe that the significant decline in lodging fundamentals and subsequent declines in of cash flows has created a difficult environment for undercapitalized hotel owners. Hotel-related CMBS delinquency rates have steadily increased since January 2009 as many hotel owners have been unable to fund debt service payments. As of September 30, 2010, approximately 15.2% of all hotel-related CMBS was delinquent compared to just 1.5% delinquent as of January 2009. The following chart shows hotel delinquency rates and amounts from January 2009 to September 2010.
 
Hotel CMBS Delinquency Rates and Amounts
 

85


Table of Contents

 
Without sufficient cash flow, many hotel owners may be unable to fund the capital improvements required to maintain their properties’ brand standards. Additionally, hotel owners could face additional future financing issues arising from existing debt obligations and, according to Bloomberg, L.P., upcoming maturities with approximately $27.3 billion of hotel-related commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, are scheduled to mature through 2013 and a significant number of additional maturities are expected between 2015 and 2017. The following chart shows future maturities of hotel-related CMBS.
 
Hotel CMBS Maturities
 
(CHART)
 
We believe traditional lending sources, such as banks, insurance companies and pension funds, have adopted more conservative lending policies and have materially reduced lending exposure to hotels as a result of the recent recessionary environment. We also believe that the significant number of hotel properties experiencing substantial declines in operating cash flow, coupled with tight credit markets, near-term debt maturities and, in some instances, covenant defaults relating to outstanding indebtedness, will present attractive investment opportunities in the lodging industry. Accordingly, we believe our conservative balance sheet upon completion of this offering will allow us to take advantage of opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices significantly below replacement cost, with substantial appreciation potential as the U.S. economy recovers from the current recession.
 
Regulation
 
Our properties are subject to various covenants, laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to accessibility, fire and safety requirements. We believe each of our initial hotels has the necessary permits and approvals to operate its business.
 
Americans with Disabilities Act
 
Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that they are “public accommodations” as defined by the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where removal is readily achievable. Although we believe the properties in our portfolio substantially comply with present requirements of the ADA, we have not conducted a comprehensive audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine our compliance, and we are aware that some particular properties may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. Noncompliance with the ADA could result in the incurrence of additional costs to attain compliance. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations as appropriate in this respect.


86


Table of Contents

 
Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
 
Our hotels and development parcels are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws that impose liability for contamination. Under these laws, governmental entities have the authority to require us, as the current owner of property, to perform or pay for the clean up of contamination (including hazardous substances, waste, or petroleum products) at, on, under or emanating from the property and to pay for natural resource damages arising from contamination. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator or other responsible party knew of, or caused the contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. Because these laws also impose liability on persons who owned a property at the time it became contaminated, we could incur cleanup costs or other environmental liabilities even after we sell properties. Contamination at, on, under or emanating from our properties also may expose us to liability to private parties for costs of remediation, personal injury and death and/or property damage. In addition, environmental liens may be created on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address contamination. If contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Moreover, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the property as collateral or to sell the property on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, persons who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, may be liable for costs associated with cleanup of that facility.
 
Some of our properties may have contained historic uses which involved the use and/or storage of hazardous chemicals and petroleum products (for example, storage tanks, gas stations, dry cleaning operations) which, if released, could have impacted our properties. In addition, some of our properties may be near or adjacent to other properties that have contained or currently contain storage tanks containing petroleum products or conducted or currently conduct operations which utilize other hazardous or toxic substances. Releases from these adjacent or surrounding properties could impact our properties and we may be liable for any associated cleanup.
 
Independent environmental consultants conducted Phase I environmental site assessments on all of our properties prior to acquisition and we intend to conduct Phase I environmental site assessments on properties we acquire in the future. Phase I site assessments are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed properties and surrounding properties. These assessments do not generally include soil sampling, subsurface investigations, comprehensive asbestos surveys or mold investigations. In some cases, the Phase I environmental site assessments were conducted by another entity (i.e., a lender) and we may not have the authority to rely on such reports. Except for our Bloomington, Minnesota hotels, and our Cambria Suites hotel located in San Antonio, Texas, none of the Phase I environmental site assessments of the hotel properties in our initial portfolio revealed any past or present environmental condition that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations. Soil and groundwater contamination at the site of our Bloomington, Minnesota hotels was voluntarily remediated by our predecessor to the satisfaction of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. A material liability could arise in the future if the contamination at the site of the Bloomington, Minnesota hotels impacted third parties or an adjacent property if the Minnesota agency requires further clean-up or if our predecessor’s clean-up does not satisfy the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Soil and groundwater contamination was also identified in an undeveloped portion of our property adjacent to our Cambria Suites hotel located in San Antonio, Texas. The property was sampled on two occasions, after which our environmental consultant recommended no further action unless the contaminated soil was disturbed. A material liability could arise in the future if the contamination impacts an adjacent property or if we are required to remediate it. In addition, the Phase I environmental site assessments may also have failed to reveal all environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns. The Phase I environmental site assessments were completed at various times within the past seven and one-half years and material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may have arisen after the review was completed or may arise in the future; and future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material additional environmental liability.
 
In addition, our hotels (including our real property, operations and equipment) are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety regulatory requirements that address a wide variety of issues, including, but not limited to, the registration, maintenance and operation of our boilers and storage tanks, the supply of potable water to our guests, air emissions from emergency generators, storm water and wastewater discharges, protection of natural resources, asbestos, lead-based paint, mold and mildew, and waste management. Some of our hotels also routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations, which are subject to regulation (for example,


87


Table of Contents

swimming pool chemicals or biological waste). Our hotels incur costs to comply with these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and if these regulatory requirements are not met or unforeseen events result in the discharge of dangerous or toxic substances at our hotels, we could be subject to fines and penalties for non-compliance with applicable laws and material liability from third parties for harm to the environment, damage to real property or personal injury and death. We are aware of no past or present environmental liability for non-compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations.
 
Certain hotels we currently own or those we acquire in the future contain, may contain, or may have contained, ACM. Environmental, health and safety laws require that ACM be properly managed and maintained, and include requirements to undertake special precautions, such as removal or abatement, if ACM would be disturbed during maintenance, renovation, or demolition of a building. These laws regarding ACM may impose fines and penalties on building owners, employers and operators for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability.
 
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. For example, a large-scale remediation took place at the Amerisuites Las Colinas/Hidden Ranch hotel in 2002 and we expended roughly $500,000 to complete the renovation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to material liability from third parties if property damage or personal injury occurs. We are not presently aware of any indoor air quality issues at our properties that would result in a material adverse effect on our business, assets or results of operations.
 
Insurance
 
We carry comprehensive liability, fire, earthquake, flood, extended coverage and business income loss insurance covering our initial hotel pursuant to several insurance policies. We also carry terrorism insurance covering all of the initial hotel properties. We believe the policy specifications and insured limits are appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses. We do not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by riots, war, acts of God or government action, neglect, criminal activity or nuclear hazard. If destroyed, we may not be able to rebuild certain of our properties due to current zoning and land use regulations. In addition, our title insurance policies may not insure for the current aggregate market value of our portfolio, and we do not intend to increase our title insurance coverage as the market value of our portfolio increases.
 
Competition
 
We face competition for investments in hotel properties from institutional pension funds, private equity investors, REITs, hotel companies and others who are engaged in hotel acquisitions and investments. Some of these entities have substantially greater financial and operational resources than we have. This competition may increase the bargaining power of property owners seeking to sell, reduce the number of suitable investment opportunities available to us and increase the cost of acquiring our targeted hotel properties.
 
The lodging industry is highly competitive. Our hotels will compete with other hotels for guests in their respective markets based on a number of factors, including location, convenience, brand affiliation, room rates, range of services and guest amenities or accommodations offered and quality of customer service. Competition will often be specific to the individual markets in which our hotels are located and includes competition from existing and new hotels. Competition could adversely affect our occupancy rates and RevPAR, and may require us to provide additional amenities or make capital improvements that we otherwise would not have to make, which may reduce our profitability.


88


Table of Contents

Employees
 
Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately 20 employees. We do not expect any of our employees to be covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are involved from time to time in litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business; however, except as described below, we are not involved in any material litigation nor, to our knowledge, is any material litigation threatened against us.
 
Peter J. Poulos, a former employee of our predecessor, filed a complaint against our predecessor, Mr. Boekelheide and others with the U.S. Department of Labor/Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA. The administrative file was opened on April 6, 2009. The complaint alleges that, as a result of one circumstance of a payment being applied to incorrect accounts, our predecessor engaged in a scheme to perpetuate fraud and that the employee’s subsequent termination was retaliatory and in violation of the Corporate and Criminal Fraud Accountability Act of 2002, or the CCFA. The only relief sought under the complaint is an administrative finding that our predecessor violated the CCFA. Our predecessor vehemently denies these allegations and is vigorously defending the claim. OSHA has completed its investigation and our predecessor is awaiting its findings. On August 24, 2010, OSHA determined that there was no reasonable cause to believe that our predecessor violated the CCFA and the complaint was dismissed. On August 30, 2010, Mr. Poulos objected to the findings and requested a formal hearing in the matter. A scheduling conference with the Administrative Law Judge was held on October 6, 2010. The administrative hearing is being held in abeyance until the federal lawsuit is adjudicated. The parties are to file a Status Report on or before December 7, 2010.
 
On May 12, 2009, Mr. Poulos filed a complaint in the United States District Court, Southern District of South Dakota against our predecessor, Mr. Boekelheide and Trent Peterson, our Vice President of Asset Management—Eastern United States. The complaint is based upon the same set of circumstances as in the OSHA complaint described above. The relief sought includes damages, including front and back pay, compensatory damages, punitive damages and other relief, in excess of $10.0 million. Our predecessor vehemently denies these allegations and is vigorously defending the claim. On July 10, 2009, Mr. Boekelheide was dismissed from the lawsuit. Discovery is proceeding in this case. A pre-trial conference and motions hearing was held on August 6, 2010. On September 10, 2010, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of our predecessor and dismissed five of the six claims asserted by Mr. Poulos. The Court denied summary judgment on the claim asserting wrongful termination for whistleblowing. A trial date has not been scheduled.


89


Table of Contents

 
Our Hotel Operating Agreements
 
TRS Leases
 
In order for us to qualify as a REIT, none of our company, our operating partnership or any subsidiary can operate our hotels. Subsidiaries of our operating partnership, as lessors, lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which will enter into a hotel management agreement with Interstate. The leases for our hotel properties are between two related parties controlled by us.
 
Ground Lease Agreements
 
Four of our hotels are subject to ground lease agreements that cover all of the land underlying the respective hotel property.
 
  §    The Comfort Inn located in Fort Smith, Arkansas is subject to a ground lease with an initial lease termination date of August 31, 2022. The initial lease term may be extended for an additional 30 years. Annual ground rent currently is $44,088 per year. Annual ground rent is adjusted every fifth year with adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers. The next scheduled ground rent adjustment is January 1, 2015.
 
  §    The Hampton Inn located in Fort Smith, Arkansas is subject to a ground lease with an initial lease termination date of May 31, 2030 with 11, five-year renewal options. Annual ground rent currently is $145,987 per year. Annual ground rent is adjusted on June 1st of each year, with adjustments based on increases in RevPAR calculated in accordance with the terms of the ground lease.
 
  §    The Residence Inn located in Portland, Oregon is subject to a ground lease with an initial lease termination date of June 30, 2084 with one option to extend for an additional 14 years. Ground rent for the initial lease term was prepaid in full at the time we acquired the leasehold interest. If the option to extend is exercised, monthly ground rent will be charged based on a formula established in the ground lease.
 
  §    The Hyatt Place located in Portland, Oregon is subject to a ground lease with a lease termination date of June 30, 2084 with one option to extend for an additional 14 years. Ground rent for the initial lease term was prepaid in full at the time we acquired the leasehold interest. If the option to extend is exercised, monthly ground rent will be charged based on a formula established in the ground lease.
 
These ground leases generally require us to make rental payments and payments for our share of charges, costs, expenses, assessments and liabilities, including real property taxes and utilities. Furthermore, these ground leases generally require us to obtain and maintain insurance covering the subject property.
 
Franchise Agreements
 
We will assume or enter into new franchise agreements with Marriott, Hilton, InterContinental, Hyatt, Choice, Starwood and Carlson for our hotels upon completion of this offering. All of our hotels, except for our one independent hotel, currently operate under franchise agreements with these franchisors. We believe that the public’s perception of the quality associated with a brand-name hotel is an important feature in its attractiveness to guests. Franchisors provide a variety of benefits to franchisees, including centralized reservation systems, national advertising, marketing programs and publicity designed to increase brand awareness, training of personnel and maintenance of operational quality at hotels across the brand system.
 
The franchise agreements will require our TRS lessees, as franchisees, to pay franchise fees ranging between 2% and 6% of each hotel’s gross revenues. In addition, some of our franchise agreements will require our TRS lessees to pay marketing fees of up to 4% of each hotel’s gross revenues. These agreements generally will specify management, operational, record-keeping, accounting, reporting and marketing standards and procedures with which our TRS lessees, as the franchisees, must comply. The franchise agreements will obligate our TRS lessees to comply with the franchisors’ standards and requirements, including training of operational personnel, safety, maintaining specified insurance, the types of services and products ancillary to guest room services that may be provided by the TRS lessee, display of signage and the type, quality and age of furniture, fixtures and equipment included in guest rooms, lobbies and other common areas.


90


Table of Contents

Some of the agreements may require that we deposit a set percentage, generally not more than 5% of the gross revenues of the hotels, into a reserve fund for capital expenditures.
 
We will be required to obtain the written consent of a hotel’s franchisor to sell a hotel or we may be required to pay franchise termination fees. The franchise agreements generally will also provide for termination at the applicable franchisor’s option upon the occurrence of certain events, including failure to pay royalties and fees or to perform other obligations under the franchise license, bankruptcy and abandonment of the franchise or a change in control or proposed sale of a franchised property. The TRS lessee that is the franchisee will be responsible for making all payments under the applicable franchise agreement to the franchisor. We anticipate the obligations under each of the franchise agreements will be guaranteed by us, our operating partnership or one of our subsidiaries; however, the franchisors will determine the appropriate guarantors.
 
Hotel Management Agreement
 
The following summary of the principal terms of the hotel management agreement for the initial portfolio does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of hotel management agreement filed as an exhibit to this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Overview
 
In order to qualify as a REIT, we cannot directly or indirectly operate any of our hotels. We will lease our hotels to our TRS lessees, which will in turn engage property managers to manage our hotels.
 
Our TRS lessees will enter into a hotel management agreement for the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio with Interstate, as our hotel manager. We may, but we are not required to, enter into hotel management agreements with Interstate for any additional hotels that we may acquire. Interstate is an affiliate of Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc, a wholly owned subsidiary of a 50/50 joint venture between Thayer Hotel Investors V-A L.P., an investment fund sponsored by Thayer Lodging Group, a privately held hotel investment company based in Annapolis, Maryland, and Jin Jiang Hotels International (Group) Company Limited, a hotel operator and manager in the Peoples Republic of China. As of the date of this prospectus, Interstate and its affiliates (excluding Thayer Lodging and Jin Jiang) manage and/or have ownership interests in 227 properties with more than 45,000 rooms in 36 states, the District of Columbia, Russia, India, Mexico, Belgium, Canada, Ireland and England.
 
Interstate has advised us that it expects to offer continued employment to substantially all of the employees of The Summit Group responsible for the day-to-day operations of our hotels prior to completion of the formation transactions. Pursuant to the hotel management agreement with Interstate, our TRS lessees will be required to fund working capital needs, fixed asset supplies, capital expenditures and operating expenses of the hotels. Interstate, subject to certain limited owner approval rights, will have control of all operational aspects of the hotels in our initial portfolio, including employee-related matters. Interstate will be required to maintain each hotel in good repair and condition and make such routine maintenance and repairs as are reasonably necessary or appropriate consistent with the business plan we approve.
 
Term
 
The hotel management agreement will become effective upon the closing of this offering and provides for an initial term that expires on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the agreement, unless earlier terminated as described below.
 
Amounts Payable under our Hotel Management Agreement
 
We will pay Interstate a base management fee and, if certain financial thresholds are met or exceeded, an incentive management fee.
 
Base Management Fee.  The base management fee is 3% of total revenues for all of the hotels covered by the hotel management agreement. Total revenue is all income, revenue and proceeds resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of the hotels and all of their facilities (net of refunds and credits to guests and other allowances) before subtracting expenses.
 
Incentive Fee.  The incentive fee is 10% of the amount by which actual aggregate EBITDA for all hotels covered by the hotel management agreement exceeds $65 million. “EBITDA” is defined as the amount by which gross operating profit (the amount by which total revenues exceed operating expenses) exceeds fixed charges. The incentive fee for any fiscal year is capped at 1.5% of the total revenues for all of the hotels covered by the hotel management agreement for that fiscal year.


91


Table of Contents

 
In addition, Interstate will receive, on a monthly basis, a fee for the use of its centralized accounting services in an amount equal to $1,500 per hotel per month for hotels with 90 or more rooms and $1,375 per hotel per month for hotels with less than 90 rooms, subject to annual increases of the lesser of (i) the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index for the previous fiscal year and (ii) 3%.
 
Termination Events
 
Early Termination for Cause.  Subject to certain qualifications, the hotel management agreement is generally terminable by either party upon the occurrence of certain events of default that continue uncured after written notice by the non-defaulting party. Events of default under the hotel management agreement generally include:
 
  §    a default by either party in the payment of any amount required to by paid under the terms of the agreement;
 
  §    a material default by either party of its obligations under the agreement that is reasonably likely to result in a threat to the health and safety of a hotel’s employees or guests;
 
  §    a material default by either party in the performance of its other obligations under the agreement;
 
  §    the following actions by either party: (i) the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the institution of any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws; (iii) the institution of any proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for its business or assets; or (iv) the consent to the institution against it of any such proceeding by any other person or entity;
 
  §    the commencement of an involuntary proceeding against either party (defined as the institution of any of the aforementioned proceedings by another person or entity) that has remained undismissed for a period of 60 days; or
 
  §    our violation of representations in the agreement relating to (i) affiliations with persons on various U.S. government restricted lists or persons owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, foreign governments that are subject to an embargo by the U.S. government and (ii) violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
 
If an event of default occurs and continues beyond the grace period set forth in the hotel management agreement, the non-defaulting party generally has, among other remedies, the option of terminating the applicable hotel management agreement, upon five days’ notice to the other party. Additionally, if within 30 days after receiving Interstate’s written request, we fail to approve any changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements to a hotel which Interstate determines in its reasonable judgment are necessary to (i) protect such hotel, Interstate or us from innkeeper liability exposure, (ii) ensure material compliance with any applicable code requirements pertaining to life safety systems requirements or (iii) ensure material compliance with any applicable state, local or federal employment law, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, then Interstate may terminate the agreement and we will be required to pay a termination fee to Interstate equal to the amount which would provide Interstate with a 30% Internal Rate of Return (as defined in the agreement) with respect to such hotel, however, solely for the first five terminations, if the effective date of such termination occurs on or before the end of the eighteenth month following the effective date of the agreement, the Internal Rate of Return shall be 20% instead of 30%.
 
Early Termination—Without Cause.  We may terminate the agreement with respect to up to five hotels during any fiscal year with or without cause by delivering written notice at least 60 days prior to termination, after having paid in full all amounts otherwise due to Interstate under the agreement and paying Interstate a termination fee equal to the amount which would provide Interstate with a 30% (20% if the termination occurs within the first 18 months following the effective date of the agreement) Internal Rate of Return with respect to such hotels.
 
Termination Due to Damage or Condemnation.  If a hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, both we and Interstate may terminate the management agreement with respect to such hotel upon 30 days’ written notice if (i) we elect to close such hotel (except on a temporary basis for repairs or restoration) or determine in good faith not to proceed with the restoration of such hotel, or (ii) if 20% or more of the rooms of such hotel are unavailable for rental for a period of 60 days or more as a result of such casualty. If we decide to terminate the management agreement as a result of fire or casualty damages to a hotel, we will be required to pay a termination fee equal to the amount which would provide Interstate with a 30% Internal Rate of Return with respect to such hotel, however, solely for the first five terminations, if the effective date of such termination occurs on or before the end of the eighteenth month following the effective date of the agreement, the Internal Rate of Return shall be 20% instead of 30%. Both we and Interstate may terminate the management agreement


92


Table of Contents

upon 30 days’ written notice with respect to a hotel all or substantially all of which is taken through condemnation or, if less than all or substantially all of a hotel is taken through condemnation, it is determined that the hotel, once restored, could not be operated profitably in a manner that existed immediately prior to such condemnation.
 
Termination on Failure of Interstate to Comply with REIT Provisions.  Under the hotel management agreement, if, at any time, Interstate does not qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” for federal income tax purposes or if wagering activities are being conducted at or in connection with a hotel by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such hotel, we may, in our sole discretion, elect to terminate the management agreement immediately and without payment of any termination fee or penalty.
 
Performance Termination.  The hotel management agreement also provides that we may terminate the management agreement with respect to a hotel upon 60 days’ written notice if, as of the end of any fiscal year, such hotel fails to achieve (i) actual gross operating profit of at least 87.5% of the budgeted gross operating profit for such hotel for such fiscal year, and (ii) 87.5% of such hotel’s RevPAR Benchmark (as defined in the agreement); provided, that such notice of termination shall be stayed and will become null and void if such hotel achieves as of the end of the following fiscal year (i) actual gross operating profit of at least 87.5% of the budget gross operating profit for such hotel or (ii) 87.5% of such hotel’s RevPAR Benchmark. Additionally, Interstate shall have the right, exercisable no more than two times per hotel, to cure a performance termination by making a payment to us equal to the amount by which 87.5% of the budgeted gross operating profit for such hotel exceeds actual gross operating profit for such hotel for such fiscal year.
 
Termination Due to Competitive Business.  If, without our express permission, Interstate elects to own, operate, lease or otherwise have an interest in, directly or indirectly, one or more hotels in a competitive set of one of our hotels, upon 30 days’ written notice we may terminate the agreement solely with respect to that hotel without payment of any termination fee.
 
Sale of a Hotel
 
The hotel management agreement provides that if we sell a hotel to an unaffiliated third party, we may terminate the agreement with respect to such hotel so long as (i) we provide 60 days’ written notice of such termination to Interstate, (ii) all amounts due to Interstate with respect to such hotel have been paid in full and (iii) we pay Interstate a termination fee equal to an amount that would provide Interstate with a 30% Internal Rate of Return (as defined in the agreement) with respect to such hotel.
 
Assignment
 
The hotel management agreement provides that neither Interstate nor we may assign its or our interest in the agreement without the other party’s prior written consent provided that Interstate may assign its rights and obligations to (i) a party that is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with Interstate, (ii) any entity which is the successor by merger, consolidation or reorganization of Interstate or its general partner, managing member or parent corporation or (iii) the purchaser of all or substantially all of the hotel management business of Interstate or its general partner, managing member or parent corporation, unless any such assignment results in a Change in Control (as defined in the agreement) of Interstate or Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc. However, we may assign our interest without Interstate’s consent to any person acquiring the hotel and agreeing to be bound by the terms of the hotel management agreement.
 
Indemnity Provisions
 
The hotel management agreement provides that Interstate will indemnify us against any liabilities arising from (i) the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Interstate’s off-site employees or Key Hotel Personnel (as defined in the agreement); (ii) the breach by Interstate of any provision of the hotel management agreement caused by fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Interstate’s off-site employees or Key Hotel Personnel; or (iii) any action taken by Interstate which is beyond the scope of its authority under the agreement.
 
The hotel management agreement provides that we will indemnify Interstate against any liabilities arising from (i) Interstate’s performance of its services under the agreement, (ii) any act or omission of us or any third party or (iii) any other occurrence related to hotels covered by the agreement or Interstate’s duties under the agreement whether arising before, during or after the term of the agreement.


93


Table of Contents

 
Management
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
Our board of directors is responsible for directing the management of our business and affairs. Our stockholders will elect our entire board of directors annually. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to have six directors on our board, four of whom will be independent under NYSE listing standards. We currently have two directors, our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hansen, neither of whom is independent under the NYSE listing standards. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we do not expect that there will be any familial relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.
 
The following table provides certain information regarding our initial directors, our executive officers and our director nominees:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide
    56     Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
Daniel P. Hansen
    41     President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
Craig J. Aniszewski
    47     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Stuart J. Becker
    48     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Ryan A. Bertucci
    37     Vice President of Acquisitions
Christopher R. Eng
    39     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Bjorn R. L. Hanson
    59     Independent Director*
David S. Kay
    43     Independent Director*
Thomas W. Storey
    54     Independent Director*
Wayne W. Wielgus
    56     Independent Director*
 
Has agreed to become a director upon completion of this offering.
 
Biographies of Our Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide, Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
 
Mr. Boekelheide will serve as our Executive Chairman of the Board and as a member of our board of directors. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of managers of our predecessor since its formation in 2004. Mr. Boekelheide has served as the Chairman and sole director of The Summit Group since 1991. The Summit Group, with its affiliates, developed and acquired 54 hotels from 1991 through 2004. Prior to forming The Summit Group, Mr. Boekelheide was President and a shareholder of Super 8 Management, Inc., which was responsible for the management of over 100 Super 8 Motels located across the United States and Canada, and held numerous other positions in various companies that developed, owned and operated Super 8 Motels in the United States and Canada. Mr. Boekelheide graduated with a B.S. degree in business from Northern State University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Boekelheide brings leadership and extensive experience and knowledge of our company and industry to the board. As the founder and president of our predecessor, Mr. Boekelheide has the most long-term and valuable hands-on knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing us and our business. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide brings his broad strategic vision for our company to the board.
 
Daniel P. Hansen, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Mr. Hansen will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Hansen joined The Summit Group in October of 2003 as Vice President of Investor Relations. His responsibilities included leading the capital raising efforts for our predecessor’s private placements of its equity securities and assisting in acquisition due diligence. In 2005, he was appointed to our predecessor’s board of managers and was promoted to Executive Vice President, in which capacity he was part of the team that acquired over $140 million of hotel properties


94


Table of Contents

and led the development of over $240 million of hotel assets. He was appointed President of The Summit Group and Chief Financial Officer of our predecessor in 2008. His primary responsibilities included the development and execution of growth strategies for both companies, raising equity capital and hotel development and acquisition. Prior to joining The Summit Group, Mr. Hansen spent 11 years with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, or Merrill Lynch, in various leadership positions, culminating as a Vice President and Regional Sales Manager for Merrill Lynch in the Texas Mid-South Region, which included Texas, Louisiana, Arkansas and Oklahoma. Mr. Hansen graduated from South Dakota State University with a B.A. in economics.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Hansen’s service as our President and Chief Executive Officer provides a critical link between management and the board, enabling the board to perform its oversight function with the benefits of management’s perspectives on the business. Mr. Hansen also provides us with extensive experience in the hospitality industry as well as a capital markets background that will assist our board in analyzing capital raising opportunities and issues.
 
Craig J. Aniszewski, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
 
Mr. Aniszewski will serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Aniszewski joined The Summit Group in January 1997 as Vice President of Operations and Development. He became the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of The Summit Group in 2007 and has been a member of the board of managers of our predecessor since 2004. Mr. Aniszewski will continue to serve as an officer of The Summit Group upon completion of this offering. Mr. Aniszewski joined The Summit Group following 13 years with Marriott International, Inc., where he held sales and operations positions in full-service convention and resort hotels. During his career with Marriott, he also worked in the select-service sector, holding positions including the Director of Sales and General Manager for Residence Inn- and Courtyard- branded hotels located in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Pennsylvania, Maryland and North Carolina. Mr. Aniszewski graduated from the University of Dayton with a B.S. degree in criminal justice and minors in business and psychology.
 
Stuart J. Becker, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Mr. Becker will serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Mr. Becker joined Summit Green Tiger, an affiliate of The Summit Group, in 2007 as an Executive Vice President and Secretary where he focused on acquisitions, capital allocation, debt placement and strategic analysis. Prior to joining Summit Green Tiger, Mr. Becker served as a principal of McCarthy Group, Inc. and its subsidiary, McCarthy Capital, Inc. from 2005 to 2007. McCarthy Group is a private equity company headquartered in Omaha, Nebraska, which focuses on diversified investments in growth companies. Mr. Becker was responsible for managing deal flow, acquisitions, underwriting and investment oversight. From 1984 until 2005, Mr. Becker was involved in finance and corporate banking for several regional and national banking firms, including First Interstate, First Bank (predecessor to US Bank) and most recently, First National Bank of Omaha, from 1997 to 2005, where he was Vice President for corporate banking, regional credit and syndications. Mr. Becker earned a B.S. degree in business management from the University of South Dakota and an M.B.A. from the University of Nebraska at Omaha.
 
Ryan A. Bertucci, Vice President of Acquisitions
 
Mr. Bertucci will serve as our Vice President of Acquisitions. Mr. Bertucci joined Summit Green Tiger, an affiliate of The Summit Group, in 2007 as an Executive Vice President and Treasurer. In addition, Mr. Bertucci led the capital-raising efforts for Summit Capital Partners, LLC, or Summit Capital, an SEC registered securities broker dealer affiliated with The Summit Group. Prior to joining Summit Green Tiger and Summit Capital, Mr. Bertucci worked for First National Nebraska, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he served as Vice President with First National Investment Banking, or FNIB, an affiliate of First National Nebraska, Inc. While with FNIB, Mr. Bertucci was responsible for starting and building the firm’s alternative investment platform. Prior to his service at FNIB, Mr. Bertucci spent three years with First National Bank of Omaha as a corporate loan officer. Mr. Bertucci earned a B.S. degree in business administration with an emphasis in both finance and marketing from the University of Nebraska at Kearney.


95


Table of Contents

Christopher R. Eng, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
Mr. Eng will serve as our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Eng was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of The Summit Group and our predecessor in 2004. Mr. Eng was responsible for The Summit Group’s legal affairs and for guiding its corporate compliance, focusing on real estate acquisitions and dispositions, franchise licensing, corporate insurance coverage, corporate governance and securities industry regulatory compliance. Prior to joining The Summit Group, Mr. Eng was an Assistant Vice President and Trust Officer for The First National Bank in Sioux Falls. Mr. Eng earned his B.A. degree from Augustana College and his J.D. degree from the University of Denver College of Law.
 
Bjorn R. L. Hanson, Independent Director
 
Dr. Hanson has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Dr. Hanson has worked in the hospitality industry for more than 35 years and has been involved in consulting, research and investment banking in the lodging sector. He joined the New York University School of Continuing Professional Studies in June 2008 as a clinical professor teaching in the school’s graduate and undergraduate hospitality and tourism programs and directing applied research projects. In 2010, he was appointed as the divisional dean of that school’s Preston Robert Tisch Center for Hospitality, Tourism, and Sports Management. Before joining the Tisch Center, Dr. Hanson was a partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its predecessor, Coopers & Lybrand LLP, which he joined in 1989. Dr. Hanson founded the hospitality, sports, convention and leisure practice and held various positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers and Coopers & Lybrand, including National Industry Chairman for the Hospitality Industries, National Service Line Director for Hospitality Consulting, National Industry Chairman for Real Estate, Real Estate Service Line Director and National Director of Appraisal Services. Additionally, he served on the U.S. leadership committee and global financial advisory services management committee of PricewaterhouseCoopers. Dr. Hanson was also managing director with two Wall Street firms, Kidder, Peabody & Co. and PaineWebber Inc., for which he led banking and research departments for lodging and gaming. Dr. Hanson received a B.S. from Cornell University School of Hotel Administration, an M.B.A. from Fordham University and a Ph.D. from New York University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Dr. Hanson brings a wide range of experience in consulting, research and investment banking in the lodging sector to our board. Further, he brings an academic perspective on the hospitality and tourism industries, which enhances our board’s ability to analyze macroeconomic issues and trends relevant to our business. Finally, Dr. Hanson’s leadership roles in market trend analysis, economic analysis and financial analysis specific to our industry provide our board with additional depth in analyzing financial reporting issues faced by companies similar to ours.
 
David S. Kay, Independent Director
 
Mr. Kay has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Kay has worked in finance, accounting and business planning and strategy for more than 20 years and has been involved with REITs for over 13 years, which we believe qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors. He is the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Capital Automotive Real Estate Services, Inc., whose predecessor, Capital Automotive REIT, he co-founded in 1997 and took public in 1998. Mr. Kay served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for Capital Automotive until it was taken private in a nearly $4 billion privatization transaction in 2005. Prior to founding Capital Automotive, Mr. Kay worked at the public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP in Washington, D.C. for approximately ten years. While at Arthur Andersen, Mr. Kay provided consulting services to clients regarding mergers and acquisitions, business planning and strategy and equity financing. He has experience with capital formation projects, roll-up transactions and initial public offerings for companies in various industries. Mr. Kay is a member of James Madison University’s College of Business Executive Advisory Council and is a certified public accountant. Mr. Kay received a B.B.A., with a concentration in accounting, from James Madison University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Kay was chosen to join our board specifically to serve our audit committee as its audit committee financial expert. We targeted a director with financial and auditing experience specific to the REIT industry. Mr. Kay worked in auditing for Arthur Andersen for ten years and is the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Capital Automotive Real Estate Services, Inc., whose predecessor, Capital Automotive REIT, was a publicly traded REIT. Mr. Kay


96


Table of Contents

also gained experienced with the issues facing new, publicly traded REITs at Capital Automotive. These experiences position Mr. Kay to serve on our audit committee and full board.
 
Thomas W. Storey, Independent Director
 
Mr. Storey has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Storey has worked in the hospitality industry for more than 25 years. He is Executive Vice President Business Strategy for Fairmont Raffles Hotels International (FRHI), a leading global hotel company with over 100 hotels worldwide under the Fairmont, Raffles and Swissôtel brands, that Mr. Storey joined in 1999. Having helped launch FRHI as a publicly traded company and its subsequent privatization, Mr. Storey is responsible for strategic planning and helping to identify new opportunities for FRHI that capitalize on improving business fundamentals. Mr. Storey has held a series of progressive leadership positions with FRHI, including Executive Vice President, Development and Executive Vice President Business Development & Strategy, as well as President of Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. Mr. Storey has been a member of various hospitality industry organizations, including the American Hotel & Lodging Association, the Travel Industry Association of America, and Professional Conference and Meeting Planners. Mr. Storey received a B.A. in economics from Bates College and an M.B.A. from the Johnson School at Cornell University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Storey provides our board with strategic vision to position our company as lodging industry fundamentals begin to strengthen after the economic recession. As Executive Vice President Business Strategy of Fairmont Raffles Hotels International, Mr. Storey has been instrumental in helping lead that company through various lodging cycles. We expect Mr. Storey’s experience in analyzing and reacting to changing conditions in the hospitality industry will serve our board as our company grows. We also expect Mr. Storey’s operations experience as President of Fairmont Hotels and Resorts to help him provide valuable insights to our board. Mr. Storey also possesses particular expertise in business travel, an important aspect of our business.
 
Wayne W. Wielgus, Independent Director
 
Mr. Wielgus has agreed to serve on our board of directors effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Wielgus has worked in the hospitality industry for more than 30 years. In August 2009, Mr. Wielgus founded International Advisor Group LLC, which advises several companies in the hospitality industry. Before founding International Advisor Group, he served as Senior Vice President of Marketing of Celebrity and Azamara Cruises, two of Royal Caribbean Cruises Ltd.’s brands, from March 2008 until August 2009, where he was responsible for the two brands’ overall marketing efforts, including brand strategy and development, advertising, web marketing and research. Mr. Wielgus served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Choice Hotels International, Inc. from September 2004 until July 2007, after serving as that company’s Senior Vice President, Marketing from September 2000 to September 2004. Prior to joining Choice Hotels, Mr. Wielgus held various positions with Best Western International, Inc., Trusthouse Forte PLC, InterContinental Hotels Corporation and Ramada Worldwide Inc. Mr. Wielgus received a B.S. in Marketing from Fairfield University and an M.B.A. from Memphis University.
 
Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:
 
Mr. Wielgus contributes significant leadership experience in marketing, brand strategy and promotions. His service as Senior Vice President of Marketing of Celebrity and Amazara Cruises provides valuable business, leadership and management experience, including expertise leading marketing strategy and initiatives for a company in the tourism industry, which is a significant part of our business. Mr. Wielgus also gained similar experience specific to the hospitality industry in his role as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Choice Hotels International, Inc., one of the primary franchisors of our hotels. Thus, Mr. Wielgus also brings to our board insights from the perspective of hotel franchisors, which we expect to enhance our ability to maximize our brand strategy and franchisor relationships. He currently acts as an outside consultant to companies in the hospitality industry, which gives him a keen understanding of some of the issues our company will face.
 
Other Key Employees
 
JoLynn M. Sorum, Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
Ms. Sorum will serve as our Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Ms. Sorum has been the Controller for The Summit Group since 1998 and for our predecessor since its inception in 2004. Ms. Sorum is responsible


97


Table of Contents

for accounting, SEC reporting and internal control practices for The Summit Group and our predecessor. Prior to joining The Summit Group, she worked for First Premier Bank as a Finance Officer for three years and for Western Bank as an Internal Auditor for seven years. Ms. Sorum is a Certified Public Accountant and currently serves on the board of directors of the South Dakota CPA Society. Ms. Sorum earned a B.S. degree in accounting from Huron University.
 
David W. Heinen, Vice President of Asset Management – Western United States
 
Mr. Heinen will serve as our Vice President of Asset Management – Western United States. Mr. Heinen joined The Summit Group in 2000 and was promoted to Director of Operations for the Western United States in 2005. Prior to joining The Summit Group, from 1985 to 2000, Mr. Heinen held direct hotel management positions with Red Lion Hotels and Radisson Hotels. Mr. Heinen has over 20 years of direct hotel experience that includes all facets of full-service and select-service hotels. Mr. Heinen graduated from Spokane Falls College/Eastern Washington University with a B.S. degree in business.
 
Trent A. Peterson, Vice President of Asset Management – Eastern United States
 
Mr. Peterson will serve as our Vice President of Asset Management – Eastern United States. Mr. Peterson joined The Summit Group in 1999 as a Regional Manager and was promoted to Director of Operations for the Eastern United States in 2005. Prior to joining The Summit Group, from 1991 to 1999, he held direct hotel management positions with both Fairfield Inn and Residence Inn by Marriott- and Best Western-branded hotels. Mr. Peterson is a graduate of Moorhead State University with a B.S. degree in hotel and restaurant management.
 
Our Promoter
 
We consider our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, to be our promoter, in that he has taken initiative in funding and organizing our company. Mr. Boekelheide is the only person we consider to be a promoter of our company.
 
Our Board of Directors
 
Director Qualifications and Skills
 
Our directors were chosen based on their experience, qualifications and skills. We first identified nominees for the board through professional contacts and other resources. We then assessed each nominee’s integrity and accountability, judgment, maturity, willingness to commit the time and energy needed to satisfy the requirements of board and committee membership, balance with other commitments, financial literacy and independence from us. We relied on information provided by the nominees in their biographies and responses to questionnaires, as well as independent third-party sources.
 
Board Leadership Structure, Corporate Governance and Risk Oversight
 
We place a high premium on good corporate governance. We have a non-staggered, majority-independent board of directors whose members will be elected annually. We do not have a stockholder rights plan. In addition, we have opted out of certain state anti-takeover provisions.
 
Our board of directors has the primary responsibility for overseeing risk management of our company, and our management intends to provide it with a regular report highlighting risk assessments and recommendations. Our audit committee will focus on oversight of financial risks relating to us; our compensation committee will focus primarily on risks relating to remuneration of our officers and employees; and our nominating and corporate governance committee will focus on reputational and corporate governance risks relating to our company. In addition, the audit committee and board of directors intend to regularly hold discussions with our executive and other officers regarding the risks that may affect our company.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors will establish three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees, the principal functions of which are briefly described below, will consist solely of independent directors under the NYSE’s definition of independence and its transition


98


Table of Contents

rules for newly listed public companies. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate the management of our company.
 
Audit Committee.  The audit committee will help ensure the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors and the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors. The audit committee will select, assist and meet with the independent auditors, oversee each annual audit and quarterly review, establish and maintain our internal audit controls and prepare the audit committee report required by the federal securities laws to be included in our annual proxy statement. Each member of our audit committee will be independent pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, each member of our audit committee will be “financially literate” as required by the NYSE, and at least one member of our audit committee will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as required by the SEC. We anticipate that Mr. Kay will be the chair of our audit committee and be designated as our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the SEC, and Mr. Wielgus and Dr. Hanson will also serve as members of this committee.
 
Compensation Committee.  The compensation committee will review and approve the compensation and benefits of our executive officers, administer and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our compensation and long-term incentive plans and produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement. Each member of our compensation committee will be independent pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, each member of our compensation committee will be a non-employee director as set forth in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. We anticipate that Mr. Wielgus will be the chair of our compensation committee and Mr. Kay and Mr. Storey will also serve as members of this committee.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The nominating and corporate governance committee will develop and recommend to our board of directors a set of corporate governance principles, a code of business conduct and ethics and policies with respect to conflicts of interest, monitor our compliance with corporate governance requirements of state and federal law and the rules and regulations of the NYSE, develop and recommend to our board of directors criteria for prospective members of our board of directors, conduct candidate searches and interviews, oversee and evaluate our board of directors and management, evaluate from time to time the appropriate size and composition of our board of directors, recommend, as appropriate, increases, decreases and changes in the composition of our board of directors and formally propose the slate of nominees for election as directors at each annual meeting of our stockholders. Our stockholders will elect our entire board of directors annually. Each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be independent pursuant to the listing standards of the NYSE. We anticipate that Mr. Storey will be the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee and Dr. Hanson and Mr. Wielgus will also serve as members of this committee.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a compensation program for our non-employee directors. Pursuant to this compensation program, we will pay the following fees to our non-employee directors:
 
  §    an annual cash retainer of $50,000;
 
  §    an initial grant of 1,000 shares of our common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering;
 
  §    on the date of each director’s reelection to our board of directors beginning on the date of our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, an annual grant of shares of our common stock having a value of $15,000 based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant;
 
  §    an additional annual cash retainer of $12,500 to the chair of our audit committee;
 
  §    an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 to the chair of our compensation committee; and
 
  §    an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500 to the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee.
 
We will also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with performance of their duties as directors, including, without limitation, travel expenses in connection with their attendance at in-person board and committee meetings. Directors who are our employees will not receive compensation for their services as directors.


99


Table of Contents

Commencing in 2011, in connection with each annual meeting of stockholders, each of our non-employee directors will receive $15,000 payable in the form of common stock (based upon the volume-weighted average closing market price of our common stock on the NYSE for the ten trading days preceding the date of grant).
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our board of directors will establish a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
 
  §    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
 
  §    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;
 
  §    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;
 
  §    prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and
 
  §    accountability for adherence to the code.
 
Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or NYSE regulations.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No member of the compensation committee will be a current or former officer or employee of our company or any of our subsidiaries. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any company that will have one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitations on Liability
 
For information concerning limitations on liability and indemnification applicable to our directors and executive officers, see “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
We believe the primary goal of executive compensation is to align the interests of our senior management team with those of our stockholders in a way that allows us to attract and retain the best executive talent. Our board of directors has not yet formed our compensation committee. Accordingly, our compensation committee has not adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We expect that the compensation committee, once formed, will design a compensation program that rewards, among other things, favorable stockholder returns, share appreciation, the company’s competitive position within its segment of the real estate industry and each member of our senior management team’s long-term career contributions to the company. Compensation incentives designed to further these goals may take the form of annual cash compensation and equity awards, as well as long-term cash and equity incentives measured by performance targets to be established by our compensation committee. We will pay base salaries and annual bonuses and expect to make grants of awards under our equity incentive plan to our executive officers, effective upon completion of this offering, in accordance with their employment agreements. Awards under our equity incentive plan will be granted to recognize such individuals’ efforts on our behalf in connection with our formation and this offering and to provide a retention element to their compensation.
 
Compensation of Named Executive Officers
 
We intend to enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers, which will become effective upon completion of this offering.


100


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth the annualized base salary and other compensation that would have been paid in 2010 to our Executive Chairman, our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and the two other most highly compensated members of our senior management team, whom we refer to collectively as our “named executive officers,” had these employment agreements been in effect for all of 2010. We expect such employment agreements will provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including severance upon a termination of employment under certain circumstances. See “—Employment Agreements.” Because we were recently organized, meaningful individual compensation information is not available for prior periods.
 
The anticipated 2010 compensation for each of our named executive officers listed in the table below was determined through negotiation of their individual employment agreements. These employment agreements were not approved by our compensation committee or any of our independent director nominees. We expect to disclose actual 2010 compensation for our named executive officers in 2011, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.
 
                                         
                      Option
       
Name and Principal Position
  Year     Base Salary (1)     Bonus (2)     Awards (3)(4)     Total  
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide
    2010     $ 380,000     $     $       $    
Executive Chairman of the Board
                                       
Daniel P. Hansen
    2010       350,000                        
President and Chief Executive Officer
                                       
Craig J. Aniszewski
    2010       300,000                        
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
                                       
Stuart J. Becker
    2010       250,000                        
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                       
Ryan A. Bertucci
    2010       220,000                        
Vice President of Acquisitions
                                       
 
(1) Full-year amount. Each executive will receive a pro rata portion of his base salary for the period from the date of completion of this offering through December 31, 2010.
(2) We will not pay annual bonuses to these executives for 2010.
Under their employment agreements, Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen and Aniszewski will receive annual bonuses for 2011 equal to $380,000, $350,000 and $225,000, respectively, if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the 65 properties in our initial portfolio is at least $55 million. Beginning in 2012, Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen and Aniszewski will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus to the extent that individual and corporate goals to be established by our compensation committee are achieved. Our compensation committee will determine the actual amount of the cash bonus payable in 2012 and subsequent years. For 2012 and subsequent years, each of Messrs. Boekelheide and Hansen has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary and Mr. Aniszewski has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 75% of his annual base salary.
Under their employment agreements, Messrs. Becker and Bertucci will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for 2011 and subsequent years to the extent that individual and corporate goals to be established by our compensation committee are achieved. Our compensation committee will determine the actual amount of the cash bonus payable in 2011 and subsequent years. Each of Messrs. Becker and Bertucci has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary for 2011 and subsequent years.
(3) Reflects option awards to be made to Mr. Boekelheide (376,000 shares), Mr. Hansen (235,000 shares), Mr. Aniszewski (235,000 shares), Mr. Becker (47,000 shares) and Mr. Bertucci (47,000 shares). These options will be granted pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering, will have an exercise price equal to the IPO price, and will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant unless otherwise accelerated under certain circumstances. The compensation committee of our board of directors may make additional equity awards to our named executive officers in the future.
(4) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards referred to in note (3) above is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and assumes exercise of the options within a five-year period. The compensation reported in the table above is not necessarily an indication of actual compensation that will be received by the named executive officers. For more information on the valuation of these option awards and the assumptions used in arriving at the amounts disclosed, please see the footnotes to our pro forma financial statements beginning on page F-2 of this prospectus.


101


Table of Contents

 
IPO Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will grant to our named executive officers, pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock, as shown in the following table:
 
                             
        All Other Option
       
        Awards: Number of
  Exercise or Base
   
        Securities
  Price of Option
  Grant Date Fair
        Underlying Options
  Awards
  Value of Option
Name
  Date of Grant   (#)   ($/share)   Awards
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide
  (1)     376,000 (2 )     (3 )     (4 )
Daniel P. Hansen
  (1)     235,000 (2 )     (3 )     (4 )
Craig J. Aniszewski
  (1)     235,000 (2 )     (3 )     (4 )
Stuart J. Becker
  (1)     47,000 (2 )     (3 )     (4 )
Ryan A. Bertucci
  (1)     47,000 (2 )     (3 )     (4 )
 
 
(1) Date of completion of this offering.
(2) The awarded options will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.
(3) The exercise price of the options will be equal to the IPO price of the shares sold in this offering.
(4) The amount is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and assumes exercise of the options within a five-year period.
 
None of our other employees will receive equity awards upon completion of this offering.
 
Discussion of Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables
 
Our executive compensation policies and practices, pursuant to which the compensation set forth in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table is expected to be paid or awarded, are described above under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The terms of employment agreements that we have entered into with our executive officers are described below under “—Employment Agreements.”
 
Employment Agreements
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide and Daniel P. Hansen.  Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, each of which will have an initial term of three years and will renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. The employment agreements provide for an annual base salary to Mr. Boekelheide of $380,000 and to Mr. Hansen of $350,000, subject to increase in the discretion of our board of directors or its compensation committee.
 
Under their employment agreements, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen are eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for 2011 and subsequent years (but no bonus will be payable for 2010). For 2011, Mr. Boekelheide will receive an annual bonus of $380,000 and Mr. Hansen will receive an annual bonus of $350,000 if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the 65 properties in our initial portfolio is at least $55 million. Assuming no purchases of additional hotels, or sales of hotels in our initial portfolio, we will calculate this measure by subtracting total hotel operating expenses from total revenues, each as reported in accordance with GAAP. For the year ended December 31, 2009, total revenues were $121.2 million and total hotel operating expenses were $88.7 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total revenues were $67.2 million and total hotel operating expenses were $46.4 million. In determining whether the $55 million target is met for 2011, we will exclude revenues or operating expenses of hotels acquired following completion of this offering and prior to December 31, 2011. If we sell one or more of the 65 hotels in our initial portfolio following completion of this offering and before December 31, 2011, we will reduce the $55 million target number in a manner that our compensation committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold asset or assets for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, as applicable, in assessing whether the hotels in our initial portfolio generated hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization that met the target. Beginning in 2012, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 100% of annual base salary, to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the compensation committee are achieved.


102


Table of Contents

The employment agreements entitle Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen to customary fringe benefits, including vacation and health benefits, and the right to participate in any other benefits or plans in which other executive-level employees participate. Each employment agreement also provides that if Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen loses the supplemental health benefit provided to him by The Summit Group, we will establish, if permitted by applicable law, a medical reimbursement plan providing the same level of supplemental health benefits.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event that the employment of Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen ends upon termination by us for “cause,” a resignation without “good reason” (as defined below), death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or resignation with “good reason.” Each agreement defines “cause” as (1) a failure to perform a material duty or a material breach of an obligation set forth in the employment agreement or a breach of a material and written policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (2) a breach of the executive’s fiduciary duties, (3) conduct that demonstrably and materially injures us monetarily or otherwise or (4) a conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving our assets, and that in each case is not cured, to our board of directors’ reasonable satisfaction, within 30 days after written notice. In any such event, the employment agreements provide for the payment to Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event that the employment of Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen is terminated by us without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason.” Each agreement defines “good reason” as (1) our material breach of the terms of the employment agreement or a direction from our board of directors that the executive act or refrain from acting in a manner that is unlawful or contrary to a material and written policy, (2) a material diminution in the executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities without his consent or our preventing him from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities without his consent, (3) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or (4) a requirement that the executive relocate more than 50 miles from the current location of his principal office without his consent, in each case provided that Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen has given written notice to our board of directors within 30 days after he knows of the circumstances constituting “good reason,” the circumstances constituting “good reason” are not cured within 30 days of such notice and the executive resigns within 30 days after the expiration of the cure period. In any such event, the executive is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if the executive executes a general release of claims, any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the executive’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to three times his base salary in effect at the time of termination, an amount equal to three times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination and (ii) the executive’s annual base salary, a prorated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to three times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to three times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
Each employment agreement includes covenants that prohibit Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen from disclosing confidential information about us except in connection with our business and affairs. Each employment agreement also provides that, during employment and for the one-year period following termination of employment, Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, subject to certain exceptions, will not compete with us by working with, or making a material investment in, an entity that owns or proposes to own 25 or more hotels in the upscale or midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, solicit any of our employees to leave employment or interfere with our relationship with any of our customers or clients. The restrictive covenants that prohibit or restrict Mr. Boekelheide or Mr. Hansen from being employed by, or providing services to, a competitor of our company following the termination of employment with us do not apply after a termination without cause or after the executive resigns with good reason as defined in the agreement.
 
Craig J. Aniszewski and Stuart J. Becker.  Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker, each of which will have an initial term of three years and will renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. The employment agreements provide for annual base salaries to each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker of $300,000 and $250,000, respectively, subject to increase in the discretion of our board of directors or its compensation committee. The


103


Table of Contents

employment agreements entitle each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker to fringe benefits substantially similar to those afforded to Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, as described above (except that the employment agreement with Mr. Becker does not provide for the establishment of a medical reimbursement plan that provides supplemental health benefits).
 
Under their employment agreements, Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker are eligible to earn an annual cash bonus for 2011 and subsequent years (but no bonus will be payable for 2010). Mr. Aniszewski will receive an annual bonus of $225,000 for 2011 if the same 2011 performance objective described above for Messrs. Boekelheide and Hansen is achieved. For 2012 and subsequent years Mr. Aniszewski will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 75% of annual base salary, to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the compensation committee are achieved. For 2011 and subsequent years, Mr. Becker will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus, of up to 50% of annual base salary, to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the compensation committee are achieved.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event the employment of Mr. Aniszewski or Mr. Becker ends upon termination by us for “cause,” a resignation without “good reason,” death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or resignation with “good reason.” The definitions of “cause” and “good reason” in the employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker are the same as those in the employment agreements with Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Hansen, as described above (except that a requirement that Mr. Becker relocate to Sioux Falls, South Dakota will not constitute “good reason”). In any such event, the employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker provide for the payment of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Each employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event the employment of Mr. Aniszewski or Mr. Becker is terminated by us without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason.” In any such event, the executive would be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if the executive executes a general release of claims, any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if employment had not terminated. Each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to one and one-half times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to one and one-half times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 75% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Aniszewski) or 50% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Becker), a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to one and one-half times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to one and one-half times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
The employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker provide for higher severance payments in the event of termination by us without “cause” no more than ninety days before a change in control or on or after a change in control or upon resignation for “good reason” on or after a change in control. The definition of “change in control” under the employment agreements with Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker is the same as the definition of “change in control” under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In any such event, each of Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if the executive executes a general release of claims, all outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the executive’s employment had not terminated. Each executive shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to two times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to two times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 75% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Aniszewski) or 50% of annual base salary (in the case of Mr. Becker), a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.


104


Table of Contents

Each employment agreement includes covenants that prohibit Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker from disclosing confidential information about us except in connection with our business and affairs. Each employment agreement also provides that, during employment and for the one-year period following termination of employment, Mr. Aniszewski and Mr. Becker will not compete with us by working with, or making a material investment in, an entity that owns or proposes to own 25 or more hotels in the upscale or midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, solicit any of our employees to leave employment or interfere with our relationship with any of our customers or clients. The restrictive covenants that prohibit or restrict Mr. Aniszewski or Mr. Becker from being employed by, or providing services to, a competitor of our company following the termination of employment with us do not apply after a termination without cause or after the executive resigns with good reason as defined in the agreement.
 
Ryan A. Bertucci.  Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci which will have an initial term of one year and will renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $220,000, subject to increase in the discretion of our board of directors or its compensation committee. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Bertucci to fringe benefits substantially similar to those afforded to the other executives, as described above (except that the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci does not provide for the establishment of a medical reimbursement plan that provides supplemental health benefits).
 
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Bertucci is eligible to earn annual cash bonuses to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee will provide Mr. Bertucci the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of annual base salary, to the extent such goals are achieved.
 
Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event his employment ends upon termination by us for “cause,” a resignation without “good reason,” death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or resignation with “good reason.” The definitions of “cause” and “good reason” in the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci are the same as those in the employment agreements with the other executives, as described above. In any such event, the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci provides for the payment of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason.” In any such event, he would be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if he executes a general release of claims, any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if employment had not terminated. Mr. Bertucci shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to one times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to one times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination or (ii) 50% of his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to one times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to one times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
The employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci provides for higher severance payments in the event of termination by us without “cause” no more than ninety days before a change in control or on or after a change in control or upon resignation for “good reason” on or after a change in control. The definition of “change in control” under the employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci is the same as the definition of “change in control” under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In any such event, Mr. Bertucci is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of termination and any benefits due under the terms of our employee benefit plans and, if he executes a general release of claims, all outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the executive’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Bertucci shall also be entitled to receive, subject to the execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to two times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to two times the greater of (i) the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of


105


Table of Contents

termination or (ii) 50% of his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination, an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the executive and his eligible dependents in effect on the termination date and an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for disability and life insurance coverage for the executive in effect on the termination date.
 
Mr. Bertucci’s employment agreement includes covenants that prohibit him from disclosing confidential information about us except in connection with our business and affairs. The employment agreement with Mr. Bertucci also provides that, during his employment and for the one-year period following the termination of his employment, he will not compete with us by working with or making a material investment in an entity that owns or proposes to own 25 or more hotels in the upscale or midscale without food and beverage hotel segments, solicit any of our employees to leave employment or interfere with our relationship with any of our customers or clients. The restrictive covenants that prohibit or restrict him from being employed by, or providing services to, a competitor of our company following the termination of his employment with us do not apply after a termination without cause or after the executive resigns with good reason as defined in the agreement.
 
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The following table and accompanying footnotes reflect the estimated potential amounts payable to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci under their employment agreements and our compensation and benefit plans and arrangements in the event the executive’s employment is terminated under various scenarios, including involuntary termination without cause, voluntary termination, involuntary termination with cause, voluntary resignation with good reason, involuntary or good reason termination in connection with a change in control and termination due to death and disability. The amounts shown below are estimates of the amounts that would be paid to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci upon termination of their employment assuming that such termination was effective upon completion of this offering. Actual amounts payable will depend upon compensation levels at the time of termination, the amount of future equity awards and other factors, and will likely be greater than amounts shown in this table.
 


106


Table of Contents

                                         
        Payment in
  Acceleration
       
        Lieu of
  and
       
        Medical/Welfare
  Continuation
       
    Cash
  Benefits
  of
      Total
    Severance
  (present
  Equity
  Excise Tax
  Termination
    Payment   value) (5)   Awards (6)   Gross-Up (7)   Benefits
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
  $ 2,280,000     $ 79,200                        
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                             
Change in control (no termination)
                                 
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
  $ 2,280,000     $ 79,200                        
Death or disability
                                   
Daniel P. Hansen (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
  $ 2,100,000     $ 79,200                        
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                             
Change in control (no termination)
                                 
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
  $ 2,100,000     $ 79,200                        
Death or disability
                                 
Craig J. Aniszewski (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
  $ 787,500     $ 39,600                        
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                             
Change in control (no termination)
                                 
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
  $ 1,050,000     $ 52,800                        
Death or disability
                                 
Stuart J. Becker (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
  $ 562,500     $ 9,000                        
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                               
Change in control (no termination)
                                 
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
  $ 750,000     $ 12,000                        
Death or disability
                                 
Ryan A. Bertucci (1)(2)
                                       
Involuntary termination without cause (3)
  $ 330,000     $ 26,400                        
Voluntary termination or involuntary termination with cause
                                 
Change in control (no termination)
                               
Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control (4)
  $ 660,000     $ 52,800                        
Death or disability
                                 
 
(1) The amounts shown in the table do not include accrued salary, earned but unpaid bonuses, accrued but unused vacation pay or the distribution of benefits from any tax-qualified retirement or 401(k) plan. Those amounts are payable to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci upon any termination of employment, including an involuntary termination with cause and a resignation without good reason.
(2) A termination of employment due to death or disability entitles Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci to benefits under our life insurance and disability insurance plans. In addition, outstanding options immediately vest upon a termination of employment due to death or disability.
(3) Amounts calculated in accordance with provisions of the applicable employment agreement as disclosed in “—Employment Agreements.”
(4) Amounts calculated in accordance with provisions of the applicable employment agreement as disclosed in “—Employment Agreements.”
(5) The amounts shown in this column are estimates of the cash payments to be made under the employment agreements based on the annual premiums to be paid by us for health care, life and disability insurance and other benefits expected to be provided to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci.
(6) The amounts shown in this column represent the value, on the date of grant of the options that are expected to be granted to Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci upon completion of this offering. The values were computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and

107


Table of Contents

reflect (i) the number of shares for which the options are exercisable following the specified termination event (which is zero shares in the cases of voluntary termination and involuntary termination with cause and all of the option shares in other cases), (ii) the option exercise price, (iii) the period in which the option may be exercised following the specified termination event (which we assume, for purposes of this table, is five years in each case) and (iv) the assumed volatility of our common stock during the period in which the option remains exercisable. For more information on the value of these option awards and the assumptions used in arriving at the amounts disclosed, please see the footnotes to our pro forma financial statements beginning on page F-2 of this prospectus.
Amounts reflecting accelerated vesting of equity awards in the rows “Change in control (no termination)” and “Involuntary or good reason termination in connection with change in control” will be paid upon only one of the specified triggering events (not both) and will not be duplicated in the event that the executive incurs a qualifying termination following a change in control event that has previously resulted in acceleration.
(7) The employment agreements with Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci do not provide an indemnification or gross-up payment for the parachute payment excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The employment agreements instead provide that the severance and any other payments or benefits that are treated as parachute payments under the Code will be reduced to the maximum amount that can be paid without an excise tax liability. The parachute payments will not be reduced, however, if the executive will receive greater after-tax benefits by receiving the total or unreduced benefits (after taking into account any excise tax liability payable by the executive). The amounts shown in the table assume that Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci will receive the total or unreduced benefits.
 
Severance Agreements
 
Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into severance agreements with Mr. Eng, our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and Ms. Sorum, our Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, that will provide for payments to these officers under various termination scenarios, each of which will have an initial term of three years and renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated in accordance with its terms. The form of severance agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
Upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.
 
2010 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have adopted, and our sole stockholder will have approved, an equity incentive plan, or the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, to attract and retain independent directors, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers and employees of our affiliates. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, performance units and other equity-based awards.
 
Administration of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, except that the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards made to directors who are not employees. This summary uses the term “administrator” to refer to the compensation committee or our board of directors, as applicable. The administrator will approve all terms of awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The administrator will also approve who will receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the number of shares of common stock subject to each grant.
 
Eligibility
 
All of our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates, and employees of our operating partnership, are eligible to receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, our independent directors and individuals who perform services for us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, including individuals who perform services for our operating partnership, may receive grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.


108


Table of Contents

Share Authorization
 
The number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will equal the lesser of: (1) 1,844,217 shares; and (2) 8.5% of the total number of shares sold in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to an exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). In connection with stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our board will make adjustments that it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of outstanding awards. If any options or stock appreciation rights terminate, expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or paid or if any stock awards, performance units or other equity-based awards are forfeited, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will again be available for purposes of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares of common stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the exercise price or for tax withholding are not available for future grants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. No awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding prior to completion of this offering. The initial grants described below will become effective upon completion of this offering.
 
Options
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the administrator, provided that the price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date on which the option is granted (or 110% of the shares’ fair market value on the grant date in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a “ten percent stockholder” under Sections 422 and 424 of the Code). The exercise price for any option is generally payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check, (iii) by the surrender of shares of common stock (or attestation of ownership of shares of common stock) with an aggregate fair market value on the date on which the option is exercised, equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve Board. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a “ten percent stockholder”). Upon completion of this offering, we will grant options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to our named executive officers pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. These options will have an exercise price equal to the IPO price of the shares sold in this offering and will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant unless otherwise accelerated.
 
Stock Awards
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of stock awards. A stock award is an award of shares of common stock that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the administrator determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as the administrator may determine. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement, a participant who receives a stock award will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares. During the period, if any, when stock awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, (i) a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging, hypothecating or otherwise disposing of his or her stock award shares, (ii) the company will retain custody of the certificates and (iii) a participant must deliver a stock power to the company for each stock award. Upon completion of this offering, we will grant an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to our non-employee directors pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. These stock awards will be vested and transferable as of the date of grant.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of stock appreciation right. A stock appreciation right provides the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the stock appreciation right, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the stock appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of exercise over the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by the compensation committee. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or as


109


Table of Contents

independent grants. The term of a stock appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant or five years in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in tandem with an incentive stock option awarded to a “ten percent stockholder.”
 
Performance Units
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes the grant of performance units. Performance units represent the participant’s right to receive an amount, based on the value of a specified number of shares of common stock, if performance goals established by the administrator are met. The administrator will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other conditions that apply to the performance unit. Performance goals may relate to our financial performance or the financial performance of our operating partnership, the participant’s performance or such other criteria determined by the administrator. If the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof.
 
Incentive Awards
 
The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes our compensation committee to make incentive awards. An incentive award entitles the participant to receive a payment if certain requirements are met. Our compensation committee will establish the requirements that must be met before an incentive award is earned and the requirements may be stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the compensation committee. A performance goal or objective may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a published index and may be adjusted for unusual or non-recurring events, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles. An incentive award that is earned will be settled in a single payment which may be in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock.
 
Other Equity-Based Awards; LTIP Units
 
The administrator may grant other types of stock-based awards as other equity-based awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, shares of common stock or other equity, or a combination thereof, as determined by the administrator. The terms and conditions of other equity-based awards are determined by the administrator.
 
LTIP units are a special class of partnership interest in our operating partnership. Each LTIP unit awarded will be deemed equivalent to an award of one share of common stock under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, reducing the plan’s share authorization for other awards on a one-for-one basis. We will not receive a tax deduction for the value of any LTIP units granted to our employees. The vesting period for any LTIP units, if any, will be determined at the time of issuance. LTIP units, whether or not vested, will receive the same quarterly per unit distributions as OP units, which distributions will generally equal per share distributions on our shares of common stock. This treatment with respect to quarterly distributions is similar to the expected treatment of our stock awards, which will generally receive full dividends whether vested or not. Initially, LTIP units will not have full parity with OP units with respect to liquidating distributions. Under the terms of the LTIP units, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in our operating partnership’s valuation from the time of grant until such event will be allocated first to the holders of LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of OP unit holders. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the holders of LTIP units with the other holders of OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of OP units, including redemption/exchange rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value that a holder of LTIP units will realize for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of our shares of common stock.
 
We have no current plans to issue any LTIP units.
 
Dividend Equivalents
 
The administrator may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of performance units and other equity-based awards. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or accrued as contingent cash obligations (in which case they


110


Table of Contents

may be deemed to have been invested in shares of common stock) and may be payable in cash, shares of common stock or other property dividends declared on shares of common stock. The administrator will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.
 
Change in Control
 
If we experience a change in control, the administrator may, at its discretion, provide that all outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards that are not exercised prior to the change in control will be assumed by the surviving entity, or will be replaced by a comparable substitute award of the same type as the original award and that has substantially equal value granted by the surviving entity. The administrator may also provide that all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will be fully exercisable on the change in control, restrictions and conditions on outstanding stock awards will lapse upon the change in control and performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards will become earned in their entirety. The administrator may also provide that participants must surrender their outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards and other equity-based awards in exchange for a payment, in cash or shares of our common stock or other securities or consideration received by stockholders in the change in control transaction, equal to (i) the entire amount that can be earned under an incentive award, (ii) the value received by stockholders in the change in control transaction for each share subject to a stock award, performance unit or other equity-based award or (iii) in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, the amount by which that transaction value exceeds the exercise price.
 
In summary, a change in control under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan occurs if:
 
  §    a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires, in a transaction or series of transactions, more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities;
 
  §    we merge into another entity unless the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to the merger have more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;
 
  §    we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets to any entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power and common stock of which is owned by our shareholders after the sale or disposition; or
 
  §    during any period of two consecutive years individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors together with any new directors (other than individuals who become directors in connection with certain transactions or election contests) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors.
 
The Code has special rules that apply to “parachute payments,” i.e., compensation or benefits the payment of which is contingent upon a change in control. If certain individuals receive parachute payments in excess of a safe harbor amount prescribed by the Code, the payor is denied a federal income tax deduction for a portion of the payments and the recipient must pay a 20% excise tax, in addition to income tax, on a portion of the payments.
 
If we experience a change in control, benefits provided under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan could be treated as parachute payments. In that event, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides that the plan benefits, and all other parachute payments provided under other plans and agreements, will be reduced to the safe harbor amount, i.e., the maximum amount that may be paid without excise tax liability or loss of deduction, if the reduction allows the recipient to receive greater after-tax benefits. The benefits under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and other plans and agreements will not be reduced, however, if the recipient will receive greater after-tax benefits (taking into account the 20% excise tax payable by the recipient) by receiving the total benefits. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan also provides that these provisions do not apply to a participant who has an agreement with us providing that the individual is entitled to indemnification from us for the 20% excise tax.
 
Amendment; Termination
 
Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of participants under outstanding awards. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or stock exchange requirements. Our stockholders also must approve any amendment that materially increases the benefits accruing to participants under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, materially increases the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Equity


111


Table of Contents

Incentive Plan (other than on account of stock dividends, stock splits, or other changes in capitalization as described above) or materially modifies the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We may establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match employees’ annual contributions, within prescribed limits.


112


Table of Contents

 
Investment Policies and Policies With Respect to Certain Activities
 
The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our policies with respect to certain other activities, including financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without stockholder approval. Any change to any of these policies by our board of directors, however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis of that change, in light of then-existing business and other circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board of directors believes that it is advisable to do so in our and our stockholders’ best interests. We intend to disclose any changes in our investment policies in periodic reports that we file or furnish under the Exchange Act. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives will be attained.
 
Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate
 
We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our primary objective is to enhance stockholder value over time by generating strong risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We plan to invest principally in hotels located in the United States. We target upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels that meet specific acquisition criteria and to a lesser extent smaller full-service hotels that may fall into the upper upscale or midscale with food and beverage segments. We also may selectively invest in loans secured by these types of hotels or ownership interests in entities owning these types of hotels to the extent the investment provides us with a clear path to acquiring the underlying real estate, and subject to the limitations imposed by reason of our qualification as a REIT. For a discussion of our hotels and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Our Business and Properties.”
 
We intend to engage in future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the requirements applicable to REITs for federal income tax purposes. We primarily expect to pursue our investment objectives through the ownership by our operating partnership of hotels, but we may also make equity investments in other entities, including joint ventures that own hotels. Our management team will identify and negotiate acquisition and other investment opportunities, subject to the approval by our board of directors. For information concerning the investing experience of these individuals, please see the section entitled “Management.”
 
We may enter into joint ventures from time to time, if we determine that doing so would be the most cost-effective and efficient means of raising capital. Equity investments may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or such financing or indebtedness may be incurred in connection with acquiring investments. Any such financing or indebtedness will have priority over our equity interest in such property. Investments are also subject to our policy not to be treated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.
 
We do not have a specific policy to acquire assets primarily for capital gain or primarily for income. From time to time, we may make investments that support our objectives but do not provide current cash flow. We believe investments that do not generate current cash flow may be, in certain instances, consistent with achieving sustainable long-term growth for our stockholders.
 
We do not have any specific policy as to the amount or percentage of our assets which will be invested in any specific asset, other than the tax rules applicable to REITs. Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of investments in any one geographic location, hotel type or franchise brand. We currently anticipate that our real estate investments will continue to be concentrated in upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels. We anticipate that our real estate investments will continue to be diversified in terms of geographic market.
 
Investments in Real Estate Mortgages
 
While we will emphasize equity real estate investments in hotels, we may selectively acquire loans secured by hotel properties or entities that own hotel properties to the extent that those investments are consistent with our qualification as a REIT and provide us with a clear path to acquiring the underlying real estate. We do not intend to originate any secured or unsecured real estate loans or purchase any debt securities as a stand-alone, long-term investment, but, in limited circumstances, we may from time to time provide a short-term loan to a hotel owner as a means of securing an acquisition opportunity. The mortgages in which we may invest may be first-lien mortgages or subordinate mortgages secured by


113


Table of Contents

hotels. The subordinated mezzanine loans in which we may invest may include mezzanine loans secured by a pledge of ownership interests in an entity owning a hotel or group of hotels. Investments in real estate mortgages and subordinated real estate loans are subject to the risk that one or more borrowers may default and that the collateral securing mortgages may not be sufficient or, in the case of subordinated mezzanine loans, available to enable us, to recover our full investment.
 
Investments in Securities or Interests in Entities Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Investments in Other Securities
 
Subject to the gross income and asset requirements required to qualify as a REIT, we may invest in securities of entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We do not currently have any policy limiting the types of entities in which we may invest or the proportion of assets to be so invested, whether through acquisition of an entity’s common stock, limited liability or partnership interests, interests in another REIT or entry into a joint venture. However, other than in the formation transactions, we do not presently intend to invest in these types of securities.
 
Purchase and Sale of Investments
 
We expect to invest in hotels primarily for generation of current income and long-term capital appreciation. Although we do not currently intend to sell any hotels, we may deliberately and strategically dispose of assets in the future and redeploy funds into new acquisitions and development opportunities that align with our strategic objectives. If market conditions are favorable, we may also engage in development opportunities by developing the land within our portfolio or acquiring land for development.
 
Lending Policies
 
We do not have a policy limiting our ability to make loans to other persons, although our ability to do so may be limited by applicable law, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Subject to tax rules applicable to REITs, we may make loans to unaffiliated third parties. For example, we may consider offering purchase money financing in connection with the disposition of assets in instances where the provision of that financing would increase the value to be received by us for the asset sold. We do not expect to engage in any significant lending in the future. We may choose to guarantee debt of certain joint ventures with third parties. Consideration for those guarantees may include, but is not limited to, fees, long-term management contracts, options to acquire additional ownership interests and promoted equity positions. Our board of directors may, in the future, adopt a formal lending policy without notice to or consent of our stockholders.
 
Issuance of Additional Securities
 
If our board of directors determines that obtaining additional capital would be advantageous to us, we may, without stockholder approval, issue debt or equity securities, including causing our operating partnership to issue additional OP units, retain earnings (subject to the REIT distribution requirements for federal income tax purposes) or pursue a combination of these methods. As long as our operating partnership is in existence, the proceeds of all equity capital raised by us will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for additional OP units, which will dilute the ownership interests of the other limited partners.
 
We may offer shares of our common stock, OP units, or other debt or equity securities in exchange for cash, real estate assets or other investment targets, and to repurchase or otherwise re-acquire shares of our common stock, OP units or other debt or equity securities. We may issue preferred stock from time to time, in one or more classes or series, as authorized by our board of directors without the need for stockholder approval. We have not adopted a specific policy governing the issuance of senior securities at this time. Summit Capital, which is owned and managed by our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, may engage in the distribution and sale of securities of other issuers in private placements exempt from registration requirements under the Securities Act.


114


Table of Contents

Repurchase of Our Securities
 
We may repurchase shares of our common stock or OP units from time to time. In addition, certain holders of OP units have the right, beginning 12 months after completion of the formation transactions, to require us to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at our option, shares of common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Redemption/Exchange Rights.”
 
Reporting Policies
 
We intend to make available to our stockholders audited annual financial statements and annual reports. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, pursuant to which we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.
 
Policies with Respect to Certain Transactions
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will adopt a written policy for the review and approval of related person transactions requiring disclosure under Rule 404(a) of Regulation S-K, which will include our directors, officers, major stockholders and affiliates, including certain of their family members. For a discussion of our Related Person Transaction Policy, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Under our bylaws, our directors and officers may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to our company.


115


Table of Contents

 
Principal Stockholders
 
Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will have a total of 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. We sold these shares to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide in connection with our formation and initial capitalization for total consideration of $1,000. At the closing of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units (without giving effect to the 12 month restriction on redemption applicable to OP units) immediately following completion of this offering and the formation transactions by (1) each of the executive officers named in the table appearing under the caption “Management—Summary Compensation Table,” (2) each of our directors and independent director nominees, (3) all of our executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group and (4) each holder of five percent or more of our shares of common stock.
 
The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. In computing the number of shares and OP units beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or other rights held by that person that are exercisable as of          , 2010 or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of common stock and OP units shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105.
 
                         
    Number of Shares
          Percentage of All
 
    and OP Units
    Percentage of All
    Shares and OP Units
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Beneficially Owned     Shares (1)     Beneficially Owned (2)  
 
Kerry W. Boekelheide (3)
    1,517,879              
Daniel P. Hansen (4)
                 
Craig J. Aniszewski (5)
    4,105       *     *
Stuart J. Becker (4)
                 
Ryan A. Bertucci (4)
                 
Bjorn R. L. Hanson
    1,000 (6 )     *     *
David S. Kay
    1,000 (6 )     *     *
Thomas W. Storey
    1,000 (6 )     *     *
Wayne W. Wielgus
    1,000 (6 )     *     *
All directors, independent director nominees and executive officers as a group (9 persons)
    1,525,984       *     5.3 %
 
Represents less than 1%
(1) Assumes           shares of our common stock are outstanding immediately following this offering. In addition, amounts for individuals assume that all OP units held by the person are redeemed for shares of our common stock, and amounts for all executive officers, directors and independent director nominees as a group assume all OP units held by them are exchanged for shares of our common stock. The total number of shares of common stock outstanding used in calculating this percentage assumes that none of the OP units held by other persons are exchanged for shares of our common stock.
(2) Assumes a total of           shares of our common stock and 10,100,000 OP units, which OP units may redeemed for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock as described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement,” are outstanding immediately following this offering.
(3) Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Boekelheide will not beneficially own any shares of our common stock, except in the form of OP units. Includes (i) 17,000 OP units to be issued to a revocable trust, the trustee and sole beneficiary of which is Mr. Boekelheide, in exchange for the trust’s membership interests in our predecessor; (ii) 1,109,164 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in the merger in exchange for its membership interests in our predecessor; (iii) 74,829 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in exchange for its Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale; and (iv) an aggregate of 316,886 OP units to be issued to entities affiliated with Mr. Boekelheide other than The Summit Group, over which Mr. Boekelheide will share voting and investment power with individuals who are not affiliated with us. Excludes options to purchase 376,000 shares of our common stock at the IPO price, none of which has vested.
(4) Does not reflect options to be granted to Messrs. Hansen, Becker and Bertucci to purchase an aggregate of 329,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, none of which has vested.
(5) Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Aniszewski will not beneficially own any shares of our common stock, except in the form of OP units. Includes 4,105 OP units to be issued to Mr. Aniszewski in exchange for his Class B membership interests in our predecessor. Excludes options to purchase 235,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, none of which has vested.
(6) We will grant 1,000 shares of common stock to each initial independent director upon completion of this offering.


116


Table of Contents

 
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
 
Formation Transactions
 
On June 30, 2010, in connection with the initial capitalization of our company, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, for total cash consideration of $1,000. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
Some of our executive officers and directors have material interests in the formation transactions. Prior to completion of the formation transactions, these executive officers and directors have ownership interests in our predecessor. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide, through The Summit Group, holds a 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale. As part of the formation transactions, we will acquire these ownership interests by issuing OP units to the former members of those companies, including some of our executive officers and directors. The aggregate number and value of the OP units to be issued to our executive officers and directors in connection with the formation transactions is as follows:
 
  §    Mr. Boekelheide, our Executive Chairman, will receive an aggregate of 1,200,993 OP units, including: (1) 17,000 OP units to be issued to a revocable trust, the trustee and sole beneficiary of which is Mr. Boekelheide, in exchange for the trust’s Class A membership interests in our predecessor pursuant to the merger; (2) 1,109,164 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group pursuant to the merger; and (3) 74,829 OP units to be issued to The Summit Group in exchange for its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale. These OP units represent approximately     % of our common stock and OP units outstanding on a fully diluted basis and have a combined aggregate value of $      million based on the anticipated mid-point of the IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
  §    Entities affiliated with Mr. Boekelheide, other than The Summit Group, will receive an aggregate of 316,886 OP units. Mr. Boekelheide will share voting and investment power over these OP units with individuals who are not affiliated with us. These OP units will represent approximately     % of our common stock and OP units outstanding on a fully diluted basis and have a combined aggregate value of $      million based on the anticipated mid-point of the IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
  §    Mr. Aniszewski, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, will receive an aggregate of 4,105 OP units in exchange for his Class B membership interest in our predecessor pursuant to the merger. These OP units represent approximately     % of our common stock and OP units outstanding on a fully diluted basis and have a combined aggregate value of $      million based on the anticipated mid-point of the IPO price range shown on the cover of this prospectus.
 
In addition to the OP units to be received in connection with the formation transactions, our executive officers will also benefit from the following:
 
  §    employment agreements that will provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including severance benefits in the event of a termination of employment in certain circumstances (see “Management—Employment Agreements”);
 
  §    options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price of the shares in this offering that will be granted to our named executive officers upon completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (see “Management—IPO Grants of Plan-Based Awards”);
 
  §    agreements providing for indemnification by us for certain liabilities and expenses incurred as a result of actions brought, or threatened to be brought, against them as an officer and/or director of our company (see “Management—Indemnification Agreements” and “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws”); and
 
  §    redemption and registration rights under our operating partnership’s partnership agreement with respect to OP units to be issued in the formation transactions (see “Description of the Partnership Agreement”).
 
Furthermore, in connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will offer to enter into tax protection agreements with a limited number of the members of our predecessor, including The Summit Group. See “Formation Transactions—Tax Protection Agreements.”


117


Table of Contents

 
Cash Payment by Interstate to The Summit Group
 
In consideration for assigning to them the existing hotel management agreements with our predecessor, The Summit Group will receive a total cash payment from Interstate in the amount of $12,750,000, $11,000,000 of which will be paid upon completion of this offering and $1,750,000 of which will be paid on the third anniversary of the completion of this offering.
 
Related Party Transactions Between Our Predecessor and Its Affiliates Prior to the Formation Transactions
 
Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, is the sole owner of The Summit Group. Prior to completion of the formation transactions, The Summit Group held a 43.5% total ownership interest in our predecessor and it acted as our predecessor’s company manager. In addition, The Summit Group had the right to appoint six of the seven members of our predecessor’s board of managers. Prior to completion of the formation transactions, Mr. Boekelheide served as an executive officer and member of the board of managers of our predecessor. As a result, The Summit Group exercised substantial influence and control over our predecessor and its business and affairs.
 
Since January 1, 2009 and through June 30, 2010, our predecessor reimbursed a total of $6.8 million of expenses incurred by The Summit Group in connection with the management of our predecessor and the management of our predecessor’s hotels. In addition, as of June 30, 2010, our predecessor had accounts payable to The Summit Group in the amount of approximately $373,000 relating to reimbursement of development expenses for acquired properties and certain management expenses.
 
Summit Capital, a registered broker-dealer, provided placement agent services to our predecessor in connection with private offerings of our predecessor’s securities. Our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, is the sole owner and President of Summit Capital. Since January 1, 2009, our predecessor paid Summit Capital approximately $571,000 in commissions and fees related to placements of our predecessor’s securities.
 
From time to time in the past, our predecessor has selectively used an aircraft owned by an entity owned by Mr. Boekelheide, and we may use the aircraft going forward. Our predecessor historically paid the actual cost of such aircraft (fuel, pilot fees and an allocable share of maintenance and depreciation) and we expect to use the aircraft selectively on substantially the same terms.
 
Outside Business Interests
 
Following completion of this offering, Mr. Boekelheide and other key members of our senior management team, including Messrs. Hansen and Aniszewski, will continue to serve as executive officers of The Summit Group. We will reimburse The Summit Group for payments it makes on behalf of each of Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen and Aniszewski for health care benefits provided under the Exec-U-Care program. The Summit Group will continue to manage one hotel that is not owned by us, a Comfort Suites located in Tucson, Arizona. Our employment agreement with Mr. Boekelheide requires him to devote a substantial portion of his business time and attention to our business and our employment agreements with our other executive officers require our executives to devote substantially all of their business time and attention to our business. Our employment agreements with our other executives do not include a prohibition on competing with our company. In addition, Mr. Boekelheide, as well as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Becker, and our Vice President of Acquisitions, Mr. Bertucci, will continue to serve as officers of Summit Green Tiger. Summit Green Tiger co-manages two private investment funds, which own a total of six multi-family properties. We will not compete with these funds for investment opportunities. These outside business interests may reduce the amount of time that Messrs. Boekelheide, Hansen, Aniszewski, Becker and Bertucci are able to devote to our business. We expect a limited amount of time will be dedicated to these funds as they are closed and the co-manager oversees the day-to-day operations and investments of these funds.
 
Review and Approval of Future Transactions with Related Persons
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will adopt a written policy for the review and approval of related person transactions requiring disclosure under Rule 404(a) of Regulation S-K. We expect this policy to provide that our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving or disapproving all interested transactions, meaning any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which (1) the amount involved may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, (2) our company or one of our subsidiaries will be a participant and (3) a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. A related person will be defined as an executive officer, director or nominee for election as director, or a greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, or an immediate family member of the foregoing. The policy may deem certain interested transactions to be pre-approved.


118


Table of Contents

 
Description of Capital Stock
 
The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock and certain terms of our charter and bylaws as we expect they will be at the time of completion of this offering and the formation transactions.
 
General
 
We are authorized to issue 600,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action on the part of our stockholders, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. As of the date of this prospectus, we had 1,000 outstanding shares of common stock held by one record holder, Mr. Boekelheide, and no outstanding shares of preferred stock. Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not liable for a corporation’s debts or obligations.
 
Common Stock
 
Subject to the preferential rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of our common stock:
 
  §    have the right to receive ratably any distributions from funds legally available therefor, when, as and if authorized by our board of directors; and
 
  §    are entitled to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to the holders of our common stock in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs.
 
There are generally no redemption, sinking fund, conversion, preemptive or appraisal rights with respect to our common stock.
 
Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors and, except as may be provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of such shares will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
 
Power to Reclassify and Issue Stock
 
Our board of directors may classify any unissued shares of preferred stock, and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock or any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of stock, including one or more classes or series of stock that have priority over our common stock with respect to voting rights or distributions or upon liquidation, and authorize us to issue the newly classified shares. Prior to the issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our charter to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. These actions can be taken without stockholder approval, unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of our stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our stock may be then listed or quoted. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of classes of stock and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series.


119


Table of Contents

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Our Common and Preferred Stock
 
Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. We believe that the power of our board of directors to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such shares of stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the additional shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for our stockholders or otherwise be in their best interests.
 
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer
 
In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).
 
Because our board of directors believes it is at present essential for us to qualify as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of our shares of stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock, or the Ownership Limit.
 
Our charter also prohibits any person from:
 
  §    beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year);
 
  §    transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in our shares of capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code);
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code; or
 
  §    beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such beneficial or constructive ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management companies failing to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules.
 
Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for that person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors any representations, covenants and undertakings that our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption to any person if that exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in


120


Table of Contents

either case in form and substance satisfactory to our board of directors, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.
 
Any attempted transfer of shares of our capital stock which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares of our capital stock causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio . In either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in those shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.
 
Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our charter) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price received by the trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that our shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.
 
In addition, shares of our stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee.
 
If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in a violation will be void ab initio , and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights in those shares.
 
Any certificate representing shares of our capital stock, and any notices delivered in lieu of certificates with respect to the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.
 
Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned shares of our capital stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give


121


Table of Contents

written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of the transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.
 
Every owner of more than 5% (or any lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our capital stock that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each of these owners must provide us with additional information that we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder will upon demand be required to provide us with information that we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine our compliance.
 
These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our shares of common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
 
Stock Exchange Listing
 
We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “INN.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.


122


Table of Contents

 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
 
General
 
Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to have outstanding        shares of our common stock (           shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). In addition, an additional 1,844,217 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including 940,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to be issued to our named executive officers upon completion of this offering.
 
All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in our charter, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale by our affiliates of shares granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan plus any shares purchased by affiliates in this offering and the shares of our common stock owned by our affiliates upon redemption of OP units generally will require registration under the Securities Act or compliance by the affiliates with the provisions of Rule 144.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of ours and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the restricted securities proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell his or her securities without registration and without complying with the manner of sale, current public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. In addition, under Rule 144, once we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose securities are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of ours and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, may sell his or her securities without registration after only a six-month holding period, subject only to the continued availability of current public information about us. Any sales by affiliates under Rule 144, even after the applicable holding periods described above, are subject to requirements and or limitations with respect to volume, manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.
 
Redemption Rights and Registration Rights
 
In connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will issue an aggregate of 10,100,000 OP units to the former members of our predecessor and the former Class B and Class C members of Summit of Scottsdale. These OP units will be outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions. Beginning on or after the date which is 12 months after completion of the formation transactions, the limited partners of our operating partnership (other than us) have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their OP units for cash or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the market price of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the ownership limits set forth in our charter. Limited partners of our operating partnership (other than us) will have registration rights with respect to these shares. These redemption and registration rights may result in 10,100,000 shares of our common stock becoming immediately saleable on the open market on or about the first anniversary of completion of this offering. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement—Registration Rights” for more information.
 
Equity Grants and Incentive Plan
 
We intend to adopt the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.  Key employees, directors and consultants are eligible to be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, phantom shares, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. We intend to reserve the lesser of (1) 1,844,217 shares of our common stock and (2) 8.5% of the total number of shares of our common stock sold in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) for issuance pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan,


123


Table of Contents

subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the plan. Approximately 5% of these shares will be issued to our executive officers in the form of option awards and to our non-employee directors in the form of stock awards upon completion of this offering.
 
We anticipate that we will file a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan prior to completion of this offering. Shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement, including shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options or restricted shares of our common stock will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
For a description of the lock-up agreement that our officers and directors and certain shareholders have agreed to enter into with Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, see “Underwriting.”


124


Table of Contents

 
Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Our Board of Directors
 
Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased by our board of directors, but may not be less than the minimum number required under the MGCL, which is one, or more than fifteen. Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to elect to be subject to Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL (which we expect will be upon completion of this offering) and subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock, any vacancy may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
 
Pursuant to our charter, each member of our board of directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors.
 
Removal of Directors
 
Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.
 
Business Combinations
 
Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder (i.e., any person (other than the corporation or any subsidiary) who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock) or an affiliate of an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Thereafter, any such business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (2) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. The board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.
 
As permitted by the MGCL, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person from the provisions of this statute, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). However, our board of directors may repeal or modify this resolution at any time in the future, in which case the applicable provisions of this statute will become applicable to business combinations between us and interested stockholders.


125


Table of Contents

Control Share Acquisitions
 
The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, excluding votes cast by (1) the person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition, (2) an officer of the corporation or (3) an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power: (1) one-tenth or more but less than one-third, (2) one-third or more but less than a majority or (3) a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
 
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
 
The control share acquisition statute does not apply to, among other things, (1) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.
 
Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any acquisition by any person of shares of our stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future by our board of directors.
 
Subtitle 8
 
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions of the MGCL which provide, respectively, that:
 
  §    the corporation’s board of directors will be divided into three classes;
 
  §    the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes cast in the election of directors generally is required to remove a director;
 
  §    the number of directors may be fixed only by vote of the directors;
 
  §    a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and that directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and
 
  §    the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting is required for stockholders to require the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.
 
Without our having elected to be subject to Subtitle 8, our charter and bylaws already (1) require the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of


126


Table of Contents

directors to remove a director from our board of directors, (2) vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directors, by vote of a majority of the entire board and (3) require, unless called by our chairman, our president and chief executive officer or a majority of our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting to call a special meeting. Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to make the election provided for under Subtitle 8 (which we expect will be upon completion of this offering), vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, and directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. Our board of directors is not currently classified. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to classify our board of directors or elect to be subject to any of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.
 
Meetings of Stockholders
 
Pursuant to our bylaws, an annual meeting of our stockholders for the purpose of the election of directors and the transaction of any business will be held on a date and at the time and place set by our board of directors. Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under Maryland law. In addition, our chairman, our president and chief executive officer or a majority of our directors may call a special meeting of our stockholders. Subject to the provisions of our bylaws, a special meeting of our stockholders to act on any matter that may properly be considered by our stockholders will also be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting on such matter, accompanied by the information required by our bylaws. Our secretary will inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including our proxy materials), and the requesting stockholder must pay such estimated cost before our secretary may prepare and mail the notice of the special meeting.
 
Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Except for certain amendments related to the removal of directors and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock (which must be declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast not less than two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter), our charter generally may be amended only if the amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, and without any action by our stockholders, may also amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series we are authorized to issue.
 
Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.
 
Extraordinary Transactions
 
Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that any of these actions may be approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Many of our operating assets will be held by our subsidiaries, and these subsidiaries may be able to merger or sell all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.
 
Appraisal Rights
 
Our charter provides that our stockholders generally will not be entitled to exercise statutory appraisal rights.


127


Table of Contents

Dissolution
 
Our dissolution must be declared advisable by a majority of our entire board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
 
Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business
 
Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of the individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee or business proposal, as applicable.
 
With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (1) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (2) provided that the special meeting has been properly called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee.
 
Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws
 
Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, including:
 
  §    supermajority vote and cause requirements for removal of directors;
 
  §    requirement that stockholders holding at least a majority of our outstanding common stock must act together to make a written request before our stockholders can require us to call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  §    provisions that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred;
 
  §    the power of our board to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of shares of any class or series of stock;
 
  §    the power of our board of directors to cause us to issue additional shares of stock of any class or series and to fix the terms of one or more classes or series of stock without stockholder approval;
 
  §    the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock; and
 
  §    advance notice requirements for director nominations and stockholder proposals.
 
Likewise, if the resolution opting out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL was repealed or the provision in the bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.
 
Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability and Indemnification
 
The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.


128


Table of Contents

 
Our charter and bylaws provide for indemnification of our officers and directors against liabilities to the maximum extent permitted by the MGCL, as amended from time to time.
 
The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
  §    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
  §    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
 
  §    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:
 
  §    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
 
  §    a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.
 
Our charter authorizes us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:
 
  §    any present or former director or officer of our company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
 
  §    any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
 
Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served our predecessor in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or our predecessor.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
REIT Qualification
 
Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.


129


Table of Contents

 
Description of the Partnership Agreement
 
The following summarizes the material terms of the agreement of limited partnership of our operating partnership, a copy of which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Management
 
We, through a wholly owned subsidiary, are the sole general partner of our operating partnership, a Delaware limited partnership. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments through our operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, the general partner will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our operating partnership, including the ability to cause our operating partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of lessees, make distributions to partners and to cause changes in our operating partnership’s business activities.
 
Transferability of Interests
 
We may not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction that results in a change in control of our company unless:
 
  §    we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by our company or our subsidiaries);
 
  §    as a result of such transaction, all limited partners (other than our company or our subsidiaries) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the product of the conversion factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder of one of our shares of common stock, provided that if, in connection with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock, each holder of partnership units (other than those held by our company or our subsidiaries) shall be given the option to exchange its partnership units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that a limited partner would have received had it (A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer common stock received upon exercise of the redemption right immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or
 
  §    we are the surviving entity in the transaction and either (A) our stockholders do not receive cash, securities or other property in the transaction or (B) all limited partners (other than our company or our subsidiaries) receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to less than the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received in the transaction by our stockholders.
 
We also may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity, other than partnership units held by us, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for partnership units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the survivor in good faith and (ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of our obligations under the partnership agreement, including those of the general partner, and the partnership agreement shall be amended after any such merger or consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the amounts payable upon exercise of the redemption right that approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.
 
We also may cause the general partner to (i) transfer all or any portion of its general partnership interest to (A) a wholly owned subsidiary or (B) a parent company, and following such transfer may withdraw as the general partner, and (ii) engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or OTC interdealer quotation system on which our common stock is listed.
 
We, through a wholly owned subsidiary serving as the general partner, without the consent of the limited partners, may (i) merge or consolidate our operating partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the limited partners (other than us or any of our subsidiaries) receive consideration as set forth above.


130


Table of Contents

 
Capital Contributions
 
We will contribute, directly, to our operating partnership substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for, directly and through our wholly owned subsidiary, an approximate     % (or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) partnership interest in our operating partnership. The partnership agreement provides that if our operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of funds available to our operating partnership from borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds to our operating partnership on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to our borrowing of such funds. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any future offering of shares as additional capital to our operating partnership. If we contribute additional capital to our operating partnership, we will receive additional partnership units and our percentage interest will be increased on a proportionate basis based upon the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value of our operating partnership at the time of such contributions. Conversely, the percentage interests of the limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis in the event of additional capital contributions by us. In addition, if we contribute additional capital to our operating partnership, the general partner will revalue the property of our operating partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the general partner) and the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated among the partners under the terms of the partnership agreement if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the general partner) on the date of the revaluation. Our operating partnership may issue preferred partnership interests, in connection with acquisitions of property or otherwise, which could have priority over common partnership interests with respect to distributions from our operating partnership, including the partnership interests we own as the general partner.
 
Redemption Rights
 
Pursuant to the partnership agreement, limited partners, other than us, will receive redemption rights, which will enable them to cause our operating partnership to redeem their limited partnership interests in exchange for cash or, at our operating partnership’s option, shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. Redemptions will generally occur only on the first day of each calendar quarter. Limited partners must submit an irrevocable notice to our operating partnership of the intention to be redeemed no less than 60 days prior to the redemption date, and each limited partner must submit for redemption at least 1,000 OP units or, if such limited partner holds less than 1,000 OP units, all the OP units owned by such limited partner. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of limited partnership interests held by limited partners may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends, share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash redemptions out of available cash or borrowings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would:
 
  §    result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock in excess of the share ownership limit in our charter;
 
  §    result in our being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution);
 
  §    result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code;
 
  §    cause us to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of ours, our operating partnership’s or a subsidiary partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code;
 
  §    cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management company failing to qualify as an eligible independent contractor under the Code; or
 
  §    cause the acquisition of common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of common stock for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act.
 
The general partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, waive any of these restrictions.
 
The partnership agreement will require that our operating partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT, to avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the


131


Table of Contents

Code (other than any federal income tax liability associated with our retained capital gains) and to ensure that the partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
Partnership Expenses
 
In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by our operating partnership, our operating partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses, including:
 
  §    all expenses relating to our continuity of existence and our subsidiaries’ operations;
 
  §    all expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities;
 
  §    all expenses associated with any repurchase by us of any securities;
 
  §    all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic or other reports and communications under federal, state or local laws or regulations;
 
  §    all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body;
 
  §    all administrative costs and expenses, including salaries and other payments to directors, officers or employees;
 
  §    all expenses associated with any 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing compensation to our employees;
 
  §    all expenses incurred by us relating to any issuance or redemption of partnership interests; and
 
  §    all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of business on behalf of our operating partnership.
 
These expenses, however, do not include any of our administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred that are attributable to hotel properties that, in the future, may be owned by us directly rather than by our operating partnership or its subsidiaries.
 
Fiduciary Responsibilities
 
Our directors and officers have duties under applicable Maryland law to manage us in a manner consistent with the best interests of our stockholders. At the same time, we, through our wholly owned subsidiary that serves as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties to manage our operating partnership in a manner beneficial to our operating partnership and its partners. Our duties, as general partner to our operating partnership and its limited partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our stockholders. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand and the limited partners of the operating partnership on the other hand, as general partner we will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners; provided, however, that so long as we own a controlling interest in the operating partnership, any such conflict that we, in our sole and absolute discretion, determine cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners shall be resolved in favor of our stockholders and we shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.
 
Distributions
 
The partnership agreement will provide that our operating partnership will distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of our operating partnership’s property in connection with the liquidation of our operating partnership) at such time and in such amounts as determined by the general partner in its sole discretion, to us and the other limited partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in our operating partnership.


132


Table of Contents

 
Upon liquidation of our operating partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to us and the other limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances.
 
LTIP Units
 
LTIP units are a class of partnership units in our operating partnership and, if issued, will receive the same quarterly per-unit profit distributions as the other outstanding units in our operating partnership. We have no current plan to issue any LTIP units. LTIP units, if issued, will not have full parity with other outstanding units with respect to liquidating distributions. Generally, under the terms of the LTIP units, if issued, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in valuation from the last revaluation of our operating partnership assets until such event will be allocated first to the LTIP unit holders to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of holders of our other outstanding partnership units. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the LTIP unit holders with the capital accounts of the other holders of our OP units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with our other OP units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of OP units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of such units, including redemption rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of shares of our common stock.
 
Allocations
 
Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests in the partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, the general partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by our operating partnership for allocating items with respect to (i) the difference between our proportionate share of our predecessor’s adjusted tax basis in excess of our portfolio and the proceeds of the offering that we will contribute to our operating partnership in exchange for partnership interests and (ii) contributed property acquired for limited partnership interests for which fair market value differs from the adjusted tax basis at the time of contribution. Any such election shall be binding on all partners. Upon the occurrence of certain specified events, our operating partnership will revalue its assets and any net increase in valuation will be allocated first to the LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of the holders of the other outstanding units in our operating partnership.
 
Registration Rights
 
We have granted those persons with a direct or indirect interest in the property entities who will receive OP units in the formation transactions certain registration rights with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued to them in connection with the exercise of the redemption rights under the partnership agreement.
 
Immediately following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our operating partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance or resale of common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their limited partnership interests. In furtherance of such registration rights, we have also agreed as follows:
 
  §    to use our reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective;
 
  §    to furnish to limited partners redeeming their limited partnership interests for our shares of common stock prospectuses, supplements, amendments, and such other documents reasonably requested by them;
 
  §    to register or qualify such shares under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as the limited partners reasonably request;


133


Table of Contents

 
  §    to list shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of redemption rights on any securities exchange or national market system upon which our shares of common stock are then listed; and
 
  §    to indemnify limited partners exercising redemption rights against all losses caused by any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus or caused by any omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished to us by such limited partners.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are not required to file more than two registration statements in any 12-month period and, as a condition to our obligations with respect to the registration rights of limited partners, each limited partner will agree:
 
  §    that no limited partner will offer or sell shares of our common stock that are issued upon redemption of their limited partnership interests until such shares have been included in an effective registration statement;
 
  §    that, if we determine in good faith that registration of shares for resale would require the disclosure of important information that we have a business purpose for preserving as confidential, the registration rights of each limited partner will be suspended until we notify such limited partners that suspension of their registration rights is no longer necessary (so long as we that do not suspend their rights for more than 180 days in any 12-month period);
 
  §    that if we propose an underwritten public offering, each limited partner will agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of our shares during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date of a registration statement filed with respect to the public offering or commencement date of a proposed offering and ending on the date specified by the managing underwriter for such offering; and
 
  §    to indemnify us and each of our officers, directors and controlling persons against all losses caused by any untrue statement or omission contained in (or omitted from) any registration statement based upon information furnished to us by such limited partner.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, our operating partnership will pay all expenses in connection with the exercise of registration rights under our operating partnership’s partnership agreement.
 
Amendments of the Partnership Agreement
 
The general partner, without the consent of the limited partners, may amend the partnership agreement in any respect; provided that the following amendments require the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by us or our subsidiaries):
 
  §    any amendment affecting the operation of the conversion factor (for holders of LTIP units) or the redemption right (except as otherwise provided in the partnership agreement) in a manner that adversely affects the limited partners in any material respect;
 
  §    any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the limited partners to receive the distributions payable to them under the partnership agreement, other than with respect to the issuance of additional partnership units pursuant to the partnership agreement;
 
  §    any amendment that would alter our operating partnership’s allocations of profit and loss to the limited partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional OP units pursuant to the partnership agreement; or
 
  §    any amendment that would impose on the limited partners any obligation to make additional capital contributions to our operating partnership.
 
Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
 
The limited partners of our operating partnership expressly acknowledge that the general partner of our operating partnership is acting for the benefit of our operating partnership, the limited partners (including us) and our stockholders collectively and that we are under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the limited partners (including, without


134


Table of Contents

limitation, the tax consequences to some or all of the limited partners) in deciding whether to cause our operating partnership to take, or decline to take, any actions. The partnership agreement provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders on the one hand, and the limited partners of our operating partnership on the other hand, the general partner will endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners, provided however, that so long as we own a controlling interest in our operating partnership, any such conflict that the general partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners will be resolved in favor of our stockholders, and neither the general partner nor our company will be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.
 
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the partnership agreement will provide for the indemnification of the general partner, and our officers, directors, employees, agents and any other persons we may designate from and against any and all claims arising from operations of our operating partnership in which any indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established by a court of competent jurisdiction that:
 
  §    the act or omission of the indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
  §    the indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
 
  §    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
Similarly, the general partner of our operating partnership, and our officers, directors, agents or employees, will not be liable for monetary damages to our operating partnership or the limited partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission so long as any such party acted in good faith.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Term
 
Our operating partnership will continue indefinitely or until sooner dissolved upon:
 
  §    the bankruptcy, dissolution, removal or withdrawal of the general partner (unless the limited partners elect to continue the partnership);
 
  §    the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the partnership;
 
  §    the redemption of all partnership units (other than those held by us, if any) unless we decide to continue the partnership by the admission of one or more general partners; or
 
  §    an election by us in our capacity as the general partner.
 
Tax Matters
 
Our partnership agreement will provide that the sole general partner of our operating partnership will be the tax matters partner of our operating partnership and, as such, will have authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of our operating partnership.


135


Table of Contents

 
Material Federal Income Tax Considerations
 
This section summarizes the material federal income tax considerations that you, as a stockholder, may consider relevant in connection with the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares. Hunton & Williams LLP has acted as our counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular stockholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of stockholders that are subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, such as:
 
  §    insurance companies;
 
  §    tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders” below);
 
  §    financial institutions or broker-dealers;
 
  §    non-U.S. individuals, partnerships and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below);
 
  §    U.S. expatriates;
 
  §    persons who mark-to-market our common stock;
 
  §    subchapter S corporations;
 
  §    U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
 
  §    regulated investment companies and REITs;
 
  §    trusts and estates;
 
  §    holders who receive our common stock through the exercise of employee share options or otherwise as compensation;
 
  §    persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment;
 
  §    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; and
 
  §    persons holding our common stock through a partnership or similar pass-through entity.
 
This summary assumes that stockholders hold stock as capital assets for federal income tax purposes, which generally means property held for investment.
 
The statements in this section are not intended to be, and should not be construed as, tax advice. The statements in this section are based on the Code, current, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, the legislative history of the Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and court decisions. The reference to IRS interpretations and practices includes the IRS practices and policies endorsed in private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the taxpayer that receives the ruling. In each case, these sources are relied upon as they exist on the date of this discussion. Future legislation, Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations and court decisions could change current law or adversely affect existing interpretations of current law on which the information in this section is based. Any such change could apply retroactively. We have not received any rulings from the IRS concerning our qualification as a REIT. Accordingly, even if there is no change in the applicable law, no assurance can be provided that the statements made in the following discussion, which do not bind the IRS or the courts, will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if so challenged.
 
WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND SALE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, SALE AND ELECTION, AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.


136


Table of Contents

Taxation of Our Company
 
We have in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend to revoke our S election prior to the closing of this offering. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that, commencing with such short taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurances can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section discusses the laws governing the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. These laws are highly technical and complex.
 
In connection with this offering, Hunton & Williams LLP is rendering an opinion that, commencing with our short taxable year ending on December 31, 2010, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and subsequent taxable years. Investors should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the IRS, or any court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that falls within specified categories, the diversity of our stock ownership, and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements. Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion does not foreclose the possibility that we may have to use one or more of the REIT savings provisions described below, which would require us to pay an excise or penalty tax (which could be material) in order for us to maintain our REIT qualification. For a discussion of the tax consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see “—Failure to Qualify.”
 
If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to our stockholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” or taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels, that generally results from owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to federal tax in the following circumstances:
 
  §    We will pay federal income tax on any taxable income, including undistributed net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders during, or within a specified time period after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.
 
  §    We may be subject to the “alternative minimum tax” on any items of tax preference including any deductions of net operating losses.
 
  §    We will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on:
 
  –   net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a lease of the property (“foreclosure property”) that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and
 
  –   other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.
 
  §    We will pay a 100% tax on net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.
 
  §    If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “—Gross Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, in either case, multiplied by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.


137


Table of Contents

 
  §    If we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed.
 
  §    We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain. In that case, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of such gain to the stockholders) and would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.
 
  §    We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with a TRS that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
  §    In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests, other than a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test, as described below under “—Asset Tests,” as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we file a description of each asset that caused such failure with the IRS, and we dispose of such assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest federal income tax rate then applicable to U.S. corporations (currently 35%) on the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
  §    In the event we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.
 
  §    If we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax, in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the asset that is determined by reference either to the C corporation’s basis in the asset or to another asset, we will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate applicable if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during the 10-year period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:
 
  –   the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition, and
 
  –   the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired it.
 
  §    We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s stockholders, as described below in “—Recordkeeping Requirements.”
 
  §    The earnings of our lower-tier entities that are subchapter C corporations, including TRSs, will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
 
In addition, notwithstanding our qualification as a REIT, we may also have to pay certain state and local income taxes, because not all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as further described below, TRSs will be subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income.
 
Requirements for Qualification
 
A REIT is a corporation, trust or association that meets each of the following requirements:
 
  1.   It is managed by one or more directors or trustees.
 
  2.   Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.
 
  3.   It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the federal income tax laws.
 
  4.   It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to special provisions of the federal income tax laws.


138


Table of Contents

 
  5.   At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or ownership certificates.
 
  6.   Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain entities, during the last half of any taxable year.
 
  7.   It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status.
 
  8.   It meets certain other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions to stockholders.
 
  9.   It uses a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the federal income tax laws.
 
We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 7, 8 and 9 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning with our 2011 taxable year. If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding stock in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining share ownership under requirement 6, an “individual” generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation, or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes. An “individual,” however, generally does not include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the Code, and beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.
 
Our charter provides restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” We believe that we will issue sufficient common stock with sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our charter are intended (among other things) to assist us in continuing to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 described above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy such stock ownership requirements. If we fail to satisfy these stock ownership requirements, our qualification as a REIT may terminate.
 
Qualified REIT Subsidiaries.  A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are treated as assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any “qualified REIT subsidiary” that we own will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of such subsidiary will be treated as our assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit.
 
Other Disregarded Entities and Partnerships.  An unincorporated domestic entity, such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a single owner, generally is not treated as an entity separate from its parent for federal income tax purposes. An unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners is generally treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% value test (see “—Asset Tests”) will be based on our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, and items of income of any partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT qualification requirements.
 
Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.  A REIT may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or


139


Table of Contents

indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS. However, an entity will not qualify as a TRS if it directly or indirectly operates or manages a lodging or health care facility or, generally, provides to another person under a franchise, license, or otherwise, rights to any brand name under which any lodging facility or health care facility is operated, unless such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” (as defined below under “—Gross Income Tests—Rents from Real Property”) to operate or manage a lodging facility or health care facility and such lodging facility or health care facility is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging facility located outside the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract.
 
We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a TRS to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as dividend income. This treatment can affect our compliance with the gross income and asset tests. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs.
 
A TRS will pay income tax at regular corporate rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. We have formed Summit TRS, whose wholly owned subsidiaries will be the lessees of our hotel properties. To reduce the risk of incurring a prohibited transaction tax, we may transfer some or all of our predecessor’s parcels of undeveloped land to Summit TRS or another TRS.
 
Gross Income Tests
 
We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of that 75% gross income test generally includes:
 
  §    rents from real property;
 
  §    interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property, or on interests in real property;
 
  §    dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs;
 
  §    gain from the sale of real estate assets; and
 
  §    income derived from the temporary investment in stock and debt investments purchased with the proceeds from the issuance of our stock or a public offering of our debt with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we received such new capital.
 
Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test (except for income derived from the temporary investment of new capital), other types of interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of these. Gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from both the numerator and the denominator in both gross income tests. In addition, income and gain from “hedging transactions” that we enter into to hedge indebtedness incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. See “—Foreign Currency Gain” below. The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the gross income tests to us.


140


Table of Contents

Rents from Real Property.  Rent that we receive from our real property will qualify as “rents from real property,” which is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, only if the following conditions are met:
 
  §    First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.
 
  §    Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our stock may own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, other than a TRS. If the tenant is a TRS and the property is a “qualified lodging facility,” such TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage such property. Instead, the property must be operated on behalf of the TRS by a person who qualifies as an “independent contractor” and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating lodging facilities for any person unrelated to us and the TRS.
 
  §    Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable to personal property will qualify as rents from real property. However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.
 
  §    Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than certain customary services provided to tenants through an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. Furthermore, we may own up to 100% of the stock of a TRS which may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income for the related properties. We need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or a TRS, but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of services not described in the prior sentence to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property.
 
Our TRS lessees will lease from our operating partnership and its subsidiaries the land (or leasehold interest), buildings, improvements, furnishings and equipment comprising our hotel properties. In order for the rent paid under the leases to constitute “rents from real property,” the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not treated as service contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. The determination of whether our leases are true leases depends on an analysis of all the surrounding facts and circumstances. In making such a determination, courts have considered a variety of factors, including the following:
 
  §    the intent of the parties;
 
  §    the form of the agreement;
 
  §    the degree of control over the property that is retained by the property owner (for example, whether the lessee has substantial control over the operation of the property or whether the lessee was required simply to use its best efforts to perform its obligations under the agreement); and
 
  §    the extent to which the property owner retains the risk of loss with respect to the property (for example, whether the lessee bears the risk of increases in operating expenses or the risk of damage to the property) or the potential for economic gain with respect to the property.
 
In addition, the federal income tax law provides that a contract that purports to be a service contract or a partnership agreement is treated instead as a lease of property if the contract is properly treated as such, taking into account all relevant factors. Since the determination of whether a service contract should be treated as a lease is inherently factual, the presence or absence of any single factor may not be dispositive in every case.
 
We currently intend to structure our leases so that they qualify as true leases for federal income tax purposes. For example, with respect to each lease, we generally expect that:
 
  §    our operating partnership and the lessee will intend for their relationship to be that of a lessor and lessee, and such relationship will be documented by a lease agreement;


141


Table of Contents

 
  §    the lessee will have the right to exclusive possession and use and quiet enjoyment of the hotels covered by the lease during the term of the lease;
 
  §    the lessee will bear the cost of, and will be responsible for, day-to-day maintenance and repair of the hotels other than the cost of certain capital expenditures, and will dictate through hotel managers that are eligible independent contractors, who will work for the lessee during the terms of the lease, and generally will dictate how the hotels will be operated and maintained;
 
  §    the lessee will bear all of the costs and expenses of operating the hotels, including the cost of any inventory used in their operation, during the term of the lease, other than real estate and personal property taxes and the cost of certain furniture, fixtures and equipment, and certain capital expenditures;
 
  §    the lessee will benefit from any savings and will bear the burdens of any increases in the costs of operating the hotels during the term of the lease;
 
  §    in the event of damage or destruction to a hotel, the lessee will be at economic risk because it will bear the economic burden of the loss in income from operation of the hotels subject to the right, in certain circumstances, to terminate the lease if the lessor does not restore the hotel to its prior condition;
 
  §    the lessee will generally indemnify the lessor against all liabilities imposed on the lessor during the term of the lease by reason of (A) injury to persons or damage to property occurring at the hotels or (B) the lessee’s use, management, maintenance or repair of the hotels;
 
  §    the lessee will be obligated to pay, at a minimum, substantial base rent for the period of use of the hotels under the lease;
 
  §    the lessee will stand to incur substantial losses or reap substantial gains depending on how successfully it, through the hotel managers, who work for the lessees during the terms of the leases, operates the hotels;
 
  §    we expect that each lease that we enter into, at the time we enter into it (or at any time that any such lease is subsequently renewed or extended) will enable the tenant to derive a meaningful profit, after expenses and taking into account the risks associated with the lease, from the operation of the hotels during the term of its leases; and
 
  §    upon termination of each lease, the applicable hotel will be expected to have a substantial remaining useful life and substantial remaining fair market value.
 
Investors should be aware that there are no controlling Treasury regulations, published rulings or judicial decisions involving leases with terms substantially the same as our leases that discuss whether such leases constitute true leases for federal income tax purposes. If our leases are characterized as service contracts or partnership agreements, rather than as true leases, or disregarded altogether for tax purposes, part or all of the payments that our operating partnership and its subsidiaries receive from the TRS lessees would not be considered rent or may not otherwise satisfy the various requirements for qualification as “rents from real property.” In that case, we would not be able to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test and, as a result, would lose our REIT status unless we qualify for relief, as described below under “—Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.”
 
As described above, in order for the rent that we receive to constitute “rents from real property,” several other requirements must be satisfied. One requirement is that percentage rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Percentage rent, however, will qualify as “rents from real property” if it is based on percentages of receipts or sales and the percentages:
 
  §    are fixed at the time the percentage leases are entered into;
 
  §    are not renegotiated during the term of the percentage leases in a manner that has the effect of basing percentage rent on income or profits; and
 
  §    conform with normal business practice.


142


Table of Contents

 
More generally, percentage rent will not qualify as “rents from real property” if, considering the leases and all the surrounding circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with normal business practice, but is in reality used as a means of basing the percentage rent on income or profits.
 
Second, we must not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the stock or the assets or net profits of any lessee (a “related party tenant”), other than a TRS. The constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or more in value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, we are considered as owning the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such person. We anticipate that all of our hotels will be leased to TRSs. In addition, our charter prohibits transfers of our stock that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on the foregoing, we should never own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our stock, no absolute assurance can be given that such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee (or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date.
 
As described above, we may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that generally may engage in any business, including the provision of customary or noncustomary services to tenants of its parent REIT, except that a TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage any lodging facilities or health care facilities or provide rights to any brand name under which any lodging or health care facility is operated, unless such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” to operate or manage a lodging or health care facility if such rights are held by the TRS as a franchisee, licensee, or in a similar capacity and such hotel is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. A TRS will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility solely because the TRS directly or indirectly possesses a license, permit, or similar instrument enabling it to do so. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging facility outside the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility located outside of the United States, as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract. However, rent that we receive from a TRS with respect to any property will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as the property is a “qualified lodging facility” and such property is operated on behalf of the TRS by a person from whom we derive no income who is adequately compensated, who does not, directly or through its stockholders, own more than 35% of our stock, taking into account certain ownership attribution rules, and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” for any person unrelated to us and the TRS lessee (an “eligible independent contractor”). A “qualified lodging facility” is a hotel, motel, or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “qualified lodging facility” includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility as long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other unrelated owners.
 
Our TRS lessees will lease our hotel properties, which we believe will constitute qualified lodging facilities. Our TRS lessees will engage Interstate to operate our initial hotels on behalf of the TRS lessees. We believe that Interstate will qualify as an “eligible independent contractor.” Our TRS lessees may engage other hotel managers in the future. Our TRS lessees will only engage hotel managers that qualify as “eligible independent contractors.”
 
Third, the rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with the lease of a hotel must not be greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. The rent attributable to the personal property contained in a hotel is the amount that bears the same ratio to total rent for the taxable year as the average of the fair market values of the personal property at the beginning and at the end of the taxable year bears to the average of the aggregate fair market values of both the real and personal property contained in the hotel at the beginning and at the end of such taxable year (the “personal property ratio”). To comply with this limitation, a TRS lessee may acquire furnishings, equipment and other personal property. With respect to each hotel in which the TRS lessee does not own the personal property, we believe either that the personal property ratio will be less than 15% or that any rent attributable to excess personal property, when taken together with all of our other nonqualifying income, will not jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS would not challenge our calculation of a personal property ratio, or that a court would


143


Table of Contents

not uphold such assertion. If such a challenge were successfully asserted, we could fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test and thus potentially lose our REIT qualification.
 
Fourth, we generally cannot furnish or render services to the tenants of our hotels, or manage or operate our properties, other than through an independent contractor who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any income. Furthermore, our TRSs may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income from such properties. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or TRS but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “noncustomary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. We will not perform any services other than customary ones for our lessees, unless such services are provided through independent contractors or TRSs or would not otherwise jeopardize our tax status as a REIT.
 
If a portion of the rent that we receive from a hotel does not qualify as “rents from real property” because the rent attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is nonqualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the rent from a particular hotel does not qualify as “rents from real property” because either (1) the percentage rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related lessee, (2) the lessee either is a related party tenant or fails to qualify for the exception to the related party tenant rule for qualifying TRSs or (3) we furnish noncustomary services to the tenants of the hotel, or manage or operate the hotel, other than through a qualifying independent contractor or a TRS, none of the rent from that hotel would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, we might lose our REIT qualification because we might be unable to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test. In addition to the rent, the lessees will be required to pay certain additional charges. To the extent that such additional charges represent either (1) reimbursements of amounts that we are obligated to pay to third parties, such as a lessee’s proportionate share of a property’s operational or capital expenses, or (2) penalties for nonpayment or late payment of such amounts, such charges should qualify as “rents from real property.” However, to the extent that such charges do not qualify as “rents from real property,” they instead may be treated as interest that qualifies for the 95% gross income test, but not the 75% gross income test, or they may be treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests. We intend to structure our leases in a manner that will enable us to satisfy the REIT gross income tests.
 
Interest.  The term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, interest generally includes the following:
 
  §    an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales; and
 
  §    an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt from leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.
 
If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the real property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
We may selectively invest in mortgage debt when we believe our investment will allow us to acquire control of the related real estate. Interest on debt secured by a mortgage on real property or on interests in real property, including, for this purpose, discount points, prepayment penalties, loan assumption fees, and late payment charges that are not compensation for services, generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. However, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date the REIT agreed to acquire the loan,


144


Table of Contents

then a portion of the interest income from such loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, but will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. The portion of the interest income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test will be equal to the portion of the principal amount of the loan that is not secured by real property—that is, the amount by which the loan exceeds the value of the real estate that is security for the loan.
 
We may also selectively invest in mezzanine loans, which are loans secured by equity interests in an entity that directly or indirectly owns real property, rather than by a direct mortgage of the real property. IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65 provides a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan, if it meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue Procedure, will be treated by the IRS as a real estate asset for purposes of the REIT asset tests described below, and interest derived from it will be treated as qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Although the Revenue Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law. Moreover, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans we will acquire typically will not meet all of the requirements for reliance on this safe harbor. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the gross income and asset tests.
 
Dividends.  Our share of any dividends received from any corporation (including any TRS, but excluding any REIT) in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
Prohibited Transactions.  A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain) derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We believe that none of our assets will be held primarily for sale to customers and that a sale of any of our assets will not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds an asset “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular asset. A safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax is available if the following requirements are met:
 
  §    the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;
 
  §    the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not exceed 30% of the selling price of the property;
 
  §    either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate bases of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year or (3) the aggregate fair market value of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year;
 
  §    in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least two years for the production of rental income; and
 
  §    if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure property during the taxable year, substantially all of the marketing and development expenditures with respect to the property were made through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no income.
 
We will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor provision in the federal income tax laws prescribing when an asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction. We cannot assure you, however, that we can comply with the safe-harbor provision or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.” The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the corporation at regular corporate income tax rates. To reduce the risk of incurring a prohibited transaction tax, we may transfer some or all of our predecessor’s parcels of undeveloped land to Summit TRS or another TRS.


145


Table of Contents

Foreclosure Property.  We will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:
 
  §    that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;
 
  §    for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and
 
  §    for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.
 
A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:
 
  §    on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;
 
  §    on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement, where more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or
 
  §    which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income.
 
Hedging Transactions.  From time to time, we or our operating partnership may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase such items, and futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from “hedging transactions” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our or our operating partnership’s trade or business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate changes, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets and (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain). We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.
 
Foreign Currency Gain.  Certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. “Real estate foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain “qualified business units” of a REIT. “Passive foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as described above, and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of


146


Table of Contents

(or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.
 
Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.  We will have gross income from various sources, including the sources described in the preceding paragraphs, that fails to constitute qualifying income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. Taking into account our anticipated sources of non-qualifying income, however, we expect that our aggregate gross income will satisfy the 75% and 95% gross income tests applicable to REITs for each taxable year commencing with our first taxable year as a REIT. If we fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are available if:
 
  §    our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and
 
  §    following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.
 
We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.
 
Asset Tests
 
To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year.
 
First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:
 
  §    cash or cash items, including certain receivables and, in certain circumstances, foreign currencies;
 
  §    government securities;
 
  §    interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to acquire real property and leaseholds;
 
  §    interests in mortgage loans secured by real property;
 
  §    stock in other REITs; and
 
  §    investments in stock or debt instruments during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at least a five-year term.
 
Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5% asset test.
 
Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, we may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of any one issuer’s outstanding securities, or the 10% vote or value test.
 
Fourth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.
 
Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of TRSs and other non-TRS taxable subsidiaries and other assets that are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.
 
For purposes of the 5% asset test and the 10% vote or value test, the term “securities” does not include stock in another REIT, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT subsidiary or TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate assets, or equity interests in a partnership. The term “securities,” however, generally includes debt securities issued by a partnership or another REIT, except that for purposes of the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include:
 
  §    “Straight debt” securities, which is defined as a written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money if (i) the debt is not convertible, directly or indirectly, into equity, and (ii) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not contingent on profits, the borrower’s discretion, or similar factors.


147


Table of Contents

  “Straight debt” securities do not include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock) hold non-“straight debt” securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding securities. However, “straight debt” securities include debt subject to the following contingencies:
 
  –   a contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or principal, as long as either (i) there is no change to the effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield, or (ii) neither the aggregate issue price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuer’s debt obligations held by us exceeds $1.0 million and no more than 12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can be required to be prepaid; and
 
  –   a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice;
 
  §    Any loan to an individual or an estate;
 
  §    Any “section 467 rental agreement,” other than an agreement with a related party tenant;
 
  §    Any obligation to pay “rents from real property”;
 
  §    Certain securities issued by governmental entities;
 
  §    Any security issued by a REIT;
 
  §    Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt securities of the partnership; and
 
  §    Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding bullet points if at least 75% of the partnership’s gross income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above in “—Gross Income Tests.”
 
For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the securities described in the last two bullet points above.
 
As described above, we may selectively invest from time to time in mortgage debt and mezzanine loans. Mortgage loans will generally qualify as real estate assets for purposes of the 75% asset test to the extent that they are secured by real property. However, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date we agreed to acquire the loan, then a portion of such loan likely will not be a qualifying real estate asset. Although the law on the matter is not entirely clear, it appears that the nonqualifying portion of the mortgage loan will be equal to the portion of the highest principal amount of the loan outstanding during the taxable year that exceeds the fair market value of the associated real property that is security for that loan.
 
Although we expect that our investments in mezzanine loans will generally be treated as real estate assets, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans in which we invest will not meet all the requirements of the safe harbor in IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65. Thus, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not challenge our treatment of mezzanine loans as real estate assets. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the asset and gross income test requirements.
 
We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to comply at all times with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose our REIT qualification if:
 
  §    we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding calendar quarter; and


148


Table of Contents

 
  §    the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets.
 
If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose.
 
In the event that we violate the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test described above, we will not lose our REIT qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up to the lesser of 1% of our assets or $10.0 million) and (2) we dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not lose our REIT qualification if we (1) dispose of the assets causing the failure or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure, (2) we file a description of each asset causing the failure with the IRS and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
We believe that the assets that we will hold will satisfy the foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the value of our assets and securities, or the real estate collateral for the mortgage or mezzanine loans that support our investments. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership of securities and other assets violates one or more of the asset tests applicable to REITs.
 
Distribution Requirements
 
Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our stockholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:
 
  §    the sum of
 
  –   90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss; and
 
  –   90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property, minus
 
  §    the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”
 
We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (a) we declare the distribution before we timely file our federal income tax return for the year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration or (b) we declare the distribution in October, November or December of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year. The distributions under clause (a) are taxable to the stockholders in the year in which paid, and the distributions in clause (b) are treated as paid on December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.
 
We will pay federal income tax on taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:
 
  §    85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year,
 
  §    95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year, and
 
  §    any undistributed taxable income from prior periods,
 
we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distribute.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax


149


Table of Contents

described above. We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the annual distribution requirements and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax.
 
It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses from our “REIT taxable income.” Further, it is possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. As a result of the foregoing, we may have less cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient to avoid corporate income tax and the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation, we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable dividends of our stock or debt securities.
 
Pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12, the IRS has indicated that it will treat distributions from publicly traded REITs that are paid partly in cash and partly in stock as dividends that would satisfy the REIT annual distribution requirements and qualify for the dividends paid deduction for federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify for such treatment, IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12 requires that at least 10% of the total distribution be payable in cash and that each stockholder have a right to elect to receive its entire distribution in cash. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a proportionate share of the cash to be distributed (although no stockholder electing to receive cash may receive less than 10% of such stockholder’s distribution in cash). IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12 applies to distributions declared on or before December 31, 2012 with respect to taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011. We have no current intention of paying dividends in stock.
 
Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.
 
Recordkeeping Requirements
 
We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our stockholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock. We intend to comply with these requirements.
 
Failure to Qualify
 
If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. In addition, there are relief provisions for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described in “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.”
 
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we would be subject to federal income tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. In calculating our taxable income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to stockholders. In fact, we would not be required to distribute any amounts to stockholders in that year. In such event, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to stockholders would be taxable as dividend income. Subject to certain limitations, corporate stockholders might be eligible for the dividends received deduction and stockholders taxed at individual rates may be eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate of 15% through 2010 on such dividends. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.


150


Table of Contents

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders
 
As used herein, the term “U.S. stockholder” means a holder of shares of our common stock that for federal income tax purposes is:
 
  §    a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  §    a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District of Columbia;
 
  §    an estate whose income is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  §    any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.
 
As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. stockholder must generally take into account as ordinary income distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or retained long-term capital gain. A U.S. stockholder will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. In addition, dividends paid to a U.S. stockholder generally will not qualify for the 15% tax rate for “qualified dividend income.” The maximum tax rate for qualified dividend income received by U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates is 15% through 2010. The maximum tax rate on qualified dividend income is lower than the maximum tax rate on ordinary income, which is currently 35%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid to U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates by domestic C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations. Because we are not generally subject to federal income tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our stockholders (see “—Taxation of Our Company” above), our dividends generally will not be eligible for the 15% rate on qualified dividend income. As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher tax rate applicable to ordinary income. However, the 15% tax rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary REIT dividends (i) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations, such as our TRS lessees, and (ii) to the extent attributable to income upon which we have paid corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a U.S. stockholder must hold our common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which our common stock becomes ex-dividend.
 
A U.S. stockholder generally will take into account as long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends without regard to the period for which the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 15% or 25% rate distributions. See “—Capital Gains and Losses.” A corporate U.S. stockholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such stockholder, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. stockholder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. stockholder would increase the basis in its common stock by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.
 
A U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the U.S. stockholder’s common stock. Instead, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of common stock. A U.S. stockholder will recognize a distribution in excess of both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her common stock as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the common stock has been held for one year or less, assuming the common stock is a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. stockholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution


151


Table of Contents

in October, November, or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month, such distribution shall be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.
 
Stockholders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the stockholder is a limited partner, against such income. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify stockholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax. The Medicare tax will apply to, among other things, dividends and other income derived from certain trades or business and net gains from the sale or other disposition of property subject to certain exceptions. Our dividends generally will be subject to the Medicare tax.
 
Taxation of U.S. Stockholders on the Disposition of Common Stock
 
A U.S. stockholder who is not a dealer in securities must generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of our common stock as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, a U.S. stockholder will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis. A stockholder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the U.S. stockholder’s acquisition cost, increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. stockholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a U.S. stockholder must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common stock held by such stockholder for six months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed distributions from us that such U.S. stockholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a U.S. stockholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our common stock may be disallowed if the U.S. stockholder purchases other common stock within 30 days before or after the disposition.
 
Capital Gains and Losses
 
A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal individual income tax rate currently is 35% (which rate, absent additional congressional action, will apply until December 31, 2010). The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to taxpayers taxed at individual rates is 15% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one year occurring through December 31, 2010. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of “Section 1250 property,” or depreciable real property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the Section 1250 property. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on net gains from the sale or other disposition of property, such as our common stock, subject to certain exceptions.
 
With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable to our stockholders taxed at individual rates at a 15% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.


152


Table of Contents

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders
 
Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute UBTI so long as the exempt employee pension trust does not otherwise use the shares of the REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt stockholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a tax-exempt stockholder were to finance its acquisition of common stock with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the “debt-financed property” rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the federal income tax laws are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our stock must treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such percentage is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our stock only if:
 
  §    the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as UBTI is at least 5%;
 
  §    we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our stock be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and
 
  §    either:
 
  –   one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock; or
 
  –   a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock.
 
Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders
 
The term “non-U.S. stockholder” means a holder of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder or a partnership (or entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes). The rules governing federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign stockholders are complex. This section is only a summary of such rules. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their own tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and sale of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.
 
A non-U.S. stockholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a “United States real property interest,” or USRPI, as defined below, and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (conducted through a U.S. permanent establishment, where applicable), the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such distribution, and a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax with respect to that distribution. Except with respect to certain distributions attributable to the sale of USRPIs described below, we plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. stockholder unless either:
 
  §    a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or
 
  §    the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.


153


Table of Contents

 
A non-U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common stock. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of that common stock. A non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common stock, if the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common stock, as described below. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. stockholder may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We must withhold 10% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 10% on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a rate of 30%.
 
For payments made after December 31, 2012, non-U.S. stockholders will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on our distributions and gain from the sale of our common stock, if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. ownership are not satisfied. If payment of withholding taxes is required, non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding taxes with respect to such distributions and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit or such exemption or reduction.
 
For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. stockholder will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. A USRPI includes certain interests in real property and stock in certain corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of USRPIs. Under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A non-U.S. corporate stockholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution. We would be required to withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.
 
However, if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common stock that are attributable to our sale of real property will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution. As a result, non-U.S. stockholders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States following this offering. If our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States or the non-U.S. stockholder owned more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of real property would be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described in the preceding paragraph. Moreover, if a non-U.S. stockholder disposes of our common stock during the 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a dividend, and such non-U.S. stockholder (or a person related to such non-U.S. stockholder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common stock within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. stockholder, then such non-U.S. stockholder shall be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.
 
Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts we designate as retained capital gains in respect of the common stock held by U.S. stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions by us of capital gain dividends. Under this approach, a non-U.S. stockholder would be able to offset as a credit against its federal income tax liability resulting from its proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains, and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent of the non-U.S. stockholder’s proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds its actual federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes required information to the IRS on a timely basis.


154


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. stockholders could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common stock if we are a United States real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPIs, then the REIT will be a United States real property holding corporation. We anticipate that we will be a United States real property holding corporation based on our investment strategy. However, if we are a United States real property holding corporation, a non-U.S. stockholder generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common stock if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We cannot assure you that this test will be met. If our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be available with respect to our common stock, even if we do not qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time the non-U.S. stockholder sells our common stock. Under that exception, the gain from such a sale by such a non-U.S. stockholder will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if:
 
  §    our common stock is treated as being regularly traded under applicable Treasury regulations on an established securities market; and
 
  §    the non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our common stock at all times during a specified testing period.
 
As noted above, we anticipate that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering.
 
If the gain on the sale of our common stock were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Furthermore, a non-U.S. stockholder generally will incur tax on gain not subject to FIRPTA if:
 
  §    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain; or
 
  §    the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.
 
Information Reporting Requirements and Withholding
 
We will report to our stockholders and to the IRS the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to distributions unless the holder:
 
  §    is a corporation (for payments made prior to January 1, 2011) or qualifies for certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or
 
  §    provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
 
A stockholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. U.S. stockholders that hold our common stock through foreign accounts or intermediaries will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends and proceeds of sale of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts are not satisfied. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us.
 
Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. stockholder provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Payments of the


155


Table of Contents

net proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. stockholder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the U.S. unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. stockholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Payment of the net proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. stockholder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the stockholder’s federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Stockholders are urged consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.
 
Other Tax Consequences
 
Tax Aspects of Our Investments in Our Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships
 
Substantially all of our investments are owned indirectly through our operating partnership, which will own the hotel properties either directly or through certain subsidiaries. The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investments in our operating partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies that we form or acquire (each individually a “Partnership” and, collectively, the “Partnerships”). The discussion does not cover state or local tax laws or any federal tax laws other than income tax laws.
 
Classification as Partnerships.  We will be entitled to include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership’s income and to deduct our distributive share of each Partnership’s losses only if such Partnership is classified for federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a corporation. An unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes if it:
 
  §    is treated as a partnership under the Treasury regulations relating to entity classification (the “check-the-box regulations”); and
 
  §    is not a “publicly traded” partnership.
 
Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity fails to make an election, it generally will be treated as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) for federal income tax purposes. Each Partnership intends to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and no Partnership will elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under the check-the-box regulations.
 
Although Hunton & Williams LLP is of the opinion that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership, and not an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes. Investors should be aware, however, that advice of counsel is not binding upon the IRS, or any court. Therefore, no assurances can be given that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. There is a risk that the right of a holder of OP units to redeem the units for our common stock could cause the OP units to be considered readily tradable on the substantial equivalent of a secondary market. A publicly traded partnership will not, however, be treated as a corporation for any taxable year if, for each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1987 in which it was classified as a publicly traded partnership, 90% or more of the partnership’s gross income for such year consists of certain passive-type income, including real property rents, gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest, and dividends (the “90% passive income exception”). Treasury regulations (the “PTP regulations”) provide limited safe harbors from the definition of a publicly traded partnership. Pursuant to one of those safe harbors (the “private placement exception”), interests in a partnership will not be treated as


156


Table of Contents

readily tradable on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof if (1) all interests in the partnership were issued in a transaction or transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (2) the partnership does not have more than 100 partners at any time during the partnership’s taxable years. Pursuant to another safe harbor (the “limited trading exception”), interests in a partnership will not be treated as readily traded on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof if the sum of the percentage interests in the partnership capital or profits transferred during the taxable year of the partnership does not exceed two percent of the total interests in the partnership capital or profits, excluding certain “private transfers” and transfers made under certain redemption or repurchase agreements.
 
For tax purposes, our operating partnership will be treated as a continuation of our predecessor. We believe our predecessor has qualified for the limited trading exception in each of its prior taxable years, but has not qualified for the 90% passive income exception because its income primarily arose from the active business of operating hotels. During its 2010 taxable year, we anticipate that our operating partnership will qualify for the limited trading exception unless the IRS successfully contends that the payment of certain accrued and unpaid priority distributions on our predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 membership interests in connection with the formation transactions is recharacterized as a “disguised sale” for federal income tax purposes. Although we have been advised by counsel that the payment of the accrued and unpaid priority returns in connection with the formation transactions should not be a “disguised sale,” no assurance can be given that the IRS will not successfully challenge that position, in which case we would not satisfy the limited trading exceptions. If treated as a publicly traded partnership, our operating partnership will not qualify for the 90% passive income exception during its 2010 taxable year because of the active hotel business income our predecessor earned in 2010 prior to the closing of this offering. However, during our operating partnership’s 2010 taxable year, no OP unit holder will be eligible to redeem OP units for cash or, at our election, our common stock. See “—Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Redemption/Exchange Rights .” Accordingly, even if our operating partnership does not qualify for the limited trading exception, we believe that our operating partnership will not be treated as a publicly traded partnership during its 2010 taxable year because interests in our operating partnership will not be readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. Because we believe that our predecessor has not been classified as a publicly traded partnership in prior taxable years and our operating partnership will not be classified as a publicly traded partnership during its 2010 taxable year, we believe that the 90% passive income exception will be available to prevent our operating partnership from being taxed as a corporation should it be classified as a publicly traded partnership in taxable years after 2010. For taxable years after 2010, we believe that our operating partnership will have sufficient qualifying rental income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception and may qualify for the limited trading exception in certain years. We expect that any other Partnership that we form in the future will qualify for the private placement exception
 
We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that our operating partnership will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason our operating partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a partnership, for federal income tax purposes, most, if not all, of the tax consequences described herein would be inapplicable. In particular, we would not qualify as a REIT unless we qualified for certain relief provisions, because the value of our ownership interest in our operating partnership would exceed 5% of our assets and we would be considered to hold more than 10% of the voting securities (and more than 10% of the value of the outstanding securities) of another corporation. See “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.” In addition, any change in our operating partnership’s status for tax purposes might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. See “—Distribution Requirements.” Further, items of income and deduction of our operating partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as stockholders for tax purposes. Consequently, our operating partnership would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing our operating partnership’s taxable income.
 
Income Taxation of Partnerships and their Partners
 
Partners, Not the Partnerships, Subject to Tax.  A partnership is not a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes. Rather, we are required to take into account our allocable share of each Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for any taxable year of such Partnership ending within or with our taxable year, without regard to whether we have received or will receive any distribution from such Partnership.


157


Table of Contents

Partnership Allocations.  Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, such allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Each Partnership’s allocations of taxable income, gain, and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations.
 
Tax Allocations With Respect to Our Properties.  Income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. When cash is contributed to a partnership in exchange for a partnership interest, such as our contribution of the proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership for OP units, similar rules apply to ensure that the existing partners in the partnership are charged with, or benefit from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the partnership’s existing properties at the time of the cash contribution. In the case of a contribution of property, the amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss (“built-in gain” or “built-in loss”) is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis of such property at the time of contribution (a “book-tax difference”). In the case of a contribution of cash, a book-tax difference may be created because the fair market value of the properties of the partnership on the date of the cash contribution may be higher or lower than the partnership’s adjusted tax basis in those properties. Any property purchased for cash initially will have an adjusted tax basis equal to its fair market value, resulting in no book-tax difference.
 
The contribution of the cash proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership is expected to create a book-tax difference. Furthermore, our operating partnership may admit partners in the future in exchange for a contribution of appreciated or depreciated property, resulting in book-tax differences and our operating partnership will succeed to the book-tax differences with respect to properties contributed to our predecessor. Allocations with respect to book-tax differences are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use a “reasonable method” for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining several reasonable allocation methods. Under certain available methods, our operating partnership’s existing tax basis in our initial properties at the time we contribute the cash proceeds of this offering and the carryover basis in the hands of our operating partnership of properties contributed in the future (1) could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all our properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution of cash or property and (2) in the event of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the existing or contributing partners, as the case may be. An allocation described in (2) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends. We have not yet decided what method will be used to account for book-tax differences caused by the contribution of the cash proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership or the future acquisition of properties by our operating partnership.
 
Basis in Partnership Interest.  Our adjusted tax basis in our partnership interest in our operating partnership generally is equal to:
 
  §    the amount of cash and the basis of any other property contributed by us to our operating partnership;
 
  §    increased by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s income and our allocable share of indebtedness of our operating partnership; and
 
  §    reduced, but not below zero, by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s loss and the amount of cash distributed to us, and by constructive distributions resulting from a reduction in our share of indebtedness of our operating partnership.
 
If the allocation of our distributive share of our operating partnership’s loss would reduce the adjusted tax basis of our partnership interest below zero, the recognition of such loss will be deferred until such time as the recognition of such loss would not reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero. To the extent that our operating partnership’s distributions, or any


158


Table of Contents

decrease in our share of the indebtedness of our operating partnership, which is considered a constructive cash distribution to the partners, reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero, such distributions will constitute taxable income to us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally will be characterized as long-term capital gain.
 
Depreciation Deductions Available to Our Operating Partnership.  Our operating partnership’s tax basis in our initial properties will generally not be affected by the formation transactions and this offering. However, if the IRS successfully contends that the payment of certain accrued and unpaid priority returns on our predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 membership interests in connection with the formation transactions is recharacterized as a “disguised sale” for federal income tax purposes, our basis in our operating partnership’s assets may be adjusted to account for the difference between the deemed purchase price of the interests we are treated as acquiring in the “disguised sale” and the proportionate share of our operating partnership’s basis in the assets that is attributable to such interests. Such adjustments will only impact tax allocations made to us. To the extent that our operating partnership acquires its hotels in exchange for cash, its initial basis in such hotels for federal income tax purposes generally was or will be equal to the purchase price paid by our operating partnership. Our operating partnership’s initial basis in hotels acquired in exchange for units in our operating partnership should be the same as the transferor’s basis in such hotels on the date of acquisition by our operating partnership. Although the law is not entirely clear, our operating partnership generally will depreciate such depreciable hotel property for federal income tax purposes over the same remaining useful lives and under the same methods used by the transferors. Our operating partnership’s tax depreciation deductions will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective interests in our operating partnership, except to the extent that our operating partnership is required under the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations to use a method for allocating tax depreciation deductions that are attributable either to (1) properties held by our operating partnership at the time we contribute the cash proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for OP units (except to the extent of the portion of the properties attributable to membership interests in our predecessor that we are treated as acquiring with the cash proceeds of the offering) or (2) properties contributed to our operating partnership in the future in exchange for OP units. Those special allocations could result in our receiving a disproportionate share of such deductions.
 
Sale of a Partnership’s Property
 
Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held by the Partnership for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of such gain that is treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed properties will be allocated first to the partners of the Partnership who contributed such properties to the extent of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for federal income tax purposes. The partners’ built-in gain or loss on such contributed properties will equal the difference between the partners’ proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners’ tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution, subject to certain adjustments. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the contributed properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the other properties, will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the Partnership.
 
Our share of any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of any property held by the Partnership as inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax. Such prohibited transaction income also may have an adverse effect upon our ability to satisfy the income tests for REIT status. See “—Gross Income Tests.” We do not presently intend to acquire or hold or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold any property that represents inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our or such Partnership’s trade or business.
 
Sunset of Reduced Tax Rate Provisions
 
Several of the tax considerations described herein are subject to a sunset provision. The sunset provisions generally provide that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, certain provisions that are currently in the Code will revert back to a prior version of those provisions. These provisions include provisions related to the reduced maximum income tax rate for long-term capital gains of 15% (rather than 20%) for taxpayers taxed at individual rates, the application of the 15% tax rate to qualified dividend income, and certain other tax rate provisions described herein. The impact of this


159


Table of Contents

reversion is not discussed herein. Consequently, prospective stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of sunset provisions on an investment in our common stock.
 
State, Local and Foreign Taxes
 
We and/or you may be subject to taxation by various states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we or a stockholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The state, local and foreign tax treatment may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws upon an investment in our common stock.


160


Table of Contents

 
ERISA Considerations
 
A fiduciary of a pension, profit sharing, retirement or other employee benefit plan, or plan, subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA in the context of the plan’s particular circumstances before authorizing an investment of a portion of that plan’s assets in the shares of common stock. Accordingly, the fiduciary should consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, (ii) whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan as required by Section 404(a)(1)(D) of ERISA and (iii) whether the investment is prudent under ERISA. In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of the Code, prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets of the plan and persons who have certain specified relationships to the plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code). Thus, a plan fiduciary considering an investment in our shares of common stock also should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might constitute or give rise to a direct or indirect prohibited transaction that is not subject to an exemption issued by the Department of Labor, or the DOL. Similar restrictions apply to many governmental and foreign plans which are not subject to ERISA. Thus, those considering investing in the shares on behalf of these plans should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might violate any similar restrictions.
 
The DOL has issued final regulations, or the DOL Regulations, as to what constitutes assets of an employee benefit plan under ERISA. Under the DOL Regulations, if a plan acquires an equity interest in an entity, which interest is neither a “publicly offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the 1940 Act, the plan’s assets would include, for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA, both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity’s underlying assets unless certain specified exceptions apply. The DOL Regulations define a publicly offered security as a security that is “widely held,” “freely transferable” and either part of a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (provided the securities are registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the public offering occurred). The shares are being sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act and will be registered under the Exchange Act.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that a security is “widely held” only if it is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control. We expect our shares of common stock to be “widely held” upon completion of this offering.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that whether a security is “freely transferable” is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. The DOL Regulations further provide that when a security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, as is the case with this offering, certain restrictions ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect the finding that the securities are “freely transferable.” We believe that the restrictions imposed under our charter on the transfer of our shares are limited to the restrictions on transfer generally permitted under the DOL Regulations and are not likely to result in the failure of the shares of common stock to be “freely transferable.” The DOL Regulations only establish a presumption in favor of the finding of free transferability, and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the DOL will not reach a contrary conclusion.
 
Assuming that the shares of common stock will be “widely held” and “freely transferable,” we believe that our shares of common stock will be publicly offered securities for purposes of the DOL Regulations and that our assets will not be deemed to be “plan assets” of any plan that invests in our shares of common stock.
 
Each holder of our shares of common stock will be deemed to have represented and agreed that its purchase and holding of those shares of common stock (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.


161


Table of Contents

 
Underwriting
 
We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus in an underwritten initial public offering in which Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated is acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, acting as representative of the underwriters named below, with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below:
 
         
    Number of
 
    Shares  
 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
Total
                
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of our common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option we describe below. We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to           additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of our common stock. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
 
Our common stock is being offered by the underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the underwriters and the satisfaction of other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:
 
  §    the representations and warranties made by us are true and agreements have been performed;
 
  §    there is no material adverse change in the financial markets or in our business; and
 
  §    we deliver customary closing documents.
 
The underwriters propose to offer shares of our common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price per share. After this offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representative has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the shares of our common stock offered in this offering.
 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount and commissions that we will pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we will receive before expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
 
                 
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
 
Underwriting discount per share
  $       $    
Total underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
  $       $  
 
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, exclusive of underwriting discount and commissions, will be approximately $3.6 million, and are payable by us.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.


162


Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, their affiliates, and persons who control the underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and if we are unable to provide this indemnification to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.
 
We have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of the prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representative, directly or indirectly, not to (i) to issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) the shares offered pursuant to this prospectus, (ii) the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock or other equity grants pursuant to our equity incentive plans (or the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 to register shares of our common stock issuable under such plans) or (iii) the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of an option outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement of which the representatives have been advised in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
Each of our directors and executive officers and certain shareholders have entered into lock-up letters with the representative pursuant to which they have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of the prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representative, directly or indirectly, not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales, (ii) transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or (iii) transfers by will or intestate succession to such director, executive officer or shareholder’s family or to a trust, the beneficiaries of which are exclusively such director, executive officer or shareholder or members of such director, executive officer or shareholder’s family; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii), each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
We have applied to have our shares of common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “INN.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by the exchange.


163


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representative considered a number of factors including:
 
  §    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;
 
  §    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  §    an assessment of our management;
 
  §    our prospects for future earnings;
 
  §    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
 
  §    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded shares of our common stock of generally comparable companies; and
 
  §    other factors deemed relevant by the representative and us.
 
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.
 
  §    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of our common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.
 
  §    Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of our common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of our common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  §    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  §    Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters without notice at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.


164


Table of Contents

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, including some of its affiliates, has performed and expects to continue to perform financial advisory and investment banking services for us in the ordinary course of its businesses, and may have received, and may continue to receive, compensation for such services.
 
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
 
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom, (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to shares of our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
  §    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
  §    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
  §    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the book-running manager for any such offer; or
 
  §    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to           shares of common stock, or the directed shares, for employees, directors and other persons associated with us, including former members of our predecessor, who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares in this offering. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares.


165


Table of Contents

 
Experts
 
The consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., as of July 12, 2010, and the consolidated financial statements of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 included in this prospectus, have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Such financial statements have been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 included in this prospectus have been audited by Eide Bailly LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report with respect thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, Eide Bailly LLP also audited Summit Hotel Properties, LLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 as indicated in their report with respect thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Both reports have been incorporated by reference in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
The audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 included in this prospectus have been audited by Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report with respect thereto. This report has been included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
Legal Matters
 
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Hunton & Williams LLP and for the underwriters by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Venable LLP will issue an opinion to us regarding certain matters of Maryland law, including the validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Hunton & Williams LLP and Hogan Lovells US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law upon the opinion of Venable LLP.
 
Where You Can Find More Information
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with this registration statement, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to our shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and our shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract is an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of this registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to this registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file periodic reports and proxy statements and will make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.
 
Our operating partnership has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 that contains a proxy statement/prospectus relating to the merger of our predecessor with and into our operating partnership. Copies of our operating partnership’s registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC. Copies of all or a portion of our operating partnership’s registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our operating partnership’s SEC filings, including its registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website www.sec.gov.


166


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
       
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information:
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
Historical Financial Statements:
       
    F-10  
    F-11  
    F-12  
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
       
    F-13  
    F-14  
    F-15  
    F-16  
    F-17  
    F-19  
    F-34  
    F-37  
    F-38  
    F-39  
    F-40  
    F-42  


F-1


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2010
 
                                                 
                                  Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
          Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Offering (C)     Adjustments (D)     Properties, Inc.  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,326             $ 11,326     $ 260,200     $ (237,239 ) (1)(2)(6)   $ 34,287  
Restricted cash
    1,385     $ 616       2,001                       2,001  
Trade receivables
    4,417               4,417                       4,417  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,075               1,075                       1,075  
Property and equipment, net
    460,632               460,632                       460,632  
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,972               4,972               (385 ) (3)     4,587  
Land held for sale
    23,242               23,242                       23,242  
Other assets
    4,043               4,043                       4,043  
Restricted cash
    616       (616 )                            
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 511,708             $ 511,708                     $ 534,284  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 134,392     $ (134,392 )   $                     $  
Lines of credit
    20,003       (20,003 )                            
Accounts payable
    1,145               1,145                       1,145  
Related party accounts payable
    373               373                       373  
Accrued expenses
    10,459               10,459                       10,459  
Mortgages and notes payable
    270,201       154,395       424,596             $ (225,156 ) (1)     199,440  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    436,573               436,573                       211,417  
Members’/Stockholders’ Equity:
                                               
Members’ equity
    76,759               76,759               (76,759 ) (4)      
Stockholders’ equity
                      $ 260,200       (4,185 ) (1)(3)(5)(6)     256,015  
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624 )             (1,624 )             68,476 (4)     66,852  
                                                 
Total members’/stockholders’ equity
    75,135               75,135                       322,867  
                                                 
Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ equity
  $ 511,708             $ 511,708                     $ 534,284  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
    Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Adjustments     Properties, Inc.  
    (In thousands, except per-share data)  
 
REVENUE
                                       
Room revenues
  $ 65,939             $ 65,939             $ 65,939  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273               1,273               1,273  
                                         
Total revenues
    67,212               67,212               67,212  
EXPENSES
                                       
Hotel operating expenses:
                                       
Direct hotel operations
    23,026     $ (23,026 ) (1)                    
Other hotel operating expenses
    9,177       (9,177 ) (2)                    
General, selling and administrative
    12,097       (12,097 ) (3)                    
Repairs and maintenance
    2,074       (2,074 ) (4)                    
Rooms
          20,048 (1)     20,048               20,048  
Other direct
          8,287 (2)(3)(4)     8,287               8,287  
Other indirect
          17,681 (1)(2)(3)(5)     17,681     $ 622 (C)     18,303  
Other
          302 (3)     302               302  
                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    46,374               46,318               46,940  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,522               13,522       (234 ) (D)     13,288  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                       
Salaries and other compensation
                        1,683 (E)     1,683  
Equity-based compensation
                        (F)        
Other
                        916 (E)     916  
Hotel property acquisition costs
          56 (5)     56               56  
Loss on impairment of assets
                                 
                                         
Total expenses
    59,896               59,896               62,883  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    7,316               7,316               4,329  
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    24               24               24  
Interest expense
    (12,701 )             (12,701 )     7,502 (G)     (5,199 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )             (40 )             (40 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (12,717 )             (12,717 )             (5,215 )
                                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (5,401 )             (5,401 )             (886 )
                                         
Net loss before income taxes
    (5,401 )             (5,401 )             (886 )
Income tax expense
    (228 )             (228 )     (272 ) (H)     (500 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (5,629 )           $ (5,629 )           $ (1,386 )
                                         
Net loss allocated to noncontrolling interests
                                  $ (485 )
Net loss allocated to common shareholders
                                  $ (901 )
Pro forma earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
                                  $    
Diluted
                                  $    
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares:
                                       
Basic
                                       
Diluted
                                       
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
    Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Adjustments     Properties, Inc.  
    (In thousands, except per-share data)  
 
REVENUE
                                       
Room revenues
  $ 118,960             $ 118,960             $ 118,960  
Other hotel operations revenues
    2,240               2,240               2,240  
                                         
Total revenues
    121,200               121,200               121,200  
EXPENSES
                                       
Hotel operating expenses:
                                       
Direct hotel operations
    42,071     $ (42,071 ) (1)                    
Other hotel operating expenses
    16,987       (16,987 ) (2)                    
General, selling and administrative
    24,017       (24,017 ) (3)                    
Repairs and maintenance
    6,152       (6,152 ) (4)                    
Rooms
          36,720 (1)     36,720               36,720  
Other direct
          18,048 (2)(3)(4)     18,048               18,048  
Other indirect
          32,389 (1)(2)(3)(5)     32,389     $ 1,110 (C)     33,499  
Other
          681 (3)     681               681  
                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    89,227               87,838               88,948  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,971               23,971       (883 ) (D)     23,088  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                       
Salaries and other compensation
                        3,564 (E)     3,564  
Equity-based compensation
                        (F)        
Other
                        1,633 (E)     1,633  
Hotel property acquisition costs
          1,389 (5)     1,389               1,389  
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,506               7,506               7,506  
                                         
Total expenses
    120,704               120,704               126,128  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    496               496               (4,928 )
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    50               50               50  
Interest expense
    (18,321 )             (18,321 )     9,269 (G)     (9,052 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (4 )             (4 )             (4 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (18,275 )             (18,275 )             (9,006 )
                                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (17,779 )             (17,779 )             (13,934 )
Income from discontinued operations
    1,465               1,465       (1,465 ) (H)      
                                         
Net loss before income taxes
    (16,314 )             (16,314 )             (13,934 )
Income tax expense
                        (840 ) (I)     (840 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (16,314 )           $ (16,314 )           $ (14,774 )
                                         
Net loss allocated to noncontrolling interest
                                  $ (5,171 )
Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders
                                  $ (9,603 )
Pro forma earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
                                  $    
Diluted
                                  $    
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares:
                                       
Basic
                                       
Diluted
                                       
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE AND OP UNIT DATA)
 
1.   Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented to reflect:
 
(i) the contribution of the net proceeds of the initial public offering of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) in an amount of approximately $260,200, after the payment of the underwriting discount and after the payment of offering-related costs and expenses of approximately $3,620 in exchange for units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“OP units”) that represent an approximate 65% partnership interest in the Operating Partnership, including the sole general partnership interest;
 
(ii) the contribution to Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Operating Partnership”) of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (“Summit of Scottsdale”) held by The Summit Group, Inc. (“The Summit Group”) and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 OP units; and
 
(iii) the merger of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Predecessor”) with and into the Operating Partnership, with the Predecessor as the acquiror for accounting purposes, and the issuance by the Operating Partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the former Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of the Predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in the Predecessor; and
 
(iv) the repayment of approximately $225,156 of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3,800 recognized in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor will become the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company, and the assets and liabilities of the Company will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes each of these transactions occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assumes each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on June 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent the future financial position of the Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent the future results of operations of the Company. In the opinion of management of the Company, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made.
 
2.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2010:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical balance sheet to the Company’s intended presentation:
 
  §    To reclassify restricted cash (current and noncurrent) into one account.
 
  §    To reclassify current maturities and notes payable into one account.


F-5


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(C) Reflects the issuance of shares of common stock of the Company:
 
         
Sale of           shares of common stock at an initial public offering price of $     per share
  $ 283,000  
Underwriting discount
    (19,180 )
Legal, accounting and other offering-related costs
    (3,620 )
         
Net proceeds
  $ 260,200  
         
 
(D) (1) Reflects the retirement of outstanding indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering:
 
         
First National Bank of Omaha/Acquisition Line of Credit
  $ 20,003  
First National Bank of Omaha/Line of Credit Pool One
    20,400  
Lehman Brothers Bank
    77,914  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
    21,420  
Fortress Credit Corp. 
    85,419  
         
Use of proceeds
  $ 225,156  
         
 
(2) Reflects the payment, immediately prior to the merger, of priority distributions in the amount of approximately $8,283 to the Predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 members accrued but unpaid through August 31, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between the Predecessor and the Operating Partnership.
 
(3) Reflects the write-off of deferred financing costs of approximately $385 associated with the retirement of certain indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering. These expenditures will be a use of proceeds and are also included as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity.
 
(4) Reflects the reclassification of members’ equity of the Predecessor and the noncontrolling interests of the Predecessor into noncontrolling interests in the Operating Partnership attributable to the issuance of the 10,100,000 OP units being issued in the merger and the other formation transactions.
 
(5) Reflects the effects of the issuance of 4,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to non-employee directors upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(6) Reflects prepayment penalties and other fees of approximately $3,800 related to the retirement of certain indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering.
 
3.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical statement of operations to the Company’s intended presentation:
 
(1) To reclassify: (a) $20,048 of direct hotel operations expense (wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast) as rooms expense; and (b) $2,978 of direct hotel operations expense (franchise royalties) as other indirect expense.
 
(2) To reclassify (a) $4,070 of other hotel operating expense (utilities and telephone) as other direct expense; and (b) $5,107 of other hotel operating expense (property taxes, insurance and cable) as other indirect expense.


F-6


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(3) To reclassify (a) $2,143 of general, selling and administrative expense (office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense) as other direct expenses; (b) $9,652 of general, selling and administrative expense (credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expense, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees) as indirect expenses; and (c) $302 of general, selling and administrative expense (ground rent and other expense) as other expense.
 
(4) To reclassify $2,074 of repairs and maintenance expense as other direct expenses.
 
(5) To reclassify $56 of other indirect expense (hotel startup costs) as hotel property acquisition costs.
 
(C) Reflects the elimination of accounting and management expense historically paid to The Summit Group under hotel management agreements and an adjustment to other indirect expense to reflect contractual payments under a new hotel management agreement to be entered into by the Company’s TRS lessees with Interstate upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
         
Historical accounting expense reimbursement
  $ (329 )
Historical management expense reimbursement
    (1,611 )
         
Historical amounts paid to The Summit Group
    (1,940 )
Base management fee under new hotel management agreement
    2,016  
Accounting expense reimbursement under new hotel management agreement
    546  
Incentive management fee payable under new hotel management agreement
     
         
Amounts payable to Interstate under new hotel management agreement
  $ 622  
         
 
(D) Reflects the elimination of $234 of deferred financing cost amortization expense related to indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(E) Reflects the expected increase in general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, incremental salaries, fees paid to our non-employee directors, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other compliance costs.
 
(F) Reflects $      of expense associated with the grant of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s non-employee directors upon completion of the initial public offering and the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s named executive officers upon completion of the initial public offering. The Company intends to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive offers upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock options will vest ratably over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions used in the fair value determination of the stock options to be granted to the Company’s named executive officers are summarized as follows: (1) risk-free interest rate of     % based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate as of     , 2010; (2) expected volatility of     % based on an analysis of a peer group of comparable entities; (3) expected dividend yield of     %; (4) weighted-average expected life of 5 years; and (5) exercise price equal to the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers is anticipated to be $     .
 
(G) Reflects a reduction of an aggregate of $7,502 in interest expense as a result of the repayment of indebtedness with net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(H) Reflects the adjustment to recognize income tax expense on the taxable income of Summit TRS, the Company’s taxable REIT subsidiary, assuming the Company had elected REIT status and the TRS leases were in place as of January 1, 2009.


F-7


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical statement of operations to the Company’s intended presentation:
 
(1) To reclassify (a) $36,720 of direct hotel operations expense (wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast) as rooms expense; and (b) $5,351 of direct hotel operations expense (franchise royalties) as other indirect expense.
 
(2) To reclassify (a) $7,642 of other hotel operating expense (utilities and telephone) as other direct expense; and (b) $9,345 of other hotel operating expense (property taxes, insurance and cable) as other indirect expense.
 
(3) To reclassify (a) $4,254 of general, selling and administrative expense (office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense) as other direct expenses; (b) $19,082 of general, selling and administrative expense (credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees) as other indirect expenses; and (c) $681 of general, selling and administrative expense (ground rent and other expense) as other expense.
 
(4) To reclassify $6,152 of repairs and maintenance expense as other direct expenses.
 
(5) To reclassify $1,389 of other indirect expense (hotel startup costs) as hotel property acquisition costs.
 
(C) Reflects the elimination of accounting and management expense historically paid to The Summit Group under hotel management agreements and an adjustment to other indirect expense to reflect contractual payments under a new hotel management agreement to be entered into by the Company’s TRS lessees with Interstate upon completion of the initial public offering.
 
         
Historical accounting expense reimbursement
  $ (589 )
Historical management expense reimbursement
    (3,029 )
         
Historical amounts paid to The Summit Group
    (3,618 )
Base management fee under new hotel management agreement
    3,636  
Accounting expense reimbursement under new hotel management agreement
    1,092  
Incentive management fee payable under new hotel management agreement
     
         
Amounts payable to Interstate under new hotel management agreement
  $ 1,110  
         
 
(D) Reflects the elimination of $883 of deferred financing cost amortization expense related to indebtedness being repaid with net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(E) Reflects the expected increase in general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, incremental salaries, fees paid to our non-employee directors, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other compliance costs.
 
(F) Reflects $      of expense associated with the grant of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s non-employee directors upon completion of the initial public offering and the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s named executive officers upon completion of the initial public offering. The Company intends to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to the Company’s named executive offers upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock options will vest ratably over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions used in the fair value determination of the stock


F-8


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
options to be granted to certain executive officers are summarized as follows: (1) risk-free interest rate of     % based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate as of     , 2010; (2) expected volatility of     % based on an analysis of a peer group of comparable entities; (3) expected dividend yield of     %; (4) weighted-average expected life of 5 years; and (5) exercise price equal to the mid-point of the anticipated IPO price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers is anticipated to be $     .
 
(G) Reflects a reduction of an aggregate of $9,269 in interest expense as a result of the repayment of indebtedness with net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
(H) To remove income from discontinued operations of $1,465 included in the Predecessor’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(I) Reflects the adjustment to recognize income tax expense on the taxable income of Summit TRS, the Company’s taxable REIT subsidiary, assuming the Company had elected REIT status and the TRS leases were in place as of January 1, 2009.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Stockholders and Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) as of July 12, 2010. This consolidated financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this consolidated financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit of a balance sheet also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the consolidated balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. as of July 12, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska
August 6, 2010


F-10


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JULY 12, 2010
 
         
    (In thousands,
 
    except
 
    shares and
 
    par value)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and total assets
  $ 1  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities
  $  
         
Stockholders’ Equity
       
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
     
Additional paid in capital
    1  
Retained earnings
     
         
Total stockholders’ equity
    1  
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1  
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated balance sheet.


F-11


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
JULY 12, 2010
 
Note 1— Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) is a self-advised hotel investment company that was recently organized as a Maryland corporation to own, through both general and limited partner interests, Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Operating Partnership”). The Operating Partnership’s initial portfolio will consist of 65 upscale and midscale without food and beverage hotels with a total of 6,533 guestrooms located in small, mid-sized and suburban markets throughout the United States in 19 states. All of the hotels will be leased to the Operating Partnership’s wholly owned taxable REIT subsidiary, Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. (“TRS Lessee”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries.
 
The Company intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to a proposed initial public offering of common stock (the “IPO”).
 
The Company has had no operations since its organization. Our formation transactions are designed to merge the business of the Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Predecessor”) into the Operating Partnership, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and to facilitate our IPO.
 
Note 2— Income Taxes
 
We intend to elect and qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, under Sections 856 and 859 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of their taxable income. In general, a REIT meeting those requirements will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent of the income it distributes. The Company may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income, property or net worth and to federal income tax on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by TRS Lessee, a taxable C-corporation, will be fully subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT, without the benefit of certain statutory relief provisions, the Company will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate rates.
 
Note 3— Offering Costs
 
In connection with this offering, affiliates of the Company have or will incur legal, accounting, and related costs, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of this offering. Such costs will be deducted from the proceeds of this offering.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska
September 21, 2010


F-13


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2010
 
         
    2010  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,326,378  
Restricted cash
    1,385,341  
Trade receivables
    4,416,070  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,075,001  
         
Total current assets
    18,202,790  
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    460,632,473  
         
OTHER ASSETS
       
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,971,985  
Land held for sale
    23,242,004  
Other noncurrent assets
    4,043,232  
Restricted cash
    615,692  
         
Total other assets
    32,872,913  
         
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 511,708,176  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
       
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 134,392,600  
Lines of credit
    20,002,943  
Accounts payable
    1,144,639  
Related party accounts payable
    373,260  
Accrued expenses
    10,459,194  
         
Total current liabilities
    166,372,636  
         
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION
    270,200,679  
         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
       
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
       
Class A, 1,166.62 units issued and outstanding
    57,219,292  
Class A-1, 437.83 units issued and outstanding
    33,685,897  
Class B, 81.36 units issued and outstanding
    1,389,790  
Class C, 173.60 units issued and outstanding
    (15,535,655 )
         
Total Summit Hotel Properties, LLC members’ equity
    76,759,324  
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624,463 )
         
Total members’ equity
    75,134,861  
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
  $ 511,708,176  
         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-14


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
          (Unaudited)  
 
REVENUES
               
Room revenues
  $ 65,938,663     $ 59,475,561  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,273,783       1,118,314  
                 
      67,212,446       60,593,875  
                 
COSTS AND EXPENSES
               
Direct hotel operations
    23,026,426       20,472,632  
Other hotel operating expenses
    9,177,042       8,150,996  
General, selling and administrative
    12,097,062       11,970,928  
Repairs and maintenance
    2,074,168       3,637,602  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,521,822       11,383,720  
                 
      59,896,520       55,615,878  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    7,315,926       4,977,997  
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
               
Interest income
    23,559       18,419  
Interest (expense)
    (12,701,101 )     (8,337,655 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    (39,389 )     24,560  
                 
      (12,716,931 )     (8,294,676 )
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    (5,401,005 )     (3,316,679 )
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    -       1,800,544  
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (5,401,005 )     (1,516,135 )
STATE INCOME TAX (EXPENSE)
    (228,185 )      
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (5,629,190 )     (1,516,135 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
    -       (185,912 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
  $ (5,629,190 )   $ (1,330,223 )
                 
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER $100,000 CAPITAL UNIT
  $ (3,027.41 )   $ (792.13 )
                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR CALCULATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER CAPITAL UNIT (based on $100,000 investment)
    1,859.41       1,679.29  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-15


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010
 
 
                                                         
                                        Equity Attributable
 
    # of Capital
                                  to Noncontrolling
 
    Units     Class A     Class A-1     Class B     Class C     Total     Interest  
 
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 2010
    1,859.41     $ 59,961,958     $ 34,244,056     $ 1,804,718     $ (13,086,957 )   $ 82,923,775     $ (1,624,463 )
Net income (loss)
          (2,348,948 )     (416,616 )     (414,928 )     (2,448,698 )     (5,629,190 )      
Distributions to members
          (393,718 )     (141,543 )                 (535,261 )      
                                                         
BALANCES, JUNE 30, 2010
    1,859.41     $ 57,219,292     $ 33,685,897     $ 1,389,790     $ (15,535,655 )   $ 76,759,324     $ (1,624,463 )
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-16


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
          (Unaudited)  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (5,629,190 )   $ (1,516,135 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    13,521,822       11,476,226  
Amortization of prepaid lease
    23,700        
Unsuccessful project costs
          815,209  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    39,389       (1,619,446 )
Changes in current assets and liabilities:
               
Trade receivables
    (1,807,872 )     (1,205,207 )
Prepaid expenses and other
    341,479       1,140,728  
Accounts payable and related party accounts payable
    (64,614 )     (4,036,052 )
Accrued expenses
    1,277,181       (1,359,951 )
Restricted cash released (funded)
    369,712       (184,307 )
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    8,071,607       3,511,065  
                 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Land and hotel acquisitions and construction in progress
    (604,232 )     (8,531,400 )
Purchases of other property & equipment
    (1,018,274 )     (6,376,188 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions, net of closing costs
    7,246       413,751  
Restricted cash released (funded)
    (284,502 )     601,069  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (1,899,762 )     (13,892,768 )
                 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    3,348,350        
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (3,479,721 )     (3,307,485 )
Financing fees on long-term debt
    (963,060 )     (467,492 )
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and line of credit
          3,768,831  
Principal payments on notes payable and line of credit
    (1,455,000 )     (276,329 )
Proceeds from equity contributions
          9,516,002  
Distributions to members
    (535,261 )     (5,854,031 )
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    (3,084,692 )     3,379,496  
                 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    3,087,153       (7,002,207 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    8,239,225       18,153,435  
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS END OF PERIOD
  $ 11,326,378     $ 11,151,228  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-17


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
          (unaudited)  
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
Cash payments for interest, net of the amounts capitalized below
  $ 12,357,600     $ 8,347,799  
                 
Interest capitalized
  $     $ 1,827,091  
                 
Cash payments for state income taxes
  $ 51,386     $ 526,053  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
               
Construction in progress financed through related party accounts payable
  $     $ 740,101  
                 
Construction in progress financed through accounts payable
  $     $ 9,721,200  
                 
Construction in progress financed through issuance of debt
  $     $ 27,304,006  
                 
Issuance of long-term debt to refinance existing long-term debt
  $     $ 8,440,000  
                 
Conversion of debt to equity
  $     $ 2,449,150  
                 
Sale proceeds used to payoff long-term debt
  $     $ 3,510,214  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-18


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1— PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Business
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, “the Company”, (a South Dakota limited liability company) was organized January 8, 2004, and is engaged in the business of developing, owning and operating hotel properties.
 
The Company has agreements for the use of various trade names, trademarks and service marks which include Carlson Hospitality, Choice Hotels International, Hilton Hotel Corporation, Intercontinental Hotels Group, Hyatt Hotel Corporation and Marriott International. The Company also owns and operates one independent non-franchised hotel. As of June 30, 2010, the Company owned and managed 65 hotels, representing approximately 6,533 rooms located in 19 states. The Company’s hotel properties are located throughout various regions of the United States. Hotels operating in any given region are potentially susceptible to adverse economic and competitive conditions as well as unique trends associated with that particular region. The potential adverse affect of such conditions on the Company’s business, financial position, and results of its operations is mitigated due to the diversified locations of the Company’s properties. The Company has only one operating segment.
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
The Company is a 49% owner and the primary beneficiary of Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (“Scottsdale”), which qualifies as a variable interest entity. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Scottsdale have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The entity was formed for the purpose of purchasing two hotel properties in Scottsdale, AZ and its activities primarily relate to owning and operating those two hotel properties. As of June 30, 2010 and for the six months then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $20,573,594, liabilities of $14,419,554, revenues of $3,595,093, and expenses of $2,918,698. Included in the consolidated assets are assets as of June 30, 2010 totaling $18,288,832 which represent collateral for obligations of Scottsdale. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is $6,154,040. Apart from that amount, creditors and the beneficial holders of Scottsdale have no recourse to the assets or general credit of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company is a Class A Member and receives a 10% priority distribution on its capital contribution before distributions to other classes. Class A members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Any income generated by the LLC is first allocated to Class A members up to the 10% priority return.
 
The Company has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation. Topic 810 requires a qualitative rather than a quantitative analysis to determine the primary beneficiary of a VIE for consolidation purposes. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and also has the obligation to absorb the losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The provisions of Topic 810 were effective January 1, 2010. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company accounted for its ownership of Scottsdale under FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 , codified under Topic 810. Variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are required to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if they do not effectively disperse risks among the parties involved. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. In applying Topic 810, management has utilized available information and reasonable assumptions and estimates in evaluating whether an entity is a VIE and which party is the primary beneficiary. These assumptions and estimates are subjective and the use of different assumptions could result in different conclusions.


F-19


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Beginning on October 1, 2004, the Company considered its interest in Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC a VIE in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. As per the provisions of Topic 810, the Company’s interest in the VIE has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company is the 100% owner of several special purpose entities which were established due to various lending requirements. These entities include Summit Hospitality I, LLC; Summit Hospitality II, LLC; Summit Hospitality III, LLC; Summit Hospitality IV, LLC; and Summit Hospitality V, LLC. All assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of these wholly-owned subsidiaries are reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Interim Unaudited Financial Information
 
The accompanying interim unaudited financial information for the six months ended June 30, 2009 has been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and eliminations, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included. The results of operation for such interim period is not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, cash on deposit may exceed the federally insured limit. The Company maintains its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. Due to the financial institution crisis and economic downturn that occurred in the second half of 2008, management has assessed the risks of each of the financial institutions where the Company has deposits in excess of insured limits and believes the risk of loss to still be minimal.
 
Receivables and Credit Policies
 
Trade receivables are uncollateralized customer obligations resulting from the rental of hotel rooms and the sales of food, beverage, catering and banquet services due under normal trade terms requiring payment upon receipt of the invoice. Trade receivables are stated at the amount billed to the customer and do not accrue interest. Customer account balances with invoices dated over 60 days old are considered delinquent. Payments of trade receivables are allocated to the specific invoices identified on the customer’s remittance advice or, if unspecified, are applied to the earliest unpaid invoices.
 
The Company reviews the collectability of receivables monthly. A provision for losses on receivables is determined on the basis of previous loss experience and current economic conditions. Since there were no material uncollectible receivables, no allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of June 30, 2010. The Company incurred bad debt expense of $19,596 for six months ended June 30, 2010.


F-20


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Property and Equipment
 
Buildings and major improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over 27 to 40 years, the estimated useful lives of the assets. Hotel equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets of 2 to 15 years. The Company periodically re-evaluates fixed asset lives based on current assessments of remaining utilization that may result in changes in estimated useful lives. Such changes are accounted for prospectively and will increase or decrease depreciation expense. Depreciation expense from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $13,521,822. Expenditures that materially extend a property’s life are capitalized. These costs may include hotel refurbishment, renovation and remodeling expenditures. Normal maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. When depreciable property is retired or disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in current operations.
 
Capitalized Development and Interest Costs
 
The Company capitalizes all hotel development costs and other direct overhead costs related to the purchase and construction of hotels. Additionally, the Company capitalizes the interest costs associated with constructing new hotels. Capitalized development, direct overhead and interest are depreciated over the estimated lives of the respective assets. Organization and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company capitalized interest of $0.
 
Assets Held for Sale
 
Properties are classified as other noncurrent assets when management determines that they are excess and intends to list them for sale. These assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell and consist of land and related improvements at June 30, 2010. Properties are classified as assets held for sale when they are under contract for sale, or otherwise probable that they will be sold within the next twelve months.
 
Long-Lived Assets and Impairment
 
The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC 360, Property Plant and Equipment , which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. FASB ASC 360 requires a long-lived asset to be sold to be classified as “held for sale” in the period in which certain criteria are met, including that the sale of the asset within one year is probable and recorded at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. FASB ASC 360 also requires that the results of operations of a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale be reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the Company’s ongoing operations.
 
The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-term assets in relation to historical results, current business conditions and trends to identify potential situations in which the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable. If such reviews indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company would estimate the undiscounted sum of the expected cash flows of such assets to determine if such sum is less than the carrying value of such assets to ascertain if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, the Company would determine the fair value by using quoted market prices, if available for such assets, or if quoted market prices are not available, the Company would discount the expected future cash flows of such assets and adjust the carrying amount to fair value.
 
Deferred Charges
 
These assets are carried at cost and consist of deferred financing fees and initial franchise fees. Costs incurred in obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the term of the related debt, which approximates the interest method. Initial franchise fees are capitalized and amortized over the term of the franchise


F-21


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
agreement using the straight-line method. Amortization expense from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 totaled $819,261.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists of certain funds maintained in escrow for property taxes, insurance and certain capital expenditures. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lenders.
 
Income Taxes
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC is a limited liability company and, as such, all federal taxable income of the limited liability company flows through and is taxable to the members of the Company. The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes , on January 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard had no impact on the financial statements. As of both the date of adoption and as of June 30, 2010, there were no unrecognized tax benefits.
 
The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred. The Company is no longer subject to Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.
 
The Company has elected to pay state income taxes at the Company level in all of the states in which it does business. The Company’s estimated state income tax expenses at current statutory rates were $228,185 for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
Members’ Capital Contributions and Profit and Loss Allocations
 
The Company is organized as a limited liability company and can issue to its members Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C units.
 
Approximate sharing ratios for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are as follows:
 
         
Class A
    42 %
Class A-1
    7  
Class B
    7  
Class C
    44  
         
      100 %
         
 
The limited liability company operating agreement provides that net profits are allocated to cover a 10% priority return to Class A members, 8% priority return to Class A-1 members, then the balance is allocated based on Sharing Ratios. Net losses are allocated to members based on Sharing Ratios.
 
Only Class A and A-1 members contribute capital. These members receive an 8-10% priority return on their capital contributions before distributions to other classes. Class A and A-1 members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Class A and A-1 members have voting rights on creation of new classes of membership, amendments to the Articles of Organization, and dissolution of the Company. Class B members do not have voting rights and receive distributions in accordance with their Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return. The Class C member is The Summit Group, Inc. (SGI), a related party. SGI has limited voting rights, in addition to the right to appoint members to the Board. SGI, however, has significant authority to manage the hotel properties and acts as the Company’s Manager. SGI receives distributions in accordance with its Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return.


F-22


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Costs paid for syndication are charged directly to equity against the proceeds raised. The Company’s operating agreement contains extensive restrictions on the transfer of membership interests. In addition, the transferability of membership interests is restricted by federal and state law. The membership interests may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated to any person without the consent of The Summit Group, Inc., a related party and 44% owner of the Company through its holding of 57.6% and 100% of the outstanding Class B and Class C units, respectively.
 
Earnings per Capital Unit
 
For purposes of calculating basic earnings per capital unit, capital units issued by the Company are considered outstanding on the effective date of issue and are based on a $100,000 capital unit.
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC has made distributions to noncontrolling members in excess of income allocations to those members. Their excess is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company grants credit to qualified customers generally without collateral, in the form of accounts receivable. The Company believes its risk of loss is minimal due to its periodic evaluations of the credit worthiness of the customers.
 
Advertising and Marketing Costs
 
The Company expenses all advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Total costs for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were $4,769,629. Of this total cost, $397,812 represented general advertising expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $4,371,817 represented national media fees required by the hotel franchise agreements for the six months ended June 30, 2010. These costs are reported as components of general, selling and administrative costs in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Sales Taxes
 
The Company has customers in states and municipalities in which those governmental units impose a sales tax on certain sales. The Company collects those sales taxes from its customers and remits the entire amount to the various governmental units. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from revenues.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s hotel revenues are derived from room rentals and other sources, such as charges to guests for long-distance telephone service, fax machine use, movie and vending commissions, meeting and banquet room revenue, restaurant and bar revenue, and parking and laundry services. The Company recognizes hotel revenue on a daily basis based on an agreed upon daily rate after the guest has stayed at one of its hotels for a day, used its lodging facilities and received related lodging services and amenities. The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited, because approximately 90% of the Company’s revenue is related to credit card transactions, which are typically reimbursed within 2-3 days. Reserves for any uncollectible accounts, if material, are established for accounts that age beyond a predetermined acceptable period. The Company had not recorded any such reserves at June 30, 2010.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“SFAS No. 167”), codified under Topic 810. Topic 810 requires a qualitative rather than a quantitative analysis to determine the primary beneficiary of a VIE for consolidation purposes. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and also has the obligation to absorb the losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that


F-23


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
could potentially be significant to the VIE. The provisions of Topic 810 were effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of Topic 810 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an update (ASU No. 2010-06) to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , to improve disclosure requirements regarding transfers, classes of assets and liabilities, and inputs and valuation techniques. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The Company adopted this ASC update on January 1, 2010, and it had no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Future Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements
 
Certain provisions of ASU No. 2010-06 to ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , related to separate line items for all purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of financial instruments valued using Level 3 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not believe that this adoption will have a material impact on the financial statements or disclosures.
 
Fair Value
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under Topic 820 are described below:
 
Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
Level 2 — Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or the liability; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonable available.
 
Our estimates of the fair value of financial instruments as of June 30, 2010 were determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methods, including discounted cash flow analysis. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair value. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, and debt obligations. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
 
At June 30, 2010, the Company’s long-term debt obligations consisted of fixed and variable rate debt that had a carrying value of $424,596,222 and a fair value, based on current market interest rates of $407,576,082. The Company has classified their long-term debt instruments as Level 2 in the hierarchy of FASB ASC 820 described above. The Company estimates the fair value of its fixed rate debt by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at estimated market rates consistent with the maturity of the debt obligation with similar terms.


F-24


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
NOTE 2— PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER
 
Prepaid expenses and other at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Prepaid insurance expense
  $ 499,452  
Other prepaid expenses
    575,549  
         
    $ 1,075,001  
         
 
NOTE 3— PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Land
  $ 73,411,913  
Hotel buildings and improvements
    391,431,377  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    88,059,171  
      552,902,461  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (92,269,988 )
         
    $ 460,632,473  
         
 
NOTE 4— ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
As a part of regular policy, the Company periodically reviews hotels based on established criteria such as age of hotel property, type of franchise associated with hotel property, and adverse economic and competitive conditions in the region surrounding the property.
 
The Company performed a comprehensive review of its investment strategy and of its existing hotel portfolio to identify properties which the Company believes are either non-core or no longer complement the business. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had no hotels held for sale. The Company has committed to sell eight parcels of land that were originally purchased for development and thus, those parcels of land are recorded as assets held for sale as of June 30, 2010.
 
Assets held for sale at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Land
  $ 23,242,004  
 
NOTE 5— OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
Other noncurrent assets at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Prepaid land lease
  $ 3,611,895  
Seller financed notes receivable
    431,337  
         
    $ 4,043,232  
         
 
NOTE 6— ACQUISITIONS
 
The Company accounts for its acquisitions of hotels as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. The Company allocates the cost of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. To determine fair value of the various components acquired, the Company engages independent valuation consultants and other third-party real-estate appraisals as necessary. The Company allocates the purchase price of the acquired property based upon the relative fair values of the various components. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value will be assigned


F-25


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
to intangible assets if the intangible asset is separable and if it arises from a contractual or other legal right. Any remaining excess of the cost of acquisition over fair values assigned to separable assets is recognized as goodwill.
 
The Company’s strategy is to pursue the acquisition of additional hotels under the investment parameters established in the Company’s Operating Agreement. The Company has made no acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
NOTE 7— DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
Deferred charges and other assets at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Initial franchise fees
  $ 2,596,042  
Deferred financing costs
    9,167,063  
         
      11,763,105  
Less accumulated amortization
    (6,791,120 )
         
Total
  $ 4,971,985  
         
 
Future amortization expense is expected to be approximately:
 
         
2010
  $ 736,261  
2011
    1,174,959  
2012
    672,118  
2013
    357,098  
2014
    300,868  
Thereafter
    1,730,681  
         
    $ 4,971,985  
         
 
NOTE 8— RESTRICTED CASH
 
Restricted cash at June 30, 2010 is comprised of the following:
 
                                 
    Property
          FF&E
       
Financing Lender
  Taxes     Insurance     Reserves     Total  
 
Wells Fargo (Lehman)
  $ 330,339     $ 360,402     $ 615,692     $ 1,306,433  
National Western Life
    187,070                   187,070  
Bank of the Ozarks
    99,989                   99,989  
Capmark (ING)
    271,040                   271,040  
Capmark (ING)
    60,126                   60,126  
Capmark (ING)
    38,157                   38,157  
Capmark (ING)
    38,218                   38,218  
                                 
    $ 1,024,939     $ 360,402     $ 615,692     $ 2,001,033  
                                 
 
The Company has financing arrangements under which an agreed upon percentage of gross income is required to be deposited into a special reserve account for future replacements of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Some financing arrangements also include provisions that restricted cash must be maintained in escrow for property taxes and insurance. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lender.


F-26


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
NOTE 9— ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accrued expenses at June 30, 2010 are comprised of the following:
 
         
Accrued sales and other taxes
  $ 5,521,919  
Accrued salaries and benefits
    1,561,734  
Accrued interest
    1,647,499  
Other accrued expenses
    1,728,042  
         
    $ 10,459,194  
         


F-27


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
NOTE 10— DEBT OBLIGATIONS
 
The Company’s debt obligations at June 30, 2010 are as follows:
 
                 
    Interest
  Maturity
  Amount
 
Payee
  Rate   Date   Outstanding  
 
Lehman Brothers Bank
  a) Fixed (5.4025)%   1/11/2012   $ 77,913,380  
ING Investment Management
  b) Fixed (5.60)%   1/1/2012     29,503,380  
    c) Fixed (6.10)%   7/1/2012     29,877,346  
    d) Fixed (6.61)%   11/1/2013     6,325,705  
    e) Fixed (6.34)%   7/1/2012     8,011,330  
              73,717,761  
National Western Life Insurance
  f) Fixed (8.0)%   1/1/2015     13,835,711  
Chambers Bank
  g) Fixed (6.5)%   6/24/2012     1,635,562  
Bank of the Ozarks
  h) Variable (6.75% at 06/30/10)   6/29/2012     6,444,447  
MetaBank
  i) Variable (5.0% at 06/30/10)   3/1/2012     7,394,601  
BNC National Bank
  j) Fixed (5.01)%   11/1/2013     5,816,226  
    k) Variable (3.0% at 06/30/10)   4/1/2016     5,814,136  
              11,630,362  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
  l) Variable (4.25% at 06/30/10)   12/31/2010     9,895,727  
        12/31/2010     11,524,451  
              21,420,178  
General Electric Capital Corp. 
  m) Variable (2.29% at 06/30/10)   4/1/2018     8,903,246  
    n) Variable (2.34% at 06/30/10)   3/1/2019     11,209,795  
    o) Variable (3.09% at 06/30/10)   4/1/2014     11,345,055  
              31,458,096  
Fortress Credit Corp. 
  p) Variable (10.75% at 06/30/10)   3/5/2011     85,419,143  
First National Bank of Omaha
  q) Variable (5.5% at 06/30/10)   7/24/2010     20,400,000  
First National Bank of Omaha
  q) Fixed (5.25)%   7/1/2013     15,791,221  
First National Bank of Omaha
  q) Fixed (5.25)%   2/1/2014     8,684,124  
Bank of Cascades
  r) Variable (6.0% at 06/30/10)   9/30/2011     12,623,347  
Compass Bank
  s) Variable (4.5% at 06/30/10)   5/17/2018     16,225,346  
    Total long-term debt         404,593,279  
                 
    Less current portion         (134,392,600 )
                 
    Total long-term debt, net of current portion       $ 270,200,679  
                 
 
 
a) In 2004, the Company secured a permanent loan with Lehman Brothers Bank secured by 27 of our hotels in the amount of $88,000,000. The interest rate is fixed at 5.4% and the loan matures in January 2012. The monthly principal and interest payment is $535,285.
 
b) In 2005, the Company obtained a permanent loan with ING Investment Management secured by six of our hotels in the amount of $34,150,000. This loan carries an interest rate of 5.6% and matures in July 1, 2025, with options for the lender to call the note beginning in 2012 upon six months prior notice. Proceeds were used to refinance other short and long-term debt related to the secured hotels. The monthly principal and interest payment is $236,843.


F-28


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
c) In 2006, the Company obtained a permanent loan with ING Investment Management secured by nine of our hotels in the amount of $36,600,800. This loan carries an interest rate of 6.1% and matures in July 2012. Proceeds were used to refinance other short and long-term debt related to the secured hotels. The monthly principal and interest payment is $243,328.
 
d) On November 1, 2006, the Company entered into a loan with ING Investment Management. The loan was for construction of the Residence Inn in Jackson, MS. The loan for $6,600,000 has a fixed rate of 6.61% and a maturity date of November 1, 2028, with a call option on November 1, 2013. The monthly principal and interest payment is $49,621.
 
e) On December 22, 2006, the Company entered into a loan with ING Investment Management for the construction of the Hilton Garden Inn in Ft. Collins, CO. The loan was for $8,318,000 and has a fixed rate of 6.34% and matures on July 1, 2012. The monthly principal and interest is $61,236.
 
f) On December 8, 2009, the Company entered into two loans with National Western Life Insurance Company in the amounts of $8,650,000 and $5,350,000 to refinance the JP Morgan debt on the two Scottsdale, AZ hotels. The loans carry a fixed rate of 8.0% and mature on January 1, 2015. The monthly principal and interest payment is $125,756.
 
g) In 2003, the Company entered into a loan with Chambers Bank to purchase the Aspen Hotel in Ft. Smith, AR. The loan carries a fixed rate of 6.5% and matures on June 24, 2012. The monthly principal and interest payment is $15,644.
 
h) On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Ozarks in the amount of $10,816,000 to fund the hotel construction located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 400 basis points with a floor of 6.75% and matures on June 29, 2012. The loan requires interest only payments monthly until 2011.
 
i) On March 10, 2009, the Company entered into a loan modification agreement with MetaBank in the amount of $7,450,000 on the Boise, ID Cambria Suites. The loan modification extended the maturity date to March 1, 2012. The loan has a variable interest rate of Prime, with a floor of 5%. The monthly principal and interest is $30,811.
 
j) On May 10, 2006, the Company entered into a loan with BNC National Bank in the amount of $7,120,000 to fund construction of the Hampton Inn in Ft. Worth, TX. The loan has a fixed rate of 5.01% and matures on November 1, 2013. The monthly principal and interest payment is $40,577.
 
k) On October 1, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with BNC National Bank in the amount of $6,460,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Holiday Inn Express located in Twin Falls, ID. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points and matures April 1, 2016. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
l) On July 25, 2006, the Company secured two semi-permanent loans from M&I Bank to finance construction of the Cambria Suites and Hampton Inn in Bloomington, MN. The maximum principal available was $24,500,000. The variable interest rate loan is based on LIBOR plus 3.90%. The loans mature on December 31, 2010. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
m) On April 30, 2007, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $9,500,000 to fund the land acquisition on hotel construction located in Denver, CO. The loan carries a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 175 basis points and matures April 2018. The monthly principal and interest payment is $53,842.
 
n) On August 15, 2007, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $11,300,000 to fund construction of the Cambria Suites in Baton Rouge, LA. The loan carries a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 180 basis points and matures in March 2019. The monthly principal and interest payment is $49,709.
 
o) On February 29, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $11,400,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction located in San Antonio, TX. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 255 basis points and matures in April, 2014. The monthly principal and interest payment is $54,639.


F-29


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
 
p) On March 5, 2007, the Company closed on a loan with Fortress Credit Corporation to refinance the debt on several construction projects and provide equity for the acquisition, development and construction of additional real estate and hotel properties. The loan is in the amount of $99,700,000. The current balance on this note is $85,419,143 and carries a variable interest rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 875 basis points. The maturity date of the note is March 5, 2011. The recent extension was for a period of one year, with an option for an additional six month extension contingent on meeting certain requirements. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
q) The Company has a credit pool agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with medium-term financing. The agreement allows for two-year interest only notes and five-year amortizing notes, for which the term of an individual note can extend beyond the term of the agreement. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate LIBOR plus 4.0% and a floor of between 5.25% and 5.50%. The three notes totaling $20,400,000 matured on July 24, 2010 and required interest only payments. The maturity date has been extended to July 31, 2011 pursuant to an amendment to the loan agreement. The two notes totaling $15,791,221 require monthly principal and interest payments of $105,865. The note for $8,684,124 requires a monthly principal and interest payment of $46,072.
 
r) On October 3, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Cascades in the amount of $13,270,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Residence Inn located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime, with a floor of 6%, and matures September 30, 2011. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
s) On September 17, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Compass Bank in the amount of $19,250,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Courtyard by Marriott located in Flagstaff, AZ. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points, with a floor of 4.5%, and matures May 17, 2018. The loan requires interest only payments monthly.
 
As of June 30, 2010, the Company has approximately $134,392,600 in long-term notes due in the next twelve months, of which $127,239,321 represents maturing debt and $7,153,279 represents other scheduled principal payments. We intend to pay scheduled principal payments with available cash flow from operations. In addition, we intend to repay each of the loans with proceeds from our initial public offering (Note 17); however, if the offering does not take place, we intend to either refinance or extend the terms of those debt instruments maturing in the next twelve months.
 
Maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years are estimated as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 134,392,600  
2011
    139,340,300  
2012
    39,522,700  
2013
    48,129,200  
2014
    15,476,700  
Thereafter
    27,731,779  
         
    $ 404,593,279  
         
 
At June 30, 2010, the Company owned 65 hotel properties that were pledged as collateral on various credit agreements, as well as accounts receivable and intangible assets. Some of the credit agreements were also guaranteed by the affiliated members of the Company and certain affiliated entities. Significant covenants in the credit agreements require the Company to maintain minimum debt service coverage ratios. The weighted average interest rate for all borrowings was 5.78% at June 30, 2010.
 
NOTE 11— LINES OF CREDIT AND NOTES PAYABLE
 
The Company has a line-of-credit agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with short-term financing up to $20,002,943. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a floor of 5.5%. The amount of outstanding on this line-of-credit was $20,002,943 at June 30, 2010, which also


F-30


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
represents the maximum amount of borrowings during the year. This line-of-credit is secured by a mortgage on the specific hotels financed. The maturity date has been extended to July 31, 2011 for approximately $8.6 million pursuant to an amendment to the loan agreement. Approximately $11,358,000 of debt due to First National Bank of Omaha is due June 8, 2011, pursuant to an amendment to the loan agreement executed on August 15, 2010. We expect to execute an agreement with the lender which would allow an extension of the maturity date to July 31, 2011.
 
NOTE 12— MEMBERS’ EQUITY
 
The Company was formed on January 8, 2004. As specified in the Company’s Operating Agreement, the Company has four classes of membership capital units authorized: Class A, A-1, B and C.
 
NOTE 13— FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
 
The Company operates hotels under franchise agreements with various hotel chains expiring through 2025. The franchise agreements are for 3-20 year terms. Under the franchise agreements, the Company pays royalties of 2.5% to 5.0% of total room revenues and national advertising and media fees of 3% to 4% of total room revenues.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company incurred royalties of $2,978,386 and advertising and national media fees of $4,371,817.
 
The franchise agreements include restrictions on the transfer of the franchise licenses and the sale or lease of the hotel properties without prior written consent of the franchisor.
 
NOTE 14— BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company has a qualified contributory retirement plan (the Plan), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code which covers all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Voluntary contributions may be made to the Plan by employees. The Plan was changed to a Safe Harbor Plan effective for the 2008 calendar year. This Plan requires a mandatory employer contribution. The plan was converted back to a discretionary match during the fourth quarter 2009. Therefore, the employer contributions expense for 2009 was $116,020 and $0 for 2010.
 
NOTE 15— COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company leases land for two of its Ft. Smith properties under the terms of operating ground lease agreements expiring August 2022 and May 2030. The Company has options to renew the other leases for periods that range from 5-30 years. The Company has prepaid land leases on the Portland hotels with a remaining balance of $3,611,895 on June 30, 2010. This lease expires in June 2084. Total rent expense for these leases for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $118,737.
 
Approximate future minimum rental payments for noncancelable operating leases in excess of one year are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 118,738  
2011
    241,855  
2012
    246,366  
2013
    251,012  
2014
    255,798  
Thereafter
    7,112,864  
         
    $ 8,226,633  
         
 
NOTE 16— RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Pursuant to several management agreements, The Summit Group, Inc. (a related party through common ownership and management control) provides management and accounting services for the Company. The agreements provide for the Company to reimburse The Summit Group, Inc. for its actual overhead costs and expenses relating to the managing of


F-31


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
the hotel properties. At no time will the reimbursed management expenses exceed 4.5% of annual gross revenues. At June 30, 2010, the Company had accounts payable of $322,240 to The Summit Group, Inc. The Company cannot remove The Summit Group, Inc. as its manager except for cause as specified in the agreements.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company paid reimbursed management expenses of $1,610,980 and reimbursed accounting services of $328,950. The Company also reimbursed maintenance and purchasing services of $103,522 for the six months ended June 30, 2010. These expenses are reflected within the general, selling and administrative section of the statement of operations.
 
As of June 30, 2010, the Company had accounts payable to The Summit Group, Inc. for $51,020 relating to reimbursement and development expenses for new hotel properties, respectively.
 
NOTE 17— SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
On August 9, 2010, Summit Hotel OP, LP filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) a Form S-4 seeking to register its securities and Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. filed with the SEC a Form S-11 seeking to register its securities. As described in these registration statements, upon receipt of proper approval from the Company’s Class A, Class A-1 and Class C members, and third parties whose approval may be required, the Company plans to merge with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP. Summit Hotel OP, LP will be the operating partnership for Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a hotel real estate investment trust (REIT). Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. intends to list its stock with the New York Stock Exchange. If these transactions are approved and completed as described in the registration statements, the successor company will have improved access to capital through the public trading markets.
 
NOTE 18— UNAUDITED INTERIM INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009
 
Discontinued Operations
 
In accordance with FASB ASC 360, the Company classified its consolidated financial statement of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2009 to present discontinued operations of the two consolidated hotel properties sold, or to be sold pursuant to the plan for hotel dispositions. This classification has no impact on the Company’s net income or the net income per capital unit. The Company’s St. Joseph, MO property was sold during the second quarter of 2009 for approximately $4,050,000. The Company’s Ellensburg, WA property was sold during the third quarter of 2009 for approximately $2,760,000. The operations for both properties are presented as discontinued.


F-32


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009 (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
Condensed financial information of the results of operations for these hotel properties included in discontinued operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2009 is as follows:
 
         
REVENUES
  $ 967,042  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
       
Direct hotel operations
    297,811  
Other hotel operating expenses
    113,668  
General, selling and administrative
    189,402  
Repairs and maintenance
    32,948  
Depreciation and amortization
    92,506  
         
      726,335  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    240,707  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
       
Interest income
    116  
Interest (expense)
    (35,165 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    1,594,886  
         
      1,559,837  
         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
  $ 1,800,544  
         
 
Note Obligations
 
On March 10, 2009, the Company entered into a loan modification agreement with MetaBank in the amount of $7,450,000 on the Boise, ID Cambria Suites. The loan modification extended the maturity date to April 1, 2012.
 
On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Ozarks in the amount of $10,816,000 to fund the hotel construction located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 400 basis points, and matures on June 29, 2012.
 
Commitments/Agreements
 
The Company has entered into five construction contracts totaling approximately $59,600,000 with five contractors to develop hotel properties. The remaining commitment is estimated to be $13,000,000.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 21 of the accompanying notes to the financial statements, the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 have been restated.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Summit Hotel Properties, LLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 31, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Eide Bailly LLP
 
Greenwood Village, Colorado
March 31, 2010 (except for Note 21
which is dated September 21, 2010)


F-34


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
 
We have audited Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Summit Hotel Properties, LLC management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Summit Hotel Properties, LLC maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, and our report dated March 31, 2010 and September 21, 2010 as to Note 21, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
 
/s/  Eide Bailly LLP
 
Greenwood Village, Colorado
March 31, 2010


F-35


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Managers
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/  Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP
 
Greenwood Village, Colorado
March 21, 2008


F-36


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2009 AND 2008
 
                 
    2009
       
    (restated)     2008  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,239,225     $ 18,153,435  
Restricted cash
    1,755,053       1,679,027  
Trade receivables
    2,608,198       2,622,164  
Prepaid expenses and other
    1,416,480       2,170,955  
                 
Total current assets
    14,018,956       24,625,581  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    482,767,601       461,894,270  
                 
OTHER ASSETS
               
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,828,185       5,664,796  
Land held for sale
    12,226,320        
Other noncurrent assets
    4,074,179        
Restricted cash
    331,190       2,570,374  
                 
Total other assets
    21,459,874       8,235,170  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 518,246,431     $ 494,755,021  
                 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 134,370,900     $ 19,508,600  
Lines of credit
    21,457,943       12,288,500  
Notes payable
          7,469,865  
Accounts payable
    1,088,265       3,770,908  
Related party accounts payable
    494,248       3,173,179  
Accrued expenses
    9,182,013       9,956,372  
                 
Total current liabilities
    166,593,369       56,167,424  
                 
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION
    270,353,750       350,826,837  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 15)
               
                 
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
               
Class A, 1,166.62 units issued and outstanding
    59,961,958       76,512,442  
Class A-1, 437.83 & 196.50 units issued and outstanding, respectively
    34,244,056       15,855,756  
Class B, 81.36 units issued and outstanding
    1,804,718       3,007,247  
Class C, 173.60 units issued and outstanding
    (13,086,957 )     (5,990,222 )
                 
Total Summit Hotel Properties, LLC members’ equity
    82,923,775       89,385,223  
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624,463 )     (1,624,463 )
                 
Total equity
    81,299,312       87,760,760  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
  $ 518,246,431     $ 494,755,021  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-37


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
                         
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
REVENUES
                       
Room revenues
  $ 118,959,822     $ 132,796,698     $ 112,043,997  
Other hotel operations revenues
    2,239,914       2,310,764       1,845,333  
                         
      121,199,736       135,107,462       113,889,330  
                         
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                       
Direct hotel operations
    42,070,893       42,380,950       35,021,263  
Other hotel operating expenses
    16,986,818       15,186,138       11,980,423  
General, selling and administrative
    24,017,471       25,993,091       22,008,912  
Repairs and maintenance
    6,151,474       8,008,854       10,404,860  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,971,118       22,307,426       16,135,758  
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,505,836              
                         
      120,703,610       113,876,459       95,551,216  
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    496,126       21,231,003       18,338,114  
                         
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                       
Interest income
    49,805       194,687       446,219  
Interest (expense)
    (18,320,736 )     (17,025,180 )     (14,214,151 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    (4,335 )     (389,820 )     (651,948 )
                         
      (18,275,266 )     (17,220,313 )     (14,419,880 )
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    (17,779,140 )     4,010,690       3,918,234  
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    1,464,808       10,278,595       11,587,145  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (16,314,332 )     14,289,285       15,505,379  
STATE INCOME TAX (EXPENSE)
          (826,300 )     (715,187 )
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (16,314,332 )     13,462,985       14,790,192  
                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
          384,269       777,762  
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
  $ (16,314,332 )   $ 13,078,716     $ 14,012,430  
                         
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER $100,000 CAPITAL UNIT
  $ (9,391.54 )   $ 8,411.67     $ 9,012.19  
                         
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR CALCULATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER CAPITAL UNIT (based on $100,000 investment)
    1,737.13       1,554.83       1,554.83  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-38


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
                                                         
                                        Equity
 
    # of
                                  Attributable to
 
    Capital
                                  Noncontrolling
 
    Units     Class A     Class A-1     Class B     Class C     Total     Interest  
 
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 2007
    1,554.83     $ 88,253,669     $ 11,035,274     $ 4,972,353     $ 3,961,011     $ 108,222,307     $ (1,511,494 )
Net Income (Loss)
          11,214,409       1,165,504       259,939       1,372,578       14,012,430       777,762  
Distributions to members
          (16,575,137 )     (1,528,017 )     (1,124,079 )     (5,612,615 )     (24,839,848 )     (969,000 )
                                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2007
    1,554.83     $ 82,892,941     $ 10,672,761     $ 4,108,213     $ (279,026 )   $ 97,394,889     $ (1,702,732 )
Class A-1 units issued in private placement
    63.25               5,614,466                       5,614,466          
Net Income (Loss)
          10,785,507       1,136,502       184,178       972,529       13,078,716       384,269  
Distributions to members
          (17,166,006 )     (1,567,973 )     (1,285,144 )     (6,683,725 )     (26,702,848 )     (306,000 )
                                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2008
    1,618.08     $ 76,512,442     $ 15,855,756     $ 3,007,247     $ (5,990,222 )   $ 89,385,223     $ (1,624,463 )
Class A-1 units issued in private placement
    241.33               22,123,951                       22,123,951          
Net Income (Loss) (restated)
          (6,807,644 )     (1,207,424 )     (1,202,529 )     (7,096,735 )     (16,314,332 )      
Distributions to members
          (9,742,840 )     (2,528,227 )                 (12,271,067 )      
                                                         
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2009 (restated)
    1,859.41     $ 59,961,958     $ 34,244,056     $ 1,804,718     $ (13,086,957 )   $ 82,923,775     $ (1,624,463 )
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-39


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
                         
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (16,314,332 )   $ 13,078,716     $ 14,012,430  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    24,125,066       23,027,566       18,887,126  
Amortization of prepaid lease
    118,501              
Unsuccessful project costs
    1,262,219              
Noncontrolling interests in operations of consolidated LLC
          384,269       777,762  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (1,297,488 )     (8,604,779 )     (10,379,556 )
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,505,836              
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Trade receivables
    13,966       570,544       (41,035 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    315,891       (307,109 )     (102,077 )
Accounts payable and related party accounts payable
    (5,847,835 )     (1,656,286 )     1,180,615  
Accrued expenses
    (774,359 )     316,909       1,601,614  
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    9,107,465       26,809,830       25,936,879  
                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Land and hotel acquisitions and construction in progress
    (14,810,896 )     (12,904,466 )     (3,841,941 )
Purchases of other property and equipment
    (6,613,397 )     (6,628,779 )     (9,465,898 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions, net of closing costs
    207,814       23,584,638       35,581,012  
Restricted cash released (funded)
    2,163,158       (585,271 )     164,348  
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (19,053,321 )     3,466,122       22,437,521  
                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    223,518       4,837,000       8,853,669  
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (6,890,949 )     (20,909,992 )     (22,932,344 )
Financing fees on long-term debt
    (945,442 )     (942,405 )     (1,277,528 )
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and line of credit
    4,860,000       18,510,867        
Principal payments on notes payable and line of credit
    (19,865 )           (7,432,397 )
Proceeds from equity contributions, net of commissions
    15,075,451       5,614,466        
Distributions to members
    (12,271,067 )     (26,702,848 )     (24,839,848 )
Distributions to noncontrolling interest
          (306,000 )     (969,000 )
                         
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    31,646       (19,898,912 )     (48,597,448 )
                         
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (9,914,210 )     10,377,040       (223,048 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
    18,153,435       7,776,395       7,999,443  
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
  $ 8,239,225     $ 18,153,435     $ 7,776,395  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash payments for interest, net of the amounts capitalized below
  $ 17,810,544     $ 17,833,598     $ 15,867,060  
                         
Interest capitalized
  $ 2,977,101     $ 3,829,267     $ 4,489,724  
                         


F-40


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
 
                         
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
Cash payments for state income taxes
  $ 728,514     $ 781,081     $ 356,187  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
                       
Acquisitions of hotel properties and land through issuance of debt
  $     $ 16,447,237     $ 42,341,906  
                         
Construction in progress financed through accounts payable
  $ 244,126     $     $  
                         
Construction in progress financed through related party accounts payable
  $ 242,135     $ 2,600,260     $ 690,629  
                         
Construction in progress financed through issuance of debt
  $ 51,098,872     $ 38,765,692     $ 78,752,652  
                         
Conversion of construction in progress to other assets
  $ 4,149,379     $     $  
                         
Issuance of long-term debt for short-term debt
  $ 7,450,000     $ 12,772,819     $  
                         
Issuance of long-term debt to refinance existing long-term debt
  $ 22,215,852     $ 11,073,070     $ 3,286,331  
                         
Equity contributions used to pay down debt
  $ 7,048,500     $     $  
                         
Financing costs funded through construction draws
  $     $ 1,651,886     $  
                         
Sale proceeds used to pay down long-term debt
  $ 6,134,285     $ 4,215,362     $  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-41


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
 
NOTE 1—PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Business
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, “The Company”, (a South Dakota limited liability company) was organized on January 8, 2004, and is engaged in the business of developing, owning and operating hotel properties.
 
The Company has agreements for the use of various trade names, trademarks and service marks which include Carlson Hospitality, Choice Hotels International, Hilton Hotel Corporation, InterContinental Hotels Group, Hyatt Hotel Corporation and Marriott International. The Company also owns and operates one independent non-franchised hotel. As of December 31, 2009, the Company owned and managed 65 hotels, representing approximately 6,533 rooms located in 19 states. As of December 31, 2008, the Company owned and managed 62 hotels, representing approximately 5,854 rooms located in 19 states. As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned and managed 64 hotels, representing approximately 5,863 rooms located in 19 states. The Company’s hotel properties are located throughout various regions of the United States. Hotels operating in any given region are potentially susceptible to adverse economic and competitive conditions as well as unique trends associated with that particular region. The potential adverse affect of such conditions on the Company’s business, financial position, and results of its operations is mitigated due to the diversified locations of the Company’s properties. The Company has only one operating segment.
 
Restatement
 
Certain December 31, 2009 amounts have been restated to correct an immaterial error (see Note 21).
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
The Company is a 49% owner and the primary beneficiary of Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC (“Scottsdale”), which qualifies as a variable interest entity. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Scottsdale have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The entity was formed for the purpose of purchasing two hotel properties in Scottsdale, AZ and its activities primarily relate to owning and operating those two hotel properties. As of December 31, 2009 and for the year then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $19,771,907, liabilities of $14,251,068, revenues of $5,848,427, and expenses of $5,825,455. As of December 31, 2008 and for the year then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $21,291,843, liabilities of $14,725,106, revenues of $8,871,475 and expenses of $7,049,137. As of December 31, 2007 and for the year then ended, Scottsdale had assets of $21,842,939, liabilities of $15,429,670, revenues of $10,062,022, and expenses of $7,468,129. Included in the consolidated assets are assets as of December 31, 2009 totaling $18,533,866 which represent collateral for obligations of Scottsdale. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is $5,520,839. Apart from that amount, creditors and the beneficial holders of Scottsdale have no recourse to the assets or general credit of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company is a Class A Member and receives a 10% priority distribution on their capital contribution before distributions to other classes. Class A members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Any income generated by the LLC is first allocated to Class A members up to the 10% priority return.
 
The Company has adopted FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation . Under Topic 810, variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are required to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if they do not effectively disperse risks among the parties involved. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. In applying Topic 810, management has utilized available information and reasonable assumptions and estimates in evaluating whether an entity is a VIE and which party is the primary beneficiary. These assumptions and estimates are subjective and the use of different assumptions could result in different conclusions.


F-42


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Beginning on October 1, 2004, the Company considered its interest in Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC, a VIE in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. As per the provisions of Topic 810, the Company’s interest in the VIE has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company is the 100% owner of several special purpose entities which were established due to various lending requirements. These entities include Summit Hospitality I, LLC; Summit Hospitality II, LLC; Summit Hospitality III, LLC; Summit Hospitality IV, LLC; and Summit Hospitality V, LLC. All assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of these wholly owned subsidiaries are reflected on the financial statements.
 
The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through March 29, 2010, the date the financial statements were issued.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, cash on deposit may exceed the federally insured limit. The Company maintains its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. Due to the financial institution crisis and economic downturn that occurred in the second half of 2008, management has assessed the risks of each of the financial institutions where the Company has deposits in excess of insured limits and believes the risk of loss to still be minimal.
 
Receivables and Credit Policies
 
Trade receivables are uncollateralized customer obligations resulting from the rental of hotel rooms and the sales of food, beverage, catering and banquet services due under normal trade terms requiring payment upon receipt of the invoice. Trade receivables are stated at the amount billed to the customer and do not accrue interest. Customer account balances with invoices dated over 60 days old are considered delinquent. Payments of trade receivables are allocated to the specific invoices identified on the customer’s remittance advice or, if unspecified, are applied to the earliest unpaid invoices.
 
The Company reviews the collectability of the receivables monthly. A provision for losses on receivables is determined on the basis of previous loss experience and current economic conditions. There were no material uncollectible receivables and no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company incurred bad debt expense of $88,125, $172,481, and $94,155 for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Buildings and major improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over 27 to 40 years, the estimated useful lives of the assets. Hotel equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets of 2 to 15 years. Development costs and other overhead costs are allocated to building and equipment on a prorated basis. The Company periodically re-evaluates fixed asset lives based on current assessments of remaining utilization that may result in changes in estimated useful lives. Such changes are accounted for prospectively and will increase or decrease depreciation expense. Depreciation expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $21,748,782 and $20,085,238, respectively. Expenditures that materially extend a property’s life are capitalized. These costs may include hotel refurbishment, renovation and remodeling expenditures. Normal maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. When depreciable property is retired or disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in current operations.


F-43


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Capitalized Development and Interest Costs
 
The Company capitalizes all hotel development costs and other direct overhead costs related to the purchase and construction of hotels. Additionally, the Company capitalizes the interest costs associated with constructing new hotels. Capitalized development, direct overhead and interest are depreciated over the estimated lives of the respective assets. Organization and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company capitalized interest of $2,977,101, $3,829,267, and $4,489,724, respectively.
 
Assets Held for Sale
 
Properties are classified as other noncurrent assets when management determines that they are excess and intends to list them for sale. These assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell and consist of land only at December 31, 2009. Excess properties are classified as assets held for sale in current assets when they are under contract for sale, or otherwise probable that they will be sold within the next twelve months. There are no assets that fit this classification at December 31, 2009.
 
Long-Lived Assets and Impairment
 
The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC 360, Property Plant and Equipment , which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. FASB ASC 360 requires a long-lived asset to be sold to be classified as “held for sale” in the period in which certain criteria are met, including that the sale of the asset within one year is probable. FASB ASC 360 also requires that the results of operations of a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale be reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the Company’s ongoing operations.
 
The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-term assets in relation to historical results, current business conditions and trends to identify potential situations in which the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable. If such reviews indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company would estimate the undiscounted sum of the expected cash flows of such assets to determine if such sum is less than the carrying value of such assets to ascertain if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, the Company would determine the fair value by using quoted market prices, if available for such assets, or if quoted market prices are not available, the Company would discount the expected future cash flows of such assets.
 
During 2009, the Company has determined that six land parcels were deemed to be impaired and written down to their fair market value. The Company has also determined that the Courtyard hotel in Memphis, TN was deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair market value. Carrying value of the assets exceeded fair value by $7,505,836, with fair value being determined by reference to the estimated quoted market prices of such assets as defined in Level 3 Inputs as discussed under Fair Value and in Note 4. An impairment loss of that amount has been charged to operations in 2009 (see Note 21).
 
Deferred Charges
 
These assets are carried at cost and consist of deferred financing fees and initial franchise fees. Costs incurred in obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the term of the related debt, which approximates the interest method. Initial franchise fees are capitalized and amortized over the term of the franchise agreement using the straight line method. Amortization expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $2,222,336 and $2,439,178, respectively.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists of certain funds maintained in escrow for property taxes, insurance and certain capital expenditures. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lenders. See also Note 8.


F-44


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Income Taxes
 
Summit Hotel Properties, LLC is a limited liability company and, as such, all federal taxable income of the limited liability company flows through and is taxable to the members of the Company. The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes , on January 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard had no impact on the financial statements. As of both the date of adoption, and as of December 31, 2009, the unrecognized tax benefit accrual was zero.
 
The Company will recognize future accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense if incurred. The Company is no longer subject to Federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.
 
The Company has elected to pay state income taxes at the Company level in all of the states in which it does business. The Company’s estimated state income tax expenses at current statutory rates were $0, $826,300, and $715,187, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Members’ Capital Contributions and Profit and Loss Allocations
 
The Company is organized as a limited liability company and can issue to its members Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C units.
 
Approximate sharing ratios are as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Class A
    42 %     45 %     46 %
Class A-1
    7       4       3  
Class B
    7       8       8  
Class C
    44       43       43  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
The limited liability company operating agreement provides that net profits are allocated to cover a 10% priority return to Class A members, 8% priority return to Class A-1 members, then the balance is allocated based on ownership of common membership units. Net losses are allocated to members based on ownership of common membership units.
 
Only Class A and A-1 members contribute capital. These members receive an 8-10% priority return on their capital contributions before distributions to other classes. Class A and A-1 members may also receive additional operating distributions based on their Sharing Ratio. These additional distributions are determined by the managing member and are based on excess cash from operations after normal operating expenses, loan payments, priority distributions, and reserves. Class A and A-1 members have voting rights on creation of new classes of membership, amendments to the Articles of Organization, and dissolution of the company. Class A and A-1 memberships are sold in units of $100,000 each. Class B members do not have voting rights and receive distributions in accordance with their Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return. The Class C member is The Summit Group, Inc. (SGI), a related party. SGI has limited voting rights, in addition to the right to appoint members to the Board. SGI, however, has significant authority to manage the hotel properties and acts as the Company’s Manager. SGI receives distributions in accordance with its Sharing Ratio after Class A and A-1 members have received their priority return.
 
Costs paid for syndication are charged directly to equity against the proceeds raised. The Company’s operating agreement contains extensive restrictions on the transfer of membership interests. In addition, the transferability of membership interests is restricted by federal and state law. The membership interests may not be offered, sold, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated to any person without the consent of The Summit Group, Inc., a related party and 44% owner of the Company through its holding of 100% of the outstanding Class C units.


F-45


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Earnings per Capital Unit
 
For purposes of calculating basic earnings per capital unit, capital units issued by the Company are considered outstanding on the effective date of issue and are based on a $100,000 capital unit.
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Summit Group of Scottsdale, AZ, LLC has made distributions to noncontrolling members in excess of income allocations to those members. Their excess is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company grants credit to qualified customers generally without collateral, in the form of accounts receivable. The Company believes its risk of loss is minimal due to its periodic evaluations of the credit worthiness of the customers.
 
Advertising and Marketing Costs
 
The Company expenses all advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Total costs for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $9,015,388, $9,588,243 and $8,647,625, respectively. Of this total cost, $880,534, $846,971 and $669,491, represented general advertising expense for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $8,134,854, $8,741,272 and $7,978,134, represented national media fees required by the hotel franchise agreements for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These costs are reported as components of general, selling and administrative costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
Sales Taxes
 
The Company has customers in states and municipalities in which those governmental units impose a sales tax on certain sales. The Company collects those sales taxes from its customers and remits the entire amount to the various governmental units. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted from revenue and cost of revenue.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s hotel revenues are derived from room rentals and other sources, such as charges to guests for long-distance telephone service, fax machine use, movie and vending commissions, meeting and banquet room revenue, restaurant and bar revenue, and parking and laundry services. The Company recognizes hotel revenue on a daily basis based on an agreed upon daily rate after the guest has stayed at one of its hotels for a day, used its lodging facilities and received related lodging services and amenities. The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited, because approximately 90% of the Company’s revenue is related to credit card transactions, which are typically reimbursed within 2-3 days. Reserves for any uncollectible accounts, if material, are established for accounts that age beyond a predetermined acceptable period. The Company had not recorded any such reserves at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Adopted Accounting Standards
 
The Company follows accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, commonly referred to as the “FASB.” The FASB sets generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) that we follow to ensure we consistently report our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, sometimes referred to as the Codification or ASC, as the sole source of authoritative GAAP. The FASB finalized the Codification effective for periods ending on or after September 1, 2009. Prior FASB standards are no longer being issued by the FASB. Pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC 105, the Company has updated references to GAAP in its financial statements


F-46


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
issued for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Codification will have no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it is for disclosure purposes only.
 
In January 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 810, Consolidation , which changes the accounting and reporting standards of noncontrolling interests (previously called minority interest) in consolidated financial statements. ASC 810 requires that equity attributable to noncontrolling interests be recognized in equity separate from that of the Company’s and that consolidated net income now includes the results of operations attributable to its noncontrolling interests. A reconciliation of noncontrolling interests from the beginning of the reporting period to the end is required either in the notes to the financial statements or as part of the consolidated statement of changes in equity, if presented. Further, this provision requires a separate schedule that shows the effects of any changes in the Company’s ownership interest in its subsidiaries on the Company’s equity. The effects on our consolidated financial statements include the reclassification of previously classified minority interest as noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary with no effect on net income or loss.
 
In January 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, which includes the primary requirements as follows: (i) Upon initially obtaining control, the acquiring entity in a business combination must recognize 100% of the fair values of the acquired assets, including goodwill, and assumed liabilities, with only limited exceptions even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of its target. As a consequence, the current step acquisition model will be eliminated. (ii) Contingent consideration arrangements will be fair valued at the acquisition date and included on that basis in the purchase price consideration. The concept of recognizing contingent consideration at a later date when the amount of that consideration is determinable beyond a reasonable doubt, will no longer be applicable. (iii) All transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. This ASC is effective for business combinations in which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this ASC did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , which is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This ASC has had no impact on the consolidated financial statements as the Company does not have derivative instruments or hedging activities.
 
Future Adoption of Accounting Standards
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to ASC 810, Consolidations , and changed the consolidation guidance applicable to a variable interest entity. Among other things, it requires a qualitative analysis to be performed in determining whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. FASB ASC 810 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after November 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that ASC 810 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Fair Value
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under Topic 820 are described below:
 
Level 1— Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
Level 2— Inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the


F-47


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
asset or the liability; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
Level 3— Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonable available.
 
Our estimates of the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methods. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair value. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, and debt obligations. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s long-term debt obligations consisted of fixed and variable rate debt that had a carrying value of $404,724,650 and $370,335,437, respectively, and a fair value, based on current market interest rates of $384,856,147 and $403,573,174, respectively. The Company has classified their long-term debt instruments as Level 2 in the hierarchy of FASB ASC 820 described above.
 
FASB issued an update to ASC 820 which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2009. This update requires that non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities be disclosed at fair value in the financial statements if these items occur regularly, such as in determining impairment loss or the value of assets held for sale as described below.
 
The following tables summarize the changes in fair value of our Level 3 non-financial assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 (See Note 4):
 
         
Fair Value Measurement of Non-Financial Assets Using Level 3 Inputs
     
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2009
  $ 24,574,383  
Add current year additions
    37,415  
Less depreciation
    (379,642 )
Less impairment
    (7,505,836 )
         
Ending balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 16,726,320  
         
Impairment for 2009 included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized losses
  $ (7,505,836 )
 
The December 31, 2009 ending balance of $16,726,320 is composed of land held for sale with a fair value of $12,226,320 and the Memphis, TN Courtyard with a fair value of $4,500,000.
 
NOTE 2—PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER
 
Prepaid expenses and other at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Prepaid insurance expense
  $ 781,144     $ 743,491  
Other prepaid expense
    635,336       1,427,464  
                 
    $ 1,416,480     $ 2,170,955  
                 


F-48


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 3—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009
       
    (restated)     2008  
 
Land
  $ 75,272,012     $ 90,014,168  
Hotel buildings and improvements
    390,909,814       321,115,322  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    87,642,374       64,738,527  
Construction in progress
    8,551,354       45,387,313  
                 
      562,375,554       521,255,330  
Less accumulated depreciation
    79,607,953       59,361,060  
                 
    $ 482,767,601     $ 461,894,270  
                 
 
The construction in progress asset accounts consist of 5 hotels under development which the Company anticipates will be constructed in 2011 and 2012. During 2007, the Company purchased land in Houston, TX for $1,864,000, San Antonio, TX for $10,420,000, Portland, OR for $3,650,000, El Paso, TX for $2,614,000 and Ft. Myers, FL for $3,307,500. Construction has been completed on one hotel in San Antonio, one in Ft. Myers, and two hotels in Portland. During 2008, the Company purchased land in Twin Falls, ID for $2,212,000, Spokane, WA for $1,730,000, and Missoula, MT for $1,379,000. Construction on one of the Twin Falls sites has been completed.
 
NOTE 4—ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
As a part of regular policy, the Company periodically reviews hotels based on established criteria such as age of hotel property, type of franchise associated with hotel property, and adverse economic and competitive conditions in the region surrounding the property.
 
During 2009, the Company completed a comprehensive review of its investment strategy and of its existing hotel portfolio to identify properties which the Company believes are either non-core or no longer complement the business as required by FASB ASC 360. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no hotels that met the Company’s criteria of held for sale classification. The Company has committed to sell six parcels of land that were originally purchased for development and thus, their net book value, as defined in Level 3 Inputs, is recorded as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2009.
 
Assets held for sale at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009   2008
 
Land
  $ 12,226,320     $  
                 
 
NOTE 5—OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
Other noncurrent assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Prepaid land lease
  $ 3,635,595     $  
Seller financed notes receivable
    438,584     $  
                 
    $ 4,074,179     $  
                 


F-49


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 6—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
The Company has reclassified its consolidated financial statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, as a result of implementing FASB ASC 360 to reflect discontinued operations of eleven consolidated hotel properties sold or to be sold during these periods pursuant to the plan for hotel dispositions. This reclassification has no impact on the Company’s net income or the net income per share. During 2007, the Company sold six hotel properties located in Coeur D’Alene, ID; Pueblo, CO; Lincoln, NE; Fenton, MO; and Detroit, MI for approximately $36,095,000 with net proceeds of $35,581,000. During 2008, the Company sold three hotel properties located in Lewiston, ID; Jackson, MS; and Overland Park, KS and two hotel properties located in Kennewick, WA for approximately $28,575,000 with net proceeds of $27,775,000. During 2009, the Company sold two hotel properties located in Ellensburg, WA and St. Joseph, MO for approximately $6,810,000 with net proceeds of $6,342,000.
 
Condensed financial information of the results of operations for these hotel properties included in discontinued operations are as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
REVENUES
  $ 1,133,690     $ 6,825,908     $ 20,859,130  
COSTS AND EXPENSES
                       
Direct hotel operations
    348,065       2,210,724       7,484,861  
Other hotel operating expenses
    135,122       813,490       2,746,811  
General, selling and administrative
    258,495       1,058,716       4,088,156  
Repairs and maintenance
    36,091       199,290       1,096,351  
Depreciation and amortization
    153,948       720,140       2,751,368  
                         
      931,721       5,002,360       18,167,547  
                         
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    201,969       1,823,548       2,691,583  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                       
Interest income
    116       16,790       (22,818 )
Interest (expense)
    (39,100 )     (556,342 )     (2,113,124 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    1,301,823       8,994,599       11,031,504  
                         
      1,262,839       8,455,047       8,895,562  
                         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
  $ 1,464,808     $ 10,278,595     $ 11,587,145  
                         
 
NOTE 7—ACQUISITIONS
 
The Company applies the principles of FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations , in accounting for its acquisitions. The Company determines the cost of the acquired property based upon the fair value of assets distributed as consideration and the fair value of liabilities incurred. The cost of the acquired entity includes all direct costs of the business combination whereas indirect and general expenses are expensed as incurred. The Company allocates the cost of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair market values at the date of acquisition. To determine fair value of the various components acquired, the Company engages independent valuation consultants and other third-party real-estate appraisals as necessary. The Company allocates the cost of the acquired property based upon the relative fair values of the various components contained in the appraisals. In certain cases, the cost of the property acquired may be less than the fair value contained in the appraisals. In these cases, the Company reduces the fair values based upon the relative value of the components of the acquisition. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value will be assigned to intangible assets if the intangible asset is separable and if it arises from a contractual or other legal right. Any remaining excess of the cost of acquisition over fair values assigned to separable assets is recognized as goodwill. Further, many of the Company’s hotel acquisitions to date have been


F-50


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
aggregated in accordance with Topic 805 and has resulted in an aggregated purchase price allocation. Since its inception, the Company’s acquisitions and subsequent purchase price allocations have resulted in no goodwill.
 
The Company’s strategy is to pursue the acquisition of additional hotels under the investment parameters established in the Company’s Operating Agreement. In accordance with this strategy, the Company has made the following acquisitions.
 
On October 30, 2008, the Company purchased a hotel property in Flagstaff, AZ for approximately $10,750,000. Essentially all of the assets purchased were allocated to property and equipment.
 
The following table illustrates the allocation of the respective purchase prices for each of the aggregated property purchases discussed above during 2009 and 2008:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Current assets
  $     $  
Property and equipment
          10,750,000  
Intangible assets
           
                 
Total assets acquired
          10,750,000  
                 
Current liabilities
           
Long-term debt
           
Total liabilities assumed
           
                 
Net assets acquired
  $       10,750,000  
                 
 
NOTE 8—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
Deferred charges and other assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Initial franchise fees
  $ 2,596,042     $ 2,270,544  
Deferred financing costs
    8,204,003       7,415,091  
                 
      10,800,045       9,685,635  
Less accumulated amortization
    5,971,860       4,020,839  
                 
Total
  $ 4,828,185     $ 5,664,796  
                 
 
Future amortization expense is expected to be approximately:
 
         
2010
  $ 1,542,341  
2011
    1,174,959  
2012
    672,118  
2013
    357,098  
2014
    300,868  
Thereafter
    780,801  
         
    $ 4,828,185  
         


F-51


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 9—RESTRICTED CASH
 
                                         
    Property
          FF&E
             
Financing Lender
  Taxes     Insurance     Reserves     2009     2008  
 
Wells Fargo (Scottsdale)
  $     $     $     $     $ 1,556,520  
Wells Fargo (Lehman)
    641,402       625,694       331,190       1,598,286       1,954,937  
National Western Life
    31,178                   31,178        
Capmark (ING)
    128,504                   128,504       195,166  
Capmark (ING)
    145,061                   145,061       501,778  
Capmark (ING)
    83,473                   83,473       31,485  
Capmark (ING)
    99,741                   99,741       9,515  
                                         
    $ 1,129,359     $ 625,694     $ 331,190     $ 2,086,243     $ 4,249,401  
                                         
 
The Company has financing arrangements under which an agreed upon percentage of gross income is required to be deposited into a special reserve account for future replacements of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Some financing arrangements also include provisions that restricted cash must be maintained in escrow for property taxes and insurance. Funds may be disbursed from the account upon proof of expenditures and approval from the lender.
 
NOTE 10—ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accrued expenses at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are composed of the following:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Accrued sales and other taxes
  $ 5,238,690     $ 5,910,209  
Accrued salaries and benefits
    1,400,729       1,838,615  
Accrued interest
    1,303,999       1,109,577  
Other accrued expenses
    1,238,595       1,097,971  
                 
    $ 9,182,013     $ 9,956,372  
                 


F-52


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 11—DEBT OBLIGATIONS
 
The Company’s debt obligations at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                                     
          Interest
  Maturity
             
Payee
       
Rate
  Date     2009     2008  
 
Lehman Brothers Bank
          Fixed (5.4025)%     1/11/2012     $ 78,980,016     $ 81,016,607  
                                     
ING Investment Management
          Fixed (5.60)%     1/1/2012       30,088,766       31,211,603  
            Fixed (6.10)%     7/1/2012       30,416,427       31,445,191  
            Fixed (6.61)%     11/1/2013       6,412,683       6,578,270  
            Fixed (6.34)%     7/1/2012       8,122,717       8,319,000  
                                     
                          75,040,593       77,554,064  
                                     
National Western Life Insurance
    (i )   Fixed (8.0)%     1/1/2015       14,000,000        
                                     
Chambers Bank
          Fixed (6.5)%     6/24/2010       1,669,020       1,742,534  
                                     
JP Morgan
          Fixed (7.5)%     11/11/2024             14,180,289  
                                     
Bank of the Ozarks
    (h )   Variable (6.75% at 12/31/09)     6/29/2012       5,794,427        
                                     
MetaBank
    (g )   Variable (5.0% at 12/31/09)     4/1/2012       7,450,000        
                                     
BNC National Bank
          Fixed (5.01)%     11/1/2013       5,910,962       6,092,607  
                                     
      (f )   Variable (3.0% at 12/31/09     4/1/2016       5,755,882       2,041,373  
                                     
            and 3.0% at 12/31/08)             11,666,844       8,133,980  
                                     
M&I Bank
          Variable (4.13% at 12/31/09     12/31/2010       9,895,727       9,895,727  
                                     
            and 6.8% at 12/31/08)     12/31/2010       11,524,451       11,524,451  
                                     
                          21,420,178       21,420,178  
                                     
General Electric Capital Corp. 
          Fixed (3.36%)     12/1/2017       9,122,315       9,396,990  
            Variable (2.05% at 12/31/09                        
            and 3.6% at 12/31/08)     3/1/2019       11,300,000       9,557,647  
      (c )   Variable (3.0% at 12/31/09     4/1/2014       11,400,000       9,887,995  
                                     
            and 4.4% at 12/31/08)             31,822,315       28,842,632  
                                     
Fortress Credit Corp. 
    (b )   Variable (5.98% at 12/31/09     3/5/2010       83,524,828       74,899,566  
                                     
            and 6.63% at 12/31/08)                        
First National Bank of Omaha
    (a )   Variable (5.5% at 12/31/09     7/1/2010       20,400,000       24,400,000  
                                     
            and 3.03% at 12/31/08)                        
First National Bank of Omaha
    (a )   Fixed (5.25)%     7/1/2013       16,081,630       16,889,585  
                                     
First National Bank of Omaha
    (a )   Fixed (6.62)%     4/1/2012             2,971,977  
                                     
First National Bank of Omaha
          Fixed (5.25)%     2/1/2014       8,771,867       13,462,622  
                                     
Bank of Cascades
    (d )   Variable (6.0% at 12/31/09     9/30/2011       12,445,888       1,862,974  
                                     
            and 6.0% at 12/31/08)                        
Compass Bank
    (e )   Variable (4.5% at 12/31/09     5/17/2018       15,657,044       2,958,429  
                                     
            and 3.0% at 12/31/08)                        
Total long-term debt
    404,724,650       370,335,437  
Less current portion
    (134,370,900 )     (19,508,600 )
                 
Total long-term debt, net of current portion
  $ 270,353,750     $ 350,826,837  
                 
 
 
(a) The Company has a credit pool agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with medium-term financing up to $35,000,000 on a revolving basis through June 2010. The agreement allows for two-year


F-53


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
interest only notes and five-year amortizing notes, for which the term of an individual note can extend beyond the term of the agreement. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate LIBOR plus 4.0% and a floor of between 5.25% and 5.50%. The amount of credit available on this agreement to the Company was $0 at December 31, 2009.
 
(b) On March 5, 2007, the Company closed on a loan with Fortress Credit Corporation to refinance the debt on several construction projects and provide equity for the acquisition, development and construction of additional real estate and hotel properties. The loan is in the amount of $99,700,000. The current balance on this note is $83,524,828 and carries a variable interest rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 575 basis points. The maturity date of the note is March 5, 2010. The amount of credit available on this loan was $16,175,172 at December 31, 2009.
 
(c) On February 29, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with General Electric Capital Corporation in the amount of $11,400,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction located in San Antonio, TX. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 225 basis points and matures in May 2014. The current balance is approximately $11,400,000.
 
(d) On October 3, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Cascades in the amount of $13,270,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Residence Inn located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime, with a floor of 6%, and matures September 30, 2011. The current balance is approximately $12,445,888. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $824,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(e) On September 17, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with Compass Bank in the amount of $19,250,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Courtyard by Marriott located in Flagstaff, AZ. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points and matures May 17, 2018. The current balance is approximately $15,657,044. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $3,593,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(f) On October 1, 2008, the Company entered into a loan with BNC National Bank in the amount of $6,460,000 to fund the land acquisition and hotel construction of the Holiday Inn Express located in Twin Falls, ID. The loan carries a variable interest rate of Prime minus 25 basis points and matures April 1, 2016. The current balance is approximately $5,755,882. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $704,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(g) On March 10, 2009, the Company entered into a loan modification agreement with MetaBank in the amount of $7,450,000 on the Boise, ID Cambria Suites. The loan modification extended the maturity date to April 1, 2012.
 
(h) On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a loan with Bank of the Ozarks in the amount of $10,816,000 to fund the hotel construction located in Portland, OR. The loan carries a variable interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 400 basis points with a floor of 6.75% and matures on June 29, 2012. The current balance is approximately $5,794,427. The amount of credit available on this loan was approximately $4,778,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
(i) On December 9, 2009, the Company entered into two loans with National Western Life Insurance Company in the amounts of $8,650,000 and $5,350,000 to refinance the JP Morgan debt on the two Scottsdale, AZ hotels. The loans carry a fixed rate of 8.0% and mature on January 1, 2015. The current balance on the two notes is $14,000,000.
 
Maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years are estimated as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 134,370,900  
2011
    19,601,500  
2012
    147,401,500  
2013
    36,369,600  
2014
    28,574,200  
Thereafter
    38,406,950  
         
    $ 404,724,650  
         
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company owned 64 and 62 properties, respectively, that were pledged as collateral on various credit agreements, as well as accounts receivable and intangible assets. Some of the credit agreements were also guaranteed by the affiliated members of the Company and certain affiliated entities. Significant


F-54


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
covenants in the credit agreements require the Company to maintain minimum debt service coverage ratios. The weighted-average interest rate for all borrowings was 5.40% and 5.01% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
NOTE 12—LINES OF CREDIT AND NOTES PAYABLE
 
The Company has a line-of-credit agreement with the First National Bank of Omaha providing the Company with short-term financing up to $28,200,000 on a revolving basis. Interest on unpaid principal is payable monthly at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a floor of 5.5%. The amount of outstanding on this line-of-credit was $21,457,943 and $12,288,500 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which also represents the maximum amount of borrowings during the year. This line-of-credit is secured by a mortgage on the specific hotels financed.
 
NOTE 13—MEMBERS’ EQUITY
 
The Company was formed on January 8, 2004. As specified in the Company’s Operating Agreement, the Company has four classes of membership capital units authorized: Class A, A-1, B and C.
 
On October 21, 2008, the Company issued a “Confidential Private Placement Memorandum” (PPM) for the purpose of acquiring additional investors. The PPM offered up to $100,000,000 of Class A-1 membership units. For the period ended December 31, 2008, the Company issued 63.25 units in connection with this offering. The Company received proceeds of the offering (net of expenses) of $5,614,466. For the period ended December 31, 2009, the company issued 241.33 units in connection with this offering. The Company received proceeds of the offering (net of expenses) of $22,123,951. The offering closed on October 20, 2009.
 
NOTE 14—FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
 
The Company operates hotels under franchise agreements with various hotel chains expiring through 2025. The franchise agreements are for 3-20 year terms. Under the franchise agreements, the Company pays royalties of 2.5% to 5.0% of room revenues and national advertising and media fees of 3% to 4% of total room revenues.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company incurred royalties of $5,402,948, $6,172,495 and $5,852,019, respectively, and advertising and national media fees of $8,134,854, $8,741,272 and $7,978,134, respectively.
 
The franchise agreements include restrictions on the transfer of the franchise licenses and the sale or lease of the hotel properties without prior written consent of the franchisor.
 
NOTE 15—BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company has a qualified contributory retirement plan (the Plan), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code which covers all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Voluntary contributions may be made to the Plan by employees. Discretionary matching Company contributions of $69,385 and $68,543 were made in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Plan was changed to a Safe Harbor Plan effective for the 2008 calendar year. This Plan requires a mandatory employer contribution. Therefore, the Company accrued $137,135 for employer contributions for the 2008 calendar year. The plan was converted back to a discretionary match during the fourth quarter 2009. Therefore, the employer contributions expense for the first three quarters of 2009 was $116,020.
 
NOTE 16—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company leases land for two of its Ft. Smith properties under the terms of operating ground lease agreements expiring August 2022 and May 2030. The lease on the Ellensburg property was transferred with the sale of that hotel in 2009. The Company has options to renew the other leases for periods that range from 5-30 years. The Company has a prepaid land lease on the Portland hotels with a remaining balance of $3,635,595 on December 31, 2009. This lease


F-55


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
expires in June 2084. Total rent expense for these leases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $321,916, $235,549 and $248,246, respectively.
 
Approximate future minimum rental payments for noncancelable operating leases in excess of one year are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 237,475  
2011
    241,855  
2012
    246,366  
2013
    251,012  
2014
    255,798  
Thereafter
    6,994,127  
         
    $ 8,226,633  
         
 
NOTE 17—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Pursuant to a management agreement, The Summit Group, Inc. (a related party through common ownership and management control) provides management and accounting services for the Company. The agreement provides for the Company to reimburse The Summit Group, Inc. for its actual overhead costs and expenses relating to the managing of the hotel properties. At no time will the reimbursed management expenses exceed 4.5% of annual gross revenues. For the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company paid reimbursed management expenses of $2,894,078, $4,186,593 and $4,122,048, respectively, and reimbursed accounting services of $589,012, $626,685 and $637,448, respectively. The Company also reimbursed for maintenance and purchasing services of $530,457, $641,526 and $691,174, for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had accounts payable of $252,113 and $572,919, respectively, to The Summit Group, Inc. The Company cannot remove The Summit Group, Inc. as its manager except for cause as specified in the agreement.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had accounts payable to The Summit Group, Inc. for $242,135 and $2,600,260 relating to reimbursement and development expenses for 5 and 17 new hotel properties, respectively. The Company reimbursed The Summit Group, Inc. for development expenses in the amount of $1,300,000 and $1,995,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
In 2008, the Company issued a private placement memorandum (PPM) for the purpose of acquiring additional investors. Summit Capital Partners, LLC (SCP), a related party through common ownership and management control, brokered securities related to the PPM for the company. For the year ended December 31, 2008, capital contributions of $6,325,000 (cash proceeds received net of expenses equaled $5,614,466) was raised with the assistance of SCP. Commission expense paid to SCP for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $206,625. For the year ended December 31, 2009, capital contributions of $24,133,000 (cash proceeds received net of expenses equaled $22,123,951) was raised with the assistance of SCP. Commission expense paid to SCP for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $570,600.
 
NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Company and Fortress Credit Corp (“Fortress”) have agreed to the material terms of an extension of the Company’s loan with Fortress (“Fortress Loan”). In March 2007 the Company entered into the Fortress Loan, in the amount of $99.7 million and with a maturity date of March 5, 2010. To permit the parties to finalize the definitive documentation for the extension, Fortress has agreed to forbear from declaring a default or otherwise enforcing its rights under the Fortress Loan until April 5, 2010. The extension is anticipated to be for a period of one year, with an option for an additional six month extension contingent on meeting certain requirements.


F-56


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 19—SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
Selected consolidated quarterly financial data (in thousands, except per unit amounts) for 2009, 2008 and 2007 is summarized below. The sum of the quarterly earnings (loss) per unit amounts may not equal the annual earnings per unit amounts due primarily to changes in the number of common units and common unit equivalents outstanding from quarter to quarter. The matters which affect the comparability of our quarterly results include seasonality.
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    3/31   6/30   9/30   12/31   12/31
 
2009 (restated):
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 29,301     $ 31,293     $ 32,211     $ 28,395     $ 121,200  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interests
    (1,698 )     (1,619 )     (6,914 )     (7,548 )     (17,779 )
Less minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
    (123 )     (63 )     393       (207 )      
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (1,575 )     (1,556 )     (7,307 )     (7,341 )     (17,779 )
Discontinued operations
    104       1,697       (336 )           1,465  
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,471 )     141       (7,643 )     (7,341 )     (16,314 )
Less state income tax
                (20 )     20        
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,471 )   $ 141     $ (7,623 )   $ (7,361 )   $ (16,314 )
Net income (loss) per unit:
  $ (893.99 )   $ 82.31     $ (4,422.24 )   $ (4,157.62 )   $ (9,391.54 )
                                         
2008:
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 32,381     $ 35,556     $ 38,018     $ 29,152     $ 135,107  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interests
    459       2,688       5,337       (4,473 )     4,011  
Less minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
    244       73       (158 )     225       384  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    215       2,615       5,495       (4,698 )     3,627  
Discontinued operations
    290       1,751       8,048       189       10,278  
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    505       4,366       13,543       (4,509 )     13,905  
Less state income tax
          309       895       (378 )     826  
Net income (loss)
  $ 505     $ 4,057     $ 12,648     $ (4,131 )   $ 13,079  
Net income (loss) per unit:
  $ 324.79     $ 2,609.29     $ 8,134.65     $ (2,656.88 )   $ 8,411.67  
                                         
2007:
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 25,855     $ 29,105     $ 30,590     $ 28,339     $ 113,889  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interests
    2,624       875       2,919       (2,500 )     3,918  
Less minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
    333       219       (107 )     333       778  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,291       656       3,026       (2,833 )     3,140  
Discontinued operations
    6       3,561       2,076       5,944       11,587  
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    2,297       4,217       5,102       3,111       14,727  
Less state income tax
    72       411       298       (66 )     715  
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,225     $ 3,806     $ 4,804     $ 3,177     $ 14,012  
Net income (loss) per unit:
  $ 1,431.02     $ 2,447.86     $ 3,089.73     $ 2,043.31     $ 9,012.19  


F-57


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 20—PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
The following condensed pro forma financial information is presented as if the acquisitions discussed in Note 6 had been consummated as of the beginning of the period presented but is not necessarily indicative of what actual results of operations of the Company would have been assuming the acquisitions had been consummated at that time nor does it purport to represent the results of operations for future periods.
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31:  
    2009
             
    (restated)     2008     2007  
 
Total revenue
  $ 121,199,736     $ 142,583,370     $ 136,638,460  
Net income before minority interests
    (16,466,961 )     12,984,433       14,040,192  
Minority interests in operations of consolidated partnerships
          384,269       777,762  
Net income
  $ (16,466,961 )   $ 12,600,164     $ 13,262,430  
Net income per unit:
  $ (9,479.41 )   $ 8,103.89     $ 8,529.83  
 
NOTE 21—CORRECTION OF AN IMMATERIAL ERROR
 
As disclosed in the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of the Company, for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,173,100 to write down the carrying value of its Courtyard hotel in Memphis, TN to fair value. Management’s evaluation of impairment for this property as of December 31, 2009 indicated a potential impairment, however, management concluded at that time that the amount was not material to the 2009 financial statements. Subsequently, management concluded that the fair value at December 31, 2009 was not different from the fair value that was determined in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Therefore, management believes the impairment charge should have been recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The effect of the error was to understate Loss on Impairment of Assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 and to overstate Property and Equipment, net at December 31, 2009.
 
The following is a summary of the effects of the correction on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and the consolidated statement of operations, statement of cash flows, and statement of changes in members’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2009. This correction also affected sections of Notes 1, 3, 19 and 20.
 
                 
    December 31, 2009  
    As Previously
    As
 
    Reported     Restated  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
               
Property and Equipment, net
  $ 483,940,701     $ 482,767,601  
Total Assets
  $ 519,419,531     $ 518,246,431  
                 
Class A, 1,166.62 units
  $ 60,451,469     $ 59,961,958  
Class A-1, 437.83 & 196.50 units
    34,330,877       34,244,056  
Class B, 81.36 units
    1,891,187       1,804,718  
Class C, 173.60 units
    (12,576,658 )     (13,086,957 )
                 
Total Summit Hotel Properties, LLC members’ equity
  $ 84,096,875     $ 82,923,775  
Total Equity
  $ 82,472,412     $ 81,299,312  
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity
  $ 519,419,531     $ 518,246,431  
                 
Consolidated Statement of Operations
               
Loss on impairment of assets
  $ 6,332,836     $ 7,505,836  
Costs and expenses
    119,530,510       120,703,610  
Income from operations
    1,669,226       496,126  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (16,606,040 )     (17,779,140 )


F-58


Table of Contents

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31, 2009  
    As Previously
    As
 
    Reported     Restated  
 
Net income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (15,141,232 )   $ (16,314,332 )
Net income (loss)
    (15,141,232 )     (16,314,332 )
Net loss attributable to Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
  $ (15,141,232 )   $ (16,314,332 )
                 
Basic and diluted loss per $100,000 capital unit
  $ (8,716.23 )   $ (9,391.54 )
                 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity
               
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (15,141,323 )   $ (16,314,332 )
Class A
    (6,318,133 )     (6,807,644 )
Class A-1
    (1,120,603 )     (1,207,424 )
Class B
    (1,116,060 )     (1,202,529 )
Class C
    (6,586,436 )     (7,096,735 )
Total SHP members’ equity
  $ 84,096,875     $ 82,923,775  
Class A
    60,451,469       59,961,958  
Class A-1
    34,330,877       34,244,056  
Class B
    1,891,187       1,804,718  
Class C
    (12,576,658 )     (13,086,957 )
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Net income (loss)
  $ (15,141,232 )   $ (16,314,332 )
Loss on impairment of assets
  $ 6,332,836     $ 7,505,836  

F-59


Table of Contents

 
 
(SUMMIT LOGO)
 
Shares of Common Stock
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
Baird
 
          , 2010
 


Table of Contents

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 31.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses of the sale and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which are being borne by the Registrant.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 23,205  
FINRA filing fee
    33,045  
NYSE listing fee
       
Printing and engraving fees
       
Legal fees and expenses
       
Accounting fees and expenses
       
Transfer agent and registrar fees
       
Director and officer liability insurance policy premium
       
Miscellaneous Expenses
       
         
Total
  $        
         
 
All expenses, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimated.
 
Item 32.    Sales to Special Parties.
 
On June 30, 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
Item 33.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
On June 30, 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to our Executive Chairman, Mr. Boekelheide, in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares from Mr. Boekelheide for $1,000.
 
Item 34.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officer to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
  •  the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
  •  the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or


II-1


Table of Contents

 
  •  in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:
 
  •  a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
 
  •  a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.
 
Our charter authorizes us and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:
 
  •  any present or former director or officer of our company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
 
  •  any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
 
Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served our predecessor in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or our predecessor.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officer that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officer or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Item 35.    Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.
 
None.
 
Item 36.    Financial Statements and Exhibits.
 
(a)   Financial Statements.
 
See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in this Registration Statement on Form S-11.
 
(b)   Exhibits.
 
The list of exhibits following the signature page of this Registration Statement on Form S-11 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 37.    Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


II-2


Table of Contents

 
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota on November 1, 2010.
 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Kerry W. Boekelheide
Kerry W. Boekelheide,
Executive Chairman
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following person in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Kerry W. Boekelheide

Kerry W. Boekelheide
  Executive Chairman of the Board and Director   November 1, 2010
         
/s/   Daniel P. Hansen

Daniel P. Hansen
  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   November 1, 2010
         
/s/   Stuart J. Becker

Stuart J. Becker
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)   November 1, 2010
         
/s/   JoLynn M. Sorum

JoLynn M. Sorum
  Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)   November 1, 2010


II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1**   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
  3 .3   Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP (replaces Exhibit 3.3 previously filed by the Registrant on Form S-11 on September 23, 2009 (File No. 333-168685))
  4 .1**   Form of Common Stock Certificate
  5 .1*   Opinion of Venable LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
  8 .1*   Opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP regarding tax matters
  10 .1**   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 5, 2010, by and among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and Summit Hotel OP, LP
  10 .2(a)**   Contribution Agreement, dated August 5, 2010, by and between The Summit Group, Inc. and Summit Hotel OP, LP
  10 .2(b)**   Contribution Agreement, dated August 5, 2010, by and between Summit Hotel OP, LP and Gary Tharaldson
  10 .3   Form of Hotel Management Agreement
  10 .4   Form of TRS Lease
  10 .5**   Form of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .6**   Form of Option Award Agreement
  10 .7**   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Kerry W. Boekelheide
  10 .8**   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Daniel P. Hansen
  10 .9**   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Craig J. Aniszewski
  10 .10**   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Stuart J. Becker
  10 .11**   Form of Employment Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Ryan A. Bertucci
  10 .12**   Form of Severance Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and Christopher R. Eng
  10 .13**   Form of Severance Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and JoLynn M. Sorum
  10 .14   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. and each of its Executive Officers and Directors (replaces Exhibit 10.14 previously filed by the Registrant on Form S-11 on September 23, 2010 (File No. 333-168686))
  10 .15**   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company dated December 23, 2005
  10 .16**   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, dated June 15, 2006
  10 .17**   First Modification of Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, dated April 24, 2007
  10 .18**   Modification of Promissory Note and Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company, dated November 28, 2007
  10 .19**   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation dated April 30, 2007 for a loan in the amount of $9,500,000
  10 .20**   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation dated August 15, 2007 for a loan in the amount of $11,300,000
  10 .21**   Loan Modification Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation ($11,300,000 loan) dated December 2008
  10 .22**   Loan Agreement between Summit Hospitality V, LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation dated February 29, 2008 for a loan in the amount of $11,400,000
  10 .23**   Loan Agreement between Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and Compass Bank, dated September 17, 2008 for a loan in the amount of $19,250,000
  10 .24   Form of Tax Protection Agreement
  21 .1**   List of Subsidiaries of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Eide Bailly LLP
  23 .3   Consent of Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP
  23 .4*   Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
  23 .5*   Consent of Hunton & Williams LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
  99 .1**   Consent of Bjorn R. L. Hanson to being named as a director
  99 .2**   Consent of David S. Kay to being named as a director
  99 .3**   Consent of Thomas W. Storey to being named as a director
  99 .4**   Consent of Wayne W. Wielgus to being named as a director
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
** Previously filed.

Exhibit 3.2
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. Principal Office.
     The principal office of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may designate from time to time.
Section 2. Additional Offices.
     The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Place.
     All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.
Section 2. Annual Meeting.
     An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business as may properly be brought before the meeting and within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Special Meetings .
     (a)  General . Each of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. Except as provided in subsection (b)(4) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by whoever has called the meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the Secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a special meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.
     (b)  Stockholder-Requested Special Meetings . (1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Record Date Request Notice”) at the principal executive

 


 

office of the Corporation by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). To be in proper form, the Record Date Request Notice shall (i) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, (ii) be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), (iii) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and (iv) set forth all information relating to each such stockholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the special meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation l4A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than 10 days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within 10 days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the Secretary.
          (2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a special meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) in proper form and signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation. To be in proper form, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the Secretary), including the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, (d) be sent to the Secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the Secretary within sixty (60) days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the Secretary.
          (3) The Secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the special meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting

2


 

upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.
          (4) In the case of any special meeting called by the Secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however , that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within 10 days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the Secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., local time, on the ninetieth day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such ninetieth day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within 10 days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the thirtieth day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may submit its own proposal or proposals for consideration at any such special meeting.
          (5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the Secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the Secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been sent to the stockholders of the Corporation, the Secretary shall refrain from sending the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been sent to the stockholders of the Corporation and if the Secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of and to cancel the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the Secretary may revoke the notice of and cancel the meeting at any time before 10 days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the Secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

3


 

          (6) The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may appoint independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Secretary until the earlier of (i) 5 Business Days after receipt by the Secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the Secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five (5) Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).
          (7) The Secretary shall not accept, and the Secretary and the Corporation shall consider ineffective, any request from any stockholder to hold a special meeting or to establish a Request Record Date or Meeting Record Date that (a) does not comply with this Section 3 or (b) proposes or includes an item of business to be transacted at such special meeting that is not a proper subject for stockholder action under the Charter, these Bylaws or applicable law.
          (8) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the State of Maryland are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Section 4. Notice.
     Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the Secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the date, time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by applicable law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless a stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

4


 

     Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, the notice for an annual meeting of stockholders need not state the business of the Corporation to be transacted at such annual meeting unless such business is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice of such special meeting. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than 10 days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.
Section 5. Organization and Conduct.
     Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there is one, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Vice Presidents in their order of rank and seniority, the Secretary, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. In the event that the Secretary presides at a meeting of stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of all Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting.
     The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. Except to the extent not prohibited by any such rules, regulations and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders and shall have the authority to adopt rules, regulations and procedures and take such other actions as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless

5


 

otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
Section 6. Quorum.
     At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If, however, such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.
Section 7. Voting.
     A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast in favor of a matter (other than the election of directors) at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any such matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Charter. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce rather than by ballot.
Section 8. Proxies.
     A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
Section 9. Voting of Stock By Certain Holders.
     Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee or managing member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy

6


 

of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or fiduciary may vote stock registered in the name of such person in the capacity of such director or fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.
     Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
     The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.
Section 10. Inspectors.
     The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine challenges and questions arising in connection with the validity of any proxies or ballots, (v) perform such tasks as may be requested by the chairman of the meeting or required by applicable law and (vi) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
Section 11. Advance Notice of Nominees for Director and Other Stockholder Proposals.
     (a)  Annual Meetings of Stockholders .
          (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may only be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in

7


 

this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 11(a). Clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be the sole and exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or other business proposals before an annual meeting of stockholders (other than matters properly brought under, and to the extent required by, Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting).
          (2) Without qualification or limitation, subject to paragraph (c)(4) of this Section 11, for any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150 th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this Section 11) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in connection with the Corporation’s first annual meeting occurring after the initial underwritten public offering of the common stock of the Corporation or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Neither the postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting nor the public announcement thereof shall commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
          (3) A stockholder’s notice described in paragraph (a)(2) or paragraph (b) of this Section 11, as the case may be, shall set forth:
               (i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;
               (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;

8


 

               (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person: (A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person; (B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person; (C) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price, value or volatility of Company Securities for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or ( II ) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof; and (D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;
               (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee: (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee; and (B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person; and
               (v) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.
          (4) A stockholder’s notice described in paragraph (a)(2) or paragraph (b) of this Section 11, as the case may be, shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will

9


 

serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request, to the stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market).
          (5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this Section 11) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
          (6) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.
     (b)  Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3 of this Article II for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. Clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be the sole and exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors before a special meeting of stockholders. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraph (a)(3) and paragraph (a)(4) of this Section 11, is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special

10


 

meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. Neither the postponement or adjournment of a special meeting nor the public announcement thereof shall commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
     (c)  General . (1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such stockholder shall (A) notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information and (B) promptly update and supplement the information previously provided to the Corporation pursuant to this Section 11, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is 10 Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Without limiting the foregoing, upon written request by the Secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (x) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11, (y) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date and (z) any other information requested by the Corporation as may reasonably be required to determined the eligibility of any Proposed Nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that would be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such Proposed Nominee. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.
          (2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before any meeting of stockholders was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or other business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that no action shall be taken on such nomination or other proposal, and such nomination or other proposal shall be disregarded.
          (3) For purposes of this Section 11: (i) “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time; and (ii) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press,

11


 

Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.
          (4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in, or the right of the Corporation to omit proposals from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation if and to the extent provided under law, the Charter or these Bylaws. Subject to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, nothing in these Bylaws shall be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Corporation’s proxy statement any nomination or other business proposal. Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
Section 12. Control Share Acquisition Act.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (or any successor statute) (the “MGCL”) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. General Powers.
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.
Section 2. Number, Tenure and Resignation.
     At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL nor more than fifteen (15), and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors. The Board of Directors shall designate from among its members a Chairman of the Board of Directors, who shall not, solely by reason of this Bylaw, be deemed to be an officer of the Corporation. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in

12


 

the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.
Section 3. Annual and Regular Meetings.
     An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary, or at such other date, time and place as may be determined by the Board of Directors and specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the date, time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.
Section 4. Special Meetings.
     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the date, time and place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.
Section 5. Notice.
     Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least 3 days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least 2 days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.
Section 6. Quorum.
     A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors is present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter

13


 

or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.
     The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.
Section 7. Voting.
     The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.
Section 8. Organization.
     At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if a director, or, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, if a director, or, in the absence of the President, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or, in the absence of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 9. Telephone Meetings.
     Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 10. Consent by Directors Without a Meeting.
     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each director and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

14


 

Section 11. Vacancies.
     If for any reason any or all of the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the existence of the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
Section 12. Compensation.
     Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 13. Reliance.
     Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
Section 14. Certain Rights of Directors and Officers.
     A director who is not also an officer of the Corporation shall have no responsibility to devote his or her full time to the affairs of the Corporation. Any director or officer, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.
Section 15. Ratification.
     The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding

15


 

on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
Section 16. Emergency Provisions.
     Notwithstanding any other provision in the charter or these Bylaws, this Section 16 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio, and (iii) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
Section 1. Number, Tenure and Qualifications.
     The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The exact composition of each committee, including the total number of directors and the number of independent directors on each such committee, shall at all times comply with any applicable listing requirements and rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is then listed, as such rules and regulations may be modified or amended from time to time, and any applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as such rules and regulations may be modified or amended from time to time.
Section 2. Powers.
     The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.
Section 3. Meetings.
     Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of

16


 

Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member.
Section 4. Telephone Meetings.
     Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 5. Consent by Committees Without a Meeting.
     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.
Section 6. Vacancies.
     Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. General Provisions.
     The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may include an Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Accounting Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, except that the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time appoint one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers or any other officers as may be authorized by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except President and Vice President may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

17


 

Section 2. Removal and Resignation.
     Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.
Section 3. Vacancies.
     A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors or, if the person creating such vacancy was appointed by the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, by such officer for the balance of the term.
Section 4. Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.
     The Board of Directors may designate from among its members an Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors designates the Chairman of the Board of Directors as the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, he or she shall be an officer of the Corporation. Without limiting the power of any other officers of the Corporation, the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed, and in general shall perform all duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Section 5. Chief Executive Officer.
     The Board of Directors may designate a Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of such designation, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors from time to time.

18


 

Section 6. Chief Operating Officer.
     The Board of Directors may designate a Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the responsibilities and shall perform the duties incident to such office or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 7. Chief Financial Officer.
     The Board of Directors may designate a Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the responsibilities and shall perform the duties incident to such office or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 8. Chief Accounting Officer.
     The Board of Directors may designate a Chief Accounting Officer. The Chief Accounting Officer shall have the responsibilities and shall perform the duties incident to such office or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 9. President.
     In the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of a designation of a Chief Operating Officer by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Operating Officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer from time to time.
Section 10. Vice Presidents.
     In the absence of the President or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, Vice Presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President from time to time. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or as Vice President for particular areas of responsibility.

19


 

Section 11. Secretary.
     The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 12. Treasurer.
     The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall be the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation.
     The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.
Section 13. Assistant Secretaries; Assistant Treasurers.
     The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, or by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors.
Section 14. Compensation.
     The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
Section 1. Contracts.
     The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such

20


 

authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors and executed by an authorized person.
Section 2. Checks and Drafts.
     All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Deposits.
     All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.
ARTICLE VII
STOCK
Section 1. Certificates.
     Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.
Section 2. Transfers.
     All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation or the books of the transfer agent of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of certificates duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation, or the transfer agent of the Corporation, shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Directors that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such

21


 

shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.
     The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland. Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.
Section 3. Replacement Certificate.
     Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors has determined that such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.
Section 4. Fixing of Record Date.
     The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than 10 days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.
     When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.
Section 5. Stock Ledger.
     The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

22


 

Section 6. Fractional Stock; Issuance of Units.
     The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to issue fractional stock or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. Fiscal Year.
     The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.
Section 2. Severability.
     If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of the Bylaws in any jurisdiction.
ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 1. Authorization.
     Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.
Section 2. Contingencies.
     Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

23


 

ARTICLE X
INVESTMENT POLICIES
     Subject to the provisions of the Charter, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE XI
SEAL
Section 1. Seal.
     The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation, and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.
Section 2. Affixing Seal.
     Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES
     To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse all reasonable costs, fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) in advance of final disposition of any Proceeding (as defined below) to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who was or is made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who was or is made or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and to be paid or reimbursed expenses in advance of a final disposition of any Proceeding provided by these Bylaws and by the Charter shall vest immediately upon election of a director or officer.
     The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors, provide such indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses in advance to (i) an individual who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above or (ii) any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

24


 

     If a claim under this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation from a present or former director or officer of the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for payment or reimbursement of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the present or former director or officer making such claim may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be indemnified for the costs, fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in prosecuting such suit.
     The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses in advance provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, charter, resolution, insurance, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders, or otherwise, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of and payment and reimbursement of expenses in advance to all present and former directors and officers of the Corporation shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
     Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
ARTICLE XIII
WAIVER OF NOTICE
     Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
     The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

25

 
Exhibit 3.3
 
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
OF
 
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
ARTICLE I
  DEFINED TERMS     1  
ARTICLE II
  FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP     8  
2.01
  Formation of the Partnership     8  
2.02
  Name     8  
2.03
  Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office     8  
2.04
  Term and Dissolution     9  
2.05
  Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership     9  
2.06
  Certificates Describing Partnership Units     9  
ARTICLE III
  BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP     10  
ARTICLE IV
  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS     10  
4.01
  Capital Contributions     10  
4.02
  Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units     10  
4.03
  Additional Funding     13  
4.04
  LTIP Units     13  
4.05
  Conversion of LTIP Units     15  
4.06
  Capital Accounts     17  
4.07
  Percentage Interests     18  
4.08
  No Interest on Contributions     18  
4.09
  Return of Capital Contributions     18  
4.10
  No Third-Party Beneficiary     18  
ARTICLE V
  PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS     18  
5.01
  Allocation of Profit and Loss     18  
5.02
  Distribution of Cash     20  
5.03
  REIT Distribution Requirements     21  
5.04
  No Right to Distributions in Kind     21  
5.05
  Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions     21  
5.06
  Distributions Upon Liquidation     21  
5.07
  Substantial Economic Effect     22  
ARTICLE VI
  RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER     22  
6.01
  Management of the Partnership     22  
6.02
  Delegation of Authority     24  
6.03
  Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees     24  
6.04
  Liability of the General Partner     25  
6.05
  Partnership Obligations     26  
6.06
  Outside Activities     26  
6.07
  Employment or Retention of Affiliates     26  
6.08
  Summit REIT’s Activities     27  
6.09
  Title to Partnership Assets     27  
ARTICLE VII
  CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER     27  
7.01
  Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest     27  
7.02
  Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner     29  
7.03
  Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner     29  
7.04
  Removal of General Partner     30  


i


 

             
ARTICLE VIII
  RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS     30  
8.01
  Management of the Partnership     30  
8.02
  Power of Attorney     31  
8.03
  Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners     31  
8.04
  Common Unit Redemption Right     31  
8.05
  Registration     33  
ARTICLE IX
  TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS     36  
9.01
  Purchase for Investment     36  
9.02
  Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units     37  
9.03
  Admission of Substitute Limited Partner     37  
9.04
  Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units     38  
9.05
  Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner     38  
9.06
  Joint Ownership of Partnership Units     39  
ARTICLE X
  BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS     39  
10.01
  Books and Records     39  
10.02
  Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts     39  
10.03
  Fiscal and Taxable Year     39  
10.04
  Annual Tax Information and Report     39  
10.05
  Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments     39  
ARTICLE XI
  AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER     40  
11.01
  Amendment of Agreement     40  
11.02
  Merger of Partnership     41  
ARTICLE XII
  GENERAL PROVISIONS     41  
12.01
  Notices     41  
12.02
  Survival of Rights     41  
12.03
  Additional Documents     41  
12.04
  Severability     41  
12.05
  Entire Agreement     42  
12.06
  Pronouns and Plurals     42  
12.07
  Headings     42  
12.08
  Counterparts     42  
12.09
  Governing Law     42  

ii


 

EXHIBITS
 
EXHIBIT A—Partners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests
 
EXHIBIT B—Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
 
EXHIBIT C-1—Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Entities)
 
EXHIBIT C-2—Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Individuals)
 
EXHIBIT D—Notice of Election by Partner to Convert LTIP Units into Common Units
 
EXHIBIT E—Notice of Election by Partnership to Force Conversion of LTIP Units into Common Units


iii


 

 
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
RECITALS
 
Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware effective as of June 30, 2010 and an Agreement of Limited Partnership entered into as of June 28, 2010, by and between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“Summit REIT”), as the original general partner, and Summit REIT (the “Original Limited Partner”). This First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership is entered into this           day of          , 2010 among Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the new general partner of the Partnership (the “General Partner”), Summit REIT and the other Limited Partners set forth on Exhibit A hereto, for the purpose of amending and restating the Agreement of Limited Partnership.
 
AGREEMENT
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement of Limited Partnership to read in its entirety as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINED TERMS
 
The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:
 
“Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
“Additional Funds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.
 
“Additional Securities” means any: (1) shares of capital stock of Summit REIT now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares ( “Preferred Shares” ), (2) REIT Shares, (3) shares of capital stock of Summit REIT now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are junior in rank to the REIT Shares ( “Junior Shares” ) and (4) (i) rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, Preferred Shares or Junior Shares, or (ii) indebtedness issued by Summit REIT that provides any of the rights described in clause (4)(i) of this definition (any such securities referred to in clause (4)(i) or (ii) of this definition, “New Securities” ).
 
“Adjustment Events” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(i) hereof.
 
“Administrative Expenses” means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner and Summit REIT, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner and Summit REIT, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner and Summit REIT, which expenses, the Partners hereby agree are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner or Summit REIT, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided , however , that Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner or Summit REIT that are attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner or Summit REIT other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
 
“Affiliate” means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly,

1


 

10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership interests, contract or otherwise.
 
“Agreed Value” means the fair market value of a Partner’s non-cash Capital Contribution as of the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on Exhibit A , as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
 
“Agreement” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Articles” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Summit REIT filed with the State Department and Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of Summit REIT.
 
“Capital Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06 hereof.
 
“Capital Account Limitation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
 
“Capital Contribution” means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.
 
“Cash Amount” means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares Amount on the Specified Redemption Date.
 
“Certificate” means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02 hereof) and filed for recording in the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.
 
“Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the General Partner filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
“Change of Control” means, as to either the General Partner or Summit REIT, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of 80% or more of the assets of the General Partner or Summit REIT, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT; or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership

2


 

(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the membership interest of the General Partner or more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting capital stock of Summit REIT.
 
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.
 
“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Common Partnership Unit Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(ii) hereof.
 
“Common Redemption Amount” means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected by Summit REIT pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof.
 
“Common Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the Partnership.
 
“Common Unit Economic Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
“Common Unit Redemption Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
 
“Common Unit Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
 
“Constituent Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
 
“Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
 
“Conversion Factor” means a factor of 1.0, as adjusted as provided in this definition and in Section 6.08. The Conversion Factor will be adjusted in the event that Summit REIT (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares. In each of such events, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on such date and, provided further , that in the event that an entity other than an Affiliate of Summit REIT shall become General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner or Summit REIT with or into another entity (the “Successor Entity” ), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one REIT Share is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. If, however, the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the record date, if any, but prior to the effective date of such event, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for event.
 
“Conversion Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
 
“Conversion Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.
 
“Defaulting Limited Partner” means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership.
 
“Distributable Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d) hereof.
 
“Economic Capital Account Balances” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.

3


 

“Equity Incentive Plan” means any equity incentive or compensation plan hereafter adopted by the Partnership or Summit REIT, including, without limitation, Summit REIT’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
“Event of Bankruptcy” as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within 90 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or by another, provided that if such proceeding is commenced by another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within 90 days.
 
“Excepted Holder Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
“Forced Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
 
“Forced Conversion Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
 
“General Partner” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
“General Partner Loan” means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.
 
“General Partnership Interest” means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest will be a number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute a Limited Partnership Interest.
 
“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
 
“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
 
“Indemnitee” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a director of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the Partnership, the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary thereof, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner, Summit REIT or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
“Independent Director” means a director of Summit REIT who meets the NYSE requirements for an independent director as set forth from time to time.
 
“Junior Shares” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities.”
 
“Limited Partner” means any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.
 
“Limited Partnership Interest” means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be entitled as

4


 

provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of the Act. Limited Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
 
“Liquidating Gains” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
“LTIP Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.04 hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement in respect of holders of LTIP Units, including both vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
 
“LTIP Unitholder” means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.
 
“Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
 
“Majority in Interest” means Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.
 
“New Securities” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.
 
“Notice of Redemption” means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right substantially in the form attached as Exhibit    hereto.
 
“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.
 
“Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
 
“Offering” means the underwritten initial public offering of REIT Shares.
 
“Original Limited Partner” means Kerry W. Boekelheide.
 
“Partner” means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
 
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). A Partner’s share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).
 
“Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
“Partnership Interest” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by a Partner, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
 
“Partnership Loan” means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.
 
“Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1).
 
“Partnership Record Date” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by Summit REIT for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.

5


 

“Partnership Unit” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units, LTIP Units and any other class or series of Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof in accordance with the terms hereof. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by such Partnership Units are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
 
“Partnership Unit Designation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(i) hereof.
 
“Percentage Interest” means the percentage determined by dividing the number of Partnership Units of a Partner by the sum of the number of Partnership Units of all Partners.
 
“Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity.
 
“Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.
 
“Profit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
 
“Property” means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or indirectly, holds an ownership interest.
 
“Redeeming Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
 
“Redemption Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
 
“Regulations” means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and as subsequently amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Regulations shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the Regulations.
 
“REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
 
“REIT Expenses” means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence and operation of Summit REIT and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of Summit REIT), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer or employee of Summit REIT, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by Summit REIT, and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated with any repurchase of any securities by Summit REIT, (iv) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports and communications by Summit REIT under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission, (v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by Summit REIT with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any securities exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any health, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for compensation or benefits for the employees of Summit REIT, (vii) costs and expenses incurred by Summit REIT relating to any issuing or redemption of Partnership Interests and (viii) all other operating or administrative costs of Summit REIT incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or related to the Partnership.
 
“REIT Shares” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Summit REIT (or Successor Entity, as the case may be).
 
“REIT Shares Amount” means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date; provided that in the event Summit REIT issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or
6



 

exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “Rights” ), and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount on the record date fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to Rights.
 
“Restriction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(f) hereof.
 
“Rights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” herein.
 
“Rule 144” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(c) hereof.
 
“S-3 Eligible Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
 
“Safe Harbor Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
 
“Safe Harbor Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
“Service” means the Internal Revenue Service.
 
“Stock Ownership Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
 
“Specified Redemption Date” means the first business day of the calendar quarter that is at least 60 calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
 
“Subsidiary Partnership” means any partnership or limited liability company in which the General Partner, Summit REIT, the Partnership, or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner, Summit REIT or the Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.
 
“Substitute Limited Partner” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.
 
“Successor Entity” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” herein.
 
“Summit REIT” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
“Survivor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d) hereof.
 
“Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth within Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.
 
“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
“Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
 
“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.
 
“TRS” means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of Summit REIT.
 
“Unvested LTIP Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
 
“Value” means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market prices of such security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation. The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any
7



 

other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by Summit REIT, or (iii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by Summit REIT, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in question, the value of the security shall be determined by Summit REIT acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the security includes any additional rights (including any Rights), then the value of such rights shall be determined by Summit REIT acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.
 
“Vested LTIP Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
 
“Vesting Agreement” means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under an Equity Incentive Plan.
 
“Withheld Amount” means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.
 
ARTICLE II
 
FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
2.01   Formation of the Partnership. The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
 
2.02   Name.  The Name of the Partnership shall be “Summit Hotel OP, LP” and the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “L.P.” or “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder.
 
2.03   Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office.  The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company, a Delaware corporation. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. Upon such a change of the principal office of the Partnership, the General Partner shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable.
8



 

2.04 Term and Dissolution .
 
(a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
(i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof; provided that if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;
 
(ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership ( provided that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such installment obligations are paid in full);
 
(iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited Partners; or
 
(iv) the dissolution of the Partnership upon election by the General Partner.
 
(b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnership’s assets and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.06 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of, or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the Partners in kind.
 
2.05   Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership.  The General Partner shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business.
 
2.06   Certificates Describing Partnership Units.  At the request of a Limited Partner, the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following effect:
 
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH (A) THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (B) ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.
9



 

ARTICLE III
 
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
 
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit Summit REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless Summit REIT otherwise ceases to, or the Board of Directors determines, pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Articles, that Summit REIT shall no longer, qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting Summit REIT’s right in its sole and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the status of Summit REIT as a REIT and the avoidance of income and excise taxes on Summit REIT inures to the benefit of all the Partners and not solely to the General Partner or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited Partners agree that Summit REIT may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT under the Code at any time. Summit REIT shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
 
4.01   Capital Contributions.  The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units.
 
4.02   Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.  Except as provided in this Section 4.02 or in Section 4.03 hereof, the Partners shall have no right or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in the manner contemplated in this Section 4.02.
 
(a)  Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.
 
(i)  General.   As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership shall have authorized two classes of Partnership Units, entitled “Common Units” and “LTIP Units.” The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partners. The General Partner’s determination that consideration is adequate shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration relates to whether the Partnership Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional Partnership Units issued thereby may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to the then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the Limited Partners, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law that cannot be preempted by the terms hereof and as set forth in a written document hereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement (each, a “Partnership Unit Designation”), including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class
10



 

or series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided , however , that no additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) unless:
 
(1)  (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, Summit REIT, which REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02 and (B) the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the cash consideration received by Summit REIT from the issuance of such REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in Summit REIT;
 
(2)  (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, Summit REIT pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by Summit REIT, which REIT Shares, capital stock or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02, (B) if Summit REIT allows the holders of its REIT Shares to elect whether to receive such dividend in REIT Shares or other capital stock of or, other interests in Summit REIT or cash, the Partnership will give the Limited Partners (excluding the General Partner, Summit REIT or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) the same election to elect to receive (I) Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the election of Summit REIT, REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in Summit REIT or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;
 
(3)  the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned by the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Units; or
 
(4)  the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
 
Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the Partnership. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Units, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A as appropriate to reflect such issuance.
 
(ii)  Upon Issuance of Additional Securities.   Summit REIT shall not issue any Additional Securities (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or REIT Shares or other capital stock of or other interests in Summit REIT issued in connection with a taxable stock dividend as described in Section 4.02(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights other than to all holders of REIT Shares, Preferred Shares, Junior Shares, or New Securities, as the case may be, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit
11



 

REIT) Partnership Units or Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes the proceeds from the issuance of such Additional Securities and from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership; provided , however , that Summit REIT is allowed to issue Additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by Summit REIT, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional Securities have been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Without limiting the foregoing, Summit REIT is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of Summit REIT, the General Partner and the Partnership and (y) Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes all proceeds from such issuance to the Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to a stock purchase plan providing for purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to stock awards, including stock options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other stock awards approved by the Board of Directors. For example, in the event Summit REIT issues REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes all of the proceeds of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall be issued a number of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares issued by Summit REIT, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
 
(b)  Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares.   In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the proceeds therefrom, provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by Summit REIT, and the Partnership shall be deemed simultaneously to have reimbursed such discount, commissions, placement fees and expenses as an Administrative Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.05(b).
 
(c)  Repurchases of Summit REIT Securities.   If Summit REIT shall repurchase shares of any class or series of its capital stock, the purchase price thereof and all costs incurred in connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to Summit REIT by the Partnership pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof and the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to redeem an equivalent number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary

12


 

of Summit REIT) (which, in the case of REIT Shares, shall be a number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares divided by the Conversion Factor).
 
4.03   Additional Funding.  If the General Partner determines that it is in the best interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds ( “Additional Funds” ) for any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.
 
4.04   LTIP Units .
 
(a)  Issuance of LTIP Units.   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership, the General Partner or Summit REIT for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners. Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the Partners’ Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Unit holders and LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units. In particular, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and Common Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes, including, without limitation, complying with the following procedures:
 
(i) If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between Common Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be “Adjustment Events” : (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Units into a greater number of units or combines the outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding Common Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Units. If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business Common Unit Transaction, (y) the issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of Additional Securities by Summit REIT. If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Common Units other than actions specifically described above as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by any Equity Incentive Plan and Vesting Agreement, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units, as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly after filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall deliver a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; provided, however, the failure to deliver such notice shall not invalidate the adjustment or the authority granted hereunder, and
 
(ii) The LTIP Unitholders shall, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per

13


 

LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Unit (the “Common Partnership Unit Distribution” ), paid to holders of Common Units on such Partnership Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such distribution. So long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on Common Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units.
 
(b)  Priority.   Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04, the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof and any Vesting Agreement, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the Common Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of Partnership Units which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the Common Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, an LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject to the same restrictions as holders of Common Units are entitled to transfer their Common Units pursuant to Article IX.
 
(c)  Special Provisions.   LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:
 
(i)  Vesting Agreements.   LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Equity Incentive Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under the terms of a Vesting Agreement are referred to as “Vested LTIP Units” ; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “Unvested LTIP Units.”
 
(ii)  Forfeiture.   Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in either the right of the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership or the General Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable Vesting Agreement, the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture. In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance contemplated by Section 5.01(g) hereof, calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any.
 
(iii)  Allocations.   LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to certain special allocations of gain under Section 5.01(g) hereof.
 
(iv)  Redemption.   The Common Unit Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 8.04 hereof shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to Common Units as provided in clause (v) below and Section 4.05 hereof.
 
(v)  Conversion to Common Units.   Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into Common Units in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof.
 
(d)  Voting.   LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Units, with all Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Common Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (b) have the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below. So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the

14


 

affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the LTIP Units (Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units) outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to materially and adversely affect (as determined in good faith by the General Partner) any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the holders of Common Units; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:
 
(i) With respect to any Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof), so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 4.05(f) hereof, the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and
 
(ii) Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Units or LTIP Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.
 
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into Common Units.
 
4.05   Conversion of LTIP Units .
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.05, an LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right” ), at such holder’s option, at any time to convert all or a portion of such holder’s Vested LTIP Units into Common Units; provided, however , that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Common Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided , however , that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause such LTIP Unitholder’s Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition. The General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 4.05.
 
(b) A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the Common Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “Capital Account Limitation” ).
 
In order to exercise the Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “Conversion Notice” ) in the form attached as Exhibit D to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the “Conversion Date” ) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided , however , that if the General Partner has not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof) at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth day after such notice from the General Partner of a

15


 

Common Unit Transaction or (y) the third Trading Day immediately preceding the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 4.05(b) shall be free and clear of all liens. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof relating to those Common Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the redemption of such Common Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if such holder so wishes, the Common Units into which such holder’s Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be tendered to the Partnership for redemption simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if Summit REIT elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such Common Units under Section 8.04(b) hereof by delivering to such holder the REIT Shares Amount, then such holder can have the REIT Shares Amount issued to such holder simultaneously with the conversion of such holder’s Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. The General Partner and LTIP Unitholder shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate the timing of the events described in the foregoing sentence.
 
(c) The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “Forced Conversion” ) into an equal number of Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof; provided , however , that the Partnership may not cause Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.05(b) hereof. In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “Forced Conversion Notice” ) in the form attached as Exhibit E to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof and shall be revocable by the General Partner at any time prior to the Forced Conversion.
 
(d) A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such person immediately after such conversion. The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.05 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.
 
(e) For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.01(g) hereof and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Common Unit Economic Balance.
 
(f) If the Partnership, the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be a party to any Common Unit Transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or substantially all Common Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any Common Unit Transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the holders of Common Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “Common Unit Transaction” ), then the General Partner shall, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement, exercise immediately prior to the Common Unit Transaction


16


 

its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Common Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Common Unit Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Common Unit Transaction).
 
In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Common Unit Transaction in consideration for the Common Units into which such LTIP Unitholder’s Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Units, assuming such holder of Common Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “Constituent Person” ), or an affiliate of a Constituent Person. In the event that holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, prior to such Common Unit Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common Units in connection with such Common Unit Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such LTIP Unitholder (or by any of such LTIP Unitholder’s transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Unit would receive if such Common Unit holder failed to make such an election.
 
Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any Vesting Agreement and any Equity Incentive Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the terms of any Common Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section 4.05(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Units in connection with the Common Unit Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Common Unit Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Common Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.
 
4.06   Capital Accounts.  A separate capital account (a “Capital Account” ) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes to a Partner more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a de minimis Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner shall revalue the property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); provided that the issuance of any LTIP Unit shall be deemed to require a revaluation pursuant to this Section 4.06. When the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be allocated among the Partners


17


 

pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the revaluation. In making those adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners occurring during any taxable year in which this Agreement is effective, the General Partner shall allocate the adjustments, to the extent possible and in its sole and absolute discretion, to cause the Capital Account attributable to each Common Unit to be equal in amount; provided that the General Partner shall not make any allocation that could cause any holder of Partnership Units to recognize income or gain for federal income tax purposes.
 
4.07   Percentage Interests.  If the number of outstanding Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partner’s Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units, as applicable, outstanding after giving effect to such increase or decrease. If the Partners’ Percentage Interests are adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.07, the Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs shall be allocated between the part of the year ending on the day when the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner and the part of the year beginning on the following day either (i) as if the taxable year had ended on the date of the adjustment or (ii) based on the number of days in each part. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year shall be based on the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.
 
4.08   No Interest on Contributions.  No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution.
 
4.09   Return of Capital Contributions.  No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.
 
4.10   No Third-Party Beneficiary.  No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.03(h), shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any of the Partners. In addition, it is the intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a return of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership.
 
ARTICLE V
 
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
 
5.01   Allocation of Profit and Loss .
 
(a)  Profit.   Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.


18


 

(b)  Loss.   Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(c)  Minimum Gain Chargeback.   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a “nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners’ respective Percentage Interests, (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a “partner nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the “economic risk of loss” of such deduction in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1), (iii) if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partner’s share of the nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be in accordance with a Partner’s Percentage Interest.
 
(d)  Qualified Income Offset.   If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partner’s Capital Account that exceeds the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.01(d).
 
(e)  Capital Account Deficits.   Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partner’s Capital Account (after reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) to exceed the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated to the General Partner under this Section 5.01(e).
 
(f)  Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee.   If a Partner transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnership’s fiscal year had ended on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the transferee Partner.
 
(g)  Special Allocations Regarding LTIP Units.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.01(a) and (b) hereof, Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders until their Economic


19


 

Capital Account Balances, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of their LTIP Units. For this purpose, “Liquidating Gains” means net capital gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code. The “Economic Capital Account Balances” of the LTIP Unit holders will be equal to their Capital Account balances to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. Similarly, the “Common Unit Economic Balance” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of Summit REIT, plus the amount of Summit REIT’s share of any Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to Summit REIT’s direct or indirect ownership of Common Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.01(g), divided by (ii) the number of Common Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT. Any such allocations shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 5.01(g). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.01(g) is to make the Capital Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit to be economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance associated with Common Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT (on a per-Unit basis).
 
(h)  Definition of Profit and Loss.    “Profit” and “Loss” and any items of income, gain, expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 5.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense (and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.01, except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.
 
5.02   Distribution of Cash .
 
(a) Subject to Sections 5.02(c), (d) and (e) hereof and to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, the Partnership shall distribute cash at such times and in such amounts as are determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter (or other distribution period) in proportion with their respective Common Units on the Partnership Record Date.
 
(b) In accordance with Section 4.04(a)(ii), the LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the Common Partnership Unit Distribution.
 
(c) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date (other than Partnership Units acquired by the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT ) in connection with the issuance of additional REIT Shares or Additional Securities), the cash distribution attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to (i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to (ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding Partnership Record Date.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the

20


 

allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner (the “Distributable Amount” ) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.
 
Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section 5.02(d) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.
 
(e) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend or other distribution of cash as the holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be redeemed.
 
5.03   REIT Distribution Requirements. The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable Summit REIT to pay distributions to its stockholders that will allow Summit REIT to (i) meet its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the extent Summit REIT elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.
 
5.04   No Right to Distributions in Kind. No Partner shall be entitled to demand property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.
 
5.05   Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a Partner’s Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnership’s assets.
 
5.06   Distributions Upon Liquidation .
 
(a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.
 
(b) For purposes of Section 5.06(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof resulting from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the Partnership’s assets.

21


 

(c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall be made by the end of the Partnership’s taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.
 
5.07   Substantial Economic Effect. It is the intent of the Partners that the allocations of Profit and Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with the Partners’ interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
RIGHTS , OBLIGATIONS AND
POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
6.01   Management of the Partnership .
 
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:
 
(i) to acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;
 
(ii) to construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or leased by the Partnership;
 
(iii) to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units) of the Partnership;
 
(iv) to borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
 
(v) to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, all operating costs and general administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;
 
(vi) to guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
 
(vii) to use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment, either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and administrative expenses of Summit REIT, the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the foregoing, to third parties or to Summit REIT or the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement;

22


 

(viii) to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnership’s assets, whether or not the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether or not any portion of the Partnership’s assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee, or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine and to further lease property from third parties, including ground leases;
 
(ix) to prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner may determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the Partners, the Partnership or the Partnership’s assets;
 
(x) to file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnership’s assets or any other aspect of the Partnership’s business;
 
(xi) to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any taxing authority;
 
(xii) to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;
 
(xiii) to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;
 
(xiv) to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to hire and dismiss employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and to retain legal counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and to pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
 
(xv) to retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership business, and to pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
 
(xvi) to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;
 
(xvii) to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership; (xviii) to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;
 
(xix) to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity interest from time to time);
 
(xx) to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures, contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;
 
(xxi) to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;
 
(xxii) to enter into and perform obligations under underwriting or other agreements in connection with issuances of securities by the Partnership or the General Partner or any affiliate thereof;
 
(xxiii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code or an “investment company” or a subsidiary of an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

23


 

(xxiv) to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with allowing Summit REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT unless Summit REIT voluntarily terminates or revokes its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.
 
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
 
6.02   Delegation of Authority. The General Partner may delegate any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.
 
6.03   Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees .
 
(a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.03(a). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
 
(b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
 
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.03 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.
 
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

24


 

(e) For purposes of this Section 6.03, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 6.03; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
 
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
 
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.03 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(h) The provisions of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
 
(i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.03 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the Partnership under this Section 6.03 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
 
6.04   Liability of the General Partner .
 
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner, nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and Summit REIT’s stockholders collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of some, but not all, of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of Summit REIT on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of Summit REIT or the Limited Partners; provided , however , that for so long as the General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of Summit REIT or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the stockholders of Summit REIT. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners in connection with such decisions.
 
(c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.01 hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.

25


 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of Summit REIT to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent Summit REIT from incurring any taxes under Section 857, Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
 
(e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.04 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s or any of its officers’, directors’, agents’ or employees’ liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
 
6.05   Partnership Obligations .
 
(a) Except as provided in this Section 6.05 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
 
(b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure (including Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made other than out of the funds of the Partnership. All reimbursements hereunder shall be characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner or Summit REIT.
 
6.06   Outside Activities. Subject to Section 6.08 hereof, the Certificate of Formation and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or member of the General Partner, the General Partner, Summit REIT and any stockholder of Summit REIT shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner and Summit REIT shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.
 
6.07   Employment or Retention of Affiliates .
 
(a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and reasonable.
 
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

26


 

(c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
 
6.08   Summit REIT’s Activities. Summit REIT agrees that, generally, all business activities of Summit REIT, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development, ownership of or investment in hotel properties or other property, shall be conducted through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiaries of the Partnership; provided , however , that Summit REIT may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by Summit REIT or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. If, at any time, Summit REIT acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership) without transferring such assets to the Partnership, the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” may be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of a REIT Share attributable to Partnership Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.
 
6.09   Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, Summit REIT or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner or Summit REIT. Summit REIT hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or Summit REIT or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be held by the General Partner or Summit REIT for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner or Summit REIT shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
 
7.01   Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest .
 
(a) Other than to an Affiliate of Summit REIT, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in or in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections 7.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.
 
(b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in the aggregate at least 0.1%.
 
(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01(d) or (e) hereof, neither the General Partner nor Summit REIT shall engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in the General Partner’s state of organization or organizational form or Summit REIT’s state of incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of Control of the General Partner or Summit REIT (a “Transaction” ), unless at least one of the following conditions is met:
 
(i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) is obtained;
 
(ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) will

27


 

receive, or have the right to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share, provided that if, in connection with such Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer ( “Offer” ) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership Units (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall be given the option to exchange its Partnership Units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such Limited Partner would have received had it (A) exercised its Common Unit Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares received upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or
 
(iii) either the General Partner or Summit REIT, as applicable, is the surviving entity in the Transaction and either (A) the holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities or other property in the Transaction or (B) all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT, and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the Transaction by any holder of REIT Shares.
 
(d) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c) hereof, either of the General Partner or Summit REIT, as applicable, may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “Survivor” ), other than Partnership Units held directly or indirectly by the General Partner or Summit REIT, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units, or for economically equivalent partnership interests issued by a Subsidiary Partnership established at the direction of the Board of Directors, with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner and Summit REIT hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Survivor shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 7.01(d). The Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount, the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been exchanged immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The Survivor also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such amendments to Section 8.04 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set forth in Section 8.04 hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this Section 7.01(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
 
In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, each of the General Partner and Summit REIT is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary thereof) to recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the occurrence of, or their participation in, such


28


 

transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with and subject in all respects to the exercise of the Board of Directors’ fiduciary duties to the stockholders of Summit REIT under applicable law.
 
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,
 
(i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and
 
(ii) Summit REIT may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which the REIT Shares are listed or traded.
 
7.02   Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner. A Person shall be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
 
(a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other actions required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been performed;
 
(b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
 
(c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability.
 
7.03   Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner .
 
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof. The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal, dissolution or removal of the General Partner.
 
(b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners, within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the balance of the term specified in Section 2.04 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.02 hereof and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the


29


 

Partnership and admit a substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this Agreement.
 
7.04   Removal of General Partner .
 
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided , however , that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not remove the General Partner, with or without cause.
 
(b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.04 and the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.03(b) hereof and otherwise be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. At the time of assignment, the removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner. Such fair market value shall be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) within ten days following the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an appraiser. Each such appraiser shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partner’s removal, and the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals; provided , however , that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later than 40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third appraiser who shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals closest in value.
 
(c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after default until transfer under Section 7.04(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special Limited Partner; provided , however , such removed General Partner shall not have any rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer is effective pursuant to Section 7.04(b) hereof.
 
(d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.04.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
 
8.01   Management of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall not participate in the management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. The Limited Partners covenant and agree not to hold themselves out in a manner that could reasonably be considered in contravention of the terms hereof by any third party.


30


 

8.02   Power of Attorney. Each Limited Partner by entry into this Agreement through execution, execution by power of attorney or other consent, hereby irrevocably appoints the General Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and all amendments or restatements thereof) as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its Partnership Interest.
 
8.03   Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.
 
8.04   Common Unit Redemption Right .
 
(a) Subject to Sections 8.04(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units (including any LTIP Units that are converted into Common Units) held by them, each Limited Partner (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, shall have the right (the “Common Unit Redemption Right” ) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to and in the form of the Common Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership, provided that (i) such Common Units shall have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion), and (ii) subject to any restriction agreed to in writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit Redemption Right (the “Redeeming Limited Partner” ) and such notice shall be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. In such event, the Partnership shall deliver the Cash Amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Common Unit Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to cause Summit REIT to purchase the Common Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof. No Limited Partner may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any distribution paid with respect to Common Units if the record date for such distribution is on or after the Specified Redemption Date.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof, if a Limited Partner exercises the Common Unit Redemption Right by delivering to the Partnership a Notice of Redemption, then the Partnership may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to cause Summit REIT to purchase directly and acquire some or all of, and in such event Summit REIT agrees to purchase and acquire, such Common Units by paying to the Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by Summit REIT (in its sole and absolute discretion) on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon Summit REIT shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Limited Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Units.


31


 

In the event Summit REIT purchases Common Units with respect to the exercise of a Common Unit Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of such Common Unit Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the Partnership and Summit REIT shall treat the transaction between Summit REIT and the Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited Partner’s Common Units to Summit REIT. Each Redeeming Limited Partner agrees to execute such documents as Summit REIT may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.
 
Each Redeeming Limited Partner covenants and agrees that all Common Units subject to a Notice of Redemption will be delivered to the Partnership or Summit REIT free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and should any such liens, claims or encumbrances exist or arise with respect to such Common Units, neither the Partnership nor Summit REIT shall be under any obligation to acquire such Common Units.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.04(a) and 8.04(b) hereof, a Limited Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by Summit REIT pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof (regardless of whether or not Summit REIT would in fact purchase the Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as defined in the Articles) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit or any Excepted Holder Limit (each as defined in the Articles) and calculated in accordance therewith, except as provided in the Articles, (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), (iii) result in Summit REIT being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause Summit REIT to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of Summit REIT’s, the Partnership’s or a Subsidiary Partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise cause Summit REIT to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified lodging facility” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Limited Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Summit REIT, in its sole and absolute discretion, may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this Section 8.04(c).
 
(d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided , however , that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90 days to the extent required for Summit REIT to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to provide financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Any REIT Share Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided , however , that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 180 days to the extent required for Summit REIT to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit REIT agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of redeemed Common Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.
 
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state, local or foreign law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is exempt from such withholding upon the exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such Partner must furnish the General Partner with a FIRPTA


32


 

Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 or Exhibit C-2 , as applicable, and any similar forms or certificates required to avoid or reduce the withholding under federal, state, local or foreign law or such other form as the General Partner may reasonably request. If the Partnership, Summit REIT or the General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the Common Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the Common Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not receive any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall contribute the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership before the Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.
 
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may place appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary or reasonable to ensure that the Partnership does not constitute a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary, the General Partner shall give prompt written notice thereof (a “Restriction Notice” ) to each of the Limited Partners, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the Partnership that states that, in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or reasonable in order to avoid the Partnership being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
8.05   Registration. Subject to the terms of any agreement between the General Partner and a Limited Partner with respect to Common Units held by such Limited Partner:
 
(a)  Shelf Registration of the REIT Shares.   Following the date on which Summit REIT becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities under the Securities Act (the “S-3 Eligible Date” ) Summit REIT shall file with the Commission a shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “Registration Statement” ), or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, covering (i) the issuance of REIT Shares issuable upon redemption of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner as of the date of this Agreement ( “Redemption Shares” ) and/or (ii) the resale by the holder of the Redemption Shares; provided , however , that Summit REIT shall be required to file only two such registrations in any 12-month period. In connection therewith, Summit REIT will:
 
(1) use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective;
 
(2) register or qualify the Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as required by law, and do such other reasonable acts and things as may be required of it to enable such holders to consummate the sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the Redemption Shares; provided , however , that Summit REIT shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or consent to a general or unlimited service or process in any jurisdictions in which it would not otherwise be required to be qualified or so consent or (ii) qualify as a dealer in securities; and
 
(3) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission in connection with a Registration Statement.
 
Summit REIT further agrees to supplement or make amendments to each Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form utilized by Summit REIT or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for such Registration Statement. Each Limited Partner agrees to furnish to Summit REIT, upon request, such information with respect to the Limited Partner as may be required to complete and file the Registration Statement.


33


 

In connection with and as a condition to Summit REIT’s obligations with respect to the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 8.05, each Limited Partner agrees with Summit REIT that:
 
(w) it will provide in a timely manner to Summit REIT such information with respect to the Limited Partner as reasonably required to complete the Registration Statement or as otherwise required to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations;
 
(x) it will not offer or sell its Redemption Shares until (A) such Redemption Shares have been included in a Registration Statement and (B) it has received notice that the Registration Statement covering such Redemption Shares, or any post-effective amendment thereto, has been declared effective by the Commission, such notice to have been satisfied by the posting by the Commission on www.sec.gov of a notice of effectiveness;
 
(y) if Summit REIT determines in its good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel, that the use of the Registration Statement, including any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, or the use of any prospectus contained in such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of important information that Summit REIT has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which, in the judgment of Summit REIT, would impede Summit REIT’s ability to consummate a significant transaction, upon written notice of such determination by Summit REIT (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws), the rights of each Limited Partner to offer, sell or distribute its Redemption Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or prospectus or to require Summit REIT to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Redemption Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement (including any action contemplated by this Section 8.05) will be suspended until the date upon which Summit REIT notifies such Limited Partner in writing (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws) that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this paragraph is no longer necessary; provided , however , that Summit REIT may not suspend such rights for an aggregate period of more than 180 days in any 12-month period; and
 
(z) in the case of the registration of any underwritten equity offering proposed by Summit REIT (other than any registration by Summit REIT on Form S-8, or a successor or substantially similar form, of an employee stock option, stock purchase or compensation plan or of securities issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan, each Limited Partner will agree, if requested in writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters administering such offering, not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of any REIT Shares or Redemption Shares (or any option or right to acquire REIT Shares or Redemption Shares) during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of the registration statement covering such underwritten primary equity offering or, if such offering shall be a “take-down” from an effective shelf registration statement, the tenth day prior to the expected commencement date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of such offering, and ending on the date specified by such managing underwriter in such written request to the Limited Partners; provided , however , that no Limited Partner shall be required to agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of its Redemption Shares for a period of time that is longer than the greater of 90 days or the period of time for which any senior executive of Summit REIT is required so to agree in connection with such offering. Nothing in this paragraph shall be read to limit the ability of any Limited Partner to redeem its Common Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
(b)  Listing on Securities Exchange.   If Summit REIT lists or maintains the listing of REIT Shares on any securities exchange or national market system, it shall, at its expense and as necessary to permit the registration and sale of the Redemption Shares hereunder, list thereon, maintain and, when necessary, increase such listing to include such Redemption Shares.


34


 

(c)  Registration Not Required.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit REIT shall not be required to file or maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to Redemption Shares after the first date upon which, in the opinion of counsel to Summit REIT, all of the Redemption Shares covered thereby could be sold by the holders thereof either (i) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereto (“Rule 144”) without limitation as to amount or manner of sale or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 in one transaction in accordance with the volume limitations contained in Rule 144(e).
 
(d)  Allocation of Expenses.   The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with the Registration Statement, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to filing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (ii) registration fees, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) accounting and legal fees and expenses, except to the extent holders of Redemption Shares elect to engage accountants or attorneys in addition to the accountants and attorneys engaged by Summit REIT or the Partnership, which fees and expenses for such accountants or attorneys shall be for the account of the holders of the Redemption Shares, (v) accounting expenses incident to or required by any such registration or qualification and (vi) expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions in connection with such registration or qualification; provided , however , neither the Partnership nor Summit REIT shall be liable for (A) any discounts or commissions to any underwriter or broker attributable to the sale of Redemption Shares, or (B) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of Redemption Shares in connection with such registration that, according to the written instructions of any regulatory authority, the Partnership or Summit REIT is not permitted to pay.
 
(e)  Indemnification.
 
(i) In connection with the Registration Statement, the General Partner and the Partnership agree to indemnify each holder of Redemption Shares and each Person who controls any such holder of Redemption Shares within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus (as amended or supplemented if Summit REIT shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or caused by any omission or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by any untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission based upon information furnished to Summit REIT by the Limited Partner of the holder for use therein. Summit REIT and each officer, director and controlling person of Summit REIT and the Partnership shall be indemnified by each Limited Partner or holder of Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement for all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or any omission, or alleged omission, based upon information furnished to Summit REIT by the Limited Partner or the holder for use therein.
 
(ii) Promptly upon receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 8.05(e) of notice of the commencement of any action against such indemnified party in respect of which indemnity or reimbursement may be sought against any indemnifying party under this Section 8.05(e), such indemnified party shall notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8.05(e) unless such failure shall materially adversely affect the defense of such action. In case notice of commencement of any such action shall be given to the indemnifying party as above provided, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be paid by the indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the


35


 

indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) have been advised by such counsel that representation of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct (in which case the indemnified party shall have the right to separate counsel and the indemnifying party shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel, provided that, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for more than one separate counsel). No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding entered into without its consent.
 
(f)  Contribution.
 
(i) If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 8.05(e) hereof are either unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the party that would otherwise be required to provide indemnification or the indemnifying party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the “Indemnifying Party” ) in respect of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the party that would otherwise be entitled to indemnification or the indemnified party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the “Indemnified Party” ) as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expense, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party.
 
(ii) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8.05(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No person or entity determined to have committed a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
(iii) The contribution provided for in this Section 8.05(f) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
9.01   Purchase for Investment .
 
(a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the acquisition of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.
 
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General Partner set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof.


36


 

9.02   Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units .
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.02(b) and (c) hereof, no Limited Partner may offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partner’s economic rights as a Limited Partner, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a “Transfer” ) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that the term Transfer does not include (a) any redemption of Common Units by the Partnership or Summit REIT, or acquisition of Common Units by Summit REIT, pursuant to Section 8.04 or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, cost of legal counsel).
 
(b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted Transfer ( i.e. , a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.05 hereof) of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units pursuant to this Article IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partner’s Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partner’s Common Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
 
(c) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability standards).
 
(d) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of Summit REIT to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject Summit REIT to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, (iii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such Transfer, along or in connection with other Transfers, could cause the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, provided that the General Partner may presume that any proposed Transfer of Partnership Units during calendar year 2010 will cause the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable on a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” or (iv) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer is reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to fail to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described in Section 7704(c) of the Code.
 
(e) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General Partner or the Partnership.
 
(f) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and other documents as the General Partner shall request in connection with such Transfer.
 
9.03   Admission of Substitute Limited Partner .
 
(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited Partner of the


37


 

Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the satisfactory completion of the following:
 
(i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised Exhibit A , and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.
 
(ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance with the Act.
 
(iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.01(b) hereof.
 
(iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust, the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee’s authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
(v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.
 
(vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution as a Limited Partner.
 
(vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in the exercise of the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.
 
(b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section 9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.
 
(c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.03 and making all official filings and publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.
 
9.04   Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units .
 
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 hereof, except as required by operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received notice thereof.
 
(b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its Partnership Units.
 
9.05   Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner. The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if such Limited Partner dies, such Limited Partner’s executor, administrator or trustee, or, if such Limited Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partner’s committee, guardian or


38


 

conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or managing such Limited Partner’s estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.
 
9.06   Joint Ownership of Partnership Units. A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship, provided that such individuals either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit; provided , however , that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received certificated notice of such death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Unit to be divided into two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former owners.
 
ARTICLE X
 
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
 
10.01   Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnership’s specified office true and complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including: (a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of the Certificate Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to a copy of such records if reasonably requested.
 
10.02   Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts .
 
(a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General Partner may, from time to time, determine.
 
(b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person other than the General Partner except for such commingling as may necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies permitted by this Section 10.02(b).
 
10.03   Fiscal and Taxable Year. The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
 
10.04   Annual Tax Information and Report. Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partner’s individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.
 
10.05   Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments .
 
(a) The General Partner shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Partnership. As Tax Matters Partner, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and required,


39


 

respectively, by the Code for the Tax Matters Partner. The General Partner shall have the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the Service and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the event the General Partner receives notice of a final Partnership adjustment under Section 6223(a)(2) of the Code, the General Partner shall either (i) file a court petition for judicial review of such final adjustment within the period provided under Section 6226(a) of the Code, a copy of which petition shall be mailed to all Limited Partners on the date such petition is filed, or (ii) mail a written notice to all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes the General Partner’s reasons for determining not to file such a petition.
 
(b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
(c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner, the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing, maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect to such election.
 
(d) The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an election (the “Safe Harbor Election” ) to have the “liquidation value” safe harbor provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the “Safe Harbor” ), apply to any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the Safe Harbor Election remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively, such interests are referred to as “Safe Harbor Interests” ). The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and directed to execute and file the Safe Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the Partners. The Partnership and the Partners (including any person to whom an interest in the Partnership is transferred in connection with the performance of services) hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including forfeiture allocations) with respect to all Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S. federal income tax returns reporting the tax consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe Harbor guidance. The Partnership is also authorized to take such actions as are necessary to achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that the election and compliance with all requirements of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
 
(e) Each Limited Partner shall be required to provide such information as reasonably requested by the Partnership in order to determine whether such Limited Partner (i) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), five percent (5%) or more of the of the value of the Partnership or (ii) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), ten percent (10%) or more of (a) the stock, by voting power or value, of a tenant (other than a “taxable REIT subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code) of the Partnership that is a corporation or (b) the assets or net profits of a tenant of the Partnership that is a noncorporate entity.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER
 
11.01   Amendment of Agreement .
 
The General Partner’s consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any respect; provided ,


40


 

however , that the following amendments shall require the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner):
 
(a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the Limited Partners in any material respect;
 
(b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
 
(c) any amendment that would alter the Partnership’s allocations of Profit and Loss to the Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
 
(d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or
 
(e) any amendment to this Article XI.
 
11.02   Merger of Partnership .
 
The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may (i) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) receives consideration as set forth in Section 7.01(c)(ii) hereof or the transaction complies with Sections 7.01(c)(iii) or 7.01(d) hereof and may amend this Agreement in connection with any such transaction consistent with the provisions of this Article XI; provided , however , that the consent of a Majority in Interest shall be required in the case of any other (a) merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (b) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
12.01   Notices. All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, by email, by press release, by posting on the Web site of the General Partner, or upon deposit in the United States mail, registered, first-class postage prepaid return receipt requested, or via courier to the Partners at the addresses set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time; provided , however , that any Partner may specify a different address by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices to the General Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its principal office address set forth in Section 2.03 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a different address by notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.
 
12.02   Survival of Rights. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and their permitted respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
 
12.03   Additional Documents. Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary, appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.
 
12.04   Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder


41


 

hereof. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the severed provision shall be interpreted or modified so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
 
12.05   Entire Agreement. This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
12.06   Pronouns and Plurals. When the context in which words are used in the Agreement indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.
 
12.07   Headings. The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular Article.
 
12.08   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by hand or by power of attorney in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
 
12.09   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
 
 
[Signature page follows.]


42


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the           day of          , 2010.
 
 
GENERAL PARTNER:
 
SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC
 
  By:  
Name:     
  Title: 
 
LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
  By:  
Name:     
  Title: 
 
  By:  
Daniel P. Hansen, not individually
but as attorney-in-fact for each of the
following Limited Partners:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


43


 

EXHIBIT A
 
(As of                    , 2010)
 
                                         
          Agreed Value
                   
    Cash
    of Capital
    Common
    LTIP
    Percentage
 
Partner
  Contribution(1)     Contribution(1)     Units     Units     Interest  
 
General Partner:
                                       
Summit Hotel GP, LLC
  $       $                            
[               ]
                                       
Limited Partners:
                                       
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 
  $       $                         %
[               ]
  $       $                         %
    $       $                         %
    $       $                         %
TOTALS
  $       $                         %
                                         
 
 
(1) Does not account for offering expenses. Cash and Agreed Value of Cash are to be reduced by final amount of offering expenses and underwriting discount as determined by the accountants to the Company at a later date.


A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
 
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT
 
In accordance with Section 8.04 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended (the “Agreement”) of Summit Hotel OP, LP, the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption           Common Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Common Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.04 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units and all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares (as defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights and interests of any person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power and authority to cause the redemption of the Common Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve the Common Units for redemption.
 
Dated:               ,
 
Name of Limited Partner:
 
 
          
(Signature of Limited Partner or
Authorized Representative)
 
          
(Mailing Address)
 
          
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
 
Signature Guaranteed by:
 
 
          
 
If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:
 
Name:
 
Please insert Social Security or Identifying Number:


B-1


 

EXHIBIT C-1
 
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)
 
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “General Partner”) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to the redemption by           (“Partner”) of its Common Units in the Partnership, the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Partner:
 
1. Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate, as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
 
2. Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).
 
3. The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is          .
 
4. The principal business address of Partner is:          ,           and Partner’s place of incorporation is          .
 
5. Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
 
6. Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
 
PARTNER:          
 
 
 
By:   ­ ­ Name:  ­ ­ Title:  ­ ­
 
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.
 
     
Date:
   
   
Name:
Title:


C-1


 

EXHIBIT C-2
 
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)
 
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “General Partner”) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to my redemption of my Common Units in the Partnership, I,          , hereby certify the following:
 
1. I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
 
2. My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is          .
 
3. My home address is:          .
 
4. I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
 
5. I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
 
          
Name:
 
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.
 
     
Date:
   
   
Name:
Title:


C-2


 

EXHIBIT D
 
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
 
The undersigned holder of LTIP Units hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) set forth below into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent to or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such conversion.
 
Name of Holder: 
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted: 
 
Date of this Notice: 
 
(Signature of Holder: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
(Street Address)
 
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
 
Signature Guaranteed by: 


D-1


 

EXHIBIT E
 
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION OF
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
 
Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) hereby elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the holder of LTIP Units set forth below to be converted into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended, effective as of           (the “Conversion Date”).
 
Name of Holder: 
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted: 
 
Date of this Notice: 


E-1

Exhibit 10.3
FORM OF HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made as of the ___ day of ____________, 2010, between the lessee entities set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively, “Owner” ) and INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC ( “Operator” ), a Delaware limited liability company.
RECITALS
     A. Owner and its affiliates lease from Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ OP ”), and its affiliates described on Exhibit A (each a “ Land Holder ” and collectively, the “ Land Holders ”, whether held as a Land Holder or as a ground lessee) the hotel properties described in Exhibit A (each a “ Hotel ” and collectively, the “ Hotels ”) pursuant to one or more Lease Agreements (each, a “ Lease ”). Summit Hotel OP is substantially owned by Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”).
     B. The Hotels, together with certain other hotels and lodging assets owned by Land Holders and leased by Owner, comprise a portfolio of hotels, which prior to the date hereof were managed by The Summit Group Inc. (“ Prior Manager ”) pursuant to the terms of five (5) certain management agreements of varying dates entered into between 2003 and 2007 (as amended, the “ Existing Management Agreements ”).
     C. Owner desires Operator to assume management of the Hotels.
     D. Pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Assignment ”), Prior Manager has assigned all of its right, title and interest in the Existing Management Agreements to Operator, and Operator has assumed the obligations of Prior Manager under the Existing Management Agreements to the extent arising on or after the date of the Assignment, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Assignment.
     E. Owner and Operator desire to amend, restate and replace the Existing Management Agreements with this Agreement, and evidence their agreement with respect to the operation, direction, management, and supervision of the Hotels individually as more particularly set forth below.
      NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and other good and valuable consideration, Owner and Operator agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE HOTEL
1.1. Owner and Operator acknowledge that each Hotel consists of and contains:
A. A building (the “Building” ) with guest rooms and suites, restaurant(s), lounge(s), and

 


 

conference and meeting rooms together with the parcel of land on which the Building is located and any outdoor parking areas or other facilities located on such land, all as more fully described on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof;
B. Mechanical systems and built-in installations (the “Installations” ) in each Building including, but not limited to, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical and plumbing systems, elevators and escalators, and built-in laundry, refrigeration and kitchen equipment;
C. Furniture, furnishings, wall coverings, floor coverings, window treatments, fixtures and hotel equipment and vehicles (the “FF&E” );
D. Chinaware, glassware, silverware, linens, and other items of a similar nature (the “Operating Equipment” );
E. Stock and inventories of paper supplies, cleaning materials and similar consumable items and food and beverage (the “Operating Supplies” ); and
F. Any whirlpool, fitness center, spa, on-site parking, pool , beach, club facilities, retail facilities, restaurants and related amenities or facilities for each Hotel.
ARTICLE II
OPERATING TERM
2.1. This Agreement shall have a term (the “Operating Term” ) commencing on the date hereof (the “Commencement Date” ) and expiring on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term” ), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or unless extended as provided by the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise provided by the written agreement of Owner and Operator. This Agreement shall automatically renew for additional terms of thirty (30) days each (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless either party gives the other party written notice of termination at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then-current Renewal Term. Owner and Operator, by mutual written agreement, may renew this Agreement for a longer term and, in such case, such longer term shall be a Renewal Term. Any and all reference contained herein to Term shall be deemed to include the Operating Term, the Initial Term and the Renewal Term(s).
ARTICLE III
APPOINTMENT AND ENGAGEMENT OF OPERATOR
3.1. Owner hereby engages Operator as the exclusive operator of the Hotels during the Term and Operator hereby accepts such engagement.
3.2. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Budgets, Operator shall have control and discretion in all aspects of the operation, direction, management and supervision of the Hotels. Such control and discretion of Operator shall include, without limitation, the determination

2


 

of credit policies (including entering into agreements with credit card organizations), terms of admittance, charges for rooms, food and beverage policies, employee wage, benefits and severance policies, entertainment and amusement policies, leasing, licensing and granting of concessions for commercial space at the Hotels, and all phases of advertising, promotion and publicity relating to the Hotels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator acknowledges that the contracts with credit card vendors listed on Exhibit C attached hereto are required to remain in effect following the Commencement Date pursuant to the terms of the such contracts, and that Operator will not terminate such agreements (other than as permitted under the terms of such agreements) without Owner’s prior written consent.
3.3. Operator shall operate, manage and maintain each Hotel and all of its facilities and activities in a diligent and careful manner in accordance with the following standards (the “ Hotel Standard ”) in order to maintain the condition and character of such Hotel and with the primary goal of maximizing the Gross Operating Profit (as defined herein) of such Hotel:
     (a) in a manner that is equal to or better than the operation of similar hotels in the area of such Hotel and other similar hotels operated by Operator, to the extent consistent with the Budgets and such Hotel’s facilities; and
     (b) in accordance with the standards imposed by the hotel franchise agreement, if any, applicable to such Hotel (a “ Franchise Agreement ”).
3.4. Operator shall make its senior executives available to meet with Owner at least once each quarter and, in addition, at Owner’s reasonable request, consult with and advise Owner concerning all policies and procedures affecting all phases of the conduct of business at the Hotels. Operator shall in all events consult with Owner before implementing any material changes in policies and procedures relating to the Hotels. Operator shall make the Key Hotel Personnel (as defined in Section 4.7) for each Hotel available through the General Manager of such Hotel to meet with Owner at least once per month and at additional times (including by teleconference) from time to time upon Owner’s reasonable request, to review the operations of the Hotel and current matters of import, and in each instance, Owner shall give Operator adequate advance notice, in no event to be less than three (3) days advance notice. Operator shall in all events meet with Owner before implementing any material changes in policies and procedures relating to any Hotel. Owner shall not contact any other Hotel Employee regarding the operations of the Hotels.
3.5. During the Term, Operator, as agent and for the account of Owner, shall in accordance with the Budgets (as defined in Section 8.4) and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, and only to the extent Owner has provided sufficient funds therefor, either through Hotels operations or directly from Owner:
  A.   Recruit, train, direct, supervise, employ and dismiss on-site staff (the “Hotel Employees” ) for the operation of the Hotels, and in connection therewith establish and maintain an affirmative action plan for the Hotels; provided, however, no employment agreement for any Hotel Employee shall contain an automatic renewal provision without the prior written consent of the Owner specifically referring to such renewal provision;

3


 

  B.   Develop and implement advertising, marketing, promotion, publicity and other similar programs for the Hotels;
 
  C.   (i) Negotiate and enter into leases, licenses and concession agreements for stores, office space and lobby space at the Hotels (including without limitation, car rental counters and gift shops) and commercial space, if any, that is adjacent to or otherwise part of the Hotels (including without limitation, rooftop antennas) (collectively, the “Leases” ), collect the rent under such Leases and otherwise administer the Leases and (ii) negotiate and enter into contracts for the provision of services to the Hotels; provided that, Operator shall not, without Owner’s consent, enter into any such Leases or contracts for terms in excess of one (1) year, unless such Lease or contract may be terminated without cause and without payment of any penalty on no less than sixty (60) days’ notice;
 
  D.   Upon receipt of all necessary information from Owner, apply for, process and take all necessary steps to procure and keep in effect in Owner’s name (or, if required by the licensing authority, in Operator’s name or both) all licenses and permits and the sales tax registration(s) required for the operation of the Hotels;
 
  E.   Pursuant to a separate written agreement on terms and conditions set forth therein, Operator’s affiliate will purchase all FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies necessary for the operation of the Hotels; provided, however, Owner may purchase any of the FF&E, Operating Equipment or Operating Supplies used in connection with the operation of the Hotels, as an operating or capital expense, as appropriate, of the Hotels, in which case Owner will provide to Operator sufficient information for Operator to maintain accurate books and records regarding sales tax accruals and pay such accruals out of Total Revenues from the Hotel. At the request of Owner, Operator shall put out for competitive bid the purchase of FF&E, Operating Equipment or Operating Supplies used in connection with the operation of the Hotels as contemplated in this Section E;
 
  F.   Provide routine accounting and purchasing services as required in the ordinary course of business;
 
  G.   Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, rulings and orders of governmental authorities affecting or issued in connection with the Hotel, as well as with orders and requirements of any board of fire underwriters or any other body which may exercise similar functions, so long as Owner promptly delivers to Operator any notice of violation thereof received by Owner;
 
  H.   Subject to the Budgets, cause all needed repairs and maintenance to the Hotel of which Operator is aware to be made, and unless otherwise set forth in the Budgets, any expense for repairs and maintenance that exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) shall require Owner’s prior approval and shall be put out for a minimum of three (3) competitive bids unless otherwise approved by Owner. Notwithstanding

4


 

      the foregoing, such prior approval and bids shall not be required for ;any expenses regardless of amount which, in Operator’s reasonable judgment, are immediately necessary to prevent immediate material damage to a Hotel or the health or safety of its occupants ( “Emergency Expenses” ); provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such emergency;
 
  I.   Subject to Section 3.6 below, use commercially reasonable efforts to operate the Hotels in accordance with any mortgage or deed of trust on the Hotels and/or Franchise Agreement (collectively, “Major Agreements” ); provided, however, Operator shall have no responsibility for causing the payment of any Fixed Charges or Owner Expenses (as defined in Section 7.2), unless expressly set forth in this Agreement;
 
  J.   At the direction of Owner, in its sole discretion and pursuant to a separate written agreement between Owner and Operator (or its affiliates), provide project coordination services to the Owner and its general contractor to aid in any construction or remodeling at the Hotels;
 
  K.   Use good faith efforts to identify, and provide recommendations to Owner regarding the use of, any vendor relationships established by Operator, in order to implement potential cost savings and operational efficiencies for the Hotels; and
 
  L.   Provide such other services as are required under the terms of this Agreement or as are customarily performed without additional fee by management companies of similar properties in the areas of the Hotels.
3.6. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Operator’s obligations with respect to any Major Agreement shall be limited to the extent (i) complete and accurate copies and/or summaries of the relevant provisions thereof have been delivered to Operator sufficiently in advance to allow Operator to perform such obligations and (ii) the provisions thereof and/or compliance with such provisions by Operator (1) are applicable to the day-to-day operation, maintenance and non-capital repair and replacement of the Hotels or any portion thereof, (2) do not require contribution of capital or payments of Operator’s own funds, (3) do not materially increase Operator’s obligations hereunder or materially decrease Operator’s other rights hereunder, provided however, that Operator acknowledges and agrees that standards, expectations, responsibilities and limitations prescribed by franchisors are not deemed to materially increase Operator’s obligations or materially decrease its rights hereunder (4) do not limit or purport to limit any corporate activity or transaction with respect to Operator or its affiliates or any other activity, transfer, transaction, property or other matter involving Operator or its affiliates other than at the sites of the Hotels, and (5) are otherwise within the scope of Operator’s duties under this Agreement. Owner acknowledges and agrees, without limiting the foregoing, that any failure of Operator or the Hotels to comply with the provisions of any Major Agreement arising out of (A) the condition of the Hotels, and/or the failure of the Hotels to comply with the provisions of such Major Agreement, prior to Operator’s assuming the day-to-day management thereof, (B) construction activities at the Hotels, (C) inherent

5


 

limitations in the design and/or construction of, location of and/or parking at the Hotels, (D) instructions from Owner to operate any Hotel in a manner inconsistent with the Major Agreements and/or (E) Owner’s failure to approve any matter requested by Operator in Operator’s reasonable good faith business judgment as necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with any Major Agreement, shall not be deemed a breach by Operator of its obligations under this Agreement. Operator shall be entitled to rely on the copies of the Franchise Agreements provided by Owner.
ARTICLE IV
AGENCY; HOTEL EMPLOYEES
4.1. In the performance of its duties as Operator of the Hotels, Operator shall act solely as agent of Owner. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to be or create a partnership or joint venture between Owner and Operator. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (a) all debts and liabilities to third persons incurred by Operator in the course of its operation and management of the Hotels in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be the debts and liabilities of Owner only and (b) except to the extent provided in Section 23.1, Operator shall not be liable for any such obligations by reason of its management, supervision, direction and operation of the Hotel as agent for Owner. Operator may so inform third parties with whom it deals on behalf of Owner and may take any other reasonable steps to carry out the intent of this paragraph.
4.2. All Hotel Employees shall be employees of Operator or an affiliate. All compensation (including without limitation all wages, fringe benefits and severance payments) of the Hotel Employees shall be an Operating Expense (as defined in Section 10.2) and shall be borne by Owner and paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account (as hereinafter defined) or if the amounts therein are insufficient by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Owner acknowledges and agrees that (a) Operator shall have the right to institute bonus programs for the Hotel Employees so long as such policies are reasonable and customary in the industry and (b) Operator shall have the right to institute severance payment policies for the Hotel Employees so long as such policies are consistent with Operator’s severance payment policies in effect from time to time for other similar hotels managed by Operator and its affiliates. Operator’s current severance payment policy is attached hereto as Exhibit D , and Operator shall obtain Owner’s prior consent before implementing any material changes to such policy at the Hotels.
4.3. Operator may, subject to the Budgets, enroll the Hotel Employees in retirement, health and welfare employee benefit plans substantially similar to corresponding plans implemented in other hotels with similar service levels managed by Operator or similar hotels in the areas of the Hotel. Such plans may be joint plans for the benefit of employees at more than one hospitality property owned, leased or managed by Operator or its affiliates. Employer contributions to such plans (including any withdrawal liability incurred upon termination of this Agreement) and reasonable administrative fees which Operator may expend in connection therewith shall be the responsibility of Owner and shall be an Operating Expense. The administrative expenses of any joint plans will be equitably apportioned by Operator among properties covered by such plan. The apportionment for each Hotel shall be based upon the total costs of the administrative expenses multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total payroll expense of the Hotel, and the denominator of which is the total payroll expense of all hotels participating in the joint plans. Owner hereby acknowledges and

6


 

agrees that (a) any employee benefit plan withdrawal liability and (b) compliance with the provisions of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and/or any similar state or local laws (together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and including without limitation any such state or local laws, the “WARN Act” ) upon any disposition of a Hotel, upon any termination of this Agreement or upon the occurrence of any other event giving rise to the application of the WARN Act are the responsibility and obligation of Owner, and Owner hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Operator harmless from and against any cost, expense, obligation, claim or other liability which Operator may incur arising out of or in connection with any employee benefit plan withdrawal liability or any breach or claimed breach of the WARN Act in connection with any such disposition, termination or other occurrence; provided, however, in the event that Operator receives notice of termination of this Agreement with sufficient time to comply with the WARN Act but fails to satisfy the applicable WARN Act requirements, then Operator shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Owner from and against any cost, expense, obligation, claim or other liability which Owner may incur arising out of such failure by Operator.
4.4. Operator, in its discretion but subject to the Budgets (unless otherwise approved by Owner), may, as an Operating Expense of the Hotels, (i) provide lodging for Operator’s executive employees to the extent they are visiting the Hotels in connection with the performance of Operator’s services and allow them the use of Hotel facilities and (ii) provide the General Manager of the Hotels and other Hotel Employees temporary living quarters within the Hotels and the use of all Hotel facilities, in either case without charge, as the case may be, but for no more than an aggregate of sixty (60) days without the Owner’s prior written consent.
4.5. Operator shall not be liable for any failure of the Hotels to comply prior to the Commencement Date with any federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, permits, judgments, orders and decrees affecting labor union activities, civil rights or employment in the United States, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1870, 42 U.S.C. §1981, the Civil Rights Acts of 1871, 42 U.S.C. §1983 the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §201, et seq. , the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §2000e, et seq. , as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. §621, et seq. , the Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §701, et seq. , the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 29 U.S.C. §706, 42 U.S.C. §12101, et seq. , the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 301, et seq. , the Equal Pay Act, 29 U.S.C. §201, et seq. , the National Labor Relations Act, 29 U.S.C. §151, et seq. , and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes (collectively, as amended from time to time, and together with any similar laws now or hereafter enacted, the “Employment Laws” ).
4.6. Operator shall from time to time develop and implement policies, procedures and programs for the Hotels (collectively, the “Employment Policies” ) reasonably designed to effect compliance with the Employment Laws. The Employment Policies shall be consistent with industry standards from time to time for reputable hotel management companies.
4.7. Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, the hiring of any new candidates for the Key Hotel Personnel positions shall be subject to Owner’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld so long as the candidate is reasonably qualified to perform the position based on the candidate’s education and experience. If requested by Owner, Operator shall make a candidate for a Key Hotel Personnel position available to interview with Owner’s representative at Owner’s offices

7


 

(or other mutually agreeable location) at a mutually agreeable reasonable time. In the event Owner fails to respond in writing to a request for approval from Operator within five (5) days of the latter of (i) such request, or (ii) the provision to Owner of a written summary of such candidate’s education, professional experience and qualifications, Owner shall be deemed to have provided such approval. If Owner becomes dissatisfied with the performance of any Key Hotel Personnel, Owner may meet with senior management of the Operator to resolve such dissatisfaction. Operator will give Owner not less than fourteen (14) days prior notice of any proposed transfer of any Key Hotel Personnel. For the purposes hereof, “ Key Hotel Personnel ” shall be defined as the following individuals, to the extent employed at a Hotel: General Manager.
4.8. Operator, as the sole employer, shall have the duty and responsibility to negotiate with any labor union lawfully entitled to represent its Hotel Employees. Operator shall consult with Owner before and during any discussions about strategies, objectives, tactics, proposals and agreements as well as keep the Owner fully informed as to the progress of any negotiations and any agreements that are reached. Nothing in this Section 4.8 shall require Operator to employ persons belonging to labor unions. In addition, Operator shall consult with Owner during the course of any negotiations with such labor union. Operator shall use diligent efforts to settle and compromise all controversies and disputes arising under any labor union contracts affecting the Hotel Employees upon such terms and conditions as Operator reasonably deems to be in Owner’s best interests. Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement Operator may enter into no labor union agreement, settlement or compromise that shall be binding upon Owner (either directly or as a successor under any agreement or indirectly as an agreement covering union representation or Operator’s policies with respect to wages and conditions applicable to the Hotels) without the prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
ARTICLE V
PROVISION OF FUNDS
5.1. In performing its services under this Agreement, Operator shall act solely as agent and for the account of Owner. Operator shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent it is unable to perform any obligation due to the lack of available funds from the operation of the Hotels or as otherwise provided by Owner.
5.2. Operator shall in no event be required (i) to advance any of its funds (whether by waiver or deferral of its management fees or otherwise) for the operation of the Hotels or (ii) to incur any liability unless Owner shall have furnished Operator with funds necessary for the discharge thereof prior to incurring such liability.
5.3. Owner acknowledges that prior to and during the two (2) weeks following the Commencement Date, Manager will undertake certain transition activities which are necessary to effectuate Manager’s take-over of management of the Hotels, and that Manager will incur expenses in connection with such transition activities, which are described and estimated in the transition budget (“Transition Budget”) attached hereto as Exhibit E . Owner expressly agrees to reimburse Operator for fifty percent (50%) of the expenses incurred in connection with the transition activities during such period, which are not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Transition Budget unless

8


 

otherwise approved by Owner, whether incurred prior to or following the Commencement Date. Owner agrees to pay such amounts within thirty (30) days after written demand by Operator, as issued from time to time.
ARTICLE VI
CENTRALIZED SERVICES; MULTI-PROPERTY PROGRAMS;
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
6.1. Operator may, subject to the Budgets, provide or cause its affiliated companies to provide for the Hotels and their guests the full benefit of any reservations system hereafter established by Operator or its affiliates and provide, or cause its affiliated companies to provide, such aspects of any accounting or purchasing services, other group benefits and services, revenue management services, on-site sales training, associate satisfaction surveys, Operator’s national training program and other training as are made available generally to similar properties managed by Operator (individually and collectively, “Centralized Services” ). Subject to the provisions of the applicable Budget, Operator or such of Operator’s affiliated companies as provide Centralized Services shall be entitled to be reimbursed for each Hotel’s share of the total costs that are reasonably incurred in providing such Centralized Services on a system-wide basis to hotels and motels managed by Operator or its affiliates which costs may include, without limitation, salaries (including payroll taxes and employee benefits) of employees and officers of Operator and its affiliates, costs of all equipment employed in the provision of such services and a reasonable charge for overhead. Each Hotel’s share of such costs shall be determined in an equitable manner by Operator (which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Owner) and substantiated to Owner after each Fiscal Year (as hereinafter defined), shall be an Operating Expense of the Hotels and shall be borne by Owner and paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account or if the amounts therein are insufficient by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Operator shall maintain and make available to Owner invoices or other evidence supporting all of the charges for Centralized Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator’s fee for providing centralized accounting services shall be the Accounting Fee (as defined in Section 9.2 hereof). Owner acknowledges and agrees that (i) Operator has disclosed to Owner the types of Centralized Services Operator currently makes available to properties which it operates, (ii) the Hotels are likely to receive substantial benefit from its participation in such Centralized Services, (iii) Operator is not obligated to provide such Centralized Services under Article III of this Agreement, (iv) Operator is entitled to payment for such Centralized Services in the manner set forth above in addition to its Basic Fee and Incentive Fee, and (v) the receipt by Operator of any such payment does not breach any fiduciary or other duty which Operator may have to Owner. A list of the Centralized Services currently offered by Operator to hotels operated by Operator is attached hereto as Exhibit F .
6.2. Owner acknowledges and agrees that Operator may, subject to the Budgets, enter into certain purchasing, maintenance, service or other contracts with respect to the Hotels (collectively, “Multi-Property Programs” ) pursuant to which Operator or affiliates of Operator receive rebates, discounts, cash or other incentives, administration fees, concessions, profit participations, stock or stock options, investment rights or similar payments or economic consideration (collectively, “Operator Rebates” ) from or in, as applicable, the vendors or suppliers of goods or services provided under such Multi-Property Programs. Owner acknowledges and agrees that (i) Operator

9


 

has disclosed to Owner the types of Multi-Property Programs Operator currently makes available to properties which it operates and (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section, (1) the Hotels are likely to receive substantial benefit from its participation in such Multi-Property Programs which the Hotels could not obtain on their own and for which Operator is not adequately compensated by its Basic Fee and Incentive Fee and (2) any and all Operator Rebates are the sole property of Operator and not Owner. To the extent any such Operator Rebate is specifically designated for one or more Hotels, Operator shall disclose to the amount of such Operator Rebate to Owner. To the extent the Operator Rebates from the Multi-Property Programs exceed all costs and expenses in managing and overseeing the Multi-Property Programs during any Fiscal Year, such excess shall be allocated ratably among all of the hotels that participated in the Multi-Property Programs by using such excess (i) to develop — both internally and externally — and establish additional associate training programs; (ii) to compensate third-party experts who provided such training; and (iii) to provide other benefits for the hotels such as third-party food and beverage consulting expertise. The excess is allocated by multiplying the amount of such excess by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of purchases through the Multi-Property Programs made by a Hotel and the denominator of which is the total amount of purchases through the Multi-Property Programs made by all of the hotels managed by Operator that participate in the Multi-Property Programs. The Owner has the right to require that (i) one or more of the purchasing, maintenance, service or other goods, services or other benefits contracted for in the Multi-Property Programs may be purchased from a provider designated by Owner other than the party providing the Multi-Property Programs, and (ii) Operator put out for competitive bid any one or more goods or services provided through the Multi-Property Program; provided that, Owner cannot require early termination of a contract within a Multi-Property Program unless such early termination is permitted by the terms of such contract.
6.3. The Hotels shall incur, as an Operating Expense, subject to the Budgets, fees for certain information technology services, including, but not limited to: (i) de-centralized accounting support services, pursuant to Section 9.2, (ii) Operator’s IT Central Support Services (support desk and e-mail services), (iii) Operator’s IT Delphi System Support (centralized sales and catering software application), (iv) license fees equal to the Operator’s actual costs for use of certain Microsoft software applications at the Hotels, and (v) Virtual Private Network ( “VPN” ) Connectivity and Support (connection to Operator’s software applications via secure internet connection). For purposes of the VPN, Operator may install hardware at the Hotels, which shall be Owner’s property, and the cost thereof shall be chargeable as an Operating Expense. In addition, Owner shall pay the costs of all information technology equipment, software and costs associated with business process changes from time to time to (i) comply with the operating standards required by the Major Agreements, (ii) make reasonable adaptations to changing technology, (iii) be otherwise consistent with industry standards for similar hotel operations, and (iv) achieve and sustain compliance on an on-going basis with the then current Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards and other applicable information security and operating rules and regulations of the credit card associations, and applicable data protection and privacy laws and regulations. A list of the fees payable to Operator pursuant to this Section 6.3 (the “IT Fees” ) is included in Exhibit F , subject to change as set forth in the Budgets for each Fiscal Year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the term, such fees shall be incurred by the Hotels and payable to Operator on a monthly basis. All IT Fees shall be an Operating Expense, shall be included in and subject to the Budgets and shall be paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account or, if the funds therein are insufficient, by Owner.

10


 

6.4. To the extent requested by Owner, Operator may provide project management services in connection with the procurement and installation of additional information technology for the Hotels on terms and conditions (including separate fees for such services) mutually agreed upon by Owner and Operator.
ARTICLE VII
WORKING CAPITAL AND BANK ACCOUNTS
7.1. Owner will provide Operator with working capital for the Hotels in the amount of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000) (the “ Working Capital ”). Owner shall at all times provide, either from Total Revenues or from other funds of Owner, sufficient funds as determined in the good faith business judgment of Operator to constitute normal working capital for the uninterrupted and efficient operation of the Hotels (but which, in no event, shall be an amount less than the Working Capital), including without limitation funds sufficient to operate, maintain and equip the Hotels in accordance with all Major Agreements and to maintain the Hotels in accordance with the Hotel Standard. The Working Capital amount required under this Section 7.1 shall be increased (but not decreased) annually on the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Year by the same percentage as any percentage increase in the CPI (as defined in Section 8.6) from the first day of the prior Fiscal Year through the first day of such succeeding Fiscal Year.
Upon Operator’s written notice to Owner that additional funds are required to pay necessary Operating Expenses (including but not limited to payroll expenses), Owner shall provide the funds necessary to pay such Operating Expenses within three (3) business days following Owner’s receipt of such notice. Any such failure to provide such funding shall constitute a breach under this Agreement. If Operator chooses to fund any such expenses (which shall be totally at Operator’s sole discretion), Operator may, in addition to all other rights, repay itself as soon as any funds are available, and pay itself interest upon such sum from the date payment was made at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus three hundred (300) basis points.
7.2. All funds received by Operator in the operation of the Hotels, including working capital furnished by Owner, shall be deposited in a special account or accounts (the “Agency Account” ) in such federally insured bank, savings and loan or trust company as may be selected by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator. Any successor or substitute bank, savings and loan or trust company shall be selected in the same manner. Operator shall pay all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges on behalf of Owner from the Agency Account; provided, however, that Operator shall not be obligated to pay any Operating Expenses or Fixed Charges in the event that such funds are not currently available in the Agency Account. Upon Owner’s written request and direction, Operator shall pay on behalf of Owner from the Agency Account (but only to the extent that such funds are available in the Agency Account following the payment of all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges), such other fixed expenses as may be requested by Owner (e.g., debt service, ground lease payments, capital costs, etc.) (“ Owner Expenses ”); provided, however, Operator will not be required to pay such Owner Expenses until Operator receives Owner’s written request and direction to do so (including copies of any material agreements) (“ Owner’s Expense Notice ”). Owner agrees to provide Owner’s Expense Notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the first

11


 

payment by Operator is due, and such Owner’s Expense Notice shall only be revocable upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Owner.
7.3. A. The Agency Account shall be in the name of the Hotel(s), with Operator as agent for Owner (bearing Owner’s Federal tax identification number), and shall be under the control of Operator. The FF&E Reserve Account (as defined in Section 11.1) shall be in the name of Owner and under the control of Owner. Checks or other documents of withdrawal from the Agency Account shall be signed only by Operator’s representatives, provided that such representatives shall be bonded or otherwise insured in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner. The premiums for bonding or other insurance shall be an Operating Expense except for premiums for bonding off-site executive employees of Operator. No later than ninety (90) days following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, all remaining amounts in the Agency Account shall be transferred to Owner. The Operator shall not co-mingle any Agency Account funds with any other funds of Operator or funds from hotels that are not Hotels.
     B. Except for the payroll account referred to below, Operator shall not maintain, for the deposit of revenues generated at the Hotels, any bank account in Operator’s sole name. Working Capital shall be adjusted as appropriate in the mutual judgment of Owner and Operator, and within three (3) business days of written notice, Owner shall advance additional funds deemed necessary to maintain Working Capital or Operator shall return any amounts deemed unnecessary to maintain as Working Capital as is requested by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator. At such time as Owner enters into a credit facility with a Lender, provided that such credit facility provides for the payment of necessary disbursements, checks and transfers by Operator on behalf of Owner, Operator shall arrange such daily sweeps of cash into such accounts as is requested by Owner, so long as there is sufficient money available to pay payroll and normal operating expenses.
     C. All sums received from the operation of the Hotels and any and all items paid by Operator arising by virtue of management of the Hotels shall pass through the Agency Account. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to deprive Operator of the right to maintain separate payroll accounts or petty cash funds and to make payments therefrom as the same are customary in the hotel business.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS AND STATEMENTS; BUDGETS
8.1. Operator shall keep full and accurate books of account and other records reflecting the results of the operation of the Hotels in accordance with the “Uniform System of Accounts for the Lodging Industry” (Tenth Revised Edition 2006, as further revised from time to time) as adopted by the American Hotel & Lodging Educational Institute (the “Uniform System” ) with such exceptions as may be required by the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that Operator may, with prior notice to Owner, make such modifications to the methodology in the Uniform System as are consistent with Operator’s standard practice in accounting for its operations under management contracts generally and applicable to substantially all of the hotels managed by Operator, so long as such modifications do not affect the determination of Total Revenues, Operating Expenses or Fixed Charges under Article X. Except for the books and records which may be kept in Operator’s home

12


 

office or other suitable location pursuant to the adoption of a central billing system or other centralized service, the books of account and all other records relating to or reflecting the operation of the Hotels shall be kept at the Hotels and shall be available to Owner and its representatives at all reasonable times for examination, audit, inspection and transcription. All of such books and records including, without limitation, books of account, guest records and front office records, shall be the property of Owner. Upon any termination of this Agreement, physical possession of all of such books and records shall be transferred to Owner, but shall thereafter be available to Operator at all reasonable times for inspection, audit, examination and transcription for a period of five (5) years. Owner shall reimburse Operator for any costs or expenses incurred by Operator in connection with any assistance requested by Owner to determine the inventory of books and records for retention, which determination shall be Owner’s responsibility; provided, however, that Owner shall be specifically required to, and Operator may, retain a copy of all sales tax returns and supporting documents relating to all tax reporting periods for the Hotels covered by the Term.
8.2. Operator shall deliver to Owner within ten (10) business days after the end of each month, the following items for each Hotel and a consolidated report for all Hotels (collectively, the “Monthly Reports” ):
  A.   A balance sheet as of the last day of such month;
 
  B.   A source and use of funds statement for such month;
 
  C.   An income and expense statement for such month;
 
  D.   Detailed departmental income and expense statements for such month;
 
  E.   A report listing updated operating projections and forecasts for the remainder of the Fiscal Year;
 
  F.   A variance report showing expense line-items that exceed the Budget by more than Five Hundred Dollars ($500); and
 
  G.   Such other monthly reports as Owner may reasonably request and to which Operator agrees in writing.
The Monthly Reports shall be prepared in accordance with the Uniform System and/or other applicable generally accepted accounting principles as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ GAAP ”) but in all events consistent with this Agreement. In addition to the Monthly Reports, the Operator shall allow the Owner reasonable access at Owner’s request to Operator’s internal electronic reporting software systems to review information related to the Hotels.
8.3. Year-end unaudited financial statements for each Hotel and a consolidated report for all Hotels (including a balance sheet, income statement and statement of sources and uses of funds) shall be prepared and delivered to Owner within twenty-five (25) days following Fiscal Year end. Owner may request that the financial statements be audited by an independent certified public

13


 

accountant. Such accountant shall address any findings, reports or opinions that concern Operator’s work under this Agreement to both Operator and Owner. Owner shall pay the cost of such audit and Operator shall provide reasonable assistance with such accountant in the preparation of such statements.
8.4. On or before each November 1 during the Term, Operator shall submit to Owner for the next Fiscal Year the following items for each Hotel (collectively, the “Budgets” ):
  A.   An operating budget (the “Operating Budget” ) setting forth in reasonable line-item detail the projected income from and expenses of all aspects of the operations of the Hotel;
 
  B.   A capital budget (the “Capital Budget” ) setting forth in reasonable line-item detail proposed capital projects and expenditures for the Hotel including but not limited to FF&E expenditures which, if any, will be expensed in the then current Fiscal Year in accordance with GAAP;
 
  C.   A marketing and strategic sales plan for the Hotel;
 
  D.   A cash flow analysis for the Hotel; and
 
  E.   Such other reports or projections as Owner may reasonably request and to which Operator agrees in writing.
Owner and Operator shall start meetings and discussions for the Budgets no later than October 1 of each Fiscal Year. The Operating Budget shall include: a detailed operating budget showing estimated Gross Operating Profit, department profits, all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges; a marketing plan, marketing and sales strategies, objectives and tactics, a detailed competitive analysis and everything else typically included in a hotel marketing plan including projections of average daily room rates and average daily occupancy; a cash flow forecast; projections for and limits on discounted and complementary rooms and services, estimated corporate reimbursements to Operator and its affiliates, including without limitation, Centralized Services and Multi-Property Programs and Operator Rebates. All of the foregoing information shall be set forth in reasonable detail, including by month and compared by month, quarter and year to the prior year, and, where appropriate, with the basis for all assumptions expressly set forth. Owner shall review the proposed Budgets and deliver to Operator its comments and suggested changes within fourteen (14) days after Owner’s receipt of such Operating Budget and Capital Budget, respectively. Within ten (10) days after receiving Owner’s objection(s) to the proposed Budgets, Owner and Operator shall meet at the applicable Hotel (or such other location as they may agree) and endeavor in good faith to resolve such objections and arrive at approved Budgets. Operator shall submit revised Budgets within fourteen (14) days of any meeting. Owner shall thereafter have fourteen (14) days to review the revised Budgets and advise Operator in writing of any objections to thereto. Owner’s notice shall include a reasonably detailed explanation of each objection. This process shall continue until there is an approved Operating Budget and Capital Budget. If Owner approves any proposed Budgets, whether before or after any such exchange of comments and suggestions, then such proposed Budgets shall become the approved Budgets for the Fiscal Year to which it relates. Operator shall

14


 

not be deemed to have made any guarantee, warranty of representation whatsoever in connection with the Budgets or with respect to the economic performance or profitability of the Hotels, and Owner acknowledges that the Budgets and any other projections previously or hereafter prepared by Operator are intended only to be reasonable estimates and that actual results may vary due to unanticipated events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date of such Budgets or projection and unforeseen circumstances, including but not limited to, cost of labor, material, services and supplies, casualty, law, economic or market conditions may make adherence to the Budgets impracticable. If the Owner and Operator cannot agree upon the Budgets, the parties agree to submit their claims to either PKF Consulting or HVS (or other mutually agreeable hospitality consultant) to act as a mediator to assist the parties in finalization of the Budgets.
8.5. Upon approval of the Budgets by Owner, Operator shall use diligent and commercially reasonable efforts to operate the Hotels substantially in accordance with the Budgets. Operator shall not, without Owner’s prior approval:
  A.   Incur any expense for any line-item in the Operating Budget which causes the aggregate expenditures for such line-item to exceed the budgeted amount by the lesser of (i) 10% or (ii) $5,000 for the applicable fiscal period set forth in the Operating Budget, provided that, aggregate expenses shall not exceed those provided in the Operating Budget by more than two percent (2%) and provided further that, Operator may at Owner’s cost and expense, without Owner’s approval, (x) pay any expenses (the “Necessary Expenses” ) regardless of amount, which are necessary for the continued operation of the Hotels in accordance with the requirements of any Major Agreement and the operational standards set forth in this Agreement and which are not within the reasonable control of Operator (including, but not limited to, those for insurance, taxes, utility charges and debt service), (y) pay Emergency Expenses regardless of amount; provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such emergency, and/or (z) pay any third-party operating expenses which are commercially desirable to be incurred in order to obtain unbudgeted Hotel revenue in the ordinary course of operating the Hotels in accordance with the then current business plan provided that such unbudgeted revenue is reasonably certain and sufficient in Operator’s reasonable professional judgment to offset such expenses ( “Opportunity Expenses” ); provided, that such additional expenses shall be proportionally equal to or less than the projected additional revenue to be realized.
 
  B.   Incur any expense for any line-item in the Capital Budget which causes the aggregate expenditures for such capital line-item or related series of capital line-items to exceed the budgeted amount by the lesser of (i) 10% or (ii) $5,000, provided that Operator may, without Owner’s approval, pay any Emergency Expenses which are capital in nature; provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such emergency.

15


 

8.6. If the Budgets (or any component of the Budgets) with respect to any Fiscal Year are disapproved by Owner as provided in Section 8.4 then, until approval of the Budgets (or such components) by Owner, Operator until the resolution of such dispute shall cause the Hotels to be operated substantially in accordance with most recent approved Budgets, except for, or as modified by, (a) those components of such Budgets for the applicable Fiscal Year approved by Owner, (b) an adjustment to the disputed Budgets so as to increase (but not decrease) disputed expense items by the same percentage as any percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index — All Urban Consumers (U.S. City Average) (1982-1984 =100), or any successor index thereto appropriately adjusted (the “CPI” ), from the CPI in effect on the first day of the first month of the Fiscal Year applicable to such last approved Budget to the CPI in effect on the first day of the first month of the Fiscal Year applicable to the disputed Budgets, (c) Necessary Expenses which shall be paid as required, (d) Emergency Expenses which shall be paid as required and (e) Opportunity Expenses.
8.7. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement granting Operator the authority to enter into contracts, perform repairs and improvements, or incur expenditures on behalf of Owner, Operator shall not be authorized to take any actions or incur any expenditures that would be inconsistent with the Operating Budgets described in Section 8.4 (but subject to the right of Operator to deviate from such Budgets to the extent permitted in Sections 8.5 and 8.6).
8.8. Owner recognizes the necessity for regular replacement of FF&E (the “ FF&E Replacements ”). Owner in its sole and absolute discretion agrees to expend such amounts for FF&E Replacements as shall be approved in the Budgets. For the avoidance of doubt, any approval of FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures in any Budgets, shall only be the starting point and the actual implementation and timing of such FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures shall be subject to approval by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion. Owner acknowledges that, in order for the Operator to be able to operate the Hotels in accordance with the Hotel Standard, it is necessary that Owner exercise reasonable discretion in determining the amounts necessary for FF&E Replacements and the actual timing of such FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures. Each contract to provide FF&E and for capital expenditures must be approved by Owner. For routine FF&E Replacements, after contract approval, (a) Operator may incur any expenditure for FF&E Replacements during any Fiscal Year which has been specifically approved in the Budgets without further Owner’s approval and (b) Owner shall fund payments therefor from the FF&E Reserve Account (as defined in Section 11.1) (or from other Owner funds) directly to the vendor and handle all processing and accounting of such payments. For capital projects and non-routine FF&E Replacements (a) if Owner desires Operator to coordinate such items, such arrangements shall be subject to Owner and Operator (or its affiliate) entering into a separate written agreement pursuant to Section 3.5(E) hereof and (b) Owner shall fund payments therefor from the FF&E Reserve Account (or from other Owner funds) directly to the vendor and handle all processing and accounting of such payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator shall be permitted to incur and pay Emergency Expenses as permitted under Sections 3.5(H), Article 8 and Article 14.
All proceeds from the sale of FF&E no longer needed for the operation of the Hotels shall be distributed to Owner, subject to the terms of any Major Agreements.
8.9. The Operator will give Owner and its agents access to the accounting working papers related

16


 

to the Hotels from the Operator’s accountants and the SAS 70 certification or any deficiencies with respect thereto noted by their auditor. The Operator shall cooperate with and supply such certifications as are reasonably required from those providing services to or for a public “reporting company” under the applicable statutes and rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable laws, all as amended or replaced, and Operator will with its auditors assist the Owner and its affiliates in any SAS 70 compliance or similar audit. With respect to Operator’s centralized accounting office in Dallas, Texas, such papers and reports shall be supplied free of charge. Owner shall pay the cost of obtaining such reports for any other centralized accounting office servicing the Hotels.
ARTICLE IX
MANAGEMENT FEES
AND PAYMENTS TO OPERATOR AND OWNER
9.1. Owner shall pay to Operator, on a monthly basis, for services rendered under this Agreement a management fee (the “Basic Fee” ) equal to three percent (3.0%) of Total Revenues during any Fiscal Year or portion thereof.
9.2. In addition to the Basic Fee, Owner shall pay to Operator, on a monthly basis, for its centralized accounting services a fee (the “Accounting Fee” ) during the Term and for three (3) months after the termination of this Agreement equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) per month for Hotels with ninety (90) or more rooms and One Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($1,375) per month for Hotels with less than ninety (90) rooms. The Accounting Fee shall be increased (but not decreased) annually on the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Year by the lesser of (i) the same percentage as any percentage increase in the CPI from the first day of the prior Fiscal Year through the first day of such succeeding Fiscal Year and (ii) three percent (3%).
9.3. In addition to the Basic Fee and the Accounting Fee, commencing with the Fiscal Year beginning January 1, 2011 Owner shall pay to Operator an incentive management fee (the “Incentive Fee ”) equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount by which actual aggregate EBITDA (as defined in Article X) for all the Hotels exceeds Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000), subject to adjustment for increases and decreases in the number of Hotels as described in this Section 9.3 (the “ Incentive Fee Threshold ”). If a Hotel is removed from this Agreement during a Fiscal Year, for purposes of the Incentive Fee calculation (i) the Incentive Fee Threshold for such Fiscal Year and thereafter shall be reduced by an amount equal to the actual trailing 12-month EBITDA of such Hotel as of the effective date of termination of with respect to such Hotel and (ii) the actual EBITDA of such Hotel for such Fiscal Year through the date of termination shall be removed from the aggregate year-end EBITDA for all the Hotels. If a Hotel is added to this Agreement during a Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 24.1, for purposes of the Incentive Fee calculation (i) the Incentive Fee Threshold for such Fiscal Year and thereafter shall be increased by an amount equal to the actual trailing 12-month EBITDA of such Hotel as of the date such Hotel was added to this Agreement and (ii) the actual EBITDA of such Hotel for such Fiscal Year (including any portion of such Fiscal Year occurring prior to the date such Hotel was added to the Management Agreement) shall be added to

17


 

the aggregate year-end EBITDA for all the Hotels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total Incentive Fee payable to Operator for all the Hotels for any Fiscal Year (or partial Fiscal Year) shall not exceed one and one half percent (1.5%) of Total Revenues of all the Hotels for such Fiscal Year (or partial Fiscal Year). In any case in which the effective date of termination falls prior to the end of a calendar month, the trailing 12-month EBITDA shall be determined as of the end of the prior month. Examples of the foregoing calculations are attached hereto on Exhibit G .
9.4. In each month during the Term, Operator shall be paid out of the Agency Account the following payments for the preceding month: (a) the Basic Fee, (b) the Accounting Fee, and (c) any expense reimbursements due to Operator, as determined from the monthly income and expense statement. Such payment shall be due and made upon delivery of the income and expense statement for such month and shall be deducted by Operator out of the Agency Account. The Incentive Fee for any Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year during the Term shall be paid to Operator within thirty (30) days after the end of the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year at the time of delivery of the income and expense statement for the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year, shall be payable based upon the computation of the Incentive Fee on a cumulative basis through the end of the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.6.
9.5. On or before the tenth (10th) day following the last day of each calendar month (or such other fiscal period as Owner and Operator may determine) of each Fiscal Year during the Term, after (a) payment of Operating Expenses, Fixed Charges and, to the extent the same are to be paid by Operator under this Agreement, debt service, ground rent, capital costs and other amounts, (b) payment or reserving of installments on account of the Incentive Fee, (c) deposits to the FF&E Reserve Account in accordance with the Budget, (d) any required payment to Operator pursuant to Section 9.6 below and (e) retention of working capital as required under Section 7.1 above, all remaining funds in the Agency Account shall be paid to Owner.
9.6. At the end of each Fiscal Year and following receipt by Owner of the annual financial statements set forth in Section 8.3 (or, if audited, following Owner’s receipt of such audited financial statements), an adjustment will be made, if necessary, based on the audit so that Operator shall have received the accurate Basic Fee and Incentive Fee for such Fiscal Year. Within thirty (30) days of receipt by Owner and Operator of such audit, Operator shall either (a) place in the Agency Account or remit to Owner, as appropriate, any excess amounts Operator may have received for such fees during such calendar year or (b) be paid out of the Agency Account or by Owner, as appropriate, any deficiency in the amounts due Operator for the Basic Fee and the Incentive Fee. If such annual audit does not reveal that adjustment should be made to the calculation of the fees payable to Operator, the calculation of the fees shall be deemed final unless Owner objects to such calculation within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the applicable Fiscal Year.
9.7. Owner shall be liable for and shall pay or indemnify Operator for any applicable sales, use, excise consumption or similar taxes that are payable to any taxing jurisdiction with respect to any fees, reimbursements or other amounts due to Operator under this Agreement to ensure that the net amount of such fees, reimbursements or other amounts received by Operator shall be equal to the full amount that Operator would have otherwise received if no such taxes applied to such amounts. This Section 9.7 does not apply to federal or state income taxes payable by Operator as a result of its gross or net income relating to any fees collected under this Agreement.

18


 

ARTICLE X
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
10.1. A. The term “Total Revenues” shall mean all income, revenue and proceeds resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of the Hotels and all of its facilities (net of refunds and credits to guests and other items deemed “Allowances” under the Uniform System) which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question, but in all cases subject to the terms of this Agreement. Subject to Section 10.1(B), Total Revenues shall include, without limitation, all amounts derived from:
(i) The rentals of rooms, banquet facilities and conference facilities;
(ii) The sale of food and beverage whether sold in a bar, lounge or restaurant, delivered to a guest room, sold through an in-room facility or vending machines, provided in meeting or banquet rooms or sold through catering operations, including for any events held off-site of Hotel premises;
(iii) Charges for admittance to or the use of any parking facilities, recreational facilities or any entertainment events at the Hotels;
(iv) Rentals paid under Leases (percentage rent based on the receipts of the tenant, licensee or concessionaire paid to the Hotel or Owner is included in such rentals, but the underlying receipts of any tenant, licensee or concessionaire are not);
(v) Charges for other Hotel services or amenities, including, but not limited to, telephone service, in-room movies, laundry services and spa services; and
(vi) The gross revenue amount on which the proceeds of business interruption or similar insurance are determined, with respect to any period for which such proceeds are received.
     B. Total Revenues shall not include:
(i) Sales or use taxes or similar governmental impositions collected by Owner or Operator;
(ii) Tips, service charges and other gratuities received by Hotel Employees;
(iii) Proceeds of insurance except as set forth in Section 10.1(A);
(iv) Proceeds of the sale or condemnation of the Hotels, any interest therein or any other asset of Owner not sold in the ordinary course of business, or the proceeds of any loans or financings;

19


 

(v) Capital contributed by Owner to the Hotels; and
(vi) The receipts of any tenant, licensee or concessionaire under a Lease.
10.2. A. The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses of maintaining, conducting and supervising the operation of the Hotels and all of their facilities which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question, but in all cases subject to the terms of this Agreement. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation:
  (i)   The cost of all Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies;
 
  (ii)   Salaries and wages of Hotel Employees, including costs of payroll taxes, employee benefits and severance payments. The salaries or wages of off-site employees or off-site executives of Operator shall not be Operating Expenses, provided that if it becomes necessary for an off-site employee or executive of Operator to temporarily perform services at a Hotel of a nature normally performed by Hotel Employees, his salary (including payroll taxes and employee benefits) for such period only as well as his traveling expenses shall be Operating Expenses and reimbursed to Operator;
 
  (iii)   The cost of all other goods and services obtained in connection with the operation of the Hotels including, without limitation, heat and utilities, laundry, landscaping and exterminating services and office supplies;
 
  (iv)   The cost of all non-capital repairs to and maintenance of the Hotels;
 
  (v)   Insurance premiums (or the allocable portion thereof in the case of blanket policies) for all insurance maintained under Article XII (other than insurance against physical damage to the Hotels) and losses incurred on any self-insured risks (including deductibles);
 
  (vi)   All taxes, assessments, permit fees, inspection fees, and water and sewer charges and other charges (other than income or franchise taxes) payable by or assessed against Owner with respect to the operation of the Hotels, excluding Property Taxes (as defined in Section 10.3);
 
  (vii)   Legal fees and fees of any independent certified public accountant for services directly related to the operation of the Hotels and their facilities;
 
  (viii)   All expenses for advertising the Hotel and all expenses of sales promotion and public relations activities;
 
  (ix)   All out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements reasonably incurred by Operator, pursuant to, in the course of, and directly related to, the management and operation of the Hotels under this Agreement, which fees and disbursements shall be paid out of the Agency Account or paid or

20


 

      reimbursed by Owner to Operator upon demand. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such charges may include all reasonable travel, telephone, telegram, facsimile, air express and other incidental expenses and any fees or expenditures required for Operator to operate the Hotels in the given jurisdiction, but, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall not include any of the regular expenses of the central offices maintained by Operator, other than offices maintained at the Hotels for the management of the Hotels. Operator shall maintain and make available to Owner invoices or other evidence supporting such charges;
 
  (x)   The Accounting Fee and any fees or tax levied on those charges by the local jurisdiction;
 
  (xi)   Periodic payments made in the ordinary course of business under any applicable Franchise Agreement;
 
  (xii)   Any other item specified as an Operating Expense in this Agreement; and
 
  (xiii)   Any other cost or charge classified as an Operating Expense or an Administrative and General Expense under the Uniform System unless specifically excluded under the provisions of this Agreement.
     B. Operating Expenses shall not include:
  (i)   Amortization and depreciation;
 
  (ii)   The making of or the repayment of any loans or any interest thereon;
 
  (iii)   The costs of any alterations, additions or improvements which for Federal income tax purposes or under the Uniform System or GAAP must be capitalized and amortized over the life of such alteration addition or improvement;
 
  (iv)   Payments on account of any equipment lease that is to be capitalized under GAAP;
 
  (v)   Payments under any ground lease, space lease or easement agreement;
 
  (vi)   Payments into or out of the FF&E Reserve Account; or
 
  (vii)   Any item defined as a Fixed Charge in Section 10.3.
10.3. “Fixed Charges” shall mean the cost of the following items relating to the Hotels or their facilities which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question:
(i) Real estate taxes, assessments, personal property taxes and any other ad valorem taxes

21


 

imposed on or levied in connection with the Hotels, the Installations and the FF&E (collectively, “Property Taxes” );
  (ii)   Insurance against physical damage to the Hotels; and
 
  (iii)   The Basic Fee.
10.4. “Gross Operating Profit” shall mean the amount, if any, by which Total Revenues exceed Operating Expenses.
10.5. “EBITDA” for any period shall mean the amount, if any, by which Gross Operating Profit for such period exceeds Fixed Charges.
10.6. “Fiscal Year” shall mean each twelve (12) consecutive calendar month period or partial twelve (12) consecutive calendar month period within the Term commencing on January 1st (or, with respect to the first year of the Term, the Commencement Date) and ending on December 31st (or, with respect to the last year of the Term, the expiration or earlier termination of the Term) unless Owner and Operator otherwise agree.
10.7. “ Operating Loss ” shall mean the amount, if any, by which Operating Expenses exceed Total Revenues.
ARTICLE XI
FF&E RESERVE
11.1. In addition to the Agency Account established pursuant to Section 7.2, an account shall be established at the same institution for a reserve for replacements, substitutions and additions to the FF&E (the “FF&E Reserve Account” ). During each Fiscal Year there shall be allocated and paid on a monthly basis to the FF&E Reserve Account from Total Revenues or other funds provided by Owner an amount equal to four percent (4%) of Total Revenues for such Fiscal Year or such amount as may be required under the Major Agreements, whichever is greater.
11.2. All funds in the FF&E Reserve Account, together with any interest earned thereon and the proceeds of any sale of FF&E (which proceeds shall be deposited in the FF&E Reserve Account) shall be used solely for purposes of replacing or refurbishing the FF&E in accordance with the applicable Capital Budget. Any funds remaining in the FF&E Reserve Account at the end of a Fiscal Year shall be carried forward to the next Fiscal Year. The FF&E Reserve Account may be pledged to any lender to the Hotels. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no additional FF&E Reserve Account shall be required to the extent any lender(s) require an FF&E reserve.

22


 

ARTICLE XII
INSURANCE
12.1. The following insurance with respect to each Hotel, to the extent such insurance is commercially available, shall be obtained by Owner and maintained throughout the Term at Owner’s sole cost and expense in the amounts as set forth on Exhibit H .
12.2. Operator shall obtain the following insurance with respect to the Hotel Employees and shall maintain such insurance during the Term of this Agreement at Owner’s sole cost and expense:
  A.   Worker’s compensation insurance or insurance required by similar employee benefit acts having a minimum per occurrence limit as Owner may deem advisable against all claims which may be brought for personal injury or death of Hotel Employees, but in any event not less than amounts prescribed by applicable state law;
 
  B.   Fidelity insurance, in such amounts and with such deductibles as Owner may require, covering Hotel Employees (including executive employees of Operator) or in job classifications normally insured in other hotels it manages in the United States or otherwise required by law; and
 
  C.   Employment Practices Liability Insurance ( “Employment Insurance” ) with reasonable limits and deductibles.
12.3. All insurance policies obtained by Owner in accordance with Section 12.1 shall name Owner as the insured party and shall name as additional insured parties (a) Operator, its subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers and employees and (b) such other parties as may be required by the terms of the Major Agreements as appropriate. Owner’s coverage shall be primary and non-contributory to any insurance obtained by the Operator.
12.4. All insurance policies shall be in such form and with such companies having a Best’s Rating of A+ or better as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Owner and/or Operator and provided Owner has given Operator detailed written notice of such requirements, shall comply with the requirements of any Major Agreement. Insurance may be provided under blanket or master policies covering one or more other hotels owned by Owner. The portion of the premium for any blanket or master policy which is allocated to each Hotel as an Operating Expense or Fixed Charge shall be determined in an equitable manner by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator and paid out of the Agency Account or, if the funds therein are insufficient, by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Such amount shall be determined by a suitable and customary formula applying the specific hotel exposures against appropriate rates to determine the premium allocation for each Hotel.
12.5. All insurance policies shall specify that they cannot be canceled or modified on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to both Owner and Operator and any additional insureds (or such longer period as may be required under a Major Agreement, provided that Operator has been advised in writing of such period) and shall provide that claims shall be paid notwithstanding any act or negligence of Owner, or Operator unilaterally or on behalf of Owner, including without limitation

23


 

their respective agents or employees.
12.6. All insurance policies shall provide, to the extent customarily obtainable from the insurance company providing such insurance, that the insurance company will have no right of subrogation against Owner, Operator any party to a Major Agreement or any of their respective agents, employees, partners, members, officers, directors or beneficial owners.
12.7. Owner and Operator hereby release one another from any and all liability, to the extent of the waivers of subrogation obtained under Section 12.6, associated with any damage, loss or liability with respect to which property insurance coverage is provided pursuant to this Article or otherwise.
12.8. The proceeds of any insurance claim (other than proceeds payable to third parties under the terms of the applicable policy) shall be deposited into the Agency Account to the extent of Owner’s interest therein unless otherwise required by the terms of a Major Agreement.
12.9. Operator shall have the right to pay for, or reimburse itself for, insurance required under this Article XII out of the Agency Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Operator shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any insurance set forth in this Article if funds from Total Revenues or funds otherwise provided by Owner are not made available to Operator to purchase the same.
12.10. Subject to the provisions of the Budgets and with the prior written consent of the Owner, Operator may act, directly or indirectly, in a brokerage capacity with respect to the insurance required under this Article or as a direct insurer or reinsurer with respect to the same.
ARTICLE XIII
PROPERTY TAXES
13.1. Provided that funds from Total Revenues or funds otherwise provided by Owner are available, and provided that Operator has received written notice thereof sufficiently in advance to make such payments, Operator shall pay all Property Taxes on behalf of Owner not less than ten (10) days prior to the applicable due dates. Upon Owner’s request, Operator shall promptly furnish Owner with proof of payment of Property Taxes.
13.2. Owner may contest the validity or amount of any Property Tax (a “ Tax Contest ”), and Operator agrees to cooperate with Owner in a Tax Contest and execute any documents or pleadings required for such purpose, provided that the facts set forth in such documents or pleadings are accurate and that such cooperation or execution does not impose any liability on Operator. All costs and expenses incurred by Owner and Operator in connection with a Tax Contest shall be Fixed Expenses.

24


 

ARTICLE XIV
REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
14.1. Operator shall perform ordinary repairs and maintenance at the Hotels, subject to the Budgets and Owner providing sufficient funding, to keep the Hotels in compliance with the Hotel Standard. Ordinary repairs shall include only those which are normally expenses under GAAP. The cost of ordinary repairs shall be paid from Total Revenues and shall be treated as an Operating Expense.
14.2. Operator shall, from time-to-time, make or cause to be made replacements and renewals to the FF&E of the Hotels and shall make Routine Capital Expenditures (as defined below) in accordance with the Budgets and from the FF&E Reserve Account. Costs of the foregoing shall be expensed in the then-current Fiscal Year in accordance with GAAP. As used herein, Routine Capital Expenditures shall mean expenses which are classified as capital expenditures under GAAP and shall consist of non-material expenditures; by way of example, repainting interiors of the Hotels, resurfacing parking lots and other miscellaneous expenditures.
14.3. Operator shall prepare an annual estimate of non-Routine Capital Expenditures to the Hotels, including without limitation the structure, the exterior façade, the mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, or plumbing systems. Operator shall submit the estimate to the Owner for its approval at the time of the annual budgeting process as part of the Capital Budget.
14.4. After notice to Owner, if practicable, Operator may take appropriate remedial action without Owner consent in the event of: (i) an emergency threatening the health and safety of a Hotel or its guests or employees; or (ii) if the expenditures are necessary to avoid Operator’s exposure to any civil or criminal liability. Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of prior to undertaking such remedial action and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator takes such action. Operator shall have the right to participate in any decisions that affect any conditions as described in this Section 14.4.
14.5. If Owner directly performs or contracts for repair, maintenance, refurbishing, construction or renovations at a Hotel, Owner must coordinate, and require its contractors and subcontractors to coordinate, with Operator including, but not limited to, causing any Owner employees, contractors or subcontractors to comply with safety and security rules of the Hotel and communicate on a regular basis the activities being performed at the Hotel to assure the health, safety and efficient operation of the Hotel and its guests and employees. Owner must comply with all laws, obtain all necessary permits and shall provide Operator copies of any permits prior to commencement of any such activities.
ARTICLE XV
COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
15.1. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that it holds good and marketable leasehold title to the Hotels and that Land Holder holds good and marketable fee or leasehold title to the Hotels, except for easements or encumbrances that do not adversely affect the operation of the Hotels,

25


 

mortgages or liens for taxes, assessment levies or other public charges not yet due or payable.
15.2. Owner covenants and represents that, at a minimum, it has conducted Environmental Phase I surveys at the time Owner acquired or leased the Hotels and that there are no Hazardous Materials on any portion of the Hotels or their surrounding sites; that no Hazardous Materials have been released or discharged on the Hotels or their surrounding sites, in either case in violation of applicable law. Owner agrees that it has provided Operator with all information and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Hotels and any hazards that are contained in or around the Hotels, including, but not limited to, any Environmental Phase I or Phase II reports that may have been performed. Owner shall update Operator immediately upon any change of this information or status. In the event of the discovery of any Hazardous Materials on any portion of the Hotels or their surrounding sites, Owner shall promptly remove such Hazardous Materials that are at the Hotels in violation of applicable law and shall remedy the problem in accordance with all laws, rules and regulations of any governmental authority. Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold Operator harmless from and against all losses, expenses and liabilities (including but not limited to any professional fees incurred by Operator to assess the situation or obtain advice on how to proceed) in the event of a violation of this section or Owner’s failure to act promptly in accordance with this Section, except to the extent Operator is required to indemnify Owner under Section 23.1 hereof. Hazardous Materials shall mean any substance or material identified by any law, rule or regulation as being hazardous to the health and safety or guests or employees and requiring the monitoring, clean up or removal of such substance. Hazardous Materials shall include, but not be limited to, asbestos, lead-based paint and PCB’s.
15.3. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that neither it, nor any of its affiliates (or any of their respective principals, partners or funding sources), is nor will become (i) a person designated by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control as a “specially designated national or blocked person” or similar status, (ii) a person described in Section 1 of U.S. Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001; (iii) a person otherwise identified by a government or legal authority as a person with whom Owner or Operator is prohibited from transacting business; (iv) directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government; or (v) a person acting on behalf of a government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government. Owner agrees that it will notify Operator in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any event which would render the foregoing representations and warranties contained in this Section 15.3 incorrect.
15.4. Owner represents, warrants and covenants: (A) that it is familiar with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 778dd-2 (the “FCPA” ), a copy of which is available at http://www.usdoj.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa.html , and the purposes of the FCPA, and in particular, the FCPA’s prohibition of the payment or the gift of any item of value, either directly or indirectly, by a company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of its states, to an official of a foreign government for the purpose of influencing an act or decision in such person’s official capacity, or inducing such person to use influence with the foreign government to assist a company in obtaining or retaining business for, with, or in that foreign country or directing business to any person or company or obtaining an improper advantage, and (B) that it has not taken, and during the Term of this Agreement it will not take, any action that would constitute a violation of the FCPA or any similar law.

26


 

15.5. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that it is in full compliance with all Major Agreements, that Owner has not received any notice of breach of any of such Major Agreements and that Owner will maintain full compliance with all such Major Agreements during the Term of this Agreement. Owner agrees to promptly provide to Operator copies of any notice of default or breach received under any Major Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Franchise Agreement defaults set forth on Schedule 15.5 shall not be deemed Events of Default under this Agreement unless Owner fails to cure such defaults within the applicable cure periods required by the Hotel’s franchisor.
15.6. Owner represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
  A.   Owner is duly organized, validly existing and qualified to conduct its business, and has full power and authority to enter into and fully perform and comply with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  B.   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor its performance by Owner will conflict with or result in a breach of any contract, agreement, law, rule or regulation to which it is bound.
 
  C.   This Agreement is valid and enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms and each instrument to be executed by Owner pursuant to this Agreement or in connection herewith will, when executed and delivered, be valid and enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity).
 
  D.   There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or other governmental proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign) pending or, to Owner’s knowledge, threatened against Owner or any equity holder of Owner or of Owner’s affiliates or their equity holders or any of their respective properties, assets, rights or business before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator, that may have a material adverse effect on Owner or that draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the ability of Owner to perform its obligations hereunder.
15.7. Operator represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
  A.   Operator is duly organized, validly existing and qualified to conduct its business, and has full power and authority to enter into and fully perform and comply with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  B.   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor its performance by Operator will conflict with or result in a breach of any contract, agreement, law, rule

27


 

    or regulation to which it is bound.
 
  C.   This Agreement is valid and enforceable against Operator in accordance with its terms and each instrument to be executed by Operator pursuant to this Agreement or in connection herewith will, when executed and delivered, be valid and enforceable against Operator in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity).
 
  D.   There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or other governmental proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign) pending or, to Operator’s knowledge, threatened against Operator or any member of Operator or of Operator’s affiliates or their members or any of their respective properties, assets, rights or business before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator, that may have a material adverse effect on Operator or that draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the ability of Operator to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
  E.   Neither it, nor any of its affiliates (or any of their respective principals, partners or funding sources), is nor will become (i) a person designated by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control as a “specially designated national or blocked person” or similar status, (ii) a person described in Section 1 of U.S. Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001; (iii) a person otherwise identified by a government or legal authority as a person with whom Owner or Operator is prohibited from transacting business; (iv) directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government; or (v) a person acting on behalf of a government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government. Operator agrees that it will notify Owner in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any event which would render the foregoing representations and warranties contained in this Section 15.7(E) incorrect.
 
  F.   That (1) it is familiar with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 778dd-2 (the “FCPA” ), a copy of which is available at http://www.usdoj.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa.html , and the purposes of the FCPA, and in particular, the FCPA’s prohibition of the payment or the gift of any item of value, either directly or indirectly, by a company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of its states, to an official of a foreign government for the purpose of influencing an act or decision in such person’s official capacity, or inducing such person to use influence with the foreign government to assist a company in obtaining or retaining business for, with, or in that foreign country or directing business to any person or company or obtaining an improper advantage, and (2) it has not taken, and during the Term of this Agreement it will not take, any action that would constitute a violation of the FCPA or any similar law.

28


 

15.8. Operator hereby agrees, for the benefit of Owner, its successors and assigns, that Operator will not own, operate, lease or otherwise have an interest in, directly or indirectly, in any hotel in the Competitive Set of a Hotel during the Operating Term except for those Hotels shown on the attached Exhibit I unless expressly permitted by Owner. If Operator elects to do so without Owner’s consent, Owner’s sole remedy shall be termination of this Agreement solely with respect to the Hotel(s) for which the other hotel is in their Competitive Set, without payment of any termination fee, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Operator.
ARTICLE XVI
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION; CONDEMNATION
16.1. If a Hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, Operator shall promptly notify Owner. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect subsequent to such casualty; provided that:
     A. either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice to the other party if (i) Owner shall elect to close such Hotel as a result of such casualty (except on a temporary basis for repairs or restoration) or (ii) Owner shall determine in good faith not to proceed with the restoration of such Hotel; and
     B. Owner or Operator may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice to the other party if twenty percent (20%) or more of the rooms in such Hotel are unavailable for rental for a period of sixty (60) days or more as a result of such casualty; provided that, if Owner terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 16.1(B), such termination shall be deemed an At-Will Termination (as defined in Section 19.3).
16.2. If all or any portion of a Hotel becomes the subject of a condemnation proceeding or if Operator learns that any such proceeding may be commenced, Operator shall promptly notify Owner upon Operator’s receipt of written notice thereof. Either party may terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel on thirty (30) days written notice to the other party if (a) all or substantially all of such Hotel is taken through condemnation or (b) less than all or substantially all of such Hotel is taken, but, in the reasonable judgment of the party giving the termination notice, such Hotel cannot, after giving effect to any restoration as might be reasonably accomplished through available funds from the condemnation award, be profitably operated as a hotel similar to that of the Hotel immediately prior to such condemnation.
16.3. Any condemnation award or similar compensation shall be the property of Owner, provided that Operator shall have the right to bring a separate proceeding against the condemning authority for any damages and expenses specifically incurred by Operator as a result of such condemnation.
ARTICLE XVII
REIT PROVISIONS
17.1. From the Commencement Date through the end of the Term:

29


 

     (a) no wagering activities shall be conducted at or in connection with any Hotel by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with the applicable Hotel; and
     (b) Operator shall qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” as defined in Section 856(d)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), with respect to Lessee and the REIT. To that end, Operator shall satisfy the following requirements:
     (i) Operator shall not own, directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding stock of the REIT;
     (ii) No more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the ownership interest in Operator’s assets or net profits shall be owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more persons owning thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the outstanding stock of the REIT; and
     (iii) As of the Commencement Date and as of the commencement of any Renewal Term (each, a “ Renewal Commencement Date ”), Operator shall be (or shall, within the definition of Section 856(d)(9)(F), be related to a person (“ Related Person ”) that is) actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” (defined below) for a person who is not a “related person” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code with respect to the REIT (“ Unrelated Persons ”). In order to meet this requirement, Operator shall, as of the Commencement Date and each Renewal Commencement Date, reasonably project that it (or any Related Person) will derive at least 10% of both its revenue and profit from operating “qualified lodging facilities” (defined below) that Operator or a Related Person operates as of the Commencement Date and each Renewal Commencement Date, as applicable, for Unrelated Persons for (i) the one-year period following the Commencement Date or the Renewal Commencement Date, as applicable, and (ii) the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable. Upon request from the REIT, Operator shall provide documentation reasonably necessary to verify the representation in the preceding sentence. A “qualified lodging facility,” as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code, means a “lodging facility” (defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “lodging facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other owners unrelated to the REIT.
ARTICLE XVIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
18.1. The following shall constitute events of default for which the non-defaulting party may

30


 

terminate this Agreement with respect to any individual Hotel or Hotels as described below:
  A.   If either party shall be in default in the payment of any amount required to be paid under the terms of this Agreement, and such default continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party;
 
  B.   If either party shall be in material default of its obligations under this Agreement that is reasonably likely to result in a threat to the health and safety of a Hotel’s employees or guests, then this Agreement may be terminated upon written notice from the non-defaulting party if such default is not immediately cured;
 
  C.   If either party shall be in material default in the performance of its other obligations under this Agreement, and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party, provided that if such default cannot by its nature reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, an event of default shall not occur if and so long as the defaulting party promptly commences and diligently pursues the curing of such default;
 
  D.   If either party shall (i) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) institute any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws, (iii) institute any proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for its business or assets or (iv) consent to the institution against it of any such proceeding by any other person or entity (an “Involuntary Proceeding” );
 
  E.   If an Involuntary Proceeding shall be commenced against either party and shall remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days;
 
  F.   If Owner violates Sections 15.3 or 15.4 hereof, in which case Operator may terminate this Agreement immediately; or
 
  G.   If Operator violates any provision of Article XVII hereof, in which case Owner may terminate this Agreement immediately.
18.2. Unless otherwise stated in Section 18.1 hereof, if any event of default shall occur, the non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel(s) on five (5) days prior notice to the defaulting party.
18.3. The right of termination set forth in Section 18.2 shall not be in substitution for, but shall be in addition to, any and all rights and remedies for breach of contract available in law or at equity.
18.4. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Agreement if and to the extent that such party is unable to perform such obligation as a result of fire or other casualty, act of God, strike or other labor unrest, unavailability of materials, war, terrorist activity, riot or other civil commotion or any other cause beyond the control of such party (a “Force Majeure Event” ) (which shall not include the inability of such party to meet its financial obligations).

31


 

18.5. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any right such party may have against the other party hereto at law, in equity or otherwise to any consequential damages, punitive damages or exemplary damages.
18.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if, within thirty (30) days after receiving Operator’s written request, Owner fails to approve any changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements to a Hotel which Operator determines in its reasonable judgment are necessary to (i) protect such Hotel, Owner and/or Operator from innkeeper liability exposure, (ii) ensure material compliance with any applicable code requirements pertaining to life safety systems requirements or (iii) ensure material compliance with any applicable state, local or federal employment law, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act, then Operator may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Owner delivered at any time after the expiration of Owner’s thirty (30) day approval period. Owner shall pay to Operator the At-Will Termination Fee (as defined in Section 19.3) upon any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section, which At-Will Termination Fee shall be due and payable upon the effective date of the termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
ARTICLE XIX
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
19.1. Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any individual Hotel, the rights and obligations of the parties will cease with respect to such Hotel except as to fees and reimbursements due the Operator and other claims of liabilities of either party which accrued or arose before the effective date of termination, but shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all other Hotels. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason during the Term of this Agreement, Operator and Owner agree to sign any documents reasonably necessary to effect such termination or change in management for the applicable Hotel(s) and Owner shall pay to Operator all amounts due under this Agreement with respect to such Hotel(s) through the effective date of termination.
19.2. In addition to the other termination rights provided in this Agreement:
     A. Beginning with Fiscal Year 2011, if a Hotel fails to achieve as of the end of any Fiscal Year (i) actual Gross Operating Profit of at least eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year, AND (ii) eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of such Hotel’s RevPAR Benchmark (collectively, a “ Performance Failure ”), subject to clauses (B) and (C) below, Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Operator with no termination fee or similar compensation. The effectiveness of any such notice of termination, however, shall be stayed until completion of the applicable cure periods set forth in clause (B) below.
     B. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
     (i) If a Performance Failure occurs with respect to a Fiscal Year, but the Hotel

32


 

achieves as of the end of the immediately following Fiscal Year (1) actual Gross Operating Profit of at least eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year, OR (2) eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of such Hotel’s RevPAR Benchmark, then the Performance Failure shall be deemed cured and Owner shall have no right to terminate for such Performance Failure (and any notice of termination with respect thereto shall be deemed null and void).
     (ii) If Owner notifies Operator that Owner elects to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel for a Performance Failure, Operator shall have a right exercisable no more than two (2) times per Hotel, in its sole discretion, to cure the Performance Failure by, within thirty (30) days of receipt of Owner’s termination notice, making a payment to Owner equal to the amount by which eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel exceeds actual Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year. In such case, Owner’s notice of termination shall be deemed null and void. Upon the occurrence of a third Performance Failure (but subject to clause (B)(i) above), Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel without the payment of a termination fee upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Operator.
For purposes hereof:
      “RevPAR Benchmark” means the Hotel’s RevPAR Index for the trailing 12-months ending on the Commencement Date.
      “RevPAR Index” means the RevPAR Index included in the STR Report produced for the Hotel by Smith Travel Research or, if Smith Travel Research no longer is in existence at any time during the Term, the successor of Smith Travel Research or such other industry resource that is equally as reputable as Smith Travel Research will be substituted, in order to obtain substantially the same result as would be obtained if Smith Travel Research has not ceased to be in existence.
      “Competitive Set” for each Hotel means the hotels listed on Exhibit J attached hereto, or such other hotels as may be reasonably agreed upon by Owner and Operator from time to time during the Term. The Owner and Operator shall discuss at least once a year, and upon any major change to an existing hotel in the Competitive Set, the composition of the Competitive Set. Any changes to a Hotel’s Competitive Set must be mutually agreed upon by Owner and Operator.
     C. In the event of the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event (as defined below), Owner shall not be entitled to exercise its termination right under this Section 19.2 with respect to any period of time in which such Force Majeure Event occurred or is continuing.
19.3. In addition to the other termination rights provided in this Agreement and notwithstanding anything contained therein to the contrary:
     A. (i) Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to an individual Hotel upon the sale of such Hotel to a bona fide unaffiliated third party, so long as (a) Owner provides to

33


 

Operator at least sixty (60) days prior written notice of termination, (b) all amounts due Operator under this Agreement with respect to such Hotel have been paid in full, and(c) subject to clause (ii) below, Owner pays Operator the Sale Termination Fee (as defined below) on the effective date of termination.
          For the purposes of this Section 19.3(A), the “ Sale Termination Fee ” shall be equal to an amount which would provide Operator with a thirty percent (30%) Internal Rate of Return (as defined below) with respect to the following cash flows for such Hotel: (x) the Hotel Allocated Value (as defined below) as the initial outflow and (y) as inflows, as and when paid to Operator:
(1) fifty percent (50%) of the Basic Fees and Accounting actually collected by Operator for such terminated Hotel for each Fiscal Year from the date the Hotel was added to this Agreement through the date of termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel; plus
(2) if for any given Fiscal Year, an Incentive Fee was earned and collected by Operator under Section 9.3 and the EBITDA Percentage (as defined below) of the terminated Hotel is above the mean of all the Hotels’ EBITDA Percentage for such Fiscal Year, fifty percent (50%) of the Incentive Fee allocable to the terminated Hotel and actually collected by Operator for each Fiscal Year from the date the Hotel was added to this Agreement through the date of termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
The Incentive Fee allocable to the terminated Hotel for each Fiscal Year, if applicable, shall be calculated by multiplying the actual Incentive Fee, if any, for each Fiscal Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the trailing 12-month EBITDA of the terminated Hotel, and the denominator of which is the aggregate 12-month EBITDA for all Hotels that were covered by this Agreement in determining the Incentive Fee for the Fiscal Year in question.
     (ii) If Owner and Operator add an Additional Hotel (as defined in Section 24.1) to this Agreement:
     (a) within nine (9) months following the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 19.3(A)(i) with respect to a Hotel (the “ Replacement Window Period ”), and
     (b) with an expiration date with respect to such Additional Hotel that is equal to the original expiration date plus the number of days following commencement of the Replacement Window Period required by Owner to add the Additional Hotel to this Agreement,
then the payment of the Sale Termination Fee with respect to such terminated Hotel shall (x) if not yet paid to Operator, be offset or (y) if paid to Operator, be credited against future Sale Termination Fees due and payable from Owner. The amount of the offset or credit shall be determined by multiplying the Sale Termination Fee by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate projected fifty percent (50%) of Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the Additional Hotel

34


 

for the next 12-months and the denominator of which is the aggregate fifty percent (50%) of projected aggregate Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the terminated Hotel, for the next 12-months (determined by such terminated Hotel’s Budget). Further, if Owner and Operator add an Additional Hotel to this Agreement during a time period outside of a Replacement Window Period, Owner shall receive a credit with respect to future terminations of Hotels subject to the this Agreement (i.e., those terminated following the addition of such Additional Hotel to this Agreement) equal for each such Additional Hotel to the present value of the aggregate fifty percent (50%) of projected Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the Additional Hotel, discounted at a rate of thirty percent (30%). Projected Basic Fees for an Additional Hotel shall be calculated by multiplying (i) the mean of the actual Total Revenues of such Additional Hotel for the prior three (3) Fiscal Years by (ii) the Basic Fee set forth in Section 9.1 hereof, and increasing such product by the CPI. Projected Accounting Fees for an Additional Hotel shall be the Accounting Fee set forth in Section 9.2 hereof multiplied by twelve (12).
     B. In addition, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to up to five (5) Hotels during any Fiscal Year, with or without cause, so long as (i) Owner provides to Operator at least sixty (60) days prior written notice of termination, (ii) all amounts due Operator under this Agreement with respect to such Hotels have been paid in full, and (iii) Owner pays Operator the At Will Termination Fee (as defined below) on the effective date(s) of termination. For the purposes of this Section 19.3(B), the “ At Will Termination Fee ” shall be equal to the Sale Termination Fee; provided, however, solely for the first (5) terminations with respect a Hotel, if the effective date of such termination occurs on or before the end of the eighteenth (18th) month following the Commencement Date, the Internal Rate of Return (as defined below) in such calculation shall be twenty percent (20%) instead of thirty percent (30%).
     C. For the purposes of this Agreement:
     (i) “ EBITDA Percentage ” for any period shall mean EBITDA for such period divided by Total Revenues for such period.
     (ii) “ Hotel Allocated Value ” shall mean the dollar amount set forth on Exhibit K with respect to each Hotel.
     (iii) “ Internal Rate of Return ” shall mean the internal rate of return calculated for a stream of payments using the XIRR function on Microsoft Excel.
19.4. Operator and Owner agree that upon termination, there may be certain adjustments to the final accounting for which information may not be available at the time of the final accounting and the parties agree to readjust such amounts and make the required cash adjustments when such information becomes available; provided, however, but subject to the provisions of Article XXIII hereof, all accounts shall be deemed final ninety (90) days after termination of the Agreement.
19.5. Operator shall release to Owner any of Owner’s funds and accounts controlled by Operator, except as stated herein.

35


 

19.6. With the exception of employment records, Operator shall provide or make available to Owner all books and records with respect to a Hotel upon termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
19.7. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, Operator shall cooperate with Owner to assign any permits or licenses to Owner or the subsequent manager or owner; provided that (i) Owner give Operator sufficient time to effect such transfers; (ii) Owner shall cooperate and require that the new manager and/or owner to cooperate with Operator with respect to such transfers; (iii) Owner shall pay or reimburse any costs or expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred by Operator in connection with these efforts.
19.8. All software and hardware, used at the Hotel which is owned, licensed or proprietary to Operator or its affiliated companies shall remain the exclusive property of Operator. Operator shall have the right to remove such software and hardware, and Owner access to any proprietary systems without compensation to Owner. Owner assumes all liability and shall indemnify Operator if Owner uses illegally licensed software.
19.9. Intentionally Deleted.
19.10. Owner shall cause the succeeding employer to hire a sufficient number of employees at the Hotel to avoid the occurrence of a “closing” under the WARN Act and shall otherwise comply with its obligations under Section 4.3 hereof, or shall provide Operator with sufficient notice of termination to allow Operator to comply with the WARN Act and avoid any liability thereunder.
ARTICLE XX
ASSIGNMENT
20.1. Operator shall not assign or pledge this Agreement without the prior written consent of Owner; provided that, Operator may, without the consent of Owner, assign this Agreement to (a) any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Operator (control being deemed to mean the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock or other beneficial interest in such entity and/or the power to direct the day-to-day operations of such entity); (b) any entity which is the successor by merger, consolidation or reorganization of Operator or Operator’s general partner, managing member or parent corporation or (c) the purchaser of all or substantially all of the hotel management business of Operator or Operator’s general partner, managing member or parent corporation, unless any such assignment results in a Change in Control of Operator or Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (“ IHR ”). For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” of Operator or IHR shall mean a change of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting control of Operator or IHR, in a single transaction or series of transactions constituting a single transaction (unless arising from the issuance in an underwritten public offering by IHR of voting stock or instruments convertible into voting stock) that, within six (6) months following the closing of such transaction, results in (i) a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of IHR and (ii) at the direction of such newly constituted Board of Directors, a substantial change in the identity of the operating team responsible for the portfolio of Hotels owned by Owner and operated under this Agreement. If Operator assigns this Agreement under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above and such

36


 

assignment results in a Change in Control of Operator or IHR, then Owner, as its sole remedy, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Operator and upon any such termination, Operator shall not be entitled to any termination fee or similar compensation. If Operator assigns this Agreement under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above and such assignment does not result in a Change in Control of Operator or IHR, and such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and assumes in writing all of Operator’s obligations under this Agreement from and after the effective date of such assignment, Owner agrees to attorn to the assignee.
     Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or be deemed to prohibit any pledge by Operator of the Basic Fee, Incentive Fee or any other amounts received by Operator under this Agreement to any lender as collateral security for debt of Operator and/or Operator’s affiliates.
20.2. Owner shall not assign or pledge this Agreement without the prior written consent of Operator; provided that, Owner may assign this Agreement without Operator’s consent to any person or entity acquiring Owner’s leasehold interest and/or Land Holder’s fee or leasehold interest in a Hotel as of the effective date of such acquisition if (a) Owner provides Operator with thirty (30) days prior written notice of such assignment, and (b) such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and assumes in writing all of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement from and after the effective date of such assignment.
20.3. Upon any permitted assignment of this Agreement and the assumption of this Agreement by the assignee, the assignor shall be relieved of any obligation or liability under this Agreement arising after the effective date of the assignment.
ARTICLE XXI
NOTICES
21.1. Any notice, statement or demand required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing, sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission, receipt electronically or verbally confirmed, or by nationally-recognized overnight courier, receipt confirmed, addressed if to:
                    Owner:   c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 S. Minnesota, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Dan Hansen
Facsimile No.: (605) 362-9388
                              With copies to:  
 

 

 

 
 
                    and Operator:    Interstate Management Company, LLC

37


 

                                                c/o Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc.
4501 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 500
Arlington, VA 22203
Attention: Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (703) 542-0965
or to such other addresses as Operator and Owner shall designate in the manner provided in this Section 21.1. Any notice or other communication shall be deemed given (a) on the date three (3) business days after it shall have been mailed, if sent by certified mail, (b) on the business day it shall have been sent by facsimile transmission (unless sent on a non-business day or after business hours in which event it shall be deemed given on the following business day), or (c) on the date received if it shall have been given to a nationally-recognized overnight courier service.
ARTICLE XXII
SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPELS; RECOGNITION
22.1. Operator acknowledges and agrees that its rights under this Agreement are subject and subordinate to the lien of any first mortgage or deed of trust loan, or any junior mortgage or deed of trust loan held by an institutional investor, encumbering one or more Hotels whether now or hereafter existing; provided, however, that (i) Operator shall not be obligated to waive or forbear from receiving, on a current basis and as and when due under this Agreement, any and all fees due to it under this Agreement prior to an event of default under any such mortgage or deed of trust and (ii) Operator shall not be obligated to waive, or to forbear from exercising (unless and to the extent Operator receives adequate assurance, in Operator’s good faith business judgment, that it will be paid or reimbursed for any and all amounts due to Operator under this Agreement during the period of any such forbearance, which period will not exceed 60 days in any event) any right it may have to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Article 18 above. The provisions of this Section 22.1 shall be self operative but Operator agrees to execute and deliver promptly any document or certificate containing such other terms as may be customary and reasonable confirming such subordination as Owner or the holder of any such lien may reasonably request.
22.2. If any person or entity making or holding a loan to be secured by a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering one or more Hotels shall request that Operator agree to modifications of this Agreement, Operator shall enter into an agreement setting forth such modifications provided that the same do not adversely affect the rights or obligations of Operator under this Agreement. Such modifications may include, but shall not be limited to, Operator’s agreement to give simultaneous notice of, and the opportunity to cure within the applicable cure period set forth herein, any defaults on the part of Owner to such person or entity.
22.3. Owner and Operator agree that from time to time upon the request of the other party or a party to a Major Agreement, it shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days after the request a certificate confirming that this Agreement is in full force and effect, stating whether this Agreement has been modified and supplying such other information as the requesting party may reasonably require.

38


 

ARTICLE XXIII
INDEMNIFICATION
23.1. Operator hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Owner (and Owner’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) that may be incurred by or asserted against any such party and that arise from (a) the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the off-site employees of Operator or Key Hotel Personnel, (b) the breach by Operator of any provision of this Agreement caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the off-site employees of Operator or Key Hotel Personnel, or (c) any action taken by Operator which is beyond the scope of Operator’s authority under this Agreement. Owner shall promptly provide Operator with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification. Owner shall cooperate with the Operator or its counsel in the preparation and conduct of any defense to any such claim or suit.
23.2. Except as provided in Section 23.1, Owner hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Operator (and Operator’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses; and any additional tax (excluding any tax that is based on net or gross income of Operator or its affiliates) and interest and penalties thereon) that may be incurred by or asserted against Operator and that arise from or in connection with (a) the performance of Operator’s services under this Agreement, (b) any act or omission (whether or not willful, tortious, or negligent) of Owner or any third party or (c) or any other occurrence related to the Hotels and/or Operator’s duties under this Agreement whether arising before, during or after the Term. Operator shall promptly provide Owner with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification. Operator shall cooperate with the Owner or its counsel in the preparation and conduct of any defense to any such claim or suit.
23.3. Supplementing the provisions of Sections 23.1 and 23.2, if any claim shall be made against Owner and/or Operator which is based upon a violation or alleged violation of the Employment Laws (an “Employment Claim” ), the Employment Claim shall fall within Operator’s indemnification obligations under Section 23.1 ONLY IF it is based upon (a) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Operator’s off-site employees or Key Hotel Personnel or (b) Operator’s breach of its obligations under Section 4.6 and shall otherwise fall within Owner’s indemnification obligations under Section 23.2.
23.4. If any action, lawsuit or other proceeding shall be brought against any party (the “Indemnified Party” ) hereunder arising out of or based upon any of the matters for which such party is indemnified under this Agreement, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the party required to provide indemnification hereunder (the “Obligor” ) in writing (which may be in the form of email) thereof and Obligor shall promptly assume the defense thereof (including without limitation the employment of counsel selected by Obligor) unless otherwise agreed to by the parties as provided herein, such defense to be subject to the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent

39


 

shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, by way of illustration and not limitation, it shall be reasonable for the Indemnified Party to deny consent to any settlement that requires the Indemnified Party to admit guilt or liability). The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Obligor in the defense of any such action, lawsuit or proceeding, on the condition that the Obligor shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The Obligor shall have the right to negotiate settlement or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to the matters indemnified hereunder; provided, however, that if any such settlement or consent judgment contemplates any action or restraint on the part of the Indemnified Party, then such settlement or consent judgment shall require the written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition to the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right (at its own expense) to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof. An Indemnified Party may settle any action on its own behalf (i.e., with respect to its own liability and with no requirement of Obligor to admit guilt or liability) only with the prior written consent of Obligor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, by way of illustration and not limitation, it shall be reasonable for Obligor to deny consent to any settlement that requires Obligor to expend funds in an amount Obligor determines in good faith is inappropriate so long as the Indemnified Party remains adequately protected at all times). In the event that Obligor fails to use reasonable efforts to defend or compromise any action, lawsuit or other proceeding for which an Indemnified Party is indemnified hereunder or as the parties may agree, the Indemnified Party may, at Obligor’s expense and without limiting Obligor’s liability under the applicable indemnity, assume the defense of such action and the Obligor shall pay the charges and expenses of such attorneys and other persons on a current basis within thirty (30) days of submission of invoices or bills therefor. In the event the Obligor is Owner and Owner neglects or refuses to pay such charges, Operator may pay such charges out of the Agency Account and deduct such charges from any amounts due Owner, or add such charges to any amounts due Operator from Owner under this Agreement. If Operator is the Obligor and Operator neglects or refuses to pay such charges, the amount of such charges shall be deducted from any amounts due Operator under this Agreement.
23.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement with respect to acts, omissions and occurrences arising during the Operating Term.
ARTICLE XXIV
MISCELLANEOUS
24.1. In the event that Operator and Owner desire to add a Hotel to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement (an “ Additional Hotel ”), such Hotel shall become subject to the terms of this Agreement upon the date of execution by Operator and Owner of a Joinder and Amendment Agreement in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto and made a part hereof.
24.2. Owner and Operator shall execute and deliver all other appropriate supplemental agreements and other instruments, and take any other action necessary to make this Agreement fully and legally effective, binding, and enforceable as between them and as against third parties; provided, however, that neither party shall be required to execute any other document or instrument or perform any other action that would materially increase its liability or decrease its rights under this Agreement.

40


 

24.3. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior agreements or undertakings, oral or written. Owner acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, Owner has not relied on any projection of earnings, statements as to the possibility of future success, or other similar matter which may have been prepared by Operator.
24.4. The headings of the titles to the articles of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning of any of the provisions hereof.
24.5. A waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be made only in writing and shall not be deemed a waiver of such terms and conditions on any future occasion.
24.6. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Owner and Operator and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
24.7. This Agreement shall be construed, both as to its validity and as to the performance of the parties, in accordance with the laws of the state of Maryland without reference to its conflict of laws provisions.
24.8. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall, when executed, be deemed to be an original and all of which shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Signatures on this Agreement delivered by facsimile shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes of this Agreement.
24.9. Any capitalized terms used within this Agreement which were not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings given to such terms in the Master Agreement.
ARTICLE XXV
SPECIAL FRANCHISE/LICENSE AGREEMENT PROVISIONS
So long as any Hotel is subject to a Franchise Agreement with Holiday Inn or another member of the InterContinental Hotels Group (“ IHG ”), the following applies solely with respect to such Hotel(s) and their respective Franchise Agreements:
     (1) Operator agrees to accept, abide by and be subject to all rules, regulations, inspections and requirements of Holiday Inn and/or IHG.
     (2) If the Franchise Agreement shall terminate, the Operator shall cease to operate such Hotel as a Holiday Inn Express Hotel or Holiday Inn Hotel, as the case may be.
     (3) If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Franchise Agreement, the terms of the Franchise Agreement shall govern and control.
     (4) Notwithstanding the consent of Holiday Inn and IHG to this Agreement, Owner and

41


 

all guarantors shall remain liable to Holiday Inn and/or IHG under the terms of Franchise Agreement.
[ SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE ]

42


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Operator and Owner have duly executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.
         
  [OWNER]

[INSERT LIST OF OWNER ENTITIES TO SIGN]


 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
 
  INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
 
 
  By:   Interstate Operating Company, L.P., member   
 
    By:   Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc., general partner   
 
     
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 

43


 

EXHIBIT A
List of Hotels, Owners (Lessees) and Land Holders
See attached

44


 

EXHIBIT B
Buildings
See attached

45


 

EXHIBIT C
Existing Credit Card Vendor Contracts
1) Chase Merchant Services
2) First National Bank of Omaha

46


 

EXHIBIT D
Operator’s Current Severance Payment Policy
See attached

47


 

EXHIBIT E
Transition Budget
See attached for Transition Budget Per Hotel

48


 

EXHIBIT F
Centralized Services List
See attached for List per Hotel

49


 

EXHIBIT G
Example of Calculation of Incentive Fee
and Incentive Fee Threshold

50


 

EXHIBIT H
Insurance Amounts

51


 

EXHIBIT I
Existing Operated Hotels

52


 

EXHIBIT J
Competitive Sets
See attached

53


 

EXHIBIT K
Hotel Allocated Value List
             
Hotel   City   State   Allocated Value
 
           

54


 

EXHIBIT L
FORM OF JOINDER AND AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
      The undersigned Operator and Owner hereby agree that, as of the date set forth below:
     (1) Owner and Operator are parties to an Amended and Restated Hotel Management Agreement, dated as of _____________, 2010 (the “ Management Agreement ”). Owner and Operator desire to amend the Management Agreement to include the hotel property set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Additional Hotel ”).
     (3)  Exhibit A and Exhibit K to the Management Agreement shall be amended to include the Additional Hotel, and the Additional Hotel shall be a “Hotel” under the Management Agreement.
     (4) Owner and Operator shall be bound by the terms of the Management Agreement with respect to the Additional Hotel.
     (5) This Joinder may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument. For the purpose of this Joinder, facsimile signatures shall be deemed originals.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

55


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Operator and Owner have duly executed this Joinder as of the _____ day of ______________, 20__.
         
  OWNER:

[List of Owners (lessees)]


 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
 
  OPERATOR:

INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.

 
 
  By:   Interstate Operating Company, L.P., member   
 
  By:   Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc., general partner   
 
   
By:  
 
   
Name:  
 
   
Title:  
 
 

56


 

SCHEDULE I TO THE JOINDER AGREEMENT
ADDITIONS TO EXHIBIT A AND EXHIBIT K TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT
                                 
Owner Entity   Land Holder Entity   Hotel   City   State
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
     Hotel Allocated Value: $_________________

57


 

SCHEDULE 15.5
Franchise Defaults
1) Notice of Default received from Marriott on 8/20/2010 related to the Fairfield Inn, Emporia, Kansas.
2) Notice of Red Zone Status received from Marriott on 8/20/2010 related to the Fairfield Inn, Salina, Kansas.
3) Notice of Red Zone Status received from Marriott on 8/20/2010 related to the Residence Inn, Germantown, Tennessee.
4) Cure of Default and Continuing Red 2 Status received from Marriott on 2/19/2010 related to the SpringHill Suites, Nashville, Tennessee.
5) Cure of Default and Continuing Red 2 Status received from Marriott on 2/19/2010 related to the Courtyard, Memphis, Tennessee.
6) Red Zone/Unacceptable notice received from Hilton on May 27, 2010 related to the Hampton Inn, Denver, Colorado.

58

Exhibit 10.4
LEASE AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF _________________, _________, 2010
BETWEEN
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
LESSOR
AND
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 002, LLC
LESSEE

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                     
ARTICLE 1            
 
    1.1     Leased Property     1  
 
    1.2     Term     2  
 
                   
ARTICLE 2        
 
    2.1     Definitions     2  
 
                   
ARTICLE 3        
 
    3.1     Rent     11  
 
    3.2     Confirmation of Percentage Rent     14  
 
    3.3     Additional Charges     14  
 
    3.4     Net Lease Provision     15  
 
    3.5     Conversion of Property     15  
 
                   
ARTICLE 4        
 
    4.1     Payment of Impositions     15  
 
    4.2     Notice of Impositions     16  
 
    4.3     Adjustment of Impositions     16  
 
    4.4     Utility Charges     17  
 
    4.5     Insurance Premiums     17  
 
                   
ARTICLE 5        
 
    5.1     No Termination, Abatement, etc     17  
 
    5.2     Abatement Procedures     17  
 
                   
ARTICLE 6        
 
    6.1     Ownership of the Leased Property     18  
 
    6.2     Lessee’s Personal Property     18  
 
    6.3     Lessor’s Lien     18  
 
                   
ARTICLE 7        
 
    7.1     Condition of the Leased Property     18  
 
    7.2     Use of the Leased Property.     19  
 
    7.3     Lessor to Grant Easements, etc     20  
 
                   
ARTICLE 8        
 
    8.1     Compliance with Legal and Insurance Requirements, etc     20  
 
    8.2     Legal Requirement Covenants     20  
 
    8.3     Environmental Covenants     21  
 
                   
ARTICLE 9        
 
    9.1     Maintenance and Repair.     23  
 
    9.2     Encroachments, Restrictions, Etc     24  

i


 

                     
ARTICLE 10        
 
    10.1     Alterations     25  
 
    10.2     Salvage     25  
 
    10.3     Joint Use Agreements     25  
 
                   
ARTICLE 11        
 
    11.1     Liens     25  
 
                   
ARTICLE 12        
 
    12.1     Permitted Contests     26  
 
                   
ARTICLE 13        
 
    13.1     General Insurance Requirements     27  
 
    13.2     Replacement Cost     28  
 
    13.3     Worker’s Compensation     28  
 
    13.4     Waiver of Subrogation     28  
 
    13.5     Form Satisfactory, etc     28  
 
    13.6     Increase in Limits     29  
 
    13.7     Blanket Policy     29  
 
    13.8     No Separate Insurance     29  
 
                   
ARTICLE 14        
 
    14.1     Insurance Proceeds     29  
 
    14.2     Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Covered by Insurance.     29  
 
    14.3     Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Not Covered by Insurance     30  
 
    14.4     Lessee’s Property     30  
 
    14.5     Abatement of Rent     30  
 
    14.6     Damage Near End of Term     31  
 
    14.7     Waiver     31  
 
                   
ARTICLE 15        
 
    15.1     Definitions.     31  
 
    15.2     Parties’ Rights and Obligations     31  
 
    15.3     Total Taking     31  
 
    15.4     Allocation of Award     31  
 
    15.5     Partial Taking     32  
 
    15.6     Temporary Taking     32  
 
                   
ARTICLE 16        
 
    16.1     Events of Default     33  
 
    16.2     Surrender     34  
 
    16.3     Damages     35  
 
    16.4     Waiver     35  
 
    16.5     Application of Funds     35  
 
                   
ARTICLE 17        
 
    17.1     Lessor’s Right to Cure Lessee’s Default     36  

ii


 

                     
ARTICLE 18        
 
    18.1     REIT Requirements.     36  
 
    18.2     Lessee Officer and Employee Limitation     38  
 
    18.3     Management Agreement     38  
 
                   
ARTICLE 19        
 
    19.1     Holding Over     38  
 
                   
ARTICLE 20        
 
    20.1     Risk of Loss     39  
 
                   
ARTICLE 21        
 
    21.1     Indemnification     39  
 
                   
ARTICLE 22        
 
    22.1     Subletting and Assignment.     40  
 
    22.2     Attornment     40  
 
                   
ARTICLE 23        
 
    23.1     Officer’s Certificates; Financial Statements; Budgets; Lessor’s Estoppel Certificates and Covenants.     41  
 
    23.2     Operating Budget     41  
 
    23.3     Marketing Plan     42  
 
    23.4     Capital Budget     42  
 
    23.5     Disputes     42  
 
                   
ARTICLE 24        
 
    24.1     Lessor’s Right to Inspect     42  
 
                   
ARTICLE 25        
 
    25.1     No Waiver     42  
 
                   
ARTICLE 26        
 
    26.1     Remedies Cumulative     43  
 
                   
ARTICLE 27        
 
    27.1     Acceptance of Surrender     43  
 
                   
ARTICLE 28        
 
    28.1     No Merger of Title     43  
 
                   
ARTICLE 29        
 
    29.1     Conveyance by Lessor     43  
 
                   
ARTICLE 30        
 
    30.1     Quiet Enjoyment     43  

iii


 

                     
ARTICLE 31        
 
    31.1     Notices     44  
 
                   
ARTICLE 32        
 
    32.1     Appraisers     44  
 
                   
ARTICLE 33        
 
    33.1     Lessor May Grant Liens     45  
 
    33.2     Lessee’s Right to Cure     45  
 
    33.3     Breach by Lessor     45  
 
                   
ARTICLE 34        
 
    34.1     Miscellaneous     46  
 
    34.2     Transfer of Licenses     46  
 
    34.3     Waiver of Presentment, etc     46  
 
                   
ARTICLE 35        
 
    35.1     Memorandum of Lease     46  
 
                   
ARTICLE 36        
 
    36.1     Lessor’s Option to Purchase Assets of Lessee     46  
 
                   
ARTICLE 37        
 
    37.1     Lessor’s Option to Terminate Lease     47  
 
                   
ARTICLE 38        
 
    38.1     Compliance with Franchise Agreement     47  
 
                   
ARTICLE 39        
 
    39.1     Lessor Approval of Capital Expenditures     48  
 
    39.2     Inventory     48  
     
Schedule “A”
  Property Description
Schedule “B”
  Rent Terms
Schedule “C”
  Management Agreement

iv


 

LEASE AGREEMENT
     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”), made as of the _____ day of _____________ 2010, by and between Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Lessor ”), and Summit Hotel TRS 002, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lessee ”), provides as follows.
RECITALS :
     Lessor owns the fee simple title to the Leased Property (as defined below); and
     Lessor desires to let and Lessee desires to let the Leased Property and therefore desire to enter into this Lease intending to be bound, for the property listed on Schedule “A” attached hereto.
     NOW, THEREFORE, Lessor, in consideration of covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valued consideration, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, hereby rents and leases unto Lessee, and Lessee hereby rents and leases from Lessor, the Leased Property.
ARTICLE 1
1.1 Leased Property . The Leased Property is comprised of Lessor’s interest in the hotel property described in Schedule “A” attached hereto (the “ Leased Property ”) as follows:
     (a) the land described in Schedule “A” attached hereto and by reference incorporated herein (the “ Land ”);
     (b) all buildings, structures and other improvements of every kind including, but not limited to, alleyways and connecting tunnels, sidewalks, utility pipes, conduits and lines (on-site and offsite), parking areas and roadways appurtenant to such buildings and structures presently situated upon the Land (collectively, the “ Leased Improvements ”);
     (c) all easements, rights and appurtenances relating to the Land and the Leased Improvements;
     (d) all equipment, machinery, fixtures, and other items of property required or incidental to the use of the Leased Improvements as a hotel, including all components thereof, now and hereafter permanently affixed to or incorporated into the Leased Improvements, including, without limitation, all furnaces, boilers, heaters, electrical equipment, heating, plumbing, lighting, ventilating, refrigerating, incineration, air and water pollution control, waste disposal, air-cooling and air-conditioning systems and apparatus, sprinkler systems and fire and theft protection equipment, all of which to the greatest extent permitted by law are hereby deemed by the parties hereto to constitute real estate, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions thereto (collectively, the “ Fixtures ”);
     (e) all furniture and furnishings and all other items of personal property (excluding Inventory and personal property owned by Lessee) located on, and used in connection with, the

1


 

operation of the Leased Improvements as a hotel, together with all replacements, modifications, alterations and additions thereto; and
     (f) all existing leases of space within the Leased Property (including any security deposits or collateral held by Lessor pursuant thereto).
THE LEASED PROPERTY IS DEMISED IN ITS PRESENT CONDITION WITHOUT REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY (EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED) BY LESSOR AND SUBJECT TO THE RIGHTS OF PARTIES IN POSSESSION, AND TO THE EXISTING STATE OF TITLE INCLUDING ALL COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS, EASEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS OF RECORD INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, THE LIEN OF FINANCING INSTRUMENTS, MORTGAGES, DEEDS OF TRUST AND SECURITY DEEDS, AND INCLUDING OTHER MATTERS WHICH WOULD BE DISCLOSED BY AN INSPECTION OF THE LEASED PROPERTY OR BY AN ACCURATE SURVEY THEREOF.
1.2 Term . The term of the Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall end on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.
ARTICLE 2
2.1 Definitions . For all purposes of this Lease, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular, (b) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as are at the time applicable, (c) all references in this Lease to designated Articles and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles and other subdivisions of this Lease and (d) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Lease as a whole and not to any particular Article or other subdivision.
      Accounting Period : A calendar month, or portion thereof in which the Term begins or ends.
      Additional Charges : As defined in Section 3.3.
      Affiliate : As used in this Lease the term “Affiliate” of a person shall mean (a) any person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such person, (b) any other person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such person, or (c) any officer, director, employee, partner or trustee of such person or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person (excluding trustees and persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an Affiliate of such person). The term “person” means and includes individuals, corporations, general and limited partnerships, stock companies or associations, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts, or other entities and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms

2


 

“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or other equity interests.
      Annual Room Revenue Breakpoint : As set forth in Schedule “B”.
      Average Daily Rate : Total Room Revenue divided by occupied rooms at the Facility.
      Award : As defined in Section 15.1(c).
      Base Rate : The rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N. A., in New York, New York, from time to time, as such bank’s base rate. If no such rate is announced or becomes discontinued, then such other rate as Lessor may reasonably designate.
      Base Rent : As defined in Section 3.1(a).
      Business Day : Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which national banks in the City of New York, New York, or in the municipality wherein the Leased Property is located, are closed.
      Capital Budget : As defined in Section 23.4.
      Capital Expenditures : Amounts advanced to pay the costs of Capital Improvements.
      Capital Improvements : Improvements to (A) the external walls and internal load bearing walls (other than windows and plate glass), (B) the roof of the Facility, (C) private roadways, parking areas, sidewalks and curbs appurtenant thereto that are under Lessee’s control (other than cleaning, patching and striping), (D) mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems that service common areas, entire wings of the Facility or the entire Facility, including conduit and ductware connected thereto, and (E) items of the types which should be capitalized pursuant to Lessor’s capital expenditures policy.
      CERCLA : The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.
      Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      Commencement Date : The date set forth on Schedule “B” attached hereto as the commencement date with respect to the Facility.
      Condemnation, Condemnor : As defined in Section 15.1.
      Consolidated Financials : For any fiscal year or other accounting period for Lessee and its consolidated subsidiaries, statements of earnings and retained earnings and of changes in financial position for such period and for the period from the beginning of the respective fiscal year to the end of such period and the related balance sheet as at the end of such period, together with the notes thereto, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the

3


 

corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by nationally recognized independent certified public accountants.
      Cumulative Accounting Period Portion : As defined in Section 3.1(b).
      Date of Taking : As defined in Section 15.1(b).
      Encumbrance : As defined in Section 33.1.
      Eligible Independent Contractor : A management company that meets the following requirements:
     (a) The management company does not own, directly or indirectly, more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding stock of REIT.
     (b) If the management company is a corporation, no more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the total combined voting power of its outstanding stock (or thirty-five percent (35%) of the total shares of all classes of its outstanding stock) or, if it is not a corporation, no more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the ownership interest in its assets or profits is owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more Persons owning thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the outstanding stock of REIT.
     (c) Neither REIT, the Lessor, the Lessee, nor any Affiliate thereof derives any income from the management company.
     (d) At the time that the management company enters into a management agreement with the Lessee to operate the Leased Property, the management company (or any “related person” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code) is actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code for any Person who is not a “related person” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code with respect to REIT or the Lessee (an “ Unrelated Person ”). For purposes of determining whether the requirement of this paragraph (d) has been met, a management company shall be treated as being actively engaged in such a trade or business if the management company (i) derives at least ten percent (10%) of both its profits and revenue from operating “qualified lodging facilities” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code for Unrelated Persons or (ii) complies with any regulations or other administrative guidance under Section 856(d)(9) of the Code that provide a “safe harbor” rule with respect to the amount of hotel management business with Unrelated Persons that is necessary to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” within the meaning of such Code section.
      Environmental Authority : Any department, agency or other body or component of any Government that exercises any form of jurisdiction or authority under any Environmental Law.
      Environmental Authorization : Any license, permit, order, approval, consent, notice, registration, filing or other form of permission or authorization required under any Environmental Law.

4


 

      Environmental Laws : All applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to pollution of the environment (including without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata), including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, Releases or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials. Environmental Laws include but are not limited to CERCLA, FIFRA, RCRA, SARA and TSCA.
      Environmental Liabilities : Any and all obligations to pay the amount of any judgment or settlement, the cost of complying with any settlement, judgment or order for injunctive or other equitable relief, the cost of compliance or corrective action in response to any notice, demand or request from an Environmental Authority, the amount of any civil penalty or criminal fine, and any court costs and reasonable amounts for attorney’s fees, fees for witnesses and experts, and costs of investigation and preparation for defense of any claim or any Proceeding, regardless of whether such Proceeding is threatened, pending or completed, that may be or have been asserted against or imposed upon Lessor, Lessee, any Predecessor, the Leased Property or any property used therein and arising out of:
     (a) Failure of Lessee, Lessor, any Predecessor or the Leased Property to comply at any time with all Environmental Laws;
     (b) Presence of any Hazardous Materials on, in, under, at or in any way affecting the Leased Property;
     (c) A Release at any time of any Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under or in any way affecting the Leased Property;
     (d) Identification of Lessee, Lessor or any Predecessor as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under any Environmental Law similar to CERCLA;
     (e) Presence at any time of any above-ground and/or underground storage tanks, as defined in RCRA or in any applicable Environmental Law on, in, at or under the Leased Property or any adjacent site or facility; or
     (f) Any and all claims for injury or damage to persons or property arising out of exposure to Hazardous Materials originating or located at the Leased Property, or resulting from operation thereof or any adjoining property.
      Event of Default : As defined in Section 16.1.
      Excess Personal Property : As defined in Section 18.1.
      Expiration Date : The date set forth on Schedule “B” attached hereto as the expiration date with respect to the Facility.
      F&B Revenue : Gross revenue from the sale of food and beverages, including alcoholic beverages, whether to individuals, groups or transients, at the Facility, excluding the following:

5


 

     (a) the amount of all credits, rebates or refunds to customers, guests or patrons;
     (b) all sales taxes or any other taxes imposed on the sale of food and beverages; and
     (c) accounts receivable which have been included in F&B Revenue which thereafter become, in the reasonable judgment of Lessee, uncollectible.
      Facility : The hotel and/or other facility offering lodging and other services or amenities being operated or proposed to be operated on the Leased Property.
      Fair Market Value : The fair market value of the leasehold estate hereunder, or under a replacement lease offered under Article 37, means an amount equal to the price that a willing buyer not compelled to buy would pay a willing seller not compelled to sell for such leasehold estate, calculated based upon the present value (discounted at a rate of interest mutually agreeable to the parties), of the net income stream reasonably projected by the parties to be earned by Lessee under such lease for the then remaining term of such lease, determined in accordance with the appraisal procedures set forth in Article 32 (with the understanding that such appraisers will be instructed to utilize the income stream approach as aforesaid) or in such other manner as shall be mutually acceptable to Lessor and Lessee, and assuming that such seller must pay customary closing costs.
      FIFRA : The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended.
      First Tier Room Revenue Percentage : As defined in Schedule “B”.
      Fiscal Year : The twelve (12) month period from January 1 to December 31.
      Fixtures : As defined in Section 1.1.
      Franchise Agreement : Any franchise license agreement with a national franchisor under which the Facility is operated.
      GAAP : GAAP shall mean, as of any date of determination, accounting principles (a) set forth as generally accepted in then currently effective Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (b) set forth as generally accepted in then currently effective Statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or (c) that are then approved by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States of America. The term “consistently applied,” as used in connection therewith, means that the accounting principles applied are consistent in all material respects to those applied at prior dates or for prior periods.
      Government : The United States of America, any state, district or territory thereof, any foreign nation, any state, district, department, territory or other political division thereof, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing.
      Gross Revenue : All revenue, receipts, and income of any kind derived directly or indirectly by Lessee from or in connection with the Facility (including rentals or other payments from tenants, lessees, licensees or concessionaires but not including their gross receipts) whether

6


 

on a cash basis or credit, paid or collected, determined in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System, excluding, however: (i) funds furnished by Lessor, (ii) federal, state and municipal excise, sales, and use taxes collected directly from patrons and guests or as a part of the sales price of any goods, services or displays, such as gross receipts, admissions, cabaret or similar or equivalent taxes and paid over to federal, state or municipal governments, (iii) gratuities paid to employees, (iv) proceeds of insurance and condemnation, (v) proceeds from sales other than sales in the ordinary course of business, (vi) all loan proceeds from financing or refinancings of the Facility or interests therein or components thereof, (vii) judgments and awards, except any portion thereof arising from normal business operations of the Facility, and (viii) items constituting “allowances” under the Uniform System.
      Hazardous Materials : All chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes and toxic substances, including without limitation:
     (a) Solid or hazardous waste, as defined in RCRA or in any Environmental Law;
     (b) Hazardous substances, as defined in CERCLA or in any Environmental Law;
     (c) Toxic substances, as defined in TSCA or in any Environmental Law;
     (d) Insecticides, fungicides, or rodenticides, as defined in FIFRA or in any Environmental Law; and
     (e) Gasoline or any other petroleum product or byproduct, polychlorinated biphenols, asbestos and urea formaldehyde.
      Impositions : Collectively, all taxes (including, without limitation, all ad valorem, sales and use, single business, gross receipts, transaction privilege, rent or similar taxes as the same relate to or are imposed upon Lessee or its business conducted upon the Leased Property), assessments (including, without limitation, all assessments for public improvements or benefit, whether or not commenced or completed prior to the date hereof and whether or not to be completed within the Term), ground rents, water, sewer or other rents and charges, excises, tax inspection, authorization and similar fees and all other governmental charges, in each case whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, or foreseen or unforeseen, of every character in respect of the Leased Property or the business conducted thereon by Lessee (including all interest and penalties thereon caused by any failure in payment by Lessee), which at any time prior to, during or with respect to the Term hereof may be assessed or imposed on or with respect to or be a lien upon (a) Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property, (b) the Leased Property, or any part thereof or any rent therefrom or any estate, right, title or interest therein, or (c) any occupancy, operation, use or possession of, or sales from, or activity conducted on or in connection with the Leased Property, or the leasing or use of the Leased Property or any part thereof by Lessee. Nothing contained in this definition of Impositions shall be construed to require Lessee to pay (1) any tax based on net income (whether denominated as a franchise or capital stock or other tax) imposed on Lessor or any other person, or (2) any net revenue tax of Lessor or any other person, or (3) any tax imposed with respect to the sale, exchange or other disposition by Lessor of any Leased Property or the proceeds thereof, or (4) any single business, gross receipts (other than a tax on any rent received by Lessor from Lessee), transaction,

7


 

privilege or similar taxes as the same relate to or are imposed upon Lessor, except to the extent that any tax, assessment, tax levy or charge that Lessee is obligated to pay pursuant to the first sentence of this definition and that is in effect at any time during the Term hereof is totally or partially repealed, and a tax, assessment, tax levy or charge set forth in clause (1) or (2) is levied, assessed or imposed expressly in lieu thereof.
      Indemnified Party : Either of a Lessee Indemnified Party or a Lessor Indemnified Party.
      Indemnifying Party : Any party obligated to indemnify an Indemnified Party pursuant to Sections 8.3 or 21.1.
      Insurance Requirements : All terms of any insurance policy required by this Lease and all requirements of the issuer of any such policy.
      Inventory : All “Inventories of Merchandise” and “Inventories of Supplies” as defined in the Uniform System and including any property of the type described in Section 1221(1) of the Code.
      Land : As defined in Section 1.1(a).
      Lease : This Lease.
      Lease Year : Any twelve (12) month period from January 1 through December 31 during the Term, or any shorter period at the beginning or end of the Term.
      Leased Improvements; Leased Property : Each as defined in Section 1.1.
      Legal Requirements : All federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions affecting either the Leased Property or the maintenance, construction, use or alteration thereof (whether by Lessee or otherwise), whether or not hereafter enacted and in force, including (a) all laws, rules or regulations pertaining to the environment, occupational health and safety and public health, safety or welfare, and (b) any laws, rules or regulations that may (1) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Leased Property or (2) in any way adversely affect the use and enjoyment thereof; and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Lessee (other than encumbrances created by Lessor without the consent of Lessee), at any time in force affecting the Leased Property.
      Lending Institution : Any insurance company, credit company, federally insured commercial or savings bank, national banking association, savings and loan association, employees welfare, pension or retirement fund or system, corporate profit sharing or pension trust, college or university, or real estate investment trust, including any corporation qualified to be treated for federal tax purposes as a real estate investment trust, such trust having a net worth of at least $10,000,000.
      Lessee : The Lessee designated on this Lease and its respective permitted successors and assigns.

8


 

      Lessee’s Personal Property : As defined in Section 6.2.
      Lessee Indemnified Party : Lessee, any Affiliate of Lessee, any other Person against whom any claim for indemnification may be asserted hereunder as a result of a direct or indirect ownership interest (including a stockholder’s interest) in Lessee, the officers, directors, stockholders, employees, agents and representatives of Lessee and any corporate stockholder, agent, or representative of Lessee, and the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of any such officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent or representative.
      Lessor : The Lessor designated on this Lease and its respective successors and assigns.
      Lessor Indemnified Party : Lessor, any Affiliate of Lessor, any other Person against whom any claim for indemnification may be asserted hereunder as a result of a direct or indirect ownership interest (including a stockholder’s or partnership interest) in Lessor, the officers, directors, stockholders, employees, agents and representatives of the general partner of Lessor and any partner, agent, or representative of Lessor, and the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of any such officer, director, partner, stockholder, employee, agent or representative.
      Management Agreement : As defined in Section 18.3.
      Manager : As defined in Section 18.3.
      Net Worth : The excess of total assets over total liabilities, total assets and total liabilities each to be determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets: (a) unamortized goodwill, organizational expenses, research and development expenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent applications, and other similar intangibles; (b) all deferred charges that are not required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP or unamortized debt discounts and expense; (c) treasury stock; (d) securities which are not readily marketable (other than preferred stock or common stock of REIT or partnership interests of the Lessor); (e) any write-up in the book value of any asset resulting from a revaluation thereof; (f) this Lease or any other lease between the Lessor and the Lessee; and (g) any items not included in clauses (a) through (f) above that are treated as intangibles in conformity with GAAP.
      Notice : A notice given pursuant to Article 31.
      Officer’s Certificate : A certificate of Lessee signed by the chief financial officer or another officer authorized so to sign by the board of directors or by-laws of Lessee, or any other person whose power and authority to act has been authorized by delegation in writing by any such officer.
      Operating Budget : As defined in Section 23.2.
      Other Income : All revenue, receipts, and income of any kind derived directly or indirectly from or in connection with the Facility and included in Gross Revenue, other than Room Revenue and F&B Revenue.

9


 

      Overdue Rate : On any date, a rate equal to the Base Rate plus five percent (5%) per annum, but in no event greater than the maximum rate then permitted under applicable law.
      Payment Date : Any due date for the payment of any installment of Base Rent.
      Percentage Rent : As defined in Section 3.1(b).
      Periodic Revenue Computation : As defined in Section 3.1(b).
      Personal Property Limitation : As defined in Section 18.1.
      Person : Any Government, natural person, corporation, partnership or other legal entity.
      Predecessor : Any Person whose liabilities arising under any Environmental Law have or may have been retained or assumed by Lessee, either contractually or by operation of law, relating to the Leased Property.
      Primary Intended Use : As defined in Section 7.2(b).
      Proceeding : Any judicial action, suit or proceeding (whether civil or criminal), any administrative proceeding (whether formal or informal), any investigation by a governmental authority or entity (including a grand jury), and any arbitration, mediation or other non-judicial process for dispute resolution.
      RCRA : The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended.
      Real Estate Taxes : All real estate taxes, including general and special assessments, if any, which are imposed upon the Land, and any improvements thereon.
      REIT Requirements : As defined in Section 18.1.
      REIT : Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland real estate investment trust and sole general partner of Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
      Release : A “Release” as defined in CERCLA or in any Environmental Law, unless such Release has been properly authorized and permitted in writing by all applicable Environmental Authorities or is allowed by such Environmental Law without authorizations or permits.
      Rent : Collectively, the Base Rent, Percentage Rent, and Additional Charges.
      Room Revenue : Shall mean gross revenue from the rental of guest rooms, whether to individuals, groups or transients, but excluding the following:
     (a) The amount of all credits, rebates or refunds to customers, guests or patrons;
     (b) All sales taxes or any other taxes imposed on the rental of such guest rooms; and
     (c) Any fees collected for amenities including, but not limited to: food and beverage, telephone, laundry, movies or concessions.

10


 

      SARA : The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended.
      State : The state, district or commonwealth of the United States in which the Leased Property is located.
      Subsidiaries : Corporations in which Lessee owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or control, as applicable (individually, a “ Subsidiary ”).
      Taking : A taking or voluntary conveyance during the Term hereof of all or part of the Leased Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto or use thereof, as the result of, or in settlement of, any Condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting the Leased Property whether or not the same shall have actually been commenced.
      Term : As defined in Section 1.2.
      Transition Date : As defined in Section 7.2(f).
      TSCA : The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended.
      Unavoidable Delays : Delays due to strikes, lock-outs, labor unrest, inability to procure materials, power failure, acts of God, governmental restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or other causes beyond the control of the party responsible for performing an obligation hereunder, provided that lack of funds shall not be deemed a cause beyond the control of either party hereto unless such lack of funds is caused by the failure of the other party hereto to perform any obligations of such party under this Lease or any guaranty of this Lease.
      Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use : A state or condition of the Facility such that, in the good faith judgment of Lessee, reasonably exercised and evidenced by the resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of Lessee, the Facility cannot be operated on a commercially practicable basis for its Primary Intended Use, taking into account, among other relevant factors, the number of usable rooms and projected revenue, such that Lessee intends to, and shall, complete the cessation of operations at the Leased Facility.
      Uniform System : Shall mean the “Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels” (9 th Revised Edition, 1996) as published by the American Hotel and Motel Association, as it may be amended from time to time with such exceptions as may be required by the provisions of this Lease.
      Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use : A state or condition of the Facility such that, in the good faith judgment of Lessee, reasonably exercised and evidenced by the resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of Lessee, due to casualty damage or loss through Condemnation, the Facility cannot function as an integrated hotel facility consistent with standards applicable to a well maintained and operated hotel.
ARTICLE 3
3.1 Rent . Lessee will pay to Lessor in lawful money of the United States of America which shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, in immediately available funds,

11


 

at Lessor’s address set forth in Article 31 hereof or at such other place or to such other Person, as Lessor from time to time may designate in a Notice, all Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges, during the Term, as follows:
     (a)  Base Rent : Base Rent for any Fiscal Year shall be payable in the amounts set forth on Schedule “B”, payable in arrears in equal, consecutive periodic installments, on or before the tenth (10th) day after the end of an Accounting Period (“ Base Rent ”) (subject to increase as provided in Section 3.1(d)(i)(B) hereof); provided , however , that if the Term shall commence and/or end at any time other than the beginning or end of a calendar month, the first and/or last periodic payments of Base Rent, as the case may be, shall be prorated for any such partial calendar month; and
     (b)  Percentage Rent : For each Accounting Period during the Term, commencing with the Accounting Period in which the Term begins, Tenant shall at the time specified in Section 3.1(c) hereof pay percentage rent (“ Percentage Rent ”), if any, in an amount calculated by the following formulas:
     For any Accounting Period, Percentage Rent shall equal: (A) The amount equal to the Periodic Revenue Computation (defined below), less (B) an amount equal to the Base Rent paid for the Fiscal Year to date, (C) less an amount equal to the Percentage Rent paid for the Fiscal Year to date.
     For purposes of defining the Periodic Revenue Computation:
     “Cumulative Accounting Period Portion” shall mean a fraction having as its numerator the total number of Accounting Periods (including partial periods) in the Fiscal Year which have elapsed prior to the Accounting Period in which the payment of Percentage Rent is due, and having as its denominator the total number of Accounting Periods (including partial periods) in the Fiscal Year. For example, the Cumulative Accounting Period Portion in an entire (twelve (12) Accounting Period) Fiscal Year for the first percentage Rent Payment will be 1/12 and for the second Percentage Rent payment will be 2/12, and for the last Percentage Rent payment for said Fiscal Year (due in January of the next Fiscal Year) will be 12/12 or one hundred percent (100%).
      " First Tier Room Revenue Percentage” shall mean the percentage corresponding to such term as set forth in Schedule “B”.
     “Annual Room Revenue Breakpoint” shall mean the amounts of annual Room Revenue corresponding to such terms as set forth in Schedule “B”.
     The “Periodic Revenue Computation” shall be the amount equal to the First Tier Room Revenue Percentage of Room Revenue for the Fiscal Year to date to the extent that such Room Revenue does not exceed the Cumulative Accounting Period Portion of the Annual Room Revenue Breakpoint.
     If the Term for the Leased Property begins or ends in the middle of a Fiscal Year, the foregoing formulas shall be applied as if the first Fiscal Year had only the number of full calendar month Accounting Periods remaining in the Fiscal Year in which the Term commenced

12


 

or the last Fiscal Year had only the number of full calendar month Accounting Periods in the Fiscal Year in which the Term ended. If the Term shall commence and/or end at any time other than the beginning or end of the calendar month, the Percentage Rent for the Leased Property for the first or last Accounting Period, as applicable, shall equal (i) the Percentage Rent calculated as indicated above multiplied by (ii) a fraction equal to (A) the number of days in such Accounting Period divided by (B) the total number of days in the calendar month in which such Accounting Period begins.
     (c)  Officer’s Certificates . Additionally, an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to Lessor shall be delivered to Lessor quarterly, together with such quarterly Percentage Rent payment, setting forth the calculation of such rent payment for such quarter within thirty-five (35) days after each of the first three (3) quarters of each Fiscal Year (or part thereof) in the Term. Such quarterly payments shall be based on the formula set forth in Section 3.1(b). There shall be no reduction in the Base Rent regardless of the result of the Revenue Computations.
     In addition, on or before February 10 of each year, commencing with the February 10 first following the end of the Fiscal Year in which the Commencement Date occurs, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate reasonably acceptable to Lessor setting forth the computation of the actual Percentage Rent that accrued for the last quarter of the Fiscal Year that ended on the immediately preceding December 31 and shall pay to Lessor Percentage Rent, if due and payable, for the last quarter of the applicable Fiscal Year. The Officer’s Certificate shall also set forth the computation of the Percentage Rent accrued and paid during the Fiscal Year that ended on the immediately preceding December 31. If the annual Percentage Rent due and payable for any Fiscal Year (as shown in the applicable Officer’s Certificate) exceeds the amount actually paid as Percentage Rent by Lessee for such year, Lessee also shall pay such excess to Lessor at the time such certificate is delivered. If the Percentage Rent actually due and payable for such Fiscal Year is shown by such certificate to be less than the amount actually paid as Percentage Rent for the applicable Fiscal Year, Lessor, at its option, shall reimburse such amount to Lessee or credit such amount against the following months’ Base Rent and, to the extent necessary, the next quarters’ Percentage Rent payments. Any such credit to Base Rent shall not be applied for purposes of calculating Percentage Rent payable for any subsequent quarter.
     Any difference between the annual Percentage Rent due and payable for any Fiscal Year (as shown in the applicable Officer’s Certificate or as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3) and the total amount of quarterly payments for such Fiscal Year actually paid by Lessee as Percentage Rent, whether in favor of Lessor or Lessee, shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate, which interest shall accrue from the close of such Fiscal Year until the amount of such difference shall be paid or otherwise discharged. Any such interest payable to Lessor shall be deemed to be and shall be payable as Additional Charges.
     The obligation to pay Percentage Rent shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and a final reconciliation, taking into account, among other relevant adjustments, any adjustments which are accrued after such expiration or termination date but which related to Percentage Rent accrued prior to such termination date, and Lessee’s good faith best estimate of the amount of any unresolved contractual allowances, shall be made not later than two (2) years after such expiration or termination date, but Lessee shall advise Lessor within sixty (60) days

13


 

after such expiration or termination date of Lessee’s best estimate at that time of the approximate amount of such adjustments, which estimate shall not be binding on Lessee or have any legal effect whatsoever.
3.2 Confirmation of Percentage Rent . Lessee shall utilize, or cause to be utilized, an accounting system for the Leased Property in accordance with its usual and customary practices, and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the Uniform System, that will accurately record all data necessary to compute Percentage Rent, and Lessee shall retain, for at least four years after the expiration of each Fiscal Year (and in any event until the reconciliation described in Section 3.1(c) for such Fiscal Year has been made), reasonably adequate records conforming to such accounting system showing all data necessary to compute Percentage Rent for the applicable Fiscal Years. Lessor, at its expense (except as provided hereinbelow), shall have the right from time to time by its accountants or representatives to audit the information that formed the basis for the data set forth in any Officer’s Certificate provided under Section 3.1(c) and, in connection with such audits, to examine all Lessee’s records (including supporting data, franchisor reports and sales and excise tax returns) reasonably required to verify Percentage Rent, subject to any prohibitions or limitations on disclosure of any such data under Legal Requirements. If any such audit discloses a deficiency in the payment of Percentage Rent, and either Lessee agrees with the result of such audit or the matter is otherwise determined or compromised, Lessee shall forthwith pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency, as finally agreed or determined, together with interest at the Overdue Rate from the date when said payment should have been made to the date of payment thereof; provided , however , that as to any audit that is commenced more than two (2) years after the date Percentage Rent for any Fiscal Year is reported by Lessee to Lessor, the deficiency, if any, with respect to such Percentage Rent shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate only from the date such determination of deficiency is made unless such deficiency is the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Lessee, in which case interest at the Overdue Rate will accrue from the date such payment should have been made to the date of payment thereof. If any such audit discloses that the Percentage Rent actually due from Lessee for any Fiscal Year exceed those reported and paid by Lessee by more than three percent (3%), Lessee shall pay the cost of such audit and examination. Any proprietary information obtained by Lessor pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be treated as confidential, except that such information may be used, subject to appropriate confidentiality safeguards, in any litigation between the parties and except further that Lessor may disclose such information to prospective lenders. The obligations of Lessee contained in this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
3.3 Additional Charges . In addition to the Base Rent and Percentage Rent, (a) Lessee also will pay and discharge as and when due and payable all other amounts, liabilities, obligations and Impositions that Lessee assumes or agrees to pay under this Lease, and (b) in the event of any failure on the part of Lessee to pay any of those items referred to in clause (a) of this Section 3.3, Lessee also will promptly pay and discharge every fine, penalty, interest and cost that may be added for non-payment or late payment of such items (the items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 3.3 being additional rent hereunder and being referred to herein collectively as the “ Additional Charges ”), and Lessor shall have all legal, equitable and contractual rights, powers and remedies provided either in this Lease or by statute or otherwise in the case of non-payment of the Additional Charges as in the case of non-payment of the Base Rent, including, but not limited to, the right, but not the obligation to pay such Additional

14


 

Charges on behalf of the Lessee and to require reimbursement thereof by Lessee, together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate. If any installment of Base Rent, Percentage Rent or Additional Charges (but only as to those Additional Charges that are payable directly to Lessor) shall not be paid on its due date, Lessee will pay Lessor on demand, as Additional Charges, a late charge (to the extent permitted by law) computed at the Overdue Rate on the amount of such installment, from the due date of such installment to the date of payment thereof. To the extent that Lessee pays any Additional Charges to Lessor pursuant to any requirement of this Lease, Lessee shall be relieved of its obligation to pay such Additional Charges to the entity to which they would otherwise be due and Lessor shall pay same from monies received from Lessee.
3.4 Net Lease Provision . The Rent shall be paid absolutely net to Lessor, so that this Lease shall yield to Lessor the full amount of the installments of Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges throughout the Term, all as more fully set forth in Article 5, but subject to any other provisions of this Lease that expressly provide for adjustment or abatement of Rent or other charges or expressly provide that certain expenses or maintenance shall be paid or performed by Lessor.
3.5 Conversion of Property . If, during the Term, Lessee wishes to cease food and beverage operations or institute food and beverage operations at the Facility (all in accordance with the requirements of any applicable Franchise Agreement), Lessee shall give notice of such desire to Lessor. If, during the Term, Lessor wishes (a) Lessee to cease food and beverage operations or to institute food and beverage operations at the Facility (all in accordance with the requirements of any applicable Franchise Agreement), or (b) to change the franchise affiliation of the Facility or to make substantial renovations to the Facility, Lessor shall give notice thereof to Lessee. Following any such notice, Lessor and Lessee shall commence negotiations to adjust Rent to reflect the proposed renovation or change to the operation of the Facility, each acting reasonably and in good faith, and subject to Lessor’s reasonable satisfaction that any Rent adjustment will not adversely affect REIT’s status as a real estate investment trust under the Code. All other terms of this Lease will remain substantially the same. During negotiations, which shall not extend beyond sixty (60) days, Lessee shall not “convert” the Facility and Lessor shall not change the franchise or commence substantial renovations and Lessee shall continue fulfilling its obligations under the existing terms of this Lease. If no agreement is reached after such sixty (60) day period, Lessee or Lessor, as appropriate, shall withdraw such notice and this Lease shall continue in full force.
ARTICLE 4
4.1 Payment of Impositions . Subject to Article 12 relating to permitted contests, Lessee will pay, or cause to be paid, all Impositions (other than Real Estate Taxes, which shall be paid by Lessor) before any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added for non-payment, such payments to be made directly to the taxing or other authorities where feasible, and will promptly furnish to Lessor copies of official receipts or other satisfactory proof evidencing such payments. Lessee’s obligation to pay such Impositions shall be deemed absolutely fixed upon the date such Impositions become a lien upon the Leased Property or any part thereof. If any such Imposition may, at the option of the taxpayer, lawfully be paid in installments (whether or not interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance of such Imposition), Lessee may exercise the option to pay the same (and any accrued interest on the unpaid balance of such Imposition) in installments and in

15


 

such event, shall pay such installments during the Term hereof (subject to Lessee’s right of contest pursuant to the provisions of Article 12) as the same respectively become due and before any fine, penalty, premium, further interest or cost may be added thereto. Lessor, at its expense, shall, to the extent required or permitted by applicable law, prepare and file all tax returns in respect of Lessor’s net income, gross receipts, sales and use, single business, transaction privilege, rent, ad valorem, franchise taxes, Real Estate Taxes and taxes on its capital stock, and Lessee, at its expense, shall, to the extent required or permitted by applicable laws and regulations, prepare and file all other tax returns and reports in respect of any Imposition as may be required by governmental authorities. If any refund shall be due from any taxing authority in respect of any Imposition paid by Lessee, the same shall be paid over to or retained by Lessee if no Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder and be continuing. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any such refund shall be paid over to or retained by Lessor. Any such funds retained by Lessor due to an Event of Default shall be applied as provided in Article 16. Lessor and Lessee shall, upon request of the other, provide such data as is maintained by the party to whom the request is made with respect to the Leased Property as may be necessary to prepare any required returns and reports. Lessee shall file all personal property tax returns in such jurisdictions where it is legally required to so file. Lessor, to the extent it possesses the same, and Lessee, to the extent it possesses the same, will provide the other party, upon request, with cost and depreciation records necessary for filing returns for any property so classified as personal property. Where Lessor is legally required to file personal property tax returns, Lessor shall provide Lessee with copies of assessment notices in sufficient time for Lessee to file a protest. Lessee may, upon notice to Lessor, at Lessee’s option and at Lessee’s sole expense, protest, appeal, or institute such other proceedings (in its or Lessor’s name) as Lessee may deem appropriate to effect a reduction of real estate or personal property assessments for those Impositions to be paid by Lessee, and Lessor, at Lessee’s expense as aforesaid, shall fully cooperate with Lessee in such protest, appeal, or other action. Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lessor from and against any claims, obligations, and liabilities against or incurred by Lessor in connection with such cooperation. Billings for reimbursement of personal property taxes by Lessee to Lessor shall be accompanied by copies of a bill therefor and payments thereof which identify the personal property with respect to which such payments are made. Lessor, however, reserves the right to effect any such protest, appeal or other action and, upon notice to Lessee, shall control any such activity, which shall then go forward at Lessor’s sole expense. Upon such notice, Lessee, at Lessor’s expense, shall cooperate fully with such activities.
4.2 Notice of Impositions . To the extent Lessor is notified of any Impositions, Lessor shall give prompt Notice to Lessee of such Impositions payable by Lessee hereunder, provided that Lessor’s failure to give any such Notice shall in no way diminish Lessee’s obligations hereunder to pay such Impositions, but such failure shall obviate any default hereunder for a reasonable time after Lessee receives Notice of any Imposition which it is obligated to pay during the first taxing period applicable thereto.
4.3 Adjustment of Impositions . Impositions imposed in respect of the tax-fiscal period during which the Term terminates shall be adjusted and prorated between Lessor and Lessee, whether or not such Imposition is imposed before or after such termination, and Lessee’s obligation to pay its prorated share thereof after termination shall survive such termination.

16


 

4.4 Utility Charges . Lessee will be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining utility services to the Leased Property and will pay or cause to be paid all charges for electricity, gas, oil, water, sewer and other utilities used in the Leased Property during the Term.
4.5 Insurance Premiums . Lessee will pay or cause to be paid all premiums for the insurance coverages required to be maintained by it under Article 13.
ARTICLE 5
5.1 No Termination, Abatement, etc. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, and except for loss of the Franchise Agreement solely by reason of any action or inaction by Lessor, Lessee, to the extent permitted by law, shall remain bound by this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall neither take any action without the written consent of Lessor to modify, surrender or terminate the same, nor seek nor be entitled to any abatement, deduction, deferment or reduction of the Rent, or setoff against the Rent, nor shall the obligations of Lessee be otherwise affected by reason of (a) any damage to, or destruction of, any Leased Property or any portion thereof from whatever cause or any Taking of the Leased Property or any portion thereof, (b) the lawful or unlawful prohibition of, or restriction upon, Lessee’s use of the Leased Property, or any portion thereof, or the interference with such use by any Person, corporation, partnership or other entity, or by reason of eviction by paramount title, (c) any claim which Lessee has or might have against Lessor by reason of any default or breach of any warranty by Lessor under this Lease or any other agreement between Lessor and Lessee, or to which Lessor and Lessee are parties, (d) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, winding up or other proceedings affecting Lessor or any assignee or transferee of Lessor, or (e) for any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to any of the foregoing other than a discharge of Lessee from any such obligations as a matter of law. Lessee hereby specifically waives all rights, arising from any occurrence whatsoever, which may now or hereafter be conferred upon it by law to (1) modify, surrender or terminate this Lease or quit or surrender the Leased Property or any portion thereof, or (2) entitle Lessee to any abatement, reduction, suspension or deferment of the Rent or other sums payable by Lessee hereunder, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease. The obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements and the Rent and all other sums payable by Lessee hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events unless the obligations to pay the same shall be terminated pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease or by termination of this Lease other than by reason of an Event of Default.
5.2 Abatement Procedures . In the event of a partial Taking as described in Section 15.5, the Lease shall not terminate, but the Base Rent shall be abated in the manner and to the extent that is fair, just and equitable to both Lessee and Lessor, taking into consideration, among other relevant factors, the number of usable rooms, the amount of square footage, or the revenue affected by such partial Taking. If Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon the amount of such abatement within thirty (30) days after such partial Taking, the matter may be submitted by either party to a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution.
ARTICLE 6

17


 

6.1 Ownership of the Leased Property . Lessee acknowledges that the Leased Property is the property of Lessor and that Lessee has only the right to the possession and use of the Leased Property upon the terms and conditions of this Lease.
6.2 Lessee’s Personal Property . Lessee will acquire and maintain throughout the Term such Inventory as is required to operate the Leased Property in the manner contemplated by this Lease. Lessee may (and shall as provided hereinbelow), at its expense, install, affix or assemble or place on any parcels of the Land or in any of the Leased Improvements, any items of personal property (including Inventory) owned by Lessee. Lessee, at the commencement of the Term, and from time to time thereafter, shall provide Lessor with an accurate list of all such items of Lessee’s personal property (collectively, the “ Lessee’s Personal Property ”). Lessee may, subject to the first sentence of this Section 6.2 and the conditions set forth below, remove any of Lessee’s Personal Property set forth on such list at any time during the Term or upon the expiration or any prior termination of the Term. All of Lessee’s Personal Property, other than Inventory, not removed by Lessee within ten (10) days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall be considered abandoned by Lessee and may be appropriated, sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Lessor without first giving Notice thereof to Lessee, without any payment to Lessee and without any obligation to account therefor. Lessee will, at its expense, restore the Leased Property to the condition required by Section 9.1(d), including repair of all damage to the Leased Property caused by the removal of Lessee’s Personal Property, whether effected by Lessee or Lessor. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Lessee shall sell and Lessor, or its designee, shall purchase all Inventory on hand at the Leased Property at the time of such expiration or termination for a sale price equal to Lessee’s actual cost of such Inventory, as evidenced by invoices, receipts, or other reasonable documentation. Lessee may make such financing arrangements, title retention agreements, leases or other agreements with respect to the Lessee’s Personal Property as it sees fit provided that Lessee first advises Lessor of any such arrangement and such arrangement expressly provides that in the event of Lessee’s default thereunder, Lessor (or its designee) may assume Lessee’s obligations and rights under such arrangement.
6.3 Lessor’s Lien . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Lessor is granted a lien and security interest on all Lessee’s personal property now or hereinafter placed in or upon the Leased Property, and such lien and security interest shall remain attached to such Lessee’s personal property until payment in full of all Rent and satisfaction of all of Lessee’s obligations hereunder; provided , however , Lessor shall subordinate its lien and security interest to that of any non-Affiliate of Lessee which finances such Lessee’s personal property or any non-Affiliate conditional seller of such Lessee’s personal property, the terms and conditions of such subordination to be satisfactory to Lessor in the exercise of reasonable discretion. Lessee shall, upon the request of Lessor, execute such financing statements or other documents or instruments reasonably requested by Lessor to perfect the lien and security interests herein granted.
ARTICLE 7
7.1 Condition of the Leased Property . Lessee acknowledges receipt and delivery of possession of the Leased Property. Lessee has examined and otherwise has knowledge of the condition of the Leased Property and has found the same to be satisfactory for its purposes hereunder. Lessee is leasing the Leased Property “as is” in its present condition. Lessee waives

18


 

any claim or action against Lessor in respect of the condition of the Leased Property. LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN RESPECT OF THE LEASED PROPERTY, OR ANY PART THEREOF, EITHER AS TO ITS FITNESS FOR USE, DESIGN OR CONDITION FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP THEREIN, LATENT OR PATENT, IT BEING AGREED THAT ALL SUCH RISKS ARE TO BE BORNE BY LESSEE. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LEASED PROPERTY HAS BEEN INSPECTED BY LESSEE AND IS SATISFACTORY TO IT. Provided, however, to the extent permitted by law, Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee all of Lessor’s rights to proceed against any predecessor in title other than Lessee for breaches of warranties or representations or for latent defects in the Leased Property. Lessor shall fully cooperate with Lessee in the prosecution of any such claim, in Lessor’s or Lessee’s name, all at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lessor from and against any claims, obligations and liabilities against or incurred by Lessor in connection with such cooperation.
7.2 Use of the Leased Property .
     (a) Lessee covenants that it will proceed with all due diligence and will exercise its best efforts to obtain and to maintain all approvals needed to use and operate the Leased Property and the Facility under applicable local, state and federal law.
     (b) Lessee shall use or cause to be used the Leased Property only as a hotel facility, and for such other uses as may be necessary or incidental to such use or such other use as otherwise approved by Lessor (the “ Primary Intended Use ”). Lessee shall not use the Leased Property or any portion thereof for any other use without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent may be granted, denied or conditioned in Lessor’s sole discretion. No use shall be made or permitted to be made of the Leased Property, and no acts shall be done, which will cause the cancellation or increase the premium of any insurance policy covering the Leased Property or any part thereof (unless another adequate policy satisfactory to Lessor is available and Lessee pays any premium increase), nor shall Lessee sell or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the Leased Property any article which may be prohibited by law or fire underwriter’s regulations. Lessee shall, at its sole cost, comply with all of the requirements pertaining to the Leased Property of any insurance board, association, organization or company necessary for the maintenance of insurance, as herein provided, covering the Leased Property and Lessee’s Personal Property.
     (c) Subject to the provisions of Articles 14, 15, 20 and 21, Lessee covenants and agrees that during the Term it will (1) operate continuously the Leased Property as a hotel facility, (2) keep in full force and effect and comply with all the provisions of the Franchise Agreement (other than requirements with respect to Capital Improvements), (3) not terminate or amend the Franchise Agreement without the consent of Lessor, (4) maintain appropriate certifications and licenses for such use and (5) will seek to maximize the gross revenue generated therefrom consistent with sound business practices.
     (d) Lessee shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste on the Leased Property, or in the Facility, nor shall Lessee cause or permit any nuisance thereon.

19


 

     (e) Lessee shall neither suffer nor permit the Leased Property or any portion thereof, or Lessee’s Personal Property, to be used in such a manner as (1) might reasonably tend to impair Lessor’s (or Lessee’s, as the case may be) title thereto or to any portion thereof, or (2) may reasonably make possible a claim or claims of adverse usage or adverse possession by the public, as such, or of implied dedication of the Leased Property or any portion thereof, except as necessary in the ordinary and prudent operation of the Facility on the Leased Property.
7.3 Lessor to Grant Easements, etc. Lessor will, from time to time, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the request of Lessee and at Lessee’s cost and expense (but subject to the approval of Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (a) grant easements and other rights in the nature of easements with respect to the Leased Property to third parties, (b) release existing easements or other rights in the nature of easements which are for the benefit of the Leased Property, (c) dedicate or transfer unimproved portions of the Leased Property for road, highway or other public purposes, (d) execute petitions to have the Leased Property annexed to any municipal corporation or utility district, (e) execute amendments to any covenants and restrictions affecting the Leased Property and (f) execute and deliver to any person any instrument appropriate to confirm or effect such grants, releases, dedications, transfers, petitions and amendments (to the extent of its interests in the Leased Property), but only upon delivery to Lessor of an Officer’s Certificate stating that such grant, release, dedication, transfer, petition or amendment is not detrimental to the proper conduct of the business of Lessee on the Leased Property and does not materially reduce the value of the Leased Property.
ARTICLE 8
8.1 Compliance with Legal and Insurance Requirements, etc. Subject to Section 8.3(b) below and Article 12 relating to permitted contests, and subject further to the obligations of Lessor with respect to Capital Improvements as set forth in Section 9.1(b), Lessee, at its expense, will promptly (a) comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements in respect of the use, operation, maintenance, repair and restoration of the Leased Property, and (b) procure, maintain and comply with all appropriate licenses and other authorizations required for any use of the Leased Property and Lessee’s Personal Property then being made, and for the proper erection, installation, operation and maintenance of the Leased Property or any part thereof.
8.2 Legal Requirement Covenants . Subject to Section 8.3(b) below, Lessee covenants and agrees that the Leased Property and Lessee’s Personal Property shall not be used for any unlawful purpose, and that Lessee shall not permit or suffer to exist any unlawful use of the Leased Property by others. Lessee shall acquire and maintain all appropriate licenses, certifications, permits and other authorizations and approvals needed to operate the Leased Property in its customary manner for the Primary Intended Use, and any other lawful use conducted on the Leased Property as may be permitted from time to time hereunder. Lessee further covenants and agrees that Lessee’s use of the Leased Property and maintenance, alteration, and operation of the same, and all parts thereof, shall at all times conform to all Legal Requirements, unless the same are finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unlawful (and Lessee shall cause all such sub-tenants, invitees or others to so comply with all Legal Requirements). Lessee may, however, upon prior Notice to Lessor, contest the legality or

20


 

applicability of any such Legal Requirement or any licensure or certification decision if Lessee maintains such action in good faith, with due diligence, without prejudice to Lessor’s rights hereunder, and at Lessee’s sole expense. If by the terms of any such Legal Requirement compliance therewith pending the prosecution of any such proceeding may legally be delayed without the incurrence of any lien, charge or liability of any kind against the Facility or Lessee’s leasehold interest therein and without subjecting Lessee or Lessor to any liability, civil or criminal, for failure so to comply therewith, Lessee may delay compliance therewith until the final determination of such proceeding. If any lien, charge or civil or criminal liability would be incurred by reason of any such delay, Lessee, on the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, may nonetheless contest as aforesaid and delay as aforesaid provided that such delay would not subject Lessor to criminal liability and Lessee both (a) furnishes to Lessor security reasonably satisfactory to Lessor against any loss or injury by reason of such contest or delay and (b) prosecutes the contest with due diligence and in good faith.
8.3 Environmental Covenants . Lessor and Lessee (in addition to, and not in diminution of, Lessee’s covenants and undertakings in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof) covenant and agree as follows:
     (a) At all times hereafter until such time as all liabilities, duties or obligations of Lessee to the Lessor under the Lease have been satisfied in full, Lessee shall fully comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to the Leased Property and the operations thereon, subject to the obligations of Lessor with respect to Capital Improvements as set forth in Section 9.1(b) unless caused by the acts or grossly negligent failures to act of Lessee. Lessee agrees to give Lessor written notice of the following, promptly after Lessee receives knowledge thereof: (1) all Environmental Liabilities; (2) all pending, threatened or anticipated Proceedings, and all notices, demands, requests or investigations, relating to any Environmental Liability or relating to the issuance, revocation or change in any Environmental Authorization required for operation of the Leased Property; (3) all Releases at, on, in, under or in any way affecting the Leased Property, or any Release at, on, in or under any property adjacent to the Leased Property; and (4) all facts, events or conditions that could reasonably lead to the occurrence of any of the above-referenced matters.
     (b) Lessor hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless any and all Lessee Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Environmental Liabilities other than Environmental Liabilities which were caused by the acts or grossly negligent failures to act of Lessee.
     (c) Lessee hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless any and all Lessor Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Environmental Liabilities caused by the acts or grossly negligent failures to act of Lessee.
     (d) If any Proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party in respect of an Environmental Liability with respect to which such Indemnified Party may claim indemnification under either Section 8.3(b) or (c), the Indemnifying Party, upon request, shall at its sole expense resist and defend such Proceeding, or cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel designated by the Indemnified Party and approved by the Indemnifying Party, which

21


 

approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that such approval shall not be required in the case of defense by counsel designated by any insurance company undertaking such defense pursuant to any applicable policy of insurance. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the sole expense of such Indemnified Party unless such counsel has been approved by the Indemnifying Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding made without its consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with the consent of the Indemnifying Party, or if settled without its consent (if its consent shall be unreasonably withheld), or if there be a final, nonappealable judgment for an adversary party in any such Proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Parties by reason of such settlement or judgment.
     (e) At any time any Indemnified Party has reason to believe circumstances exist which could reasonably result in an Environmental Liability, upon reasonable prior written notice to Lessee stating such Indemnified Party’s basis for such belief, an Indemnified Party shall be given immediate access to the Leased Property (including, but not limited to, the right to enter upon, investigate, drill wells, take soil borings, excavate, monitor, test, cap and use available land for the testing of remedial technologies), Lessee’s employees, and to all relevant documents and records regarding the matter as to which a responsibility, liability or obligation is asserted or which is the subject of any Proceeding; provided that such access may be conditioned or restricted as may be reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with law and the safety of personnel and facilities or to protect confidential or privileged information. All Indemnified Parties requesting such immediate access and cooperation shall endeavor to coordinate such efforts to result in as minimal interruption of the operation of the Leased Property as practicable.
     (f) The indemnification rights and obligations provided for in this Article 8 shall be in addition to any indemnification rights and obligations provided for elsewhere in this Lease.
     (g) The indemnification rights and obligations provided for in this Article 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
     For purposes of this Section 8.3, all amounts for which any Indemnified Party seeks indemnification shall be computed net of (a) any actual income tax benefit resulting therefrom to such Indemnified Party, (b) any insurance proceeds received (net of tax effects) with respect thereto, and (c) any amounts recovered (net of tax effects) from any third parties based on claims the Indemnified Party has against such third parties which reduce the damages that would otherwise be sustained; provided that in all cases, the timing of the receipt or realization of insurance proceeds or income tax benefits or recoveries from third parties shall be taken into account in determining the amount of reduction of damages. Each Indemnified Party agrees to use its reasonable efforts to pursue, or assign to Lessee or Lessor, as the case may be, any claims or rights it may have against any third party which would materially reduce the amount of damages otherwise incurred by such Indemnified Party.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if Lessor shall become entitled to the possession of the Leased Property by virtue of the termination of the

22


 

Lease or repossession of the Leased Property, then Lessor may assign its indemnification rights under Section 8.3 of this Agreement (but not any other rights hereunder) to any Person to whom the Lessor subsequently transfers the Leased Property, subject to the following conditions and limitations, each of which shall be deemed to be incorporated into the terms of such assignment, whether or not specifically referred to therein:
          (i) The indemnification rights referred to in this section may be assigned only if a known Environmental Liability then exists or if a Proceeding is then pending or, to the knowledge of Lessee or Lessor, then threatened with respect to the Leased Property;
          (ii) Such indemnification rights shall be limited to Environmental Liabilities relating to or specifically affecting the Leased Property; and
          (iii) Any assignment of such indemnification rights shall be limited to the immediate transferee of Lessor, and shall not extend to any such transferee’s successors or assigns.
ARTICLE 9
9.1 Maintenance and Repair .
     (a) Except as provided in Section 9.1(b) or Article 14, Lessee, at its sole expense, will keep the Leased Property in good order and repair except for ordinary wear and tear (whether or not the need for such repairs occurred as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of the Leased Property, or any portion thereof), and, with reasonable promptness, make all necessary and appropriate repairs, replacements, and improvements thereto of every kind and nature, whether interior or exterior, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen or arising by reason of a condition existing prior to the commencement of the Term of this Lease (concealed or otherwise), or required by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Leased Property. Lessee, however, shall be permitted to prosecute claims against Lessor’s predecessors in title for breach of any representation or warranty or for any latent defects in the Leased Property to be maintained by Lessee unless Lessor is already diligently pursuing such a claim. All repairs shall, to the extent reasonably achievable, be at least equivalent in quality to the original work. Lessee will not take or omit to take any action, the taking or omission of which might materially impair the value or the usefulness of the Leased Property or any part thereof for its Primary Intended Use.
     (b) Notwithstanding Lessee’s obligations under Section 9.1(a) above or elsewhere in this Lease, unless caused by Lessee’s negligence or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents, Lessee shall not be responsible for any Capital Improvements, including (without limitation) Capital Improvements required by the Franchisor under the Franchise Agreement. Lessor shall be responsible for all Capital Improvements, subject to (i) Lessor’s right to approve the Capital Budget pursuant to Article 29, and (ii) Lessor’s right in its sole discretion to refuse to make any Capital Expenditure required by the Franchisor; provided that, if such refusal results in a default under or termination of the Franchise Agreement, Lessor shall be responsible for all damages, termination payments payable by Lessee under the terms of the Franchise Agreement, application fees for a new franchise license approved by Lessor, increased royalty fees and other

23


 

costs arising out of such refusal or out of the resulting need to apply for and enter into a substitute franchise license agreement. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Lessor shall not under any circumstances be required to build or rebuild any improvement on the Leased Property, or to make any repairs, replacements, alterations, restorations or renewals of any nature or description to the Leased Property, whether ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, or to make any expenditure whatsoever with respect thereto, in connection with this Lease, or to maintain the Leased Property in any way. Lessee hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, the right to make repairs at the expense of Lessor pursuant to any law in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease or hereafter enacted. Lessor shall have the right to give, record and post, as appropriate, notices of nonresponsibility under any mechanic’s lien laws now or hereafter existing.
     (c) Nothing contained in this Lease and no action or inaction by Lessor shall be construed as (1) constituting the request of Lessor, expressed or implied, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer, materialman or vendor to or for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property for the construction, alteration, addition, repair or demolition of or to the Leased Property or any part thereof, or (2) giving Lessee any right, power or permission to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against Lessor in respect thereof or to make any agreement that may create, or in any way be the basis for any right, title, interest, lien, claim or other encumbrance upon the estate of Lessor in the Leased Property, or any portion thereof.
     (d) Lessee will, upon the expiration or prior termination of the Term, vacate and surrender the Leased Property to Lessor in the condition in which the Leased Property was originally received from Lessor, except as repaired, rebuilt, restored, altered or added to as permitted or required by the provisions of this Lease and except for ordinary wear and tear (subject to the obligation of Lessee to maintain the Leased Property in good order and repair, as would a prudent owner, during the entire Term of the Lease, to the extent required in Section 9.1(a)), or damage by casualty or Condemnation (subject to the obligations of Lessee to restore or repair as set forth in the Lease.)
9.2 Encroachments, Restrictions, Etc . If any of the Leased Improvements, at any time, materially encroach upon any property, street or right-of-way adjacent to the Leased Property, or violate the agreements or conditions contained in any lawful restrictive covenant or other agreement affecting the Leased Property, or any part thereof, or impair the rights of others under any easement or right-of-way to which the Leased Property is subject, then promptly upon the request of Lessor or at the behest of any person affected by any such encroachment, violation or impairment, Lessee shall, at its expense, subject to its right to contest the existence of any encroachment, violation or impairment and in such case, in the event of an adverse final determination, either (a) obtain valid and effective waivers or settlements of all claims, liabilities and damages resulting from each such encroachment, violation or impairment, whether the same shall affect Lessor or Lessee or (b) make such changes in the Leased Improvements, and take such other actions, as Lessee in the good faith exercise of its judgment deems reasonably practicable to remove such encroachment, and to end such violation or impairment, including, if necessary, the alteration of any of the Leased Improvements, and in any event take all such actions as may be necessary in order to be able to continue the operation of the Leased

24


 

Improvements for the Primary Intended Use substantially in the manner and to the extent the Leased Improvements were operated prior to the assertion of such violation, impairment or encroachment; provided , however , that any Capital Improvement shall be the responsibility of Lessor. Any such alteration shall be made in conformity with the applicable requirements of Article 10. Lessee’s obligations under this Section 9.2 shall be in addition to and shall in no way discharge or diminish any obligation of any insurer under any policy of title or other insurance held by Lessor.
ARTICLE 10
10.1 Alterations . Lessee shall have the right to make additions, modifications or improvements to the Leased Property from time to time as Lessee, in its discretion, may deem to be desirable for its permitted uses and purposes, provided that such action will not significantly alter the character or purposes or significantly detract from the value or operating efficiency thereof and will not significantly impair the revenue-producing capability of the Leased Property or adversely affect the ability of the Lessee to comply with the provisions of this Lease. The cost of such additions, modifications or improvements to the Leased Property shall be paid by Lessee, and all such additions, modifications and improvements shall, without payment by Lessor at any time, be included under the terms of this Lease and upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall pass to and become the property of Lessor.
10.2 Salvage . All materials which are scrapped or removed in connection with the making of repairs required by Articles 9 or 10 shall be or become the property of Lessor or Lessee depending on which party is paying for or providing the financing for such work.
10.3 Joint Use Agreements . If Lessee constructs additional improvements that are connected to the Leased Property or share maintenance facilities, HVAC, electrical, plumbing or other systems, utilities, parking or other amenities, the parties shall enter into a mutually agreeable cross-easement or joint use agreement to make available necessary services and facilities in connection with such additional improvements, to protect each of their respective interests in the properties affected, and to provide for separate ownership, use, and/or financing of such improvements.
ARTICLE 11
11.1 Liens . Subject to the provision of Article 12 relating to permitted contests, Lessee will not directly or indirectly create or allow to remain and will promptly discharge at its expense any lien, encumbrance, attachment, title retention agreement or claim upon the Leased Property or any attachment, levy, claim or encumbrance in respect of the Rent, not including, however, (a) this Lease, (b) the matters, if any, included as exceptions in the title policy insuring Lessor’s interest in the Leased Property, (c) restrictions, liens and other encumbrances which are consented to in writing by Lessor or any easements granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.3 of this Lease, (d) liens for those taxes upon Lessor which Lessee is not required to pay hereunder, (e) subleases permitted by Article 23 hereof, (f) liens for Impositions or for sums resulting from noncompliance with Legal Requirements so long as (1) the same are not yet payable or are payable without the addition of any fine or penalty or (2) such liens are in the process of being contested as permitted by Article 12, (g) liens of mechanics, laborers,

25


 

materialmen, suppliers or vendors for sums either disputed or not yet due provided that (1) the payment of such sums shall not be postponed under any related contract for more than sixty (60) days after the completion of the action giving rise to such lien and such reserve or other appropriate provisions as shall be required by law or generally accepted accounting principles shall have been made therefor or (2) any such liens are in the process of being contested as permitted by Article 12 hereof, and (h) any liens which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to the provisions of Article 34 of this Lease.
ARTICLE 12
12.1 Permitted Contests . Lessee shall have the right to contest the amount or validity of any Imposition to be paid by Lessee or any Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement or any lien, attachment, levy, encumbrance, charge or claim (“Claims”) not otherwise permitted by Article 11, by appropriate legal proceedings in good faith and with due diligence (but this shall not be deemed or construed in any way to relieve, modify or extend Lessee’s covenants to pay or its covenants to cause to be paid any such charges at the time and in the manner as in this Article provided), on condition, however, that such legal proceedings shall not operate to relieve Lessee from its obligations hereunder and shall not cause the sale or risk the loss of the Leased Property, or any part thereof, or cause Lessor or Lessee to be in default under any mortgage, deed of trust or security deed encumbering the Leased Property or any interest therein. Upon the request of Lessor, Lessee shall either (a) provide a bond or other assurance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor that all Claims which may be assessed against the Leased Property together with interest and penalties, if any, thereon will be paid, or (b) deposit within the time otherwise required for payment with a bank or trust company as trustee upon terms reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, as security for the payment of such Claims, money in an amount sufficient to pay the same, together with interest and penalties in connection therewith, as to all Claims which may be assessed against or become a Claim on the Leased Property, or any part thereof, in said legal proceedings. Lessee shall furnish Lessor and any lender of Lessor with reasonable evidence of such deposit within five (5) days of the same. Lessor agrees to join in any such proceedings if the same be required to legally prosecute such contest of the validity of such Claims; provided , however , that Lessor shall not thereby be subjected to any liability for the payment of any costs or expenses in connection with any proceedings brought by Lessee; and Lessee covenants to indemnify and save harmless Lessor from any such costs or expenses. Lessee shall be entitled to any refund of any Claims and such charges and penalties or interest thereon which have been paid by Lessee or paid by Lessor and for which Lessor has been fully reimbursed. In the event that Lessee fails to pay any Claims when due or to provide the security therefor as provided in this Article 12 and to diligently prosecute any contest of the same, Lessor may, upon ten days advance Notice to Lessee, pay such charges together with any interest and penalties and the same shall be repayable by Lessee to Lessor as Additional Charges at the next Payment Date provided for in this Lease. Provided, however, that should Lessor reasonably determine that the giving of such Notice would risk loss to the Leased Property or cause damage to Lessor, then Lessor shall give such Notice as is practical under the circumstances. Lessor reserves the right to contest any of the Claims at its expense not pursued by Lessee. Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate in coordinating the contest of any claims.
ARTICLE 13

26


 

13.1 General Insurance Requirements . During the Term of this Lease, Lessee shall at all times keep the Leased Property insured with the kinds and amounts of insurance described below. This insurance shall be written by companies authorized to issue insurance in the State. The policies must name Lessor as the insured or as an additional named insured, as the case may be. Losses shall be payable to Lessor or Lessee as provided in this Lease. Any loss adjustment shall require the written consent of Lessor and Lessee, each acting reasonably and in good faith. Evidence of insurance shall be deposited with Lessor. The policies on the Leased Property, including the Leased Improvements, Fixtures and Lessee’s Personal Property, shall include:
     (a) Building insurance on the “Special Form” (formerly “All Risk” form) (including earthquake and flood in reasonable amounts as determined by Lessor) in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the then full replacement cost thereof (as defined in Section 13.2) or such other amount which is acceptable to Lessor, and personal property insurance on the “Special Form” in the full amount of the replacement cost thereof;
     (b) Insurance for loss or damage (direct and indirect) from steam boilers, pressure vessels or similar apparatus, now or hereafter installed in the Facility, in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 or in such greater amounts as are then customary or as may be reasonably requested by Lessor from time to time;
     (c) Loss of income insurance on the “Special Form”, in the amount of one (1) year of Base Rent for the benefit of Lessor, and business interruption insurance on the “Special Form” in the amount of one year of gross profit, for the benefit of Lessee;
     (d) Commercial general liability insurance, with amounts not less than $1,000,000 covering each of the following: bodily injury, death, or property damage liability per occurrence, personal and advertising injury, general aggregate, products and completed operations, with respect to Lessor, and “all risk legal liability” (including liquor law or “dram shop” liability if liquor or alcoholic beverages are served on the Leased Property) with respect to Lessor and Lessee;
     (e) Insurance covering such other hazards and in such amounts as may be customary for comparable properties in the area of the Leased Property and is available from insurance companies, insurance pools or other appropriate companies authorized to do business in the State at rates which are economically practicable in relation to the risks covered as may be reasonably requested by Lessor;
     (f) If applicable, fidelity bonds with limits and deductibles as may be reasonably requested by Lessor, covering Lessee’s employees in job classifications normally bonded under prudent hotel management practices in the United States or otherwise required by law;
     (g) If applicable, workers’ compensation insurance to the extent necessary to protect Lessor and the Leased Property against Lessee’s workers’ compensation claims;
     (h) Vehicle liability insurance for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, in the amount of $1,000,000;

27


 

     (i) Such other insurance as Lessor may reasonably request for facilities such as the Leased Property and the operation thereof; and
     Lessee shall keep in force the foregoing insurance coverages at its expense. The Lessee shall also be responsible for any and all deductibles in connection with such coverages. In the event that the Lessor can obtain comparable insurance coverage required to be carried by Lessee from comparable insurers at a cost significantly less than that at which Lessee can obtain such coverage, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to obtain such coverage at the lower cost and the Lessee shall pay the premiums therefor.
13.2 Replacement Cost . The term “full replacement cost” as used herein shall mean the actual replacement cost of the Leased Property requiring replacement from time to time including an increased cost of construction endorsement, if available, and the cost of debris removal. In the event either party believes that full replacement cost (the then-replacement cost less such exclusions) has increased or decreased at any time during the Lease Term, it shall have the right to have such full replacement cost re-determined.
13.3 Worker’s Compensation . Lessee, at its sole cost, shall at all times maintain adequate worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all persons employed by Lessee on the Leased Property. Such worker’s compensation insurance shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable local, state and federal law.
13.4 Waiver of Subrogation . All insurance policies carried by Lessor or Lessee covering the Leased Property, the Fixtures, the Facility or Lessee’s Personal Property, including, without limitation, contents, fire and casualty insurance, shall expressly waive any right of subrogation on the part of the insurer against the other party. The parties hereto agree that their policies will include such waiver clause or endorsement so long as the same are obtainable without extra cost, and in the event of such an extra charge the other party, at its election, may pay the same, but shall not be obligated to do so.
13.5 Form Satisfactory, etc . All of the policies of insurance referred to in this Article 13 shall be written in a form, with deductibles and by insurance companies satisfactory to Lessor. Subject to the right to reimbursement or credit specified in Section 13.1, Lessor shall pay all of the premiums therefor, and deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Lessee prior to their effective date (and, with respect to any renewal policy, thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the existing policy), and in the event of the failure of Lessor either to effect such insurance as herein called for or to pay the premiums therefor, or to deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Lessee at the times required, Lessee shall be entitled, but shall have no obligation, to effect such insurance and pay the premiums therefor, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any premium or premiums paid by Lessee for the coverages required under Sections 13.1(a) and 13.1(b) upon written demand therefor, and Lessor’s failure to repay the same within thirty (30) days after Notice of such failure from Lessee shall constitute an Event of Default within the meaning of Section 16.1(b). Each insurer mentioned in this Article 13 shall agree, by endorsement to the policy or policies issued by it, or by independent instrument furnished to Lessee, that it will give to Lessee sixty (60) days’ written notice before the policy or policies in question shall be materially altered, allowed to expire or canceled.

28


 

13.6 Increase in Limits . If either Lessor or Lessee at any time deems the limits of the personal injury or property damage under the comprehensive public liability insurance then carried to be either excessive or insufficient, Lessor or Lessee shall endeavor in good faith to agree on the proper and reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance shall thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further change pursuant to the provisions of this Section.
13.7 Blanket Policy . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, Lessor may bring the insurance provided for herein within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance carried and maintained by Lessor; provided , however , that the coverage afforded to Lessee will not be reduced or diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist under a separate policy meeting all other requirements of this Lease by reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance, and provided further that the requirements of this Article 13 are otherwise satisfied.
13.8 No Separate Insurance . Lessee shall not on Lessee’s own initiative or pursuant to the request or requirement of any third party, take out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required in this Article 13 to be furnished, or increase the amount of any then existing insurance by securing an additional policy or additional policies, unless all parties having an insurable interest in the subject matter of the insurance, including in all cases Lessor, are included therein as additional insureds, and the loss is payable under such additional separate insurance in the same manner as losses are payable under this Lease. Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor that Lessee has obtained any such separate insurance or of the increasing of any of the amounts of the then existing insurance.
ARTICLE 14
14.1 Insurance Proceeds . Subject to the provisions of Section 14.6, all proceeds payable by reason of any loss or damage to the Leased Property, or any portion thereof, and insured under any policy of insurance required by Article 13 of this Lease shall be paid to Lessor and held by Lessor in an interest-bearing account, shall be made available, if applicable, for reconstruction or repair, as the case may be, of any damage to or destruction of the Leased Property, or any portion thereof, and, if applicable, shall be paid out by Lessor from time to time for the reasonable costs of such reconstruction or repair upon satisfaction of reasonable terms and conditions specified by Lessor. Any excess proceeds of insurance remaining after the completion of the restoration or reconstruction of the Leased Property shall be paid to Lessor. If neither Lessor nor Lessee is required or elects to repair and restore, all insurance proceeds shall be retained by Lessor. All salvage resulting from any risk covered by insurance shall belong to Lessor.
14.2 Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Covered by Insurance .
     (a) Except as provided in Section 14.6, if during the Term the Leased Property is totally or partially destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article 13, whether or not such damage or destruction renders the Facility Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee shall be obligated, but only to the extent of any insurance proceeds made available to Lessee and any other sums advanced by Lessor pursuant to the next sentence, to restore the Facility to substantially the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or

29


 

destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease. If the insurance proceeds are not adequate to restore the Facility to that condition, each of Lessor and Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease, without in any way affecting any other leases in effect between Lessor and Lessee, by giving Notice to the other and all insurance proceeds shall be retained by Lessor; provided , however that, if such termination is by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to nullify the termination and keep this Lease in full force by providing, within thirty (30) days after Lessee’s Notice of termination, a Notice to Lessee of Lessor’s unconditional, legally binding obligation to be responsible for all restoration costs in excess of the insurance proceeds. If this Lease is terminated by either party as aforesaid (and such termination is not nullified by Lessor) and if the inadequacy of insurance proceeds was the result of Lessor’s failure to maintain the proper insurance coverages as required pursuant to Article 13, Lessor shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days after such termination, either (i) pay to Lessee the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate hereunder as of the termination date or (ii) offer to lease to Lessee one or more hotel facilities pursuant to one or more leases that would create for Lessee leasehold estates having an aggregate Fair Market Value no less than the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate hereunder, as of the date of termination. If this Lease is not terminated and Lessee restores the Facility, the insurance proceeds, and any other sums made available by Lessor as aforesaid, shall be paid out by Lessor from time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration upon satisfaction of reasonable terms and conditions, and any excess proceeds remaining after such restoration shall be retained by Lessor.
     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.2(a) above, if Lessee cannot within a reasonable time obtain all necessary government approvals, including building permits, licenses and conditional use permits, after diligent efforts to do so, to perform all required repair and restoration work and to operate the Facility for its Primary Intended Use in substantially the same manner as that existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease, either Lessor or Lessee may terminate this Lease by providing Notice to the other party, without in any way affecting any other Leases then in effect between Lessor and Lessee.
14.3 Reconstruction in the Event of Damage or Destruction Not Covered by Insurance . Except as provided in Section 14.6, if during the Term the Facility is totally or materially destroyed by a risk not covered by the insurance described in Article 13, whether or not such damage or destruction renders the Facility Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, the provisions of Section 14.2 applicable to casualties for which insurance proceeds are inadequate shall govern.
14.4 Lessee’s Property . All insurance proceeds payable by reason of any loss of or damage to any of Lessee’s Personal Property shall be paid to Lessee; provided , however , no such payments shall diminish or reduce the insurance payments otherwise payable to or for the benefit of Lessor hereunder.
14.5 Abatement of Rent . Any damage or destruction due to casualty notwithstanding, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Lessee’s obligation to make rental payments and to pay all other charges required by this Lease shall remain unabated during the first six (6) months of any period required for the applicable repair and restoration. Thereafter, Base Rent shall be equitably abated.

30


 

14.6 Damage Near End of Term . Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 14.2 or 14.3 appearing to the contrary, if damage to or destruction of the Facility unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use occurs during the last twenty (24) months of the Term, then Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of damage or destruction, whereupon all accrued Rent shall be paid immediately, and this Lease shall automatically terminate five (5) days after the date of such notice.
14.7 Waiver . Lessee hereby waives any statutory rights of termination that may arise by reason of any damage or destruction of the Facility that Lessor is obligated to restore or may restore under any of the provisions of this Lease.
ARTICLE 15
15.1 Definitions .
     (a) “Condemnation” means a Taking resulting from (1) the exercise of any governmental power, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a Condemnor, and (2) a voluntary sale or transfer by Lessor to any Condemnor, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.
     (b) “Date of Taking” means the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.
     (c) “Award” means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.
     (d) “Condemnor” means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having the power of Condemnation.
15.2 Parties’ Rights and Obligations . If during the Term there is any Condemnation of all or any part of the Leased Property or any interest in this Lease, the rights and obligations of Lessor and Lessee shall be determined by this Article 15.
15.3 Total Taking . If title to the fee of the whole of the Leased Property is condemned by any Condemnor, this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking by the Condemnor, without in any way affecting any other Leases then in effect between Lessor and Lessee. If title to the fee of less than the whole of the Leased Property is so taken or condemned, which nevertheless renders the Leased Property Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee and Lessor shall each have the option, by notice to the other, at any time prior to the Date of Taking, to terminate this Lease as of the Date of Taking. Upon such date, if such Notice has been given, this Lease shall thereupon cease and terminate. All Base Rent, Percentage Rent and Additional Charges paid or payable by Lessee hereunder shall be apportioned as of the Date of Taking, and Lessee shall promptly pay Lessor such amounts.
15.4 Allocation of Award . The total Award made with respect to the Leased Property in connection with a Total Taking shall be equitably apportioned between Lessor and Lessee in proportion to the then fair market values of the respective estates and interests of Lessor and Lessee in and to the Leased Property and under this Lease.

31


 

15.5 Partial Taking . If title to less than the whole of the Leased Property is condemned, and the Leased Property is still suitable for its Primary Intended Use, and not Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, or if Lessee or Lessor is entitled but neither elects not to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 15.3, Lessee at its cost shall with all reasonable dispatch, but only to the extent of any condemnation awards made available to Lessee and any other sums advanced by Lessor pursuant to the next sentence, restore the untaken portion of any Leased Improvements so that such Leased Improvements constitute a complete architectural unit of the same general character and condition (as nearly as may be possible under the circumstances) as the Leased Improvements existing immediately prior to the Condemnation. If the condemnation awards are not adequate to restore the Facility to that condition, each of Lessor and Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease, without in any way affecting any other leases in effect between Lessor and Lessee, by giving Notice to the other; provided , however that, if such termination is by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to nullify the termination and keep this Lease in full force by providing, within thirty (30) days after Lessee’s Notice of termination, a Notice to Lessee of Lessor’s unconditional, legally binding obligation to be responsible for all restoration costs in excess of the condemnation awards. If this Lease is not terminated and Lessee restores the Facility, the condemnation awards, and any other sums made available by Lessor as aforesaid, shall be held in trust by Lessor and paid out by Lessor from time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration upon satisfaction of reasonable terms and conditions, and any excess awards remaining after such restoration shall be retained by Lessor unless the partial condemnation materially impairs the operations or financial performance of the Facility, in which latter event the award shall be equitably apportioned between Lessor and Lessee in proportion to the then fair market values of the respective estates and interests of Lessor and Lessee in and to the Leased Property and under this Lease.
15.6 Temporary Taking . If the whole or any part of the Leased Property or of Lessee’s interest under this Lease is condemned by any Condemnor for its temporary use or occupancy, this Lease shall not terminate by reason thereof, and Lessee shall continue to pay, in the manner and at the terms herein specified, the full amounts of Base Rent and Additional Charges. In addition, the entire amount of any Award made for such Condemnation allocable to the Term of this Lease, whether paid by way of damages, rent or otherwise, shall be paid to Lessee and, except for any portion thereof utilized for restoration, shall be deemed to be Room Revenue for the purpose of calculating the Percentage Rent payable hereunder during such temporary taking. Except only to the extent that Lessee may be prevented from so doing pursuant to the terms of the order of the Condemnor, Lessee shall continue to perform and observe all of the other terms, covenants, conditions and obligations hereof on the part of the Lessee to be performed and observed, as though such Condemnation had not occurred. Lessee covenants that upon the termination of any such period of temporary use or occupancy it will, at its sole cost and expense (subject to Lessor’s contribution as set forth below), restore the Leased Property as nearly as may be reasonably possible to the condition in which the same was immediately prior to such Condemnation, unless (a) such period of temporary use or occupancy extends beyond the expiration of the Term, in which case Lessee shall not be required to make such restoration, or (b) the condemnation award is inadequate to cover the costs of such restoration, in which case the provisions of Section 15.5 applicable to inadequate awards shall govern. If restoration is required in connection with such temporary taking and the condemnation award (together with any other sums Lessor elects, in its sole discretion, to advance) is adequate to pay the costs thereof, the provisions of Section 15.5 shall govern the disbursement of the awards (and other

32


 

sums, if applicable) and the disposition of any awards in excess of restoration costs. If restoration is required hereunder, Lessor shall contribute to the cost of such restoration that portion of its entire Award that is specifically allocated to such restoration in the judgment or order of the court, if any, and Lessee shall fund the balance of such costs in advance of restoration in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.
ARTICLE 16
16.1 Events of Default . If any one or more of the following events (individually, an “Event of Default”) occurs:
     (a) if Lessee fails to make payment of the Base Rent when the same becomes due and payable for a period of ten (10) days after receipt by the Lessee of Notice from the Lessor thereof;
     (b) if Lessee fails to make payment of quarterly Percentage Rent when the same becomes due and payable and such condition continues for a period of ten days after receipt by the Lessee of Notice from the Lessor thereof;
     (c) if Lessee fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the payment of Rent, and such failure is not cured by Lessee within a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by the Lessee of Notice thereof from Lessor, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case it shall not be deemed an Event of Default if Lessee proceeds promptly and with due diligence to cure the failure and diligently completes the curing thereof provided , however , in no event shall such cure period extend beyond ninety (90) days after such Notice; provided , however , that a failure of Lessee to observe or perform any covenant contained in Article 18 hereof shall result in an immediate Event of Default and there shall be no cure period applicable thereto; or
     (d) if the Lessee shall file a petition in bankruptcy or reorganization for an arrangement pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law, or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or if a petition or answer proposing the adjudication of the Lessee as a bankrupt or its reorganization pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law shall be filed in any court and the Lessee shall be adjudicated a bankrupt and such adjudication shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days after the entry of an order in respect thereof, or if a receiver of the Lessee or of the whole or substantially all of the assets of the Lessee shall be appointed in any proceeding brought by the Lessee or if any such receiver, trustee or liquidator shall be appointed in any proceeding brought against the Lessee and shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or
     (e) if Lessee is liquidated or dissolved, or begins proceedings toward such liquidation or dissolution, or, in any manner, permits the sale or divestiture of substantially all of its assets; or
     (f) if the estate or interest of Lessee in the Leased Property or any part thereof is voluntarily or involuntarily transferred, assigned, conveyed, levied upon or attached in any

33


 

proceeding (unless Lessee is contesting such lien or attachment in good faith in accordance with Article 12 hereof); or
     (g) if, except as a result of damage, destruction or a partial or complete Condemnation, Lessee voluntarily ceases operations on the Leased Property for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or
     (h) if (A) an event of default has been declared by the franchisor under the Franchise Agreement with respect to the Facility on the Leased Premises as a result of any action or failure to act by Lessee or any Person with whom Lessee contracts for management services at the Facility, other than a failure to complete a Capital Improvement required by the Franchisor resulting from Lessor’s failure to fund the Capital Expenditure therefor pursuant to Section 9.1(b), and (B) Lessee has failed, within thirty (30) days thereafter, to cure such default by either (1) curing the underlying default under the Franchise Agreement and paying all costs and expenses associated therewith, or (2) obtaining at Lessee’s sole cost and expense a substitute franchise license agreement with a substitute franchisor acceptable to Lessor, on terms and conditions acceptable to Lessor; provided, however, that if Lessee is in good faith disputing an assertion of default by the franchisor or is proceeding diligently to cure such default, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such period of time as Lessee continues to dispute such default in good faith or diligently proceeds to cure such default, so long as there is no period during which the Facility is not operated pursuant to a Franchise Agreement approved by Lessor; then, and in any such event, Lessor may exercise one or more remedies available to it herein or at law or in equity, including but not limited to its right to terminate this Lease by giving Lessee not less than ten days’ Notice of such termination.
     If litigation is commenced with respect to any alleged default under this Lease, the prevailing party in such litigation shall receive, in addition to its damages incurred, such sum as the court shall determine as its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith.
     No Event of Default (other than a failure to make a payment of money) shall be deemed to exist under clause (c) during any time the curing thereof is prevented by an Unavoidable Delay, provided that upon the cessation of such Unavoidable Delay, Lessee remedies such default or Event of Default without further delay.
16.2 Surrender . If an Event of Default occurs (and the event giving rise to such Event of Default has not been cured within the curative period relating thereto as set forth in Section 16.1) and is continuing, whether or not this Lease has been terminated pursuant to Section 16.1, Lessee shall, if requested by Lessor so to do, immediately surrender to Lessor the Leased Property including, without limitation, any and all books, records, files, licenses, permits and keys relating thereto, and quit the same and Lessor may enter upon and repossess the Leased Property by reasonable force, summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and may remove Lessee and all other persons and any and all personal property from the Leased Property, subject to rights of any hotel guests and to any requirement of law. Lessee hereby waives any and all requirements of applicable laws for service of notice to re-enter the Leased Property. Lessor shall be under no obligation to, but may if it so chooses, relet the Leased Property or otherwise mitigate Lessor’s damages, except unless otherwise required by applicable law.

34


 

16.3 Damages . Neither (a) the termination of this Lease, (b) the repossession of the Leased Property, (c) the failure of Lessor to relet the Leased Property, nor (d) the reletting of all or any portion thereof, shall relieve Lessee of its liability and obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive any such termination, repossession or reletting. In the event of any such termination, Lessee shall forthwith pay to Lessor all Rent due and payable with respect to the Leased Property to and including the date of such termination.
     Lessee shall forthwith pay to Lessor, at Lessor’s option, as and for liquidated and agreed current damages for Lessee’s default, either:
     (a) Without termination of Lessee’s right to possession of the Leased Property, each installment of Rent and other sums payable by Lessee to Lessor under the Lease as the same becomes due and payable, which Rent and other sums shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate, and Lessor may enforce, by action or otherwise, any other term or covenant of this Lease; or
     (b) the sum of:
          (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination, repossession or reletting, and
          (ii) the worth at the time of termination, repossession or reletting of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of termination, repossession or reletting, exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided, and
          (iii) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom. The worth at the time of termination, repossession or reletting of the amount referred to in Section 16.3(b)(ii) is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at the time of award plus one percent (1%).
     Rent for the purposes of this Section 16.3 shall be a sum equal to (i) the average of the annual amounts of the Percentage Rent for the three (3) Fiscal Years immediately preceding the Fiscal Year in which the termination, re-entry or repossession takes place, or (ii) if three (3) Fiscal Years shall not have elapsed, the average of the Percentage Rent during the preceding Fiscal Years during which the Lease was in effect, or (iii) if one (1) Fiscal Year has not elapsed, the amount derived by annualizing the Percentage Rent from the effective date of this Lease.
16.4 Waiver . If this Lease is terminated pursuant to Section 16.1, Lessee waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) any right to a trial by jury in the event of summary proceedings to enforce the remedies set forth in this Article 16, and (b) the benefit of any laws now or hereafter in force exempting property from liability for rent or for debt and Lessor waives any right to “pierce the corporate veil” of Lessee other than to the extent funds shall have been inappropriately paid any Affiliate of Lessee following a default resulting in an Event of Default.
16.5 Application of Funds . Any payments received by Lessor under any of the provisions of this Lease during the existence or continuance of any Event of Default shall be applied to

35


 

Lessee’s obligations in the order that Lessor may determine or as may be prescribed by the laws of the State.
ARTICLE 17
17.1 Lessor’s Right to Cure Lessee’s Default . If Lessee fails to make any payment or to perform any act required to be made or performed under this Lease including, without limitation, Lessee’s failure to comply with the terms of any Franchise Agreement, and fails to cure the same within the relevant time periods provided in Section 16.1, Lessor, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Lessee, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or default, may (but shall be under no obligation to) at any time thereafter make such payment or perform such act for the account and at the expense of Lessee, and may, to the extent permitted by law, enter upon the Leased Property for such purpose and, subject to Section 16.4, take all such action thereon as, in Lessor’s opinion, may be necessary or appropriate therefor. No such entry shall be deemed an eviction of Lessee. All sums so paid by Lessor and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, in each case to the extent permitted by law) so incurred, together with a late charge thereon (to the extent permitted by law) at the Overdue Rate from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid or incurred by Lessor, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor on demand. The obligations of Lessee and rights of Lessor contained in this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 18
18.1 REIT Requirements .
     (a) Lessee understands that, in order for REIT to qualify as a real estate investment trust within the meaning of section 856 of the Code, the following requirements (the “REIT Requirements”) must be satisfied:
          (i) Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, the average of the Fair Market Value of the items of personal property that are leased to the Lessee under this Lease at the beginning and at the end of any Fiscal Year shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the average of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the real and personal property contained in the Leased Property at the beginning and at the end of such Fiscal Year (the “Personal Property Limitation”). If Lessor reasonably anticipates that the Personal Property Limitation will be exceeded for any Fiscal Year, Lessor shall notify Lessee, and Lessee either (a) shall purchase any personal property, anticipated to be in excess of the Personal Property Limitation (“ Excess Personal Property ”) either from the Lessor or a third party or (b) shall lease the Excess Personal Property from a third party. In either case, Lessee’s Rent obligation shall be reduced as follows:
     (A) If Lessee purchases the Excess Personal Property and incurs no indebtedness in connection with such purchase, the total Rent payable pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof shall be reduced for the Fiscal Year during which such purchase occurs by an amount equal to the purchase price of the Excess Personal Property.

36


 

     (B) If Lessee purchases the Excess Personal Property and finances any portion of such purchase with indebtedness, the total Rent payable pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof shall be reduced (A) with respect to the Fiscal Year during which such purchase occurs, by an amount equal to any portion of the purchase price paid in cash and (B) with respect to each Fiscal Year during which such indebtedness is outstanding, by an amount equal to the aggregate payments on such indebtedness Lessee must make during such Fiscal Year. The total Rent may be reduced both by the amount determined in clause (A) and the amount determined in clause (B) with respect to the Fiscal Year during which the purchase occurs.
     (C) If Lessee leases the Excess Personal Property from a third party, the total Rent payable pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof shall be reduced with respect to each Fiscal Year during the term of such lease by an amount equal to the aggregate payments under such lease Lessee must make during such Fiscal Year. This Section 18.1 is intended to ensure that the Rent qualifies as “rents from real property,” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or any similar or successor provisions thereto, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.
          (ii) Lessee cannot sublet the property that is leased to it by Lessor, or enter into any similar arrangement, on any basis such that the rental or other amounts paid by the sublessee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on either (i) the net income or profits derived by the business activities of the sublessee or (ii) any other formula such that any portion of the rent paid by Lessee to Lessor would fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code.
          (iii) Lessee cannot sublease the property leased to it by Lessor to, or enter into any similar arrangement with, any person in which REIT owns, directly or indirectly, a ten percent (10%) or more interest, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.
          (iv) Lessee will have in effect at all times during this Lease an election (jointly with the REIT) to be, and Lessee will operate as, a “taxable REIT subsidiary” of REIT within the meaning of Section 856(e) of the Code.
          (v) Lessee shall not permit any wagering activities to be conducted at or in connection with the Leased Property by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with the Leased Property.
          (vi) Lessee shall not (i) directly or indirectly operate or manage a “lodging facility” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D)(ii) of the Code or a “health care facility” within the meaning of Section 856(e)(6)(D)(ii) or (ii) directly or indirectly provide to any other person (under a franchise, license, or otherwise) rights to any brand name under which any lodging facility or health care facility is operated; provided , however , that Lessee may provide such rights to Manager to operate or manage a lodging facility as long as such rights are held by

37


 

Lessee as a franchisee, licensee, or in a similar capacity and such lodging facility is either owned by Lessee or is leased to Lessee by Lessor or one of its Affiliates.
     (b) Lessee agrees, and agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates, to use its best efforts to permit the REIT Requirements to be satisfied. Lessee agrees, and agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates, to cooperate in good faith with REIT and Lessor to ensure that the REIT Requirements are satisfied, including but not limited to, providing REIT with information about the ownership of Lessee, Manager and their Affiliates to the extent that such information is reasonably available. Lessee agrees, and agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates, upon request by REIT, and, where appropriate, at REIT’s expense, to take reasonable action necessary to ensure compliance with the REIT Requirements. Immediately after becoming aware that the REIT Requirements are not, or will not be, satisfied, Lessee shall notify, or use reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates to notify, REIT of such noncompliance.
18.2 Lessee Officer and Employee Limitation . Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the officers or employees of the Lessee or any Affiliate shall be officers or employees of Manager (or any Person who operates or manages the Leased Property). In addition, if a Person serves as both (a) a director of the Lessee or any Affiliate and (b) a director and officer (or employee) of Manager (or any Person who operates or manages the Leased Property), that Person shall not receive any compensation for serving as a director of the Lessee or any Affiliate. If a person serves as both (a) a director of Manager or any Affiliate (or any Person who operates or manages the Leased Property) and (b) a director and officer (or employee) of Lessee, that Person shall not receive any compensation for serving as a director of Manager.
18.3 Management Agreement . Lessee agrees that, in order to comply with certain of the REIT Requirements, it will, at all times during the Term, cause the Leased Property to be operated and managed by a management company (“ Manager ”) that is an Eligible Independent Contractor. Effective as of the Commencement Date, the Lessee shall enter into an initial management agreement in the form of Schedule “C” attached hereto (the “ Management Agreement ”) and Lessee shall provide Lessor with an executed copy thereof. Lessee may not amend, modify or terminate the Management Agreement in any respect or change the Manager without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessee shall also provide Lessor with copies of any amendments or modifications to the Management Agreement which are entered into from time to time or any other management agreement. Lessor shall have the right to approve in advance any Manager.
ARTICLE 19
19.1 Holding Over . If Lessee for any reason remains in possession of the Leased Property after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, such possession shall be as a tenant at sufferance during which time Lessee shall pay as rental each month two (2) times the aggregate of (a) one-twelfth of the aggregate Base Rent and Percentage Rent payable with respect to the last Fiscal Year of the Term, (b) all Additional Charges accruing during the applicable month and (c) all other sums, if any, payable by Lessee under this Lease with respect to the Leased Property. During such period, Lessee shall be obligated to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, but shall have no rights hereunder other than the right, to

38


 

the extent given by law to tenancies at sufferance, to continue its occupancy and use of the Leased Property. Nothing contained herein shall constitute the consent, express or implied, of Lessor to the holding over of Lessee after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 20
20.1 Risk of Loss . During the Term, the risk of loss or of decrease in the enjoyment and beneficial use of the Leased Property in consequence of the damage or destruction thereof by fire, the elements, casualties, thefts, riots, wars or otherwise, or in consequence of foreclosures, attachments, levies or executions (other than those caused by Lessor and those claiming from, through or under Lessor) is assumed by Lessee except as specifically provided in this Lease, and, in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease by Lessor pursuant to Section 34.3, Lessor shall in no event be answerable or accountable therefor, nor shall any of the events mentioned in this Section entitle Lessee to any abatement of Rent except as specifically provided in this Lease.
ARTICLE 21
21.1 Indemnification . Notwithstanding the existence of any insurance, and without regard to the policy limits of any such insurance or self-insurance, but subject to Section 16.4 and Article 8, Lessee will protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Lessor from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), to the extent permitted by law, imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Lessor Indemnified Parties by reason of: (a) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to property occurring on or about the Leased Property or adjoining sidewalks, including without limitation any claims under liquor liability, “dram shop” or similar laws, (b) any past, present or future use, misuse, non-use, condition, management, maintenance or repair by Lessee or any of its agents, employees or invitees of the Leased Property or Lessee’s Personal Property or any litigation, proceeding or claim by governmental entities or other third parties to which a Lessor Indemnified Party is made a party or participant related to such use, misuse, non-use, condition, management, maintenance, or repair thereof by Lessee or any of its agents, employees or invitees, including any failure of Lessee or any of its agents, employees or invitees to perform any obligations under this Lease or imposed by applicable law (other than arising out of Condemnation proceedings), (c) any Impositions that are the obligations of Lessee pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Lease, (d) any failure on the part of Lessee to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Lease, and (e) the non-performance of any of the terms and provisions of any and all existing and future subleases of the Leased Property to be performed by the landlord thereunder.
     Lessor shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Lessee Indemnified Parties from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Lessee Indemnified Parties as a result of (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor arising in connection with this Lease or (b) any failure on the part of Lessor to perform or comply with any of the terms of this Lease.
     Any amounts that become payable by an Indemnifying Party under this Section shall be paid within ten days after liability therefor on the part of the Indemnifying Party is determined by

39


 

litigation or otherwise, and if not timely paid, shall bear a late charge (to the extent permitted by law) at the Overdue Rate from the date of such determination to the date of payment. An Indemnifying Party, at its expense, shall contest, resist and defend any such claim, action or proceeding asserted or instituted against the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party, at its expense, shall be entitled to participate in any such claim, action, or proceeding, and the Indemnifying Party may not compromise or otherwise dispose of the same without the consent of the Indemnified Party, which may not be unreasonably withheld. Nothing herein shall be construed as indemnifying a Lessor Indemnified Party against its own grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct.
     Lessee’s or Lessor’s liability for a breach of the provisions of this Article shall survive any termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 22
22.1 Subletting and Assignment. . Subject to the provisions of Article 19 and Section 22.2 and any other express conditions or limitations set forth herein, Lessee may, but only with the prior written consent of Lessor, (a) assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Leased Property to an Affiliate of Lessee, or (b) sublet any retail or restaurant portion of the Leased Improvements in the normal course of the Primary Intended Use; provided that any subletting to any party other than an Affiliate of Lessee shall not individually as to any one such subletting, or in the aggregate, materially diminish the actual or potential Percentage Rent payable under this Lease. In the case of a subletting, the sublessee shall comply with the provisions of Section 22.2, and in the case of an assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing and agree to keep and perform all of the terms of this Lease on the part of Lessee to be kept and performed and shall be, and become, jointly and severally liable with Lessee for the performance thereof. Notwithstanding the above, Lessee may assign the Lease to an Affiliate without the consent of Lessor; provided that any such assignee assumes in writing and agrees to keep and perform all of the terms of the Lease on the part of the Lessee to be kept and performed and shall be and become jointly and severally liable with Lessee for the performance thereof. In case of either an assignment or subletting made during the Term, Lessee shall remain primarily liable, as principal rather than as surety, for the prompt payment of the Rent and for the performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions to be performed by Lessee hereunder. An original counterpart of each such sublease and assignment and assumption, duly executed by Lessee and such sublessee or assignee, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor, shall be delivered promptly to Lessor.
22.2 Attornment . Lessee shall insert in each sublease permitted under Section 22.1 provisions to the effect that (a) such sublease is subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and to the rights of Lessor hereunder, (b) if this Lease terminates before the expiration of such sublease, the sublessee thereunder will, at Lessor’s option, attorn to Lessor and waive any right the sublessee may have to terminate the sublease or to surrender possession thereunder as a result of the termination of this Lease, and (c) if the sublessee receives a written Notice from Lessor or Lessor’s assignees, if any, stating that an uncured Event of Default exists under this Lease, the sublessee shall thereafter be obligated to pay all rentals accruing under said sublease directly to the party giving such Notice, or as such party may direct. All rentals received from

40


 

the sublessee by Lessor or Lessor’s assignees, if any, as the case may be, shall be credited against the amounts owing by Lessee under this Lease.
ARTICLE 23
23.1 Officer’s Certificates; Financial Statements; Budgets; Lessor’s Estoppel Certificates and Covenants .
     (a) At any time and from time to time upon not less than twenty (20) days Notice by Lessor, Lessee will furnish to Lessor an Officer’s Certificate certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and setting forth the modifications), the date to which the Rent has been paid, whether to the knowledge of Lessee there is any existing default or Event of Default exists thereunder by Lessor or Lessee, and such other information as may be reasonably requested by Lessor. Any such certificate furnished pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by Lessor, any lender and any prospective purchaser of the Leased Property.
     (b) Throughout the Term, Lessee will furnish to Lessor such historical financial information of Lessee and the Facility as Lessor may reasonably request and shall provide Lessor access to Lessee’s books and records with respect thereto.
     (c) At any time and from time to time upon not less than twenty (20) days notice by Lessee, Lessor will furnish to Lessee or to any person designated by Lessee an estoppel certificate certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and setting forth the modifications), the date to which Rent has been paid, whether to the knowledge of Lessor there is any existing default or Event of Default on Lessee’s part hereunder, and such other information as may be reasonably requested by Lessee.
     (d) Lessee covenants that during the Term it will maintain a ratio of debt-to-Net Worth of fifty percent (50%) or less, exclusive of capitalized leases.
     (e) During the Term, Lessee will maintain a net worth sufficient to cover reasonably anticipated working capital requirements. Lessee shall be treated as having satisfied this requirement so long as (i) Lessee maintains a net worth of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) or (ii) Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. owns 100% of the membership interests in Lessee and maintains a net worth of not less than Two Million and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000).
23.2 Operating Budget . Not later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of each Lease Year, Lessee, in consultation with the Manager, shall prepare and submit to Lessor an operating budget (the “Operating Budget”) in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor, prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Section 23.2. The Operating Budget shall be prepared in accordance with the Uniform System to the extent applicable and show by month and quarter and for the year as a whole in the degree of detail specified by the Uniform System for monthly statements, and in accordance with the detail level of monthly financial statements, the following:

41


 

     (a) Lessee’s reasonable estimate of Gross Revenue, Room Revenue, F&B Revenue (including room rates) for the Facility for the forthcoming Lease Year itemized on schedules on a monthly and quarterly basis as approved by Lessor and Lessee, together with the assumptions, in narrative form, forming the basis of such schedules.
     (b) A cash flow projection.
     (c) Lessee’s reasonable estimate for each quarter of the Lease Year of Percentage Rent.
23.3 Marketing Plan . Not later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of each Lease Year, Lessee, in consultation with the Manager, will prepare and submit to Lessor a narrative description of the program for advertising and marketing the Facility for the forthcoming Lease Year (the “Marketing Plan”) containing a detailed budget itemization of the proposed advertising expenditures by category and the assumptions, in narrative form, forming the basis of such budget itemization.
23.4 Capital Budget . Not later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of each Lease Year, Lessor shall prepare and submit to Lessee a capital budget (the “Capital Budget”) prepared in accordance with this Section 23.4. The Capital Budget shall be prepared in accordance with the Uniform System to the extent applicable and shall set forth Lessor’s proposed Capital Expenditures for the ensuing Lease Year.
23.5 Disputes . In the event of any dispute between Lessor and Lessee as to the Operating Budget, the Marketing Plan or the Capital Budget, Lessor and Lessee shall act promptly, reasonably and in good faith in seeking to resolve such disputes and in arriving at a mutually acceptable Operating Budget, Marketing Plan and Capital Budget.
ARTICLE 24
24.1 Lessor’s Right to Inspect . Lessee shall permit Lessor and its authorized representatives as frequently as reasonably requested by Lessor to inspect the Leased Property and Lessee’s accounts and records pertaining thereto and make copies thereof, during usual business hours upon reasonable advance notice, subject only to any business confidentiality requirements reasonably requested by Lessee.
ARTICLE 25
25.1 No Waiver . No failure by Lessor or Lessee to insist upon the strict performance of any term hereof or to exercise any right, power or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial payment of Rent during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any such term. To the extent permitted by law, no waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, which shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach.
ARTICLE 26

42


 

26.1 Remedies Cumulative . To the extent permitted by law, each legal, equitable or contractual right, power and remedy of Lessor or Lessee now or hereafter provided either in this Lease or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power and remedy and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Lessor or Lessee of any one or more of such rights, powers and remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or subsequent exercise by Lessor or Lessee of any or all of such other rights, powers and remedies.
ARTICLE 27
27.1 Acceptance of Surrender . No surrender to Lessor of this Lease or of the Leased Property or any part thereof, or of any interest therein, shall be valid or effective unless agreed to and accepted in writing by Lessor and no act by Lessor or any representative or agent of Lessor, other than such a written acceptance by Lessor, shall constitute an acceptance of any such surrender.
ARTICLE 28
28.1 No Merger of Title . There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate created hereby by reason of the fact that the same person or entity may acquire, own or hold, directly or indirectly: (a) this Lease or the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this Lease or such leasehold estate and (b) the fee estate in the Leased Property.
ARTICLE 29
29.1 Conveyance by Lessor . If Lessor or any successor owner of the Leased Property conveys the Leased Property to a Person other than an Affiliate of Lessor in accordance with the terms hereof other than as security for a debt, and the grantee or transferee of the Leased Property expressly assumes all obligations of Lessor hereunder arising or accruing from and after the date of such conveyance or transfer, Lessor or such successor owner, as the case may be, shall thereupon be released from all future liabilities and obligations of Lessor under this Lease arising or accruing from and after the date of such conveyance or other transfer as to the Leased Property and all such future liabilities and obligations shall thereupon be binding upon the new owner.
ARTICLE 30
30.1 Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Lessee pays all Rent as the same becomes due and complies with all of the terms of this Lease and performs its obligations hereunder, in each case within the applicable grace periods, if any, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Property for the Term hereof, free of any claim or other action by Lessor or anyone claiming by, through or under Lessor, but subject to all liens and encumbrances subject to which the Leased Property was conveyed to Lessor or hereafter consented to by Lessee or provided for herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall have the right by separate and independent action to pursue any claim it may have against Lessor as a result of a breach by Lessor of the covenant of quiet enjoyment contained in this Section.
ARTICLE 31

43


 

31.1 Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents approvals and other communications (“ Notice ” or “ Notices ”) hereunder shall be in writing and personally served, mailed (by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid) or sent by facsimile, addressed to Lessor at 2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, SD 57105, Facsimile (605) 362-9388, Attention: President, and addressed to Lessee at 2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, SD 57105, Facsimile (605) 362-9388, Attention: President, or to such other address or addresses as either party may hereafter designate. Personally delivered Notice shall be effective upon receipt, and Notice given by mail shall be complete at the time of deposit in the U.S. Mail system, but any prescribed period of Notice and any right or duty to do any act or make any response within any prescribed period or on a date certain after the service of such Notice given by mail shall be extended five (5) days.
ARTICLE 32
32.1 Appraisers . If it becomes necessary to determine the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate hereunder for any purpose of this Lease, the party required or permitted to give Notice of such required determination shall include in the Notice the name of a person selected to act as appraiser on its behalf. Within ten (10) days after Notice, Lessor (or Lessee, as the case may be) shall by Notice to Lessee (or Lessor, as the case may be) appoint a second person as appraiser on its behalf. The appraisers thus appointed, each of whom must be a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or any successor organization thereto) with at least five (5) years experience in the State appraising property similar to the Leased Property, shall, within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Notice appointing the first appraiser, proceed to determine the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate hereunder as of the relevant date (giving effect to the impact, if any, of inflation from the date of their decision to the relevant date); provided , however , that if only one (1) appraiser shall have been so appointed, then the determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties. If two (2) appraisers are appointed and if the difference between the amounts so determined does not exceed five percent (5%) of the lesser of such amounts, then the Fair Market Value shall be an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the amounts so determined. If the difference between the amounts so determined exceeds five percent (5%) of the lesser of such amounts, then such two (2) appraisers shall have twenty (20) days to appoint a third appraiser. If no such appraiser shall have been appointed within such twenty (20) days or within ninety (90) days of the original request for a determination of Fair Market Value, whichever is earlier, either Lessor or Lessee may apply to any court having jurisdiction to have such appointment made by such court. Any appraiser appointed by the original appraisers or by such court shall be instructed to determine the Fair Market Value within forty-five (45) days after appointment of such appraiser. The determination of the appraiser which differs most in the terms of dollar amount from the determinations of the other two (2) appraisers shall be excluded, and fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the remaining two (2) determinations shall be final and binding upon Lessor and Lessee as the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate hereunder. This provision for determining by appraisal shall be specifically enforceable to the extent such remedy is available under applicable law, and any determination hereunder shall be final and binding upon the parties except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Lessor and Lessee shall each pay the fees and expenses of the appraiser appointed by it and each shall pay one-half (.5) of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser and one-half (.5) of all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with each appraisal.

44


 

ARTICLE 33
33.1 Lessor May Grant Liens . Without the consent of Lessee, Lessor may, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below in this Section 33.1, from time to time, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist any lien, encumbrance or title retention agreement (“Encumbrance”) upon the Leased Property, or any portion thereof or interest therein, whether to secure any borrowing or other means of financing or refinancing. Any such Encumbrance shall (a) contain the right to prepay (whether or not subject to a prepayment penalty); (b) provide that it is subject to the rights of Lessee under this Lease, (c) contain the Agreement by the holder of the Encumbrance that it will (1) give Lessee the same notice, if any, given to Lessor of any default or acceleration of any obligation underlying any such Encumbrance or any sale in foreclosure under such Encumbrance, (2) permit Lessee to cure any such default on Lessor’s behalf within any applicable cure period, and Lessee shall be reimbursed by Lessor for any and all costs incurred in effecting such cure, including without limitation out-of-pocket costs incurred to effect any such cure (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and (3) permit Lessee to appear by its representative and to bid at any sale in foreclosure made with respect to any such Encumbrance. Upon the request of Lessor, Lessee shall subordinate this Lease to the lien of a new mortgage on the Leased Property, on the condition that the proposed mortgagee executes a non-disturbance agreement recognizing this Lease, and agreeing, for itself and its successors and assigns, to comply with the provisions of this Article 33.
33.2 Lessee’s Right to Cure . Subject to the provisions of Section 33.3, if Lessor breaches any covenant to be performed by it under this Lease, Lessee, after Notice to and demand upon Lessor, without waiving or releasing any obligation hereunder, and in addition to all other remedies available to Lessee, may (but shall be under no obligation at any time thereafter to) make such payment or perform such act for the account and at the expense of Lessor. All sums so paid by Lessee and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) so incurred, together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid or incurred by Lessee, shall be paid by Lessor to Lessee on demand or, following entry of a final, nonappealable judgment against Lessor for such sums, may be offset by Lessee against the Base Rent payments next accruing or coming due. The rights of Lessee hereunder to cure and to secure payment from Lessor in accordance with this Section 33.2 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to the Leased Property.
33.3 Breach by Lessor . It shall be a breach of this Lease if Lessor fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease on its part to be performed and such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after Notice thereof from Lessee, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case such failure shall not be deemed to continue if Lessor, within such thirty (30) day period, proceeds promptly and with due diligence to cure the failure and diligently completes the curing thereof. The time within which Lessor shall be obligated to cure any such failure also shall be subject to extension of time due to the occurrence of any Unavoidable Delay. If Lessor fails to cure any such breach within the grace period described above, Lessee, without waiving or releasing any obligations hereunder, and in addition to all other remedies available to Lessee at law or in equity, may purchase the Leased Property from Lessor for a purchase price equal to the then Fair Market Value. If Lessee elects to purchase the Leased Property it shall deliver a Notice thereof to Lessor

45


 

specifying a settlement date to occur not less than ninety (90) days subsequent to the date of such Notice on which it shall purchase the Leased Property.
ARTICLE 34
34.1 Miscellaneous . Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, all claims against, and liabilities of, Lessee or Lessor arising prior to any date of termination of this Lease shall survive such termination. If any term or provision of this Lease or any application thereof is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and any other application of such term or provisions shall not be affected thereby. If any late charges or any interest rate provided for in any provision of this Lease are based upon a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, the parties agree that such charges shall be fixed at the maximum permissible rate. Neither this Lease nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument in recordable form signed by Lessor and Lessee. All the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The headings in this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State, but not including its conflicts of laws rules.
34.2 Transfer of Licenses . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Lessee shall use its best efforts (i) to transfer to Lessor or Lessor’s nominee or designee all Franchise Agreements, licenses, operating permits and other governmental authorizations and all contracts, including contracts with governmental or quasi-governmental entities, that may be necessary for the operation of the Facility (collectively, “ Licenses ”), or (ii) if such transfer is prohibited by law or Lessor otherwise elects, to cooperate with Lessor or Lessor’s nominee in connection with the processing by Lessor or Lessor’s nominee of any applications for, all Licenses; provided, in either case, that the costs and expenses of any such transfer or the processing of any such application shall be paid by Lessor or Lessor’s nominee.
34.3 Waiver of Presentment, etc. Lessee waives all presentments, demands for payment and for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance and waives all notices of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional obligations, except as expressly granted herein.
ARTICLE 35
35.1 Memorandum of Lease . Lessor and Lessee shall promptly upon the request of either enter into a short form memorandum of this Lease, in form suitable for recording under the laws of the State in which reference to this Lease, and all options contained herein, shall be made. Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses of recording such memorandum of this Lease.
ARTICLE 36
36.1 Lessor’s Option to Purchase Assets of Lessee . Effective on not less than ninety (90) days prior Notice given at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days before the expiration of the Term, but not later than ninety (90) days prior to such expiration, or upon such shorter Notice period as shall be appropriate if this Lease is terminated prior to its expiration date, Lessor shall

46


 

have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the assets of Lessee, tangible and intangible, relating to the Leased Property (other than this Lease), at the expiration or termination of this Lease for an amount (payable in cash on the expiration date of this Lease) equal to the fair market value thereof as agreed to by the parties or, in the absence of such agreement, as determined by appraisal in conformity with Article 32, except that the appraisers need not be members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers, but rather shall be appraisers having at least ten (10) years experience in valuing similar assets. Notwithstanding any such purchase, Lessor shall obtain no rights to any trade name or logo used in connection with the Franchise unless separate agreement as to such use is reached with the applicable franchisor.
ARTICLE 37
37.1 Lessor’s Option to Terminate Lease . Lessor may terminate the Lease as to any Leased Property prior to the Expiration Date by giving to Lessee not less than thirty (30) days prior Notice of Lessor’s election to terminate this Lease. Effective upon the termination date set forth in the Notice, this Lease shall terminate and be of no further force and effect except as to any obligations of the parties existing as of such date that survive termination of this Lease. As compensation for the early termination of Lessee’s leasehold estate under this Article 37, Lessor shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the termination date, either (a) pay to Lessee the Fair Market Value of Lessee’s leasehold estate hereunder as of the termination date of the Lease with respect to the Leased Property or (b) within one (1) year following the termination date offer to lease to Lessee one or more substitute hotel facilities pursuant to one or more leases that would create for the Lessee leasehold estates that have an aggregate Fair Market Value of no less than the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate for the Leased Property being terminated hereunder, both such values as determined as of the termination date of the Lease; provided , however , that in the event Lessor does not pay to Lessee the termination amount or offer to lease to Lessee substitute hotel facilities which meet the requirements described above within one hundred eighty (180) days following the termination date, Lessor may extend the one hundred eighty (180) day period for an additional one hundred eighty-five (185) days and interest on the amount of the termination payment shall accrue at the Base Rate from the one hundred eighty first (181 st ) day following the termination date until the date of payment or offer of a substitute lease and the amount of any accrued interest shall be included in the computation of the Fair Market Value of the leasehold estate for purposes of this Article 37. If Lessor elects and complies with the option described in (b) above, regardless of whether Lessee enters into the lease(s) described therein, Lessor shall have no further obligations to Lessee with respect to compensation for the early termination of the Lease. In the event Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon the fair market value of an original or replacement leasehold estate, it shall be determined by appraisal using the appraisal procedure set forth in Article 32.
ARTICLE 38
38.1 Compliance with Franchise Agreement . To the extent any of the provisions of the Franchise Agreement impose a greater obligation on Lessee than the corresponding provisions of this Lease, then Lessee shall be obligated to comply with the provisions of the Franchise Agreement (other than requirements with respect to Capital Improvements). It is the intent of the parties hereto that Lessee shall comply in every respect with the provisions of the Franchise Agreement so as to avoid any default thereunder during the term of this Lease. Lessee shall not

47


 

terminate, extend or enter into any modification of the Franchise Agreement without in each instance first obtaining Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate with each other in the event it becomes necessary to obtain a franchise extension or modification or a new franchise for the Leased Property, and in any transfer of the Franchise Agreement to Lessor or any designee of Lessor or any successor to Lessee upon the termination of this Lease. In the event of expiration or termination of a Franchise Agreement, for whatever reason, the Lessor will have the right, in its sole discretion, to approve any new Franchise Agreement for the Facility. If, upon any expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (other than upon an Event of Default by Lessee), a Franchise Agreement remains in effect, or would but for such expiration or termination remain in effect, Lessor shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessee harmless with respect to the obligations and liabilities arising thereunder after the date of expiration or termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 39
39.1 Lessor Approval of Capital Expenditures . All Capital Expenditures whether pursuant to the Capital Budget or otherwise shall be subject to the approval of Lessor, which approval shall extend both to the plans and specifications (including matters of design and decor) and to the contracting and purchasing of all labor, services and materials. Lessor shall have the right to require competitive bidding of contracts for Capital Improvements, review all bids and monitor costs, time, quality and performance. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to emergency Capital Expenditures made by Lessee in amounts not to exceed $25,000, and with prior notice to Lessor (if possible under the circumstances).
39.2 Inventory . On the Commencement Date, Lessee agrees to purchase from Lessor, for cash, any Inventory at the Facility at a price equal to the fair market value as agreed by Lessor and Lessee.

48


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
         
  LESSOR

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
a Delaware limited partnership
 

 
  By:      
       
       
 
  LESSEE

SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 002, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
 

 
  By:      
       
       
 
[Signature Page]

 


 

SCHEDULE “A”
LEASED PROPERTY
Comfort Inn, 1820 W. Crawford, Salina, Kansas 67401
Schedule A

 


 

SCHEDULE “B”
     
 
   
FACILITY:
  Comfort Inn
 
   
LAND:
  Pursuant to Schedule “A” to that certain Loan Agreement between _________________ and __________________________ dated ________
 
   
COMMENCEMENT DATE:
   
 
   
EXPIRATION DATE:
   
 
   
TERM:
  3 years
 
   
BASE RENT:
   
 
   
FIRST TIER ROOM REVENUE
PERCENTAGE:
   
 
   
ANNUAL ROOM REVENUE
BREAK POINT:
   
Schedule B

 


 

SCHEDULE “C”
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
Schedule C

 

Exhibit 10.14
FORM OF
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the _____ day of __________, 20____, by and between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and ________________________ (“Indemnitee”).
     WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as [a director] [and] [an officer] of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and
     WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as [a director] [and] [an officer] , the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
     WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
    (a) “Affiliate” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities issued by such entity, or the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such entity, by contract or otherwise.
    (b) “Change in Control” has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
    (c) “Corporate Requested Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Entity (as defined herein) that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any Entity (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.

 


 

    (d) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Entity that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.
    (e) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
    (f) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
    (g) “Entity” means any foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
    (h) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
    (i) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

-2-


 

    (j) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
     Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve as [a director] [and] [an officer] of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
     Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”).
     Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
    (a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable to the Company;
    (b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or

-3-


 

    (c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
     Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:
    (a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
    (b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.
     Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
     Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether

-4-


 

prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
     Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.
     Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
    (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
    (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably

-5-


 

withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Directors, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
    (c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
     Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
    (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
    (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
    (c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.

-6-


 

     Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .
    (a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
    (b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
    (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.

-7-


 

    (d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 12, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
    (e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
     Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .
    (a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
    (b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.

-8-


 

    (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
     Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .
    (a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
    (b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
     Section 15. Insurance . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the

-9-


 

Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
     Section 16. Coordination of Payments .
    (a) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
    (b) The Indemnitee hereby acknowledges that for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Requested Status that the Company is not the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , Indemnitee shall request indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses from such other Entity prior to seeking indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses from the Company). The Company’s obligations to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Requested Status shall be secondary. No advancement or payment by the Company on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from any other Entity shall affect the foregoing and the Company shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the full extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against any such Entity.
     Section 17. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.

-10-


 

     Section 18. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .
    (a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Entity that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
    (b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Entity that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
    (c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
    (d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
     Section 19. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision

-11-


 

held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
     Section 20. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
     Section 21. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
     Section 22. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
     Section 23. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
    (a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
    (b) If to the Company, to:
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
     Section 24. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

-12-


 

     Section 25. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-13-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  COMPANY:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  INDEMNITEE:
 
 
        
    Name:      
    Address:      

-14-


 

         
EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Re:   Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the _____ day of ______________, 20____, by and between Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
     Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
     I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [a director] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
     In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___ day of ____________________, 20___.
Name: _____________________________

Exhibit 10.24
TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
          THIS TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of __________, 2010 by and among SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), and _______________, a Class___ member (the “Member”) in Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “Merging Entity”).
          WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of ______, 2010, (the “Merger Agreement”), the Merging Entity will merge into the Partnership, with the Partnership surviving, with the Member, along with the other members of the Merging Entity, exchanging its interest in the Merging Entity for partnership units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership (“Units”);
          WHEREAS, it is intended for federal income tax purposes that the Partnership will be treated as a continuation of the Merging Entity for federal income tax purposes;
          WHEREAS, in consideration for the agreement of the Merging Entity to consummate the merger of the Merging Entity into the Partnership, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement regarding certain tax matters as set forth herein; and
          WHEREAS, the Partnership desires to evidence its agreement regarding amounts that may be payable in the event of certain actions being taken by the Partnership regarding certain debt obligations of the Partnership and its subsidiaries.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
          To the extent not otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Partnership Agreement (as defined below).
          “ Bottom Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .
          “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Merger will be effective.
          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “ Consent ” means the prior written consent to do the act or thing for which the consent is required or solicited, which consent may be executed by a duly authorized officer or agent of the party granting such consent.
          “ Deficit Restoration Obligation ” means a written obligation by a Protected Partner to restore part or all of its deficit capital account in the Partnership upon the occurrence

 


 

of certain events (which written obligation may provide for an indemnity in favor of the REIT as general partner of the Partnership).
          “ Guaranteed Amount ” means the aggregate amount of each Guaranteed Debt that is guaranteed at any time by Partner Guarantors.
          “ Guaranteed Debt ” means any loans incurred (or assumed) by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries that are guaranteed by Partner Guarantors at any time after the Closing Date pursuant to Article 2 hereof.
          “ Indirect Owner ” means, in the case of a Protected Partner that is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or subchapter S corporation for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such Protected Partner, and in the case of any Indirect Owner that itself is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or subchapter S corporation for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such entity.
          “ Liability Amount ” means, for each Protected Partner, the amount set forth next to such Protected Partner’s name on Schedule 2.1(b) hereto.
          “ Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
           “Partner Guarantors ” means those Protected Partners who have guaranteed any portion of the Guaranteed Debt.
          “ Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
          “ Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of __________, 2010, as amended, and as the same may be further amended in accordance with the terms thereof.
          “ Protected Partner ” means those persons set forth as Protected Partners on Schedule 2.1(a), and any person who (i) acquires Units from a Protected Partner in a transaction in which gain or loss is not recognized in whole or in part and in which such transferee’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes is determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted basis of the Protected Partner in such Units, (ii) has notified the Partnership of its status as a Protected Partner and (iii) provides all documentation reasonably requested by the Partnership to verify such status, but excludes any person that ceases to be a Protected Partner pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ REIT ” means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
          “ Tax Protection Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending, with respect to a Protected Partner, at the earlier of such time as (i) such Protected Partner (or one or more successor Protected Partners) has disposed of 100% of the Units received, directly or indirectly, in the Merger by such Protected Partner in one or more taxable transactions

2


 

or (ii) the tenth anniversary of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the common stock of the REIT.
          “ Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
ARTICLE 2
ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES; GUARANTEE AND DEFICIT RESTORATION OBLIGATION OPPORTUNITY
          2.1 Minimum Liability Allocation . During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership will offer to each Protected Partner the opportunity, in the Partnership’s discretion, either (i) to enter into a “bottom dollar guarantee” of certain liabilities of the Partnership (substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 2.1(c)) pursuant to which the lender for the guaranteed liability is required to pursue all other collateral and security for the guaranteed liability (other than any “bottom dollar guarantees”) prior to seeking to collect on such a guarantee, and the lender shall have recourse against the guarantee only if, and solely to the extent that, the total amount recovered by the lender with respect to the guaranteed liability after the lender has exhausted its remedies is less than the aggregate of the guaranteed amounts with respect to such liability, and the maximum aggregate liability of each partner for all guaranteed liabilities shall be limited to the amount actually guaranteed by such partner (a “Bottom Guarantee”) or (ii) to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, in either case in such amount or amounts so as to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities to such Protected Partner for purposes of Section 752 of the Code in an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date) and to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code that increases the Protected Partner’s “at risk” amount by an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date).
          2.2. Repayment or Refinancing of Guaranteed Debt . If the Partnership, at any time during the Tax Protection Period applicable to a Partner Guarantor, repays or refinances all or any portion of any Guaranteed Debt, the Partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) after taking into account such repayment, each Partner Guarantor would be entitled to include in its basis for its Units an amount of Guaranteed Debt equal to its Liability Amount, or (ii) alternatively, the Partnership, not less than thirty (30) days prior to such repayment or refinancing, offers to the applicable Partner Guarantor the opportunity, in the Partnership’s discretion, either (A) to enter into a Bottom Guarantee with respect to other indebtedness of the Partnership, or (B) to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, in either case in an amount sufficient so that, taking into account such Bottom Guarantee of such other Partnership indebtedness or such Deficit Restoration Obligation, as applicable, each Partner Guarantor who makes such Bottom Guarantee or enters into a Deficit Restoration Obligation in the amount specified by the Partnership would be entitled to include in its adjusted tax basis for its Units debt equal to the Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date) for such Partner Guarantor.
          2.3 Deficit Restoration Obligation . The Partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an amount of indebtedness of the Partnership that would be

3


 

considered “recourse” indebtedness (taking into account all of the facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to or greater than the sum of the amounts subject to a Deficit Restoration Obligation of all Protected Partners and other partners in the Partnership. The Deficit Restoration Obligation shall be conclusively presumed to cause the Protected Partner to be allocated an amount of liabilities equal to the Deficit Restoration Obligation amount of such Protected Partner for purposes of Sections 465 and 752 of the Code, provided that (1) the Partnership maintains an amount of debt that is considered “recourse” indebtedness (determined for purposes of Section 752 of the Code and taking into account all of the facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to the aggregate Deficit Restoration Obligation amounts of all partners of the Partnership and (2) all other terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement with respect to such Deficit Restoration Obligation are met.
ARTICLE 3
REMEDIES FOR BREACH
     3.1 Monetary Damages . In the event that the Partnership breaches its obligations set forth in Article 2 with respect to a Protected Partner the Protected Partner’s sole right shall be to receive from the Partnership, and the Partnership shall pay to such Protected Partner as damages, an amount equal to the aggregate federal, state and local income taxes incurred by the Protected Partner or an Indirect Owner as a result of the income or gain allocated to, or otherwise recognized by, such Protected Partner with respect to its Units by reason of such breach. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as the Partnership provides the opportunity to a Protected Partner to enter into a Bottom Guarantee or Deficit Restoration Obligation pursuant to the forms attached hereto or otherwise agreed to by the parties and the Partnership uses commercially reasonable efforts to maintain outstanding the relevant partnership liabilities in accordance with Article 2, the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 3.1 in the event it is determined that a Protected Partner has not been specially allocated for purposes of Section 752 of the Code an amount of partnership liabilities equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount or is not treated as receiving a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code that increases such Protected Partner’s “at risk” amount by an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount. Furthermore, the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 3.1 if the Partnership merges into another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or the Protected Partner accepts an offer to exchange its OP Units for equity interests in another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes so long as, in either case, such successor entity assumes or agrees to assume the Partnership’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
          For purposes of computing the amount of federal, state, and local income taxes required to be paid by a Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner), (i) any deduction for state income taxes payable as a result thereof actually allowed in computing federal income taxes shall be taken into account, and (ii) a Protected Partner’s (or Indirect Owner’s) tax liability shall be computed using the highest federal, state and local marginal income tax rates that would be applicable to such Protected Partner’s (or Indirect Owner’s) taxable income (taking into account the character and type of such income or gain) for the year with respect to which the taxes must be paid, without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available to such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) that would reduce or offset its actual taxable income or

4


 

actual tax liability if such deductions, losses or credits could be utilized by the Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) to offset other income, gain or taxes of the Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner), either in the current year, in earlier years, or in later years).
     3.2 Process for Determining Damages . If the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 (or a Protected Partner asserts that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2), the Partnership and the Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any disagreements regarding any such breach or violation and the amount of damages, if any, payable to such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) under Section 3.1 . If any such disagreement cannot be resolved by the Partnership and such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) within sixty (60) days after the receipt of notice from the Partnership of such breach and the amount of income to be recognized by reason thereof (or, if applicable, receipt by the Partnership of an assertion by a Protected Partner that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2), the Partnership and the Protected Partner shall jointly retain a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm (“an Accounting Firm”) to act as an arbitrator to resolve as expeditiously as possible all points of any such disagreement (including, without limitation, whether a breach of any of the covenants set forth Article 2 has occurred and, if so, the amount of damages to which the Protected Partner is entitled as a result thereof, determined as set forth in Section 3.1 ). All determinations made by the Accounting Firm with respect to the resolution of any breach or violation of any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 and the amount of damages payable to the Protected Partner under Section 3.1 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Partnership and the Protected Partner. The fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be shared equally by the Partnership and the Protected Partner, provided that if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) higher than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Partnership and if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) less than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Protected Partner.
     3.3 Required Notices; Time for Payment . In the event that there has been a breach of Article 2, the Partnership shall provide to each affected Protected Partner notice of the transaction or event giving rise to such breach not later than at such time as the Partnership provides to the Protected Partners the IRS Schedule K-1’s to the Partnership’s federal income tax return. All payments required under this Article 3 to any Protected Partner shall be made to such Protected Partner on or before April 15 of the year following the year in which the gain recognition event giving rise to such payment took place; provided that , if the Protected Partner is required to make estimated tax payments that would include such gain (taking into account all available safe harbors), the Partnership shall make a payment to the Protected Partner on or before the due date for such estimated tax payment and such payment from the Partnership shall be in an amount that corresponds to the amount of the estimated tax being paid by such Protected

5


 

Partner at such time. In the event of a payment required after the date required pursuant to this Section 3.3 , interest shall accrue on the aggregate amount required to be paid from such date to the date of actual payment at a rate equal to the “prime rate” of interest, as published in the Wall Street Journal (or if no longer published there, as announced by Citibank, N.A.) effective as of the date the payment is required to be made.
ARTICLE 4
AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS; APPROVAL OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
     4.1 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended, directly or indirectly (including by reason of a merger between either the Partnership or the REIT and another entity) except by a written instrument signed by the Partnership and each of the Protected Partners to be subject to such amendment, except that the Partnership may amend Schedules 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) upon a person becoming a Protected Partner as a result of a transfer of Units.
     4.2 Waiver . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request by the Partnership, each Protected Partner, in its sole discretion, may waive the payment of any damages that are otherwise payable to such Protected Partner pursuant to Article 3 hereof. Such a waiver shall be effective only if obtained in writing from the affected Protected Partner.
ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS
     5.1 Additional Actions and Documents . Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to take or cause to be taken such further actions, to execute, deliver, and file or cause to be executed, delivered and filed such further documents, and will obtain such consents, as may be necessary or as may be reasonably requested in order to fully effectuate the purposes, terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     5.2 Assignment . No party hereto shall assign its or his rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any such assignment contrary to the terms hereof shall be null and void and of no force and effect.
     5.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Protected Partners and their respective successors and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Partnership and any entity that is a direct or indirect successor, whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (or any prior successor thereto as set forth in the preceding portion of this sentence), provided that none of the foregoing shall result in the release of liability of the Partnership hereunder. The Partnership covenants with and for the benefit of the Protected Partners not to undertake any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either entity (whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise) unless the transferee has acknowledged in writing and agreed in writing to be bound by this Agreement, provided that

6


 

the foregoing shall not be deemed to permit any transaction otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.
     5.4 Modification; Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any party in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
     5.5 Representations and Warranties Regarding Authority; Noncontravention . The Partnership has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Partnership and the performance of each of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on the part of the Partnership. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Partnership and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws (or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally) or (ii) general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Partnership does not, and the performance of each of its respective obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of (i) the Partnership Agreement or (ii) any other agreement applicable to the Partnership, other than, in the case of clause (ii), any such conflicts or violations that would not materially adversely affect the performance by the Partnership of its obligations hereunder.
     5.6 Captions . The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement for any purpose, and shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.
     5.7 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered, mailed or transmitted, and shall be effective upon receipt, if delivered personally, mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like changes of address) or sent by electronic transmission to the telecopier number specified below:
     (i) if to the Partnership, to:
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
Attention: Chris Eng, Esq.
Telecopier No. (605) 362-9388

7


 

     (ii) if to a Protected Partner, to the address on file with the Partnership.
Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be so given, served or sent. Each notice, demand, request, or communication which shall be hand delivered, sent, mailed, telecopied or telexed in the manner described above, or which shall be delivered to a telegraph company, shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, received or delivered for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the return receipt, the delivery receipt, or (with respect to a telecopy or telex) the answerback being deemed conclusive, but not exclusive, evidence of such delivery) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.
     5.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and each of which shall be deemed an original.
     5.9 Governing Law . The interpretation and construction of this Agreement, and all matters relating thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.
     5.10 Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability .
          5.10.1 This Agreement and the duties and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable against any of the parties in the courts of the State of South Dakota. For such purpose, each party hereto and the Protected Partners hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of this Agreement may be heard and determined in any of such courts.
          5.10.2 Each party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     5.11 Severability . If any part of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such part shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability only, without in any way affecting the remaining parts of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
     5.12 Costs of Disputes . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the nonprevailing party in any dispute arising hereunder shall bear and pay the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the prevailing party or parties in connection with resolving such dispute.
     5.13 Enforcement by Protected Partners . The Protected Partners are the beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall be able to enforce this Agreement as if they were parties to this Agreement.

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partnership and the Member have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers, general partners, or delegates thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.
                     
    SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP ,    
    a Delaware limited partnership    
 
                   
        By:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,    
            a Maryland corporation,    
            its General Partner    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
                   
 
              Name:    
 
                   
 
              Title:    
 
                   
 
                   
    [MEMBER (entity)]    
 
  a                
                 
 
                   
 
      By:            
                 
 
      Name:            
 
      Title:            
 
                   
    [MEMBER (individual)]    
 
                   
 
                   
         

9


 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS TO THE TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
     
Schedule 2.1(a)
  List of Protected Partners
     
Schedule 2.1(b)
  Liability Amount
     
Schedule 2.1(c)
  Form of Guarantee Agreement
     

10


 

Schedule 2.1(a)
List of Protected Partners

11


 

Schedule 2.1(b)
Liability Amount
     
Protected Partner   Liability Amount **/
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
** / The estimated “negative tax capital account” of a Partner in the Partnership on the closing date of the IPO that would be recognized as a result of the repayment of liabilities with IPO proceeds, as determined by the Partnership in its sole discretion.


 

Schedule 2.1(c)
Form of Guaranty 1 /
GUARANTEE
     This Guarantee is made and entered into as of the __ day of _______ 20__, by the persons listed on Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) for the benefit of the Lender set
 
1 /   This Form of the Guarantee Agreement is for Guaranteed Debt where the following conditions all are applicable:
  (i)   there are no other guarantees in effect with respect to such Guaranteed Debt;
 
  (ii)   the collateral securing such Guaranteed Debt is not collateral for any other indebtedness that is senior to or pari passu with such Guaranteed Debt;
 
  (iii)   no additional guarantees with respect to such Guaranteed Debt will be entered into during the applicable Tax Protection Period;
 
  (iv)   the lender with respect to such Guaranteed Debt is not the Partnership or other entity in which the Partnership owns a direct or indirect interest, the REIT, any other partner in the Partnership, or any person related to any partner in the Partnership as determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2; and
 
  (v)   none of the REIT, nor any other partner in the Partnership, nor any person related to any partner in the Partnership as determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2 shall have provided, or shall thereafter provide, collateral for, or otherwise shall have entered, or thereafter shall enter, into a relationship that would cause such person or entity to be considered to bear risk of loss with respect to such Guaranteed Debt, as determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2.
     If, and to the extent that, one or more of these conditions is not applicable, appropriate changes to the attached Form of Guaranty will be required in order to cause the various conditions set forth in Article 2 of the Tax Protection Agreement to be satisfied.

 


 

forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Lender ,” which term shall include any person or entity who hereafter holds the Note (as defined below) in accordance with the terms thereof).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Lender has loaned to the borrower set forth on Exhibit B (the “ Borrower ”) the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Exhibit B , which loan (i) is evidenced by the promissory note described on Exhibit C hereto (the “ Note ”), (ii) has a current outstanding balance in the amount set forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto, and (iii) is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on the collateral described on Exhibit D annexed hereto (the “ Deed of Trust ,” with the property and other assets securing such Deed of Trust referred to as the “ Collateral ”);
     WHEREAS, the Borrower is either Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), or a subsidiary of the Partnership in which the Partnership owns a 98% or greater interest in the subsidiary;
     WHEREAS, the Guarantors are limited partners in the Partnership; and
     WHEREAS, the Guarantors are executing and delivering this Guarantee to guarantee a portion of the Borrower’s payments with respect to the Note, subject to and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and facts and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the Guarantors hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Guarantee and Performance of Payment.
     (a) The Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the collection by the Lender of, and hereby agree to pay to the Lender upon demand (following (1) foreclosure of the Deed of Trust, exercise of the powers of sale thereunder and/or acceptance by the Lender of a deed to the Collateral in lieu of foreclosure, and (2) the exhaustion of the exercise of any and all remedies available to the Lender against the Borrower, including, without limitation, realizing upon the assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral against which the Lender may have recourse), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Guaranteed Amount set forth on Exhibit B over the Lender Proceeds (as hereinafter defined) (which excess is referred to as the “Aggregate Guarantee Liability”). The amounts payable by each Guarantor in respect of the guarantee obligations hereunder shall be in the same proportion as the dollar amounts listed next to such Guarantor’s name on Exhibit A attached hereto bears to the total Guaranteed Amount set forth on Exhibit A , provided that , notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guarantee, each Guarantor’s aggregate obligation under this Guarantee shall be limited to the dollar amount set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto next to such Guarantor’s name. The Guarantors’ obligations as set forth in this paragraph 1(a) are hereinafter referred to as the “ Guaranteed Obligations .”

 


 

     (b) For the purposes of this Guarantee, the term “ Lender Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate of (i) the Foreclosure Proceeds (as hereinafter defined) plus (ii) all amounts collected by the Lender from the Borrower (other than payments of principal, interest or other amounts required to be paid by the Borrower to Lender under the terms of the Note that are paid by the Borrower to the Lender at a time when no default has occurred under the Note and is continuing) or realized by the Lender from the sale of assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral.
     (c) For the purposes of this Guarantee, the term “ Foreclosure Proceeds ” shall have the applicable meaning set forth below with respect to the Collateral:
  1.   If at least one bona fide third party unrelated to the Lender (and including, without limitation, any of the Guarantors) bids for such Collateral at a sale thereof, conducted upon foreclosure of the related Deed of Trust or exercise of the power of sale thereunder, Foreclosure Proceeds shall mean the highest amount bid for such Collateral by the party that acquires title thereto (directly or through a nominee) at or pursuant to such sale. For the purposes of determining such highest bid, amounts bid for the Collateral by the Lender shall be taken into account notwithstanding the fact that such bids may constitute credit bids which offset against the amount due to the Lender under the Note.
 
  2.   If there is no such unrelated third-party at such sale of the Collateral so that the only bidder at such sale is the Lender or its designee, the Foreclosure Proceeds shall be deemed to be fair market value (the “ Fair Market Value ”) of the Collateral as of the date of the foreclosure sale, as such Fair Market Value shall be mutually agreed upon by the Lender and the Guarantor or determined pursuant to subparagraph 1(d).
 
  3.   If the Lender receives and accepts a deed to the Collateral in lieu of foreclosure in partial satisfaction of the Borrower’s obligations under the Note, the Foreclosure Proceeds shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of such Collateral as of the date of delivery of the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, as such Fair Market Value shall be mutually agreed upon by the Lender and the Guarantor or determined pursuant to subparagraph 1(d).
     (d) Fair Market Value of the Collateral (or any item thereof) shall be the price at which a willing seller not compelled to sell would sell such Collateral, and a willing buyer not compelled to buy would purchase such Collateral, free and clear of all mortgages but subject to all leases and reciprocal easements and operating agreements. If the Lender and the Guarantor are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Value of any Collateral in accordance with subparagraphs (c)1., 2. or 3. above, as applicable, within twenty (20) days after the date of the foreclosure sale or the delivery of the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, as applicable, relating to such Collateral, either party may have the Fair Market Value of such Collateral determined by appraisal by appointing an appraiser having the qualifications set forth below to determine the same and by notifying the other party of such appointment within twenty (20) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period. If the other party shall fail to notify the first party, within twenty (20) days after its receipt of notice of the appointment by the first party, of the

 


 

appointment by the other party of an appraiser having the qualifications set forth below, the appraiser appointed by the first party shall alone make the determination of such Fair Market Value. Appraisers appointed by the parties shall be members of the Appraisal Institute (MAI) and shall have at least ten years’ experience in the valuation of properties similar to the Collateral being valued in the greater metropolitan area in which such Collateral is located. If each party shall appoint an appraiser having the aforesaid qualifications and if such appraisers cannot, within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second appraiser, agree upon the determination hereinabove required, then they shall select a third appraiser which third appraiser shall have the aforesaid qualifications, and if they fail so to do within forty (40) days after the appointment of the second appraiser they shall notify the parties hereto, and either party shall thereafter have the right, on notice to the other, to apply for the appointment of a third appraiser to the chapter of the American Arbitration Association or its successor organization located in the metropolitan area in which the Collateral is located or to which the Collateral is proximate or if no such chapter is located in such metropolitan area, in the metropolitan area closest to the Collateral in which such a chapter is located. Each appraiser shall render its decision as to the Fair Market Value of the Collateral in question within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser and shall furnish a copy thereof to the Lender and the Guarantor. The Fair Market Value of the Collateral shall then be calculated as the average of (i) the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser and (ii) whichever of the Fair Market Values determined by the first two appraisers is closer to the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser; provided , however , that if the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser is higher or lower than both Fair Market Values determined by the first two appraisers, such Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser shall be disregarded and the Fair Market Value of the Collateral shall then be calculated as the average of the Fair Market Value determined by the first two appraisers. The Fair Market Value of a Property, as so determined, shall be binding and conclusive upon the Lender and the Guarantors. A Guarantor shall bear the cost of its own appraiser and, subject to subparagraph 1(e), shall bear all reasonable costs of appointing, and the expenses of, any other appraiser appointed pursuant to this subparagraph (1)(d).
     (e) Notwithstanding anything in the preceding subparagraphs of this paragraph 1, (i) in no event shall the aggregate amount required to be paid pursuant to this Guarantee by the Guarantors as a group with respect to all defaults under the Note and the Deed of Trust securing the obligations thereunder exceed the Guaranteed Amount set forth on Exhibit B hereto, and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each Guarantor hereunder with respect to the Guaranteed Obligation shall be limited to the lesser of (I) the product of (w) the Individual Guarantee Percentage for such Guarantor set forth on Exhibit A hereto multiplied by (x) the Guaranteed Amount, or (II) the product of (y) such Guarantor’s Individual Guarantee Percentage multiplied by (z) the Aggregate Guarantee Liability.
     (f) In confirmation of the foregoing, and without limitation, the Lender must first exhaust all of its rights and remedies against all property of the Borrower as to which the Lender has (or may have) a right of recourse, including, without limitation, the institution and prosecution to completion of appropriate foreclosure proceedings under the Deed of Trust, before exercising any right or remedy or making any claim, under this Guarantee.
     (g) The obligations under this Guarantee shall be personal to each Guarantor and shall not be affected by any transfer of all or any part of a Guarantor’s interests in the

 


 

Partnership; provided, however, that if a Guarantor has disposed of all of its equity interests in the Partnership, the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee shall terminate 12 months after the date of such disposition (the “Termination Date”) provided (i) the Guarantor notifies the Lender that it is terminating its obligations under this Guarantee as of the Termination Date and (ii) the fair market value of the Collateral exceeds the outstanding balance of the Note, including accrued and unpaid interest, as of the Termination Date. Further, no Guarantor shall have the right to recover from the Borrower any amounts such Guarantor pays pursuant to this Guarantee (except and only to the extent that the amount paid to the Lender by such Guarantor exceeds the amount required to be paid by such Guarantor under the terms of this Guarantee).
     (h) The obligations of any Guarantor who is an individual as a Guarantor hereunder shall terminate with respect to such Guarantor one week after the death of such Guarantor if, as a result of the death of such Guarantor, all property held by the Guarantor on the date of death would have a basis for federal income tax purposes equal to the fair market value of such property on such date (unless a later date were to be elected by the executor of the Guarantor’s estate in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code).
     2.  Intent to Benefit Lender . This Guarantee is expressly for the benefit of the Lender. The Guarantors intend that the Lender shall have the right to enforce the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder separately and independently of the Borrower, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1 hereof, without any requirement whatsoever of resort by the Lender to any other party. The Lender’s rights to enforce the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder are material elements of this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall not be modified, amended or terminated (other than as specifically provided herein) without the written consent of the Lender. The Borrower shall furnish a copy of this Guarantee to the Lender contemporaneously with its execution.
     3.  Waivers . Each Guarantor intends to bear the ultimate economic responsibility for the payment hereof of the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent set forth in Paragraph 1 above. Pursuant to such intent:
          (a) Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, each Guarantor expressly waives any right (pursuant to any law, rule, arrangement or relationship) to compel the Lender, or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust to sue or enforce payment thereof or pursue any other remedy in the power of the Borrower, the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust whatsoever, and failure of the Borrower or the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust to do so shall not exonerate, release or discharge a Guarantor from its absolute unconditional obligations under this Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby binds and obligates itself, and its permitted successors and assignees, for performance of the Guaranteed Obligations according to the terms hereof, whether or not the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion thereof are valid now or hereafter enforceable against the Borrower or shall have been incurred in compliance with any of the conditions applicable thereto, subject, however, in all respects to the Guarantee Limit and the other limitations set forth in paragraph 1.
          (b) Each Guarantor expressly waives any right (pursuant to any law, rule, arrangement, or relationship) to compel any other person (including, but not limited to, the

 


 

Borrower, the Partnership, any subsidiary of the Partnership or the Borrower, or any other partner or affiliate of the Partnership or the Borrower) to reimburse or indemnify such Guarantor for all or any portion of amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee to the extent such amounts do not exceed the amounts required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 1 hereof (taking into account the limitations set forth therein).
          (c) Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, if and only to the extent that the Borrower has made similar waivers under the Note or the Deed of Trust, each Guarantor expressly waives: (i) the defense of the statute of limitations in any action hereunder or for the collection or performance of the Note or the Deed of Trust; (ii) any defense that may arise by reason of: the incapacity, or lack of authority of the Borrower, the revocation or repudiation hereof by such Guarantor, the revocation or repudiation of the Note or the Deed of Trust by the Borrower, the failure of the Lender to file or enforce a claim against the estate (either in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of the Borrower; the unenforceability in whole or in part of the Note, the Deed of Trust or any other document or instrument related thereto; the Lender’s election, in any proceeding by or against the Borrower under the federal Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the federal Bankruptcy Code; or any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the federal Bankruptcy Code; (iii) presentment, demand for payment, protest, notice of discharge, notice of acceptance of this Guarantee or occurrence of, or any default in connection with, the Note or the Deed of Trust, and indulgences and notices of any other kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, notice of the disposition of any collateral for the Note; (iv) any defense based upon an election of remedies (including, if available, an election to proceed by non-judicial foreclosure) or other action or omission by the Lender or any other person or entity which destroys or otherwise impairs any indemnification, contribution or subrogation rights of such Guarantor or the right of such Guarantor, if any, to proceed against the Borrower for reimbursement, or any combination thereof; (v) subject to Paragraph 4 below, any defense based upon any taking, modification or release of any collateral or guarantees for the Note, or any failure to create or perfect any security interest in, or the taking of or failure to take any other action with respect to any collateral securing payment or performance of the Note; (vi) any rights or defenses based upon any right to offset or claimed offset by such Guarantor against any indebtedness or obligation now or hereafter owed to such Guarantor by the Borrower; or (vii) any rights or defenses based upon any rights or defenses of the Borrower to the Note or the Deed of Trust (including, without limitation, the failure or value of consideration, any statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction, and the insolvency of the Borrower); it being intended, except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, that such Guarantor shall remain liable hereunder, to the extent set forth herein, notwithstanding any act, omission or thing which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of any of such Guarantor or of the Borrower.
     4.  Amendment of Note and Deed of Trust . Without in any manner limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or beneficiary of the Deed of Trust may, from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Guarantors, agree to any amendment, waiver, modification or alteration of the Note or the Deed of Trust relating to the Borrower and its rights and obligations thereunder (including, without limitation, renewal, waiver or variation of the maturity of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note, increase or reduction of the rate of interest payable under the Note, release, substitution or addition of any Guarantor or endorser and acceptance or release of any security for the Note), it being

 


 

understood and agreed by the Lender, however, that the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are subject, in all events, to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 1; provided that (i) in the event that the Lender consents to the release of any Collateral securing the Note pursuant to the Deed of Trust, the Guaranteed Amount shall be reduced by the Fair Market Value of such Collateral on the date of such release (determined as set forth in Section 1(d)); and (ii) upon any material change to the Note or the Deed of Trust, including, without limitation, the maturity date or the interest rate of the Note, or upon any release or substitution of any Collateral securing the Note, within thirty (30) days of any Guarantor’s receipt of actual notice of such event, subject to the following sentence, such Guarantor may elect to terminate such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee by written notice to the Lender. Such termination shall take effect on the 31st day following such actual notice, provided that no default under the Guaranteed Obligation has occurred and is then continuing.
     5.  Termination of Guarantee . Subject to Paragraph 4, this Guarantee is irrevocable as to any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations.
     6.  Independent Obligations . Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought by a Lender against the Guarantors, whether or not actions are brought against the Borrower. Each Guarantor expressly waives any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution or any other claim which such Guarantor may now or hereafter have against the Borrower, or any other person directly or contingently liable for the payment or performance of the Note and the Deed of Trust arising from the existence or performance of this Guarantee (including, but not limited to, the Partnership, Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., or any other partner of the Partnership) (except and only to the extent that a Guarantor makes a payment to the Lender in excess of the amount required to be paid under Paragraph 1 and the limitations set forth therein).
     7.  Understanding With Respect to Waivers . Each Guarantor warrants and represents that each of the waivers set forth above are made with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, and that under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any of said waivers are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the maximum extent permitted by law.
     8.  No Assignment . No Guarantor shall be entitled to assign his or her rights or obligations under this Guarantee to any other person without the written consent of the Lender.
     9.  Entire Agreement . The parties agree that this Guarantee contains the entire understanding and agreement between them with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be amended, modified or superseded, except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties.
     10.  Notices . Any notice given pursuant to this Guarantee shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 


 

     If to the Partnership:
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
Attention: Chris Eng, Esq.
Telecopier No. (605) 362-9388
or to such other address with respect to which notice is subsequently provided in the manner set forth above; and
     If to a Guarantor, to the address set forth on Exhibit A hereto, or to such other address with respect to which notice is subsequently provided in the manner set forth above.
     11.  Applicable Law . This Guarantee shall be governed by, interpreted under and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of law provisions.
     12.  Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability
          (a) This Guarantee and the duties and obligations of the parties hereto shall be enforceable against each Guarantor in the courts of the State of South Dakota. For such purpose, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of this Guarantee may be heard and determined in any of such courts.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     13.  Condition of Borrower . Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Borrower and is executing and delivering this Guarantee based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto and is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of the Lender or the Borrower. Each Guarantor represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning the Borrower’s financial conditions and any other matter pertinent hereto as it may desire, and it is not relying upon or expecting the Lender to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in the Lender’s possession concerning the same. By executing this Guarantee, each Guarantor knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of this type, which risks it acknowledges.
     14.  Expenses . Each Guarantor agrees that, promptly after receiving Lender’s notice therefor, such Guarantor shall reimburse Lender, subject to the limitation set forth in subparagraph 1(e) and to the extent that such reimbursement is not made by Borrower, for all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and

 


 

disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with the collection of the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion thereof or with the enforcement of this Guarantee.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantors set forth on Exhibit A hereto have executed this Guarantee as of the date first set forth above.
         
  GUARANTORS SET FORTH ON
EXHIBIT A HERETO:

 
 
  By:      
       
 
  By:      
       
 
  By:      
       
 
  By:      
       
 
  By:      
       
 

 


 

Exhibit A to Guarantee
         
Name and Address of Partner Guarantors   Guaranteed Amount
 
       
Guarantors, as a group
  $    
         
    Individual
    Guarantee
Individual Guarantors:   Percentage
 
       
 
       

 


 

Exhibit B to Guarantee
                                 
            Date of and        
            Principal Amount   Debt Balance as of   Guaranteed
Name of Lender   Name of Borrower   of Loan   __/__/__   Amount
 
                               

 


 

Exhibit C to Guarantee
Copy of Note

 


 

Exhibit D to Guarantee
Identification of Deed of Trust and
Brief Summary Description of Collateral
 

15

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report dated August 6, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. as of July 12, 2010, and our report dated September 21, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Omaha, Nebraska
October 28, 2010

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated March 31, 2010 (dated September 21, 2010 with respect to Note 21) related to the consolidated balance sheets of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2009 in the Amendment 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated March 31, 2010 related to the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC in the Amendment 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
/s/ Eide Bailly LLP
Greenwood Village, Colorado
October 28, 2010

Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated March 21, 2008 related to the consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2007 in the Amendment 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
/s/ Gordon, Hughes & Banks, LLP
Greenwood Village, Colorado
October 28, 2010